-'^.756 


SOCIAL  LATPS  AND  AqENClES  OF 


North  Cdrolina 


A  HANDBOOK  OF  INFORMATION 


Compiled  by  The  American  Red  Cross,  Southern  Diuision, 
in  Cooperation  mith  the  State  Departments  and 
the  State  Uniuersity  of  North  Carolina. 


ISSUED  uy 

AMERICAN  RED  CROSS 

DECEMBER,  1920 


•'iMKWlK: 


A.  R.  C.  41  2 
DECEMBER  1920 

SOCIAL  LAIDS  AND  AQENCIES  OF 


North  Cdrolind 


A  HANDBOOK  OF  INFORMATION 

Cros^  ReciCroSs-- 

^outh<2Fvi  cJ»vi5(ov) 

Compiled  btj  The  American  Red  Cross,  Southern  Division, 
in  Cooperation  mith  the  State  Departments  and 
the  State  Uniuersitij  of  North  Carolina. 

«  N 

ISSUED  By 

AMERICAN  RED  CROSS 

« 

DECEM5ER.  1920 


AXLAKXA  PKI>»XIN0  COMPANY,  AXI.rANXA 


PREFACE 


During  the  War  nearly  four  thousand  Red  Cross 
Chapters  in  all  parts  of  the  country  were  called  upon 
to  give  aid  and  information  to  soldiers,  sailors,  and 
marines,  and  their  families,  on  a  great  many  subjects  re¬ 
lating  to  their  welfare,  some  of  which  involved  complicated 
procedure  and  knowledge  of  elaborate  laios  and  regulations. 
To  enable  them  to  do  this,  the  Red.  Cross  drew  up  a  Hand¬ 
book  of  Information  which,  being  in  a  loose-leaved  form,  has 
been  continually  kept  up-to-date.  This  book  has  proved 
invaluable  and  is  still  in  active  use. 


The  return  of  peace  extended  the  tvork  of  Red  Cross 
tvorkers  to  fields  other  than  war-time  service.  They  have 
become  social  workers.  In  this  neiv  capacity  they  have  need 
for  a  far  greater  variety  of  information.  To  meet  this  need 
the  Red  Cross  has  decided  to  issue,  so  far  as  may  be  found 
expedient,  peace-time  handbooks  of  information  covering 
the  social  resources  of  the  various  states,  together  with  a 
companion  volume  on  national  resources  which  is  now  being 
prepared  at  National  Headquarters.  For  ease  in  revising, 
each  handbook  will  be  on  the  loose  leaf  plan.  While  the  work 
was  inspired  in  the  first  place  by  the  necessities  of  Red 
Cross  workers,  it  is  hoped  that  it  may  prove  serviceable  to 
other  social  tvorkers,  whether  representatives  of  private 
organizations  or  public  servants,  whose  needs  are  generally 
so  similar.  This  hope,  if  realized,  tvill  fully  justify  the 
effort  put  forth. 

The  present  volume  on  North  Carolina  is  a  first  fruit 
of  this  scheme.  It  has  been  possible  to  issue  it  thus  early 
because  of  the  readiness  of  the  State  Departments,  and  of 
the  University  of  North  Carolina,  to  cooperate  in  the  work. 
Much  the  greater  part  of  the  information  contained  here 
ivas  supplied  by  the  appropriate  departments  of  the  State 
and  University  through  the  mediation  of  the  State  Legisla¬ 
tive  Reference  Librarian;  while  the  editing  has  been  done  by 
the  Information  Service  of  the  Southern  Division  of  the 
American  Red  Cross.  Except  for  this  effective  cooperation 


PREFACE 


it  tvould  have  been  impossible  to  bring  out  the  book^  at  this 
time.  Our  thanks  are,  therefore,  due  to  all  the  officials  of 

the  State  of  North  Carolina  and  of  its  University,  who  have 
so  generously  contributed  their  time  and  thought.  Especial 
thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  H.  M.  London,  Legislative  Reference 
Librarian,  who  has  untiringly  labored  to  obtain  and  cor¬ 
relate  the  material;  to  Hon.  Roland  F.  Beasley,  Commis¬ 
sioner  of  Public  Welfare,  and  Professor  E.  C.  Branson,  of 
the  State  University. 

It  is  a  pleasure  also  to  acknowledge  our  indebtedness 
to  the  following  list  of  collaborators  representing  the  State 
of  North  Carolina  and  the  interest  of  its  Governor,  the  Hon. 
Thomas  W.  Bickett : 

Dr.  R.  K.  Adams,  of  the  Central  Hospital  for  Insome, 
Raleigh. 

Hon.  W.  a.  Graham,  Commissioner  of  the  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Agriculture. 

Mr.  Andrew  Joyner,  of  the  State  Insurance  Depart¬ 
ment. 

Mr.  Santford  Martin,  formerly  Private  Secretary 
to  the  Governor. 

Hon.  Frank  Nash,  Assistant  Attorney-General. 

Mr.  L.  E.  Nichols,  Assistant  Commissioner  of  Labor 
and  Printing. 

Miss  Mary  P.  Palmer,  Secretary  the  the  State  Li¬ 
brary  Commission. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Pittman,  Chief  Clerk  of  the  Department 
of  Education. 

Dr.  W.  S.  Rankin,  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health. 

Dr.  W.  C.  Riddick,  President  of  the  State  College  of 
Agriculture. 

Mr.  R.  0.  Self,  Chief  Clerk  of  the  State  Commission. 

The  very  considerable  labor  of  editing  a  handbook  thus  ^ 
conceived  and  executed  fell  to  Mr.  John  Lochhead  of  this 
Bureau,  to  whom  is  due  the  major  credit  for  any  usefulness 
that  the  volume  may  have. 

Philip  Klein, 

Director  Bureau  of  Education  and  Research 

December,  1920.  . 


INTRODUCTION 


S 


OME  words  of  explanation  are  needed  ivith  re- 
go.rd  to  the  present  volume.  It  is  the  first  of  the 
peace-time  handbooks  to  be  published  by  the  Red 
Cross.  This  priority  is  attended  by  certain  peculiarities 
and  perhaps  crudities.  The  method  of  collaboration  through 
tvhich  it  has  been  prepared  has,  in  addition  to  its  advan¬ 
tages,  obvious  limitations  attached  to  it.  Such  are  lack  of 
consistency  and  uniformity  of  treatment,  and  of  proportion 
in  the  amount  of  space  devoted  to  each  subject.  Of  these 
and  many  other  defects,  the  editor  cannot  but  be  conscious. 
As  the  book,  however,  is  designed  for  practical  service,  and 
that  need  is  immediate,  it  was  thought  best  to  press  forward 
its  publication  rather  than  to  wait  until  all  faults  could  be 
eradicated  and  all  omissions  supplied.  The  loose  leaf  plan 
will  permit  of  the  most  important  defects  being  remedied 
in  later  revisions,  a7id  experience  should  be  the  best  revealer 
of  what  these  defects  really  are.  It  is  a  matter  for  regret 
that  the  Consolidated  Statutes  of  North  Carolina  were  not 
published  till  all  of  the  chapters  of  the  Ha^idbook,  save  two, 
had  bee7i  already  p^nnted.  They  would  have  proved  of  great 
'value  both  in  the  preparation  of  the  book  and  also  in  giving 
(j^egul  references. 


The  reader  will  note  that  paragraph  numbers  are  placed 
at  the  head  of  each  page  instead  of  page  numbers.  Each 
paragraph  is  give'ii  m  hundreds,  and  the  hundreds  are  made 
to  correspond  with  the  member  of  the  chapter.  Thus  chap¬ 
ter  VII  opens  with  paragraph  701,  chapter  XI  with  para- 


INTRODUCTION 


graph  1101.  Those  chapters  which  contain  both  social  laws 
and  agencies  are  divided  into  two  parts,  the  laws  commenc¬ 
ing  with — hundred  and  one,  the  agencies  with — hundred 
and  fifty -one.  The  blank  pages  at  the  end  of  the  chapters 
are  for  the  purpose  of  enablmg  the  worker  to  add  notes  on 

K 

matters  of  local  interest. 


The  aim  has  been  to  include  those  laws  and  agencies 
which  are  State-wide  in  their  operation,  omitting  those  that 
are  merely  local.  In  addition,  some  oxcount  has  bee7i  given 
of  7iational  organizations  operating  in  the  State,  with  lists 
of  places  where  they  are  active.  Supplementary  informa¬ 
tion  under  this  head  should  be  looked  for  in  the  National 
Red  Cross  Handbook,  to  be  issued  later. 

The  social  worker  who  expects  this  handbook  to  furnish 
an  answer  to  every  question  will  be  disappointed.  The  field 
covered  is  too  vast  to  admit  of  such  exhaustive  treatment. 
One  impo7'tant  service,  however,  we  trust  the  book  will  ren¬ 
der.  It  aims  at  prese7iting  to  the  student  a  bird^s-eye  view 
of  the  entire  social  backgrounds  of  the  State,  and  in  most 
cases  where  fuller  information  is  desirable,  it  indicates 
where  that  information  ca7i  be  found. 


hi  conclusion,  let  it  be  said  that  all  who  use  the  book 
can  make  a  real  contribution  to  its  permanent  value  by 
sending  07i  all  such  criticisms  and  suggestions  as  may  occur 
to  them,  together  with  hnpoidant  additioiial  matter,  to  the 
Bureau  of  Education  and  Research  of  the  Southern  Division 
of  the  American  Red  Cross. 


JOHN  LOCHHEAD. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Chapter  I 

THE  CONSTITUTION  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 

Declaration  of  Rights  .  101 

Legislative  Department . 102 

The  Senate  . 102  A 

The  House  of  Representatives  . ., .  102  B 

The  General  AssembV — Its  Powers  and  Limi'ations  102  C 

Passage  of  Bills  . 102  D 

■  Regulation  With  Regard  to  Raising  of  Moncj^  and 

Taxes  .  102  E 

Vacancies . 102  F 

Payment  of  .Members  .  102  G 

Date  of  Elections  . .  102  H 

Date  of  Meeting  of  Genei’al  Assembly .  102  I 

Senate  Committees  . 102  J 

House  Committees  . 102  K 

Executive  Department .  103 

Council  of  State  . . .  .  .  103  A 

Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Governor .  103  B 

Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Lieutenan' -G  .vernor  ...  103  C 

Duties  of  other  Executive  Officers  . 103  D 

Judicial  Department  .  104 

Courts  In  Which  the  Judicial  Power  of  the  State 

Is  Vested  . 104  A 

Court  of  Impeachment .  104  B 

Supreme  Court  .  104  C 

Superior  Courts  .  104  D 

Courts  of  Justice  of  the  Peace  . .  104  E 

Other  Inferior  or  Special  Courts .  104  F 

Sheriffs  and  Coroners  .  104  G 

Removal  of  Judges  for  Inability .  104  H 

Removal  of  Clerks  of  the  Courts  . .  104  I 

Revenue  and  Taxation  .  105 

Application  of  Proceeds  .  105  A 

Other  Sources  of  Taxation .  105  B 

Limitation  Upon  Increasing  the  Public  Debt .  105  C 

The  Taxes  Levied  .  105  D 

Acts  Levying  Taxes  Shall  State  Objects .  105  E 

Suffrage  and  Eligibility  to  Office  .  106 

Elections  . 106  A 

Qualifications  for  Office  . .  ....' .  106  B 


CONTENTS  ii 


Municipal  Corporations  .  107 

Officers  of  Township  . 107  A 

No  Debt  or  Loan  Except  by  Majority  of  Voters  .  .. .  107  B 

Corporations  Other  Than  Municipal  .  108 

Corporations  Defined — Legal  Liabiiily  .  108  A 

Education .  109 

Division  of  Counties  Into  Districts .  109  A 

Financing  of  Education  by  the  State .  109  B  . 

County  School  Fund  . .  109  C 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  .  109  D 

The  State  Board  of  Education . . .  109  E 

Powers  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  .  109  F 

School  Attendance  .  109  G 

Homesteads  and  Exemptions  .  110 

Punishments,  Penal  Institutions  and  Public  Charities  111 

Death  Punishment  .  Ill  A 

House  of  Correction  .  Ill  B 

House  of  Refuge  . .  Ill  C 

The  Sexes  to  Be  Separated  .  Ill  D 

Appointment  of  Board  of  Public  Charities .  Ill  E 

Orphan  Houses  .  Ill  F 

Inebriates  and  Idiots  .  Ill  G 

Deaf-Mutes,  Blind  and  Insane  . .  Ill  H 

Institutions  to  Be  Self-.Supporting .  Ill  I 

Militia .  112 

Organizing,  etc .  112  A 

Governor  Commander-in-Chief .  112  B 

Exemption . 112  C 

Amendments  .  113 

How  the  Constitution  May  Be  Altered .  113  A 

Miscellaneous  .  114 

Drawing  Money  .  114  A 

Mechanic’s  Lien  .  114  B 

Governor  to  Make  Appointments  .  114  C 

Seat  of  Government . .  114  D 

Holding  Office .  114  E 

Intermarriage  of  Whites  and  Negroes  Prohibited  ...  114  F 

Chapter  II  ^ 

AGRICULTURE 
L  Laws  and  Administration 

Agricultural  Labor .  201 

Sunday  Work  . .  201  A 

Co-operative  Marketing .  202 

Boycotting . ......;  . .  . .  . .  202  A 


Ill 


CONTENTS 


Credit  Legrislation  .  203 

Road  Laws  .  204 

Dairy  and  Food  Regulations .  205 

The  State  Food  Law  .  205  A 

Livestock  Sanitary  Laws  .  206 

Plant  Disease  Laws .  207 

Seed  Laws  .  208 

Pure  Feed  Laws  .  209 

Fertilizer  Laws  .  210 

Trespass  Laws  .  211 

Deer  Laws  .  212 

Dog  Laws  .  213 

Drainage  Laws  . . .  214 

Irrigation  Laws  .  215 

Homestead  Laws  .  216 

Injury  to  Crops,  Flocks,  or  Herds  .  217 

Reforestation  Laws  . . .  218 

Natural  Resources  Development  Laws  .  219 

Agricultural  Development  Laws .  220 

Tax  Laws  . . .  221 

Livestock  Range  Laws  .  222 

Livestock  Slaughter  Laws  . .  223 

Tare  .  224 

Transportation .  225 

The  State  Warehouse  System  .  226 

State  Gasoline  Law  .  227 

Linseed  Oil  Law  .  228 

Law  for  Inspection  of  Illuminating  Oils  and  Fluids .  .  229 

//.  Agricultural  Agencies 

The  State  Department  of  Agriculture  .  251 

Finance  .  252 

Progress  . . . .  253 

Divisions  and  Activities  of  the  Department  of  Agri¬ 
culture  .  254 

The  Veterinary  Division  .  254  A 

The  Animal  Industry  Division .  254  B 

The  Division  of  Chemistry  .  254  C 

The  Pure  Food  and  Oil  Division  .  254  D 

The  Feed  Inspection  Division  .  254  E 

The-  Entomology  Division  .  254  F 

The  Horticultural  Division  .  254  G 

The  Division  o:  Agronomy .  254  H 

The  Botany  Division  .  254  I 

Soil  vSurvey,  Test  Farms,  and  Farm  Demonstration 
Work .  254  J 


CONTENTS 


IV 


Demonstration  Work  .  254  K 

Immigration .  254  L 

Statistics  .  254  M 

The  Museum  .  254  N 

Publications .  254  0 

.State  College  of  Agriculture  and  Engineering .  255 

Courses  In  Agriculture  . .  255  A 

Agricultural  Equipment  .  255  B 

Joint  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  and  the 

A.  &  E.  College  .  256 

The  Experiment  Station  . 257 

The  Extension  Service  .  258 

County  Agents  .  258  A 

Farm  Bureaus  .  258  B 

Farmers’  Institutes  .  258  C 

Home  Demonstration  Work .  258  D 

Farmers’  Convention  . 258  E 

Fairs  .  258  F 

State  Highway  Commission .  259 

Forest  Resources  .  260 

Enemies  of  the  Forest .  261 

Organization  of  State  Forestry  Work — The  Geological 

Survey  . 262 

The  State  Forester .  262  A 

Forest  Fire  Prevention  . .  262  B 

State  Forests  .  262  C 

Studies  and  Investigations  . 262  D 

Education  and  Publicity  .  262  E 

Farm  Forestry  .  263 

State  Market  and  Cooperative  Credit  Union  Bureau. .  264 

University  of  North  Carolina  Extension  Services.  .  .  .  265 

Division  of  Country  Home  Comforts  and  Conveni¬ 
ences  .  265  A 

I 

The  North  Carolina  Drainage  Association  .  265  B 

Good  Roads  Association  .  265  C 

Delta  U.  S.  Laboratory  . 266 

Voluntary  Self-Help  Agencies  .  267 

Chapter  III 


AMERICANIZATION  AND  RACIAL  AGENCIES 

No  “Americanization”  Problem  In  North  Carolina.  .  .  301 

The  Real  Problem — Training  of  the  Native  Stock  In 


Civic  Responsibility  . .  302 

Races  In  North  Carolina .  303 

Racial  Agencies:  The  Blue  Ridge  Association  .  304 


V 


CONTENTS 


Joint  Convention  on  Race  Relationship  .  304  A 

Urban  League  .  304  B 

Chapter  IV 

CHILD  WELFARE 
I.  Laws  and  Administration 

Definitions  .  401 

Laws  for  the  Protection  of  Children  .  402 

Juvenile  Courts  and  Their  Operation  .  403 

Jurisdiction  of  Juvenile  Courts  . . .  403  A 

Continuation  of  Jurisdiction  . .  403  B 

Law  to  Be  Construed  Remediably . .  403  C 

Petition  to  Bring  Child  Into  Court .  403  D 

May  Be  Released  Pending  Disposition .  403  E 

Who  Serves  Papers  .  403  F 

Hearing  and  Judgment  . 403  G 

Serious  Offenses  .  403  H 

Place  of  Detention  .  403  I 

Probation  Officers  . .  403  J 

Duties  and  Powers  of  Probation  Officers  .  403  K 

Procedure  In  Using  Probation  .  403  L 

Support  of  Child  Committed  to  Custodial  Agency  403  M 

Consideration  Given  to  Religious  Belief .  403  N 

Modification  of  Judgment;  the  Return  of  Child  to 

Parents  . .  403  0 

Examination  and  Treatment  of  Children  Found  to 

be  Mentally  Defective  or  in  Need  of  Medical  Care  403  P 

Appointment  of  Guardians  .  403  P 

Offenses  Against  Children;  Responsibility  of 

Parents  and  Guardians  .  403  R 

Obligation  of  Officers,  etc.,  to  Cooperate  .  403  S 

Adoption  of  Children  .  404 

Guardians  . 405 

Appointment  of  Guardians  .  405  A 

Guardian  Ad  Litem  .  405  B 

Legal  Authority  of  Institutions  for  Indigent  Children  406 

Support  of  Children  .  407 

Mothers’  Pension  .  408 

School  Attendance  .  409 

Parents  or  Guardians  Failing  to  Comply  With  the 

•  Law  .  409  A 

Duties  of  Teachers .  409  B 

Attendance  Officers  . 409  C 

Aid  for  Indigent  Children  .  409  D 


CONTENTS 


VI 


Child  Labor  Law  .  410 

Age  Certificates  . ' .  410  A 

Rulings  of  Commission  Governing  Employment  of 

Children  .  410  B 

Commission  to  Enforce  Laws  . 410  C 

Penalty  for  Violation  .  410  D 

Standards  of  Child  Welfare  .  411 

State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare .  412 

II.  Institutions  and  Agencies 

Public  Institutions  .  451 

Children’s  Home  Society  of  North  Carolina .  452 

Institutions  for  Crippled  Children  .  453 

Orphan  Homes  .  454 

The  North  Carolina  Orphan  Association .  455 

Rescue  Homes  for  Girls  .  456 

Boy  Scouts  .  457 

Girl  Scouts  . 458 

Camp  Fire  Girls  .  459 

Woodcraft  League  .  460 

S.  P.  C.  C.  and  Humane  Societies .  461 

Chapter  V 

COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 
/.  General  Community  Agencies 

The  Blue  Ridge  Association .  501 

North  Carolina  Conference  for  Social  Service .  502 

State  Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs  .  503 

North  Carolina  Branch  of  King’s  Daughters  and  Sons  504 

Women’s  Christian  Temperance  Union  .  505 

Community  Service  Inc  .  506 

Young  Men’s  Christian  Association  .  507 

Young  Women’s  Christian  Association  .  508 

National  Travelers’  Aid  Society  .  509 

The  Girls’  Friendly  Society  In  America  .  510 

II.  Agencies  for  Promotion  of  Civic  and  Economic 

Development 

Legislative  Reference  Library  .  511  • 

North  Carolina  Club  .  512 

The  County  Clubs  at  the  University  of  North  Caro¬ 
lina  .  513 

f 


vii 


CONTENTS 


Rural  Social  Science  Department  .  514 

State  Reconstruction  Commission  .  515 

North  Carolina  Geological  and  Economic  Survey .  516 

Department  of  Economics  and  Finance .  517 

Bureau  of  Municipal  Research  .  518 

Cotton  Manufacturers’  Association  of  North  Carolina  519 

'  North  Carolina  Land  Owners’  Association  .  520 

Building  and  Loan  Associations  .  521 

Other  Agencies  for  Civic  and  Economic  Development  522 

III.  Recreational  Agencies 

state  Bureau  of  Community  Service  .  523 

Bureau  of  Community  Organization .  524 

School  Agencies  .  525 

The  Recreation  and  Dress  Committee  of  the  State 

Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs  .  526 

The  Boy  Scouts  .  527 

Girl  Scouts,  Inc .  528 

The  Woodcraft  League  of  America,  Inc .  529 

The  Campfire  Girls  .  530 

United  States  Training  Corps  .  531 

Playgrounds  and  Parks  .  532 

Swimming  Pools  and  Tanks . ^  533 

Drama .  534 

Music  and  Singing  .  535 

Moving  Pictures  .  536 

Uhapter  VI 

DELINQUENCY 

I.  Criminal  Lau)  and  Administration 

Felony  and  Misdemeanor  Defined  .  601 

Capital  Felonies  .  602 

Classification  of  Crimes  .  603 

Criminal  Courts  .  604 

Appeals  .  605 

.Suspended  Sentences  .  606 

Search  Warrants  .  607 

Indeterminate  Sentences  . . . . . .  608 

The  Advisory  Board  of  Parole  . . .  609 

-  Discharge  of  Prisoner  on  Parole  . . . .".  .• .  . .  610 

Prisoners  on  Parole  Must  Report' ,  611 

Reimprisonment . .  .  . . .  612 

% 


CONTENTS 


viii 


//.  Penal  and  Ref ormatory  Institutions  and  Agencies 

Types  of  Institutions  .  651 

Penitentiary .  652 

Classes  Sent .  653 

Laws  and  Regulations  .  654 

Prisoners  May  Not  Be  Hired  Out .  654  A 

Threefold  Classification  of  Male  Prisoners .  654  B  ^ 

Commutation  of  Time  .  654  C  - 

Prisoners’  Wages  .  654  D 

Classification  of  Female  Prisoners  .  654  E 

Punishment . .  654  F 

Privileges  and  Recreation  . .  654  G 

Correspondence .  654  H 

Health  and  Sanitation  .  655 

Employees  Not  to  Use  Intoxicating  Liquors .  656 

Uniforms  .  657 

Separation  of  Races  .  658 

Deduction  from  Sentence  .  659 

Inspection  .  660 

Physical  Examination  and  Supervision  .  661 

Jail  Accommodation  .  662 

Joint  Houses  of  Correction .  663 

Reform  Schools  .  664 

County  Reformatories  .  665 

Farm  Institutions  . 666 

Workhouses . 667 

County  Chain  Gangs  and  County  Camps  .  668 

County  Jails  .  669 

Lockups .  670 

Detention  Homes .  671 

Prison  Labor  Laws  and  Restrictions  .  672 

Welfare  of  Prisoners  Before  and  After  Discharge...  673 
Standards  of  Administration  .  674 

Chapter  VII 

DEPENDENCY 

/.  Poor  Laws  and  Administration 

Organization  of  Poor  Law  Districts . . .  701 

The  Board  of  Commissioners . .  . .  .  701  A 

Duties  of  Superintendents  of  Public  Welfare . . .  701  B 

Application  for  Relief  . . . . •. .  701  c 

Taxation  for  Poor  Law  Purposes . 701  D 

Legal  Settlement  .  702 

4l 


IX 


CONTENTS 


Removal  of  Indigent  to  County  of  Settlement .  703 

County  Homes  for  Aged  and  Infirm  .  704 

j  Support  of  County  Homes . . .  704  A 

Outdoor  Relief  .  705 

Families  of  Indigent  Militiamen  to  Be  Supported .  706 

State  Board  of  Pensions  .  707 

Burial  Expenses  of  Confederate  Soldier  or  Widow.  .  .  708 

Burial  of  Paupers .  709 

Vagrants  Defined  .  710 

Tramp  Defined  .  711 

Trespassing;  Carrying  Dangerous  Weapons;  Mali¬ 
cious  Injury  .  712 

Duty  to  Arrest .  713 

The  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare.  .  .  .  714 

Powers  and  Duties  of  the  State  Board .  714  A 

County  Boards  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare .  715 

County  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare .  715  A 

Duties  of  County  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare  715  B 

//.  Institutions 

Care  of  the  Poor  By  the  County . 751 

Odd  Fellows’  Home  for  the  Aged  and  Infirm  .  752 

Masonic  and  Eastern  Star  Home  .  753 

Home  for  Confederate  Veterans  .  754 

Confederate  Women’s  Home  .  755 

Chapter  VIII 

DOMESTIC  RELATIONS 

Introductory  .  801 

Marriage  . '.  802 

Abandonment  by  Husband  .  803 

Divorce .  804 

Alimony  .  805 

Property  Rights  of  Married  Women  .  806 

Illegitimate  Children .  807 

Age  of  Consent,  Seduction,  etc .  808 

« 


CO.N  TENTS  X 


Chapter  IX 

EDUCATION 

A.  Laws  and  Administration 
L  The  Administrative  System 

Inti’oductory .  .  901 

State  Orj^anization  .  902 

The  State  Board  of  Education .  902  A 

The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  .  . .  902  B 

The  State  Board  for  Vocational  Education .  902  C 

The  College  Commission  Regulating  Degrees .  902  D 

The  County  Board  of  Education  .  903 

The  County  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. .  903  A 

The  County  Treasurer  . 903  B 

The  School  Committee .  904 

School  Districts  .  905 

//.  Revenue 

The  State  Public  School  Fund  .  906 

Elimination  of  .Small  Schools  Encouraged .  906  A  • 

Number  of  Teachers  Based  on  Attendance .  906  B 

Specific  Charges  on  State  Funds  .  906  C 

County  School  Funds .  907 

County  Board  of  Education  Submits  Budget .  907  A 

County  Commissioners  Levy  Required  Tax  .  907  B 

Incidental  Expenses  and  Building  Funds;  How  Pro¬ 
vided  .  907  C 

Procedure  if  the  County  Board  of  Education  and  the 

Commissioners  Disagree  . 907  D 

The  Budget  Provides  Three  Separate  Funds .  907  E 

■  Officials  Must  Furnish  Statement  of  Fines .  907  F 

The  Fiscal  School  Year . 907  G 

Vocational  Education  Fund  .  908 

Special  School  Taxes  .  909 

Special  County  School  Tax .  909  A  ^ 

Special  High  School  Township  Tax .  909  B 

Special  City  and  Town  Tax  .  909  C 

Special  Tax  In  Sohool  Districts  Containing  Cities  or 

Towns  .  909  D 

Limit  of  Special  Taxes  .  909  E 

.Special  Tax  in  Special  School  Districts  .  909  F 


XI 


CONTENTS 


IIL  The  Public  School  System 

Provision  for  Education  in  the  Constitution .  910 

Separate  Schools  for  Indians .  911 

Women  Eligible  for  Committees,  etc .  912 

Schools  May  Be  Closed  for  Insufficient  Attendance. .  913 

Subjects  to  Be  Taught .  914 

Instruction  in  Temperance  . .  914  A 

County  Farm-Life  Schools  .  915 

Teaching  of  Agriculture  and  Domestic  Science .  916 

Kindergartens . .  917 

Arbor  Day  .  918 

Orphanage  Children  at  Public  Schools .  919 

Instruction  of  Illiterates  .  920 

Contracts  With  Private  Schools  .  921 

Commercial  Schools  .  922 

Rural  Libraries  .  923 

Motion  Pictures  .  924 

IV.  Teachers 

The  State  Board  of  Examiners  and  Institute  Conduc¬ 
tors  . 925 

Teachers’  Health  Certificates  .  926 

Employment ,  of  Teachers  .  927 

Duties  of  Teachers  .  928 

Salaries  of  Teachers  .  929 

V.  School  Buildings 

Building  and  Repairing  School  Houses  .  930 

Loans  for  School  House  Building .  931 

Bonds  for  School  Houses  in  Counties,  Townships,  and 

School  Districts  .  932 

Bonds  for  School  Houses  In  Cities  and  Towns .  933 

VI.  Text  Books 

Elementary  Text  Books  .  934 

High  School  Text  Books  .  935 

Text  Books  Rented  By  .School  Boards .  936 

VII.  School  Census  and  Health 

School  Census  .  937 

Physical  Examination  of  Pupils  .  938 

Free  Dental  Treatment  .  938  A 

School  Privies  .  939 

VIII.  Compulsory  Attendance  at  Schools 

General  Compulsory  Attendance  Law  .  940 

Compulsory  Attendance  of  Indigent  Children. .  940  A 


CONTENTS  xii 


Compulsory  Attendance  of  Deaf  Children  .  940  B 

Compulsory  Attendance  of  Blind  Children .  940  C 

B.  Institutions  and  Agencies 

The  University  of  North  Carolina  .  951 

Student  Aid  . 951  A 

University  Extension  .Service  . .  951  B 

The  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  Engineering.  .  . .  952  ^ 

Student  Aid  .  952  A 

Extension  Service  .  952  B 

The  North  Carolina  College  for  Women .  953 

Student  Aid  .  953  A 

Other  State  Colleges  for  the  White  Race .  954 

State  Institutions  for  the  {Colored  Race .  955 

The  Negro  Agricultural  and  Technical  College  of 

North  Carolina  .  955  A 

The  State  Normal  Schools  for  Negroes  . .  955  B 

State  Normal  School  for  Indians .  956 

Denominational  Colleges  .  957 

Professional  .Schools  .  958 

Southern  Association  of  College  Women .  959 

The  Commission  on  Accredited  Schools  of  the  Asso¬ 
ciation  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  of  the 

Southern  States  .  960 

Minimum  Standard  for  Crediting  Schools  .  960  A 

List  of  Accredited  Schools  .  960  B 

Vocational  Education  Under  the  Smith-Hughes  Act.  .  961 

General  Conditions  .  961  A 

State  Organization  for  Vocational  Education .  961  B 

Progress  of  North  Carolina  in  Vocational  Education  961  C 

Agricultural  Education  . . .  .  . . .  961  D 

Trades  and  Industries  . 961  E 

Home  Economics  .  961  P 

Organizations  for  the  Promotion  of  Education  Among 

Negroes  . ;  962 

The  County  Training  Schools .  962  A 

The  Anna  T.  Jeanes  Foundation  .  962  B  / 

The  Rosenwald  Fund  for  Colored  Rural  School  ^ 

Buildings .  962  C 

The  John  F.  Slater  Fund .  962  D 

The  General  Education  Board  . 962  E 

The  State  Association  of  Negro  Teachers .  962  F 

The  .State  Association  of  High  School  Principals.,..  962  G 

Educational  Facilities  for  Ex-Service  Men  .  963 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  Scholarships  for  Returned  Soldiers .  963  A 


Xlll 


CONTENTS 


Knights  of  Columbus  War  Activities  Schools .  963  B 

Educational  Work  in  the  Mountain  Districts .  964 

The  Junior  Red  Cross  in  the  Schools .  965 

Libraries  .  966 

The  North  Carolina  Library  Commission  .  966  A 

Legislative  Reference  Library  .  966  B 

Library  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina .  966  C 

Library  Service  foi^  Public  Health  Nurses  .  966  D 

Chapter  X 

FAMILY  WELFARE 
I.  Laws  for  Debtors  and  Decedents 

Introduction  .  1001 

Actions  for  Debt  .  1002 

Exemption  Laws  .  1003 

Landlord  and  Tenant  Laws .  1004 

Agricultural  Tenancy  .  1004  A 

Chattel  Mortgages  .  1005 

Loan  and  Usury  . 1006 

Imprisonment  for  Debt  .  1007 

Intestacy  Laws  .  1008 

Appointment  of  an  Administrator  .  1008  A 

Order  in  Which  Debts  Must  Be  Paid  .  1008  B 

Order  in  Which  Heirs  Inherit  . 1008  C 

Execution  of  Will  .  1009 

Probate  of  Will .  1009  A 

Rules  for  Descent  of  Real  Property .  1010 

Inheritance  Taxes  .  1011 

//.  Agencies 

Introductory  .  1051 

Associated  Charities  .  1052 

Hebrew  Charities  .  1053 

The  Salvation  Army .  1054 

St.  Vincent  de  Paul  Society .  1055 

International  Order  of  Odd  Fellows .  1056 

Masonic  Board  of  Relief .  1057 

Legal  Aid  .  1058 

Local  Institutions  .  1059 


CONTENTS 


XIV 


Chapter  XI 

HEALTH 

/.  Laws  and  Administration 

Introductory  . .  1101 

The  State  Board  of  Health .  1102 

Duties  of  the  State  Board .  1102  A 

Organization  of  the  State  Board . . .  1102  B 

The  State  Laboratory  of  Hygiene  .  1103  ^ 

The  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis .  1104  * 

Tuberculosis  Among  Prisoners  .  1104  A 

The  Bureau  of  Engineering  and  Inspection .  1105 

Protection  of  Water .  1105  A 

Provision  as  to  Sanitary  Privies .  1105  B 

The  Bureau  of  Vital  Statistics  .  1106 

Requirement  as  to  Births .  1106  A 

Requirement  as  to  Deaths  . 1106  B 

Duties  of  State  Registrars  .  1106  C 

The  Bureau  of  Epidemiology .  1107 

The  Bureau  of  Venereal  Diseases .  1108 

Sale  of  Venereal  Disease  Remedies  Must  Be  Re¬ 
ported  .  1108  A 

Measures  for  the  Repression  of  Prostitution .  1108  B 

The  Bureau  of  Public  Health  Nursing  and  Infant  Hy¬ 
giene  .  1109 

Agreement  Between  the  State  Board  of  Health  and 
the  American  Red  Cross  With  Regard  to  Public 

Health  Nursing  .  1109  A 

Plan  of  Operation  Under  This  Agreement .  1109  B 

The  Bureau  of  Medical  Inspection  of  Schools  .  1110 

Methods  of  Procedure  .  1110  A 

The  Bureau  of  County  Health  Work . /llll 

The  County  Board  of  Health  .  1112 

Duties  of  the  County  Health  Officer .  1112  A 

Duties  of  the  County  Physician  .  1112  B 

Municipal  Physician  or  Health  Officer .  H13 

County  Quarantine  Officer .  1114 

Abatement  of  Nuisances  .  1115 

State  Funds  for  Rural  Health  Work  .  1116  ^ 

Special-Tax  Sanitary  Districts  .  1117 

The  Practice  of  Medicine  .  1118 

The  Practice  of  Dentistry .  1119 

The  Practice  of  Pharmacy  .  1120 

Sale  of  Poisons  .  1120  A 

Sale  of  Narcotics  .  1120  B 

Sale  and  Advertising  of  Certain  Patent  Cures  For¬ 
bidden  .  1120  C 


XV 


CONTENTS 


Department  of  Agriculture  to  Analyze  Patent  Medi¬ 
cines  .  1120  D 

The  Practice  of  Optometry .  1121 

The  Practice  of  Osteopathy . 1122 

The  Practice  of  Chiropractic  .  1123 

The  Profession  of  Nursing  .  1124 

Training  School  for  Nurses  at  Sanatorium .  1124  A 

Colored  Nurses  for  Colored  Patients  .  1124  B 

Procedure  for  Establishment  of  Public  Hospitals.  .  .  .  1125 
Powers  anl  Duties  of  the  Hospital  Board  of  Trus¬ 
tees  .  1125  A 

General  Condition  Governing  Public  Hospitals  ....  1125  B 

Procedure  for  the  Establishment  of  County  Tubercu¬ 
losis  Hospitals  .  1126 

11.  Institutions  and  Agencies 

Education  Work  of  the  State  Board  of  Health .  1151 

Statistics  Showing  the  Need  for  Health  Education  .  1151  A 

The  International  Health  Board .  1152 

The  North  Carolina  Tuberculosis  Association  .  1153 

Hospital  Accommodation  for  Tubercular  Patients  in 

North  Carolina  . 1154 

Health  Work  Among  the  Negroes  .  1155 

The  Campaign  Against  Tuberculosis  Among  Ne¬ 
groes  .  1155  A 

Public  Health  Service  Hospitals  .  1156 

Public  Health  Service  Contract  Hospitals  .  1156  A 

Hospitals  of  North  Carolina  . Tabular  List. 


Chapter  XII 

INSURANCE  AND  PENSIONS 
/.  Insurance 

Department  of  Insurance  .  1201 

Duties  of  the  Commissioner  of  Insurance .  1202 

Growth  of  the  Department .  1203 

Revenue  .  1204 

Increase  of  Insurance  in  North  Carolina .  1205 

Investigations  and  Convictions  for  Incendiarism .  1206 

Insurance  Laws .  1207 

Insurance  Corporations  Require  Certificate  of  Au¬ 
thority  .  1207  A 

All  Advertising  Matter  Must  Be  Submitted .  1207  B 

Restrictions  on  Purchase  and  Conveyance  of  Real 

Estate  ....  .  . . 1207  C 

Capital  Stock  Must  Be  Paid  Before  Policies,  Are 
•  Issued  . . .  / .  . 1207  D 


CONTENTS  xvi 


How  Capital  May  Be  Invested  . . .  1207  E 

//.  Pensions 

Introductory  .  1208 

The  .State  Board  .  1209 

The  County  Board  .  1210 

Persons  Entitled  to  Pensions .  1211 

Amount  of  Pensions .  1212 

Persons  Not  Entitled  to  Pensions  .  1213 

Form  of  Application .  1214 

Warrants  .  1215 

Pensions  Paid  to  Widows  for  One  Year .  1216 

State  Pension  Tax  .  1217 

Speculating  on  Pension  Claims .  1218 

Burial  By  County  of  Ex-Confederate  Soldiers  or 

Widows  . 1219 

Permission  to  Peddle  Without  a  License .  1220 

Chapter  XIII 

LABOR 

The  Department  of  Labor  and  Printing .  1301 

Duties  of  the  Commissioner .  1301  A 

General  Labor  Regulations  for  the  Protection  of  the 

Worker . .  .  . .  1302 

Seats  for  Women  Employees  .  1302  A 

Medical  Chests  .  1302  B 

Shelter  at  Railway  Divisions  .  1302  C 

Separate  Toilets  for  Sexes  and  Races  .  1302  D 

Blacklisting  Employees  . .  .  . .  1302  E 

The  Child  Welfare  Commission  .  1303 

Agents  of  the  Child  Welfare  Commission .  1303  A 

Laws  Governing  Child  Labor  .  1303  B 

Enticing  of  Minors  Outside  the  State .  1303  C 

Failure  to  Pay  Minors  . 1303  D 

Laws  for  the  Protection  of  Wages  .  1304 

Claim  for  Wages  After  Death  of  Employer .  1304  A  ^ 

Mechanics  ,  Laborers’,  and  Material  Men’s  Liens. .  1304  B 

Liens  of  Dock  Laborers  .  1304  C 

Agricultural  Liens  .  1304  D 

Lien  on  Assets  of  a  Corporation . 1304  E 

Payment  by  Trustees  . 1304  F 

Issuing  Non-Transferable  Scrip  to  Laborers .  1304  G 

Protection  of  Earnings  of  Employees  in  Interstate 
ComiVierce  .  1304  H 


xvii 


CONTENTS 


Railway  Employees  Must  Be  Paid  Twice  a  Month.  .  1304  I 

Laws  Regulating  Hours  of  Labor .  1305 

Sunday  Labor  . 1305  A 

Public  Holidays  .  1305  B 

Maximum  Hours  of  Service  for  Railway  Employees  1305  C 

Liability  of  Railroads  for  Injuries  to  Employees .  1306 

Assumption  of  Risk  as  Defense  Invalid .  1306  A 

No  Contract  or  Rule  May  Exempt  Common  Carrier 

From  Liability  .  1306  B 

Logging  Roads  and  Tramroads  Included  in  Liability.  1306  C 

Mining  Laws  .  1307 

Lessor  Not  Partner  of  Lessee . 1307  A 

Operator  Must  Furnish  Timber . . .  1307  B 

Unused  Mines  Must  Be  Fenced  . 1307  C 

Every  Seam  of  Coal  Must  Have  Two  Outlets .  1307  D 

Precautionary  Regulations  for  Hoisting-Engines .  .  .  1307  E 

Ventilation . 1307  F 

Daily  Examinations  .  1307  G 

Reports  to  the  Inspector  of  Mines  .  1307  H 

Liability  for  Injuries  . T .  1307  I 

Punishment  for  Violation  .  1307  J 

Duties  of  the  Inspector  of  Mines .  1307  K 

Laws  for  Protection  of  Employers,  and  the  Public.  .  .  .  1308 

Inducing  Employees  to  Leave  Their  Service .  1308  A 

Influencing  Employees  to  Violate  Duties .  1308  B 

Operating  Trains  and  Street  Cars  While  Intoxicated  1308  C 

Tax  Upon  Emigrant  Agents  .  1308  D 

Persons  Exempted  From  Jury  Duty . .  1308  E 

Chapter  XIV 

MENTAL  DEFECTIVES  AND  INSANE 
/.  Laws  and  Administration 

Commitment  of  the  Insane  .  .  .  .  .’t .  1401 

Patient  May  Be  Examined  at  His  Home  .  1402 

Justice  of  the  Peace  May  Examine  Instead  of  Clerk.  .  1403 

Justice  May  Commit  in  Emergency  .  1404 

Clerk  to  Keep  a  Record .  1405 

Superintendent  In  Doubt  as  to  Receiving  Patient  ....  1406 
Superintendent  May  Refuse  to  Receive  Patient  Ex¬ 
posed  to  Disease  .  1407 

Preparation  of  Patient  for  Admission  to  Hospital  ....  1408 

Admission  of  Patient  on  Own  Application .  1409 

Commitment  of  Insane  to  Jail  .  1410 

Idiots  Not  Admitted  . . .  1411 

« 


CONTENTS 


xviii 


Priority  Given  to  Indigent  Patients:  Payment  Re¬ 
quired  From  Others  .  1412 

Attendant  to  Convey  Patient  to  Hospital .  1413 

Person  Conveying  Patient  to  Hospital  Without  Au¬ 
thority  .  1414 

Appointment  of  Guardians  for  Inmates  of  .State  Hos¬ 
pitals  .  1415 

Insanity  Among  Non-Residents  and  Aliens  .  1416 

None  But  Bona  Fide  Residents  Admitted  to  Hospitals  1417  ^ 

Clerk's  Duty  to  Ascertain  Legal  Residence  of  Patient  1418  • 

Where  Legal  Residence  Cannot  Be  Ascertained .  1419 

Concerning  Patients  Released  On  Bond .  1420 

I)ut:y  to  Discharge  .  1421 

Commitment  of  Children  Mentally  Defective .  1422 

Commitment  of  Epileptics  .  1423 

//.  Institutions  and  Agencies 

state  Hospitals  and  Their  Government .  1451 

State  Hospital,  Raleigh  .  1452 

State  Hospital  for  the  Dangerous  Insane .  1453 

State  Hospital,  Morganton  .  1454 

State  Hospital,  Goldsboro  .  1455 

Richard  Caswell  Training  School  .  1456 

Private  Hospitals  for  Nervous  and  Mental  Cases .  1457 

Private  and  Local  Institutions  Subject  to  Board  of . . . 

Charities  and  Public  Welfare  .  1458 

Local  Institutions  for  Idiots  and  Feeble-Minded  Per¬ 
sons  .  1459 

Society  for  Mental  Hygiene .  1460 

National  Committee  for  Mental  Hygiene  . 1461 

Chapter  XV 

PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 

state  School  for  the  Blind  and  Deaf,  Raleigh .  1501 

New  .School  for  the  White  Blind .  1502 

The  North  Carolina  School  for  the  Deaf,  Morganton.  1503 

The  North  Carolina  Orthopaedic  Hospital .  1504 

The  Scottish  Rite  Hospital  for  Crippled  Children.  .  .  .  1506 


XIX 


CONTENTS 


Chapter  XVI 

MISCELLANEOUS 
/.  Taxation 

Objects  to  Which  Applied .  1601 

Property  Exempt  .  1602 

Fines  Applied  to  Educational  Fund  .  1603 

Misappropriation  of  Funds .  1604 

Poll  Taxes  .  1605 

Property  Taxes  .  1606 

Inheritance  Tax .  1607 

Income  Tax .  1608 

Privilege  Taxes  .  1609 

Franchise  Tax  .  1610 

City  and  Town  Taxation  .  1611 

The  Revaluation  Act .  1612 

Statistics  Under  the  Revaluation .  1612  A 

Revision  of  Taxation  in  Accordance  With  the  Reval¬ 
uation  Act .  1612  B 

Revision  of  Municipal  and  County  Finances .  1612  C 

11.  Election  Laws 

Introductory .  1613 

Time  of  Elections  .  1614 

State  Board  of  Elections .  1615 

County  Board  of  Elections  .  1616 

^  Qualifications  of  Voters .  1617 

Registration  of  Voters  .  1618 

Permanent  Registration .  1618  A 

Absent  Electors  .  1619 

Judges  of  Election  .  1620 

Challenges  .  1621 

Conduct  of  Elections  .  1622 

County  Board  of  Canvassers  .  1623 

State  Board  of  Canvassers .  1624 

Election  of  State  Officers,  Senators  and  Congressmen  1625 

Election  of  Presidential  Electors  .  1626 

Primary  Elections . 1627 

Offenses  Against  the  Elective  Franchise .  1628 

Women  Voters  .  1629 


CONTENTS 


XX 


Chapter  XVII 

RED  CROSS  DIVISION  ORGANIZATION 
AND  ACTIVITIES 

Organization .  1701 

Policies .  1702 

Activities  .  1703 

Home  Service  and  Family  Welfare  Work .  1703  A  ^ 

Health .  1703  B 

Child  Welfare  .  1703  C 

Social  Information  Service  .  1703  D 

Training  for  Social  Work .  1703  E 

Community  Studies  . 1703  F 

Motion  Picture  Service  .  1703  G 

Military  Relief  .  1703  H 

Hospital  Social  Service  . 1703  I 

The  Red  Cross  In  North  Carolina .  1704 


€ 


Par.  102-A 


CHAPTER  I 

The  Constitution  of  North  Carolina 


101.  Declaratilon  of  Rights  (Article  1):  The  constitution  is  con¬ 
tained  under  fourteen  articles,  each  divided  into  sections.  A  conden¬ 
sation  is  given  in  this  chapter  in  which  the  words  of  the  orginal  have, 
as  far  as  possible,  been  retained  and  in  which  references  are  made  to 
the  articles  and  sections  by  number.  A  copy  of  the  full  text  of  the 
constitution  may  be  had  from  the  Secretary  of  State,  Raleigh,  North 
Carolina. 

Article  1  enumerates  the  rights  of  citizens,  political,  civil,  legal, 
and  religious  ,as  follows: 

(a)  Politiical :  The  right  to  vote  without  property  qualifications ; 
to  be  free  from  taxation  other  than  that  imposed  by  the  consent  of  the 
people  or  their  representatives  in  the  General  Assembly;  freedom  and 
frequency  of  elections;  prohibition  of  retrospective  laws. 

(b)  Civil:  Freedom  of  assemblage  and  the  press:  State  guar¬ 
antee  of  the  right  and  privilege  of  education;  prohibition  of  slavery  or 
i:\voluntary  servitude,  of  exclusive  emoluments  or  privileges,  except 
in  consideration  of  public  service,  of  hereditary  emoluments,  privileges 
or  honors,  of  perpetuties  or  monopolies ;  strict  subordination  of  military 
to  civil  power. 

(c)  Legal:  Right  of  the  criminally  accused  to  counsel  for  de¬ 
fense  and  exemption  from  costs  unless  found  guilty.  Trial  by 
jury  in  civil  and  criminal  suits;  right  of  habeas  corpus  at  all  times. 
Prohibition  of  excessive  bail,  of  cruel  or  unusual  punishment,  of  the 
issuance  of  general  warrants,  of  denial  or  delay  of  trial  by  process  of 
law,  and  of  imprisonment  for  debt.  All  courts  to  be  open,  and  right 
and  justice  to  be  administered  without  sale  or  delay. 

(d)  Religious:  No  interference  with  the  rights  of  conscience. 

102.  Legislative  Department  (ArtMe  II) :  “The  Legislative  Au¬ 
thority  shall  be  vested  in  two  distinct  branches,  both  dependent  upon 
the  people,  to  wit,  a  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives.” 

102  A.  The  Senate:  (a)  The  Senate  shall  be  composed  of  fifty 
Senators,  biennially  chosen  by  ballot.  The  Senatorial  Districts  shall 
be  so  altered  after  the  return  of  every  Federal  enumeration  that  each 
District  shall  contain  as  nearly  as  may  be,  an  equal  number  of  inhabi¬ 
tants,  excluding  aliens  and  Indians  not  taxed,  and  shall  remain  un¬ 
altered  until  another  enumeration,  and  shall  consist  of  contiguous  ter¬ 
ritory.  No  county  can  be  divided  in  the  formation  of  such  districts 
unless  such  county  shall  be  entitled  to  two  or  more  senators.  (Sec. 
3  and  4) 

(b)  Qualification:  “Each  member  of  the  Senate  shall  be  pot 


Par.  102-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


less  than  twenty-five  years  of  age,  shall  have  resided  in  the  State 
as  a  citizen  two  years,  and  shall  have  usually  resided  in  the  district 
for  which  he  is  chosen  one  year  immediately  preceding  his  election.’’ 
The  Senate  is  the  judge  of  the  qualification  of  Senators.  (Sec.  7  and 
22). 

(c)  President  of  the  Senate:  The  Lieutenant-Governor  shall 
preside  in  the  Senate,  and  the  Senate  shall  choose  a  Speaker,  pro  tem¬ 
pore,  in  the  absence  of  the  .Lieutenant-Governor,  or  when  the  Lieuten¬ 
ant-Governor  is  exercising  the  office  of  Governor.  (Sec.  19  and  20). 

102  B.  The  House  of  Representatives:  (a)  The  House  of  Rep¬ 
resentatives  is  composed  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  Representatives 
biennially  chosen  by  ballot,  elected  by  the  counties  respectively,  ac¬ 
cording  to  their  population.  Each  county  has,  at  least,  one  repre¬ 
sentative,  although  it  may  not  contain  the  requisite  ratio  of  repre¬ 
sentation.  (Sec.  5). 

(b)  Apportionment:  Apportionment  is  made  by  the  General 
Assembly  after  each  Federal  enumeration,  and  the  ratio  of  represen¬ 
tation  is  ascertained  “by  dividing  the  amount  of  the  population  of 
the  State,  exclusive  of  that  comprehended  within  those  counties  which 
do  not  severally  contain  the  120th  part  of  the  population  of  the  State, 
by  the  number  of  Representatives,  less  the  number  assignd  to  such 
counties.”  In  ascertaining  the  number  of  the  population,  aliens  and 
Indians  not  taxed  are  excluded.  To  each  county  containing  the  said 
ratio,  there  is  assigned  one  representative;  to  each  county  containing 
two  but  not  three  times  the  said  ratio,  there  are  assigned  two  repre¬ 
sentatives,  and  so  on  progressively,  and  then  the  remaining  repre¬ 
sentatives  are ’assigned  severally  to  the  counties  having  the  largest 
fractions.  (Sec.  6). 

(c)  Qualification:  “Each  member  of  the  House  of  Representa¬ 
tives  shall  be  a  qualified  elector  of  the  State,  and  shall  have  resided 
in  the  county  for  which  he  is  chosen  for  one  year  immediately  pre¬ 
ceding  his  election.”  The  House  is  the  judge  of  the  qualification  of  its 
members.  (Sec.  8  and  22). 

(d)  The  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives:  The  House 
shall  choose  its  own  Speaker,  and  other  officers.  (Sec.  18), 

102  C.  The  General  Assembly — Its  Powers  and  Limitations: 
The  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  together  compose  the  Gen¬ 
eral  Assembly.  The  General  Assembly  has  the  power  to  pass  general 
laws  regarding  divorce  and  alimony,  but  has  no  power  to  grant  a  di¬ 
vorce  or  secure  alimony  in  any  individual  case;  has  power  to  regulate 
entails  in  such  manner  as  to  prevent  perpetuity;  has  no  powor  to  pass 
“any  private  law  to  alter  the  name  of  any  person  or  to  legitimatize  any, 
person  not  born  in  lawful  wedlock,  or  to  restore  to  the  rights  of  citi¬ 
zenship  any  person  convicted  of  an  infamous  crime,”  but  has  power 
to  pass  general  laws  regulating  the  same;  has  no  power  to  pass  “any 
private  law  unless  it  shall  be  made  to  appear  that  thirty  days  no- 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par.  102-G 


tice  of  application  to  pass  such  law  shall  have  been  given,  under  such 
direction  and  in  such  manner  as  shall  be  provided  by  law;”  has  no 
power  to  pass  “any  local,  private,  or  special  act  or  resolution  relating 
to  the  establishment  of  courts  inferior  to  the  Superior  Court;  relating 
to  the  appointment  of  justices  of  the  peace;  relating  to  health,  sani¬ 
tation,  and  the  abatement  of  nuisances;  changing  names  of  cities, 
towns,  and  townships,  authorizing  the  laying  out,  opening,  altering, 
maintaining  or  discontinuing  of  highways,  streets,  or  alleys;  relating 
to  ferries  or  bridges;  relating  to  nonnavigable  streams;  relating  to 
cemeteries;  relating  to  the  pay  of  jurors;  erecting  new  townships,  or 
changing  township  lines,  or  establishing  or  changing  the  lines  of 
school  districts;  remitting  fines,  penalties,  and  forfetures,  or  refund¬ 
ing  moneys  legally  paid  into  the  public  treasury;  regulating  labor, 
trade  mining  or  manufacturing;  extending  the  time  for  the  assess¬ 
ment  or  collection  of  taxes  or  otherwise  relieving  any  collector  of  taxes 
from  the  due  performance  of  his  official  duties  or  his  sureties  from 
liability;  giving  effect  to  informal  wills  and  deeds;  nor  shall  the  Gen¬ 
eral  Assembly  enact  any  such  local,  private  or  special  act  by  the  par¬ 
tial  repeal  of  a  general  law,  but  it  may  at  any  time  repeal  local,  priv¬ 
ate  or  special  laws  enacted  by  it.”  Any  local,  private,  or  special  act 
or  resolution  passed  in  violation  of  these  provisions  is  void.  The  Gen¬ 
eral  Assembly  has  power  to  pass  general  laws  regulating  matters  set 
out  in  this  paragraph.  (Sec.  11,  12,  15  and  29). 

102  D.  Passage  of  Bills:  “All  bills  and  resolutions  of  a  legis¬ 
lative  nature  shall  be  read  three  times  in  each  House  before  they  pass 
into  law,  and  shall  be  signed  by  the  presiding  officers  of  both  Houses.” 
(Sec.  23). 

102  E.  Regulation  With  Regard  to  Raising  of  Money  and  Taxes: 
“No  Law  shall  be  passed  to  raise  money  on  the  credit  of  the  State,  or 
to  pledge  the  faith  of  the  State,  directly  or  indirectly,  for  the  pay¬ 
ment  of  any  debt,  or  to  impose  any  tax  upon  the  people  of  the  State, 
or  allow  the  counties,  cities  or  towns  to  do  so,  unless  the  bill  for  the 
purpose  shall  have  been  read  three  several  times  in  each  house  of  the 
General  Assembly  and  passed  three  several  readings,  which  readings 
shall  have  been  on  three  different  days,  and  agreed  to  by  each  house 
respectively,  and  unless  the  yeas  and  nays  on  the  second  and  third 
readings  of  the  bill  shall  have  been  entered  on  the  journal.”  (Sec. 
14). 

102  F.  Vacancies:  “If  vacancies  occur  in  the  General  Assembly 
by  death,  resignation  or  othei’wise,  writs  of  election  shall  be  issued  by 
the  Governor  under  such  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law.” 
(Sec.  13). 

102  G.  Payment  of  Members:  Members  of  the  General  Assem¬ 
bly  are  paid  four  dollars  per  day  for  each  day  of  their  session,  for 
a  period  not  exceeding  sixty  days,  and  Presiding  Officers  six  dollars, 
and  are  entitled  to  receive  ten  cents  per  mile  both  while  coming  to 


Par.  102-H  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


the  seat  of  government  and  returning  home.  Similar  compensation 
is  made  in  case  of  extra  sessions  but  not  to  exceed  twenty  days.  (Sec. 
28). 

102  H.  Date  of  Elections:  “The  election  for  members  of  the 
General  Assembly  shall  be  held  for  the  respective  districts  and  coun¬ 
ties,  at  the  places  where  they  are  now  held,  or  may  be  directed  here¬ 
after  to  be  held,  in  such  manner  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law,  on  the 
first  Thursday  in  August,  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
seventy,  and  every  two  years  thereafter.  But  the  General  Assembly 
may  change  the  time  of  holding  the  elections.”  (Sec.  27). 

102  I.  Date  of  Meeting  of  General  Assembly:  “The  Senate  and 
the  House  of  Representatives  shall  meet  biennially  on  the  first  Wed¬ 
nesday  after  the  first  Monday  in  January  next  after  their  election.” 
Extra  sessions  may  be  held  at  any  time  upon  the  call  of  the  Gov¬ 
ernor.  (Sec.  2). 

102  J.  Senate  Committees: 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Senate  Committees:  (Session  1919). 

Agriculture,  Appropriations,  Claims,  Congressional  Apportion¬ 
ment,  Corporations,  Corporation  Commission,  Constitutional  Amend¬ 
ments;  Counties,  Cities  and  Towns;  Commerce;  Banking  and  Currency; 
Education;  Enrolled  Bills;  Privileges  and  Elections;  Pensions  and  Sol¬ 
diers  Home;  Game  Laws;  Insane  Asylums;  Institutions  for  the  Blind; 
Fish  and  Fisheries;  Military  Affairs;  Internal  Improvements;  Journal; 
Judicial  Districts;  Insurance;  Manufacturing;  Railroads;  Shellfish; 
Mining;  Finance;  Judiciary,  No.  1;  Judiciary,  No.  2;  Rules;  Institution 
for  the  Deaf;  Immigration;  Penal  Institutions;  Propositions  and  Griev¬ 
ances;  Public  Roads;  Federal  Relations;  Engrossed  Bills;  Election 
Laws;  Caswell  Training  School;  Senate  Expenditures;  Salaries  and 
Fees;  Printing;  Health;  Trustees  of  the  University;  Forestry;  Special 
Committee  to  Draft  Law  to  Meet  Requirements  of  Constitutional 
Amendment,  Art.  2,  Sec.  29. 

102  K.  House  Committees: 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  House  Committees:  (Session  1919) 

Agriculture,  Appropriations,  Banking  and  Currency,  Caswell 
Training  School;  Claims;  Constitutional  Amendments;  Corporation 
Commission,  Corporations;  Counties;  Cities  and  Towns;  Courts  and 
Judicial  Districts;  Drainage;  Education;  Election  Laws;  Engrossed 
Bills;  Expenditure  of  the  House;  Federal  Relations;  Finance;  Fish  and 
Fisheries;  Game;  Health;  Immigration;  Insane  Asylum;  Institution  for 
the  Blind;  Institution  for  the  Deaf  and  Dumb;  Insurance;  Internal  Im¬ 
provement;  Judiciary  No.  1;  Judiciary  No.  2,  Manufacturers  and  La¬ 
bor;  Military  Affairs;  Mines  and  Mining;  Oyster  Interest;  Penal  Insti¬ 
tutions;  Pensions;  Private  and  Public-Local  Laws;  Privileges  and  Elec¬ 
tions;  Propositions  and  Grievances;  Public  Roads  and  Turnpikes;  Regu¬ 
lations  of  Liquor  Traffic;  Regulations  of  Public  Service  Corporations; 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par.  103-C 


Rules;  Salaries  and  Fees;  Enrolled  Bills;  Justice  of  the  Peace;  Li¬ 
brary;  Printing;  Public  Buildings  and  Grounds;  Revision  of  Laws; 
Trustees  of  the  University;  Committee  on  Forestry;  Joint  Committee 
on  Code;  House  Members  of  Joint  Committee  Under  House  Resolu¬ 
tion  No.  119,  Senate  Resolution  44;  Committee  on  Woman  Suffrage. 

103.  Executive  Department:  (Article  III).  “The  Executive  De¬ 
partment  shall  consist  of  a  Governor,  in  whom  shall  be  vested  the 
supreme  executive  power  of  the  State,  a  Lieutenant-Governor,  a  Sec¬ 
retary  of  State,  an  Auditor,  a  Treasurer,  a  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  and  an  Attorney-General,  who  shall  be  elected  for  a  term 
of  four  years  by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  State,  at  the  same  time 
and  places  and  in  the  same  manner  as  members  of  the  General  As- 
smbly  are  elected.  Their  term  of  office  shall  commence  on  the  first 
day  of  January  next  after  their  election,  and  continue  until  their  suc¬ 
cessors  are  elected  and  qualified.”  (Sec.  1). 

103  A.  Council  of  State:  “The  Secretary  of  State,  Auditor, 
Treasurer,  and  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  shall  constitute, 
ex  officio,  the  Council  of  State,  who  shall  advise  the  Governor  in  the 
execution  of  his  office;  any  three  of  them  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 
Their  advice  and  proceedings  in  this  capacity  shall  be  entered  in  a 
journal  to  be  kept  for  this  purpose  exclusively,  and  signed  by  the  mem¬ 
bers  present,  from  any  part  of  which  any  member  may  enter  his  dis¬ 
sent;  and  such  journal  shall  be  placed  before  the  General  Assembly 
when  called  for  by  either  House.  The  Attorney-General  shall  be  ex 
officio,  the  legal  adviser  of  the  Executive  Department.”  (Sec.  14). 

103  B.  Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Governor:  The  Governor  is  the 
supreme  executive  of  the  State.  He  shall  have  power  to  grant  re¬ 
prieves,  commutation  and  pardon  for  all  offenses  except  impeachment. 
“He  shall  biennially  communicate  to  the  General  Assembly  each  case 
of  reprieve,  commutation,  or  pardon  granted,  stating  the  name  of  each 
convict,  the  crime  for  which  he  was  convicted,  the  sentence  and  its 
date,  the  date  of  commutation,  pardon  or  reprieve,  and  the  reason 
therefor.”  He  shall  be  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  State  Militia  ex¬ 
cept  when  the  latter  is  called  into  service  of  the  United  States.  He 
shall  have  power  with  the  advice  of  the  Council  of  State  to  convene 
extra  sessions  of  the  General  Assembly,  stating  therein  the  purpose 
on  purposes  for  which  they  are  thus  convened.  He  shall  receive  re¬ 
ports  at  least  five  days  previous  to  each  regular  session  of  the  Gen¬ 
eral  Assembly  from  all  officers  of  the  Executive  Department  and  of 
the  Public  Institutions  of  the  State,  and  shall  transmit  the  same 
with  a  message  to  the  General  Assembly.  He  shall  from  time  to  time, 
give  the  General  Assembly  information  on  affairs  of  State  and  rec¬ 
ommend  measures  for  their  consideration.  (Sec.  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  16). 

103  C.  Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Lieutenant-Governor:  The 
Lieutenant-Governor  shall  be  president  of  the  Senate,  but  shall  have 
no  vote  unless  the  Senate  is  equally  divided,  “In  case  of  the  impeach^ 


Par.  103-p  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


ment  of  the  Govenior,  his  failure  to  qualify,  his  absence  from  the 
State,  his  inability  to  discharge  the  duties  of  his  office,  or,  in  case 
the  office  of  Governor  shall  in  any  wise  become  vacant,  the  powers, 
duties,  and  emoluments  of  the  office  shall  devolve  upon  the  Lieu- 
tenant-Govemor  until  the  disability  shall  cease  or  a  new  Governor 
shall  be  elected  and  qualified.”  (Sec.  11  and  12). 

103  D.  Duties  of  Other  Executive  Officers:  The  respective  du¬ 
ties  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  Auditor,  Treasurer,  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction,  and  Attorney-General  shall  be  prescribed  by  law. 
If  the  office  of  any  of  said  officers  shall  be  vacated  by  death,  resigna^ 
tion  or  otherwise,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Governor  to  appoint  an¬ 
other  until  the  disability  be  removed  or  his  successor  be  elected  and 
qualified.  Every  such  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  election  at  the  first 
general  election  that  occurs  more  than  thirty  days  after  the  vacancy 
has  taken  place,  and  the  persons  chosen  shall  hold  the  office  for  the 
remainder  of  the  unexpired  term  fixed  in  the  first  section  of  this  ar¬ 
ticle.  (Sec.  13). 

104.  Judicial  Department:  (Article  IV).  Two  forms  only  of 
Judicial  action  are  recognized  in  the  Constitution,  (a)  Civil  Action 
for  the  enforcement  or  protection  of  private  rights  or  the  redress  of 
private  wrongs,  (b)  Criminal  action;  which  includes  eveiy  action 
prosecuted  by  the  people  of  the  State  as  a  party  against  a  person 
charged  with  a  public  offense.  (Sec.  1). 

104  A.  The  Judicial  Power  of  the  State  is  vested  in  the  follow¬ 
ing  Courts: 

1.  A  court  for  the  trial  of  impeachments. 

2.  A  Supreme  Court. 

3.  The  Superior  Courts. 

4.  The  courts  of  Justices  of  the  Peace. 

5.  Such  other  courts  as  may  be  established  by  the  General- 
Assembly.  (Note — These  at  present  include  Mayors’  Courts, 
Municipal  Courts,  County  Courts,  and  Juvenile  Courts.)  (Sec.  2). 

104  B.  Court  of  Impeachment:  The  Constitution  provides  that 
the  court  for  the  trial  of  impeachments  shall  be  the  Senate.  A  major¬ 
ity  of  the  members  are  necessary  to  a  quorum  and  the  judgment  shall 
not  extend  beyond  removal  from  and  disqualification  to  hold  office 
in  North  Carolina;  but  the  parties  shall  be  liable  to  indictment  and  pun¬ 
ishment  according  to  law.  The  House  of  Representatives  alone  has 
the  power  of  impeaching.  No  person  shall  be  convicted  without  the 
concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  Senators  present.  When  the  Governor 
is  impeached  the  Chief  Justice  presides.  (Note — The  following  causes 
or  charges  are  sufficient,  when  proven,  to  warrant  conviction:  (1) 
corruption  in  office;  (2)  habitual  drunkenness;  (3)  intoxication  while 
in  the  exercise  of  office;  (4)  drunkenness  in  any  public  place;  (5) 
mental  or  physical  incompetence  to  discharge  the  duties  of  office; 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par.  104-D 


(6)  any  criminal  matter,  the  conviction  whereof  would  tend  to  bring 
the  office  into  public  contempt).  (Sec.  3,  4). 

104  C.  Supreme  Court:  The  Supreme  Court  consists  of  a  Chief 
Justice  and  four  Associate  Justices  elected  by  the  qualified  voters 
of  the  State  for  a  term  of  eight  years.  The  Court  holds  annually  in 
the  City  of  Raleigh  two  sessions  of  sixteen  weeks,  one  beginning  the 
first  Monday  in  September,  and  the  other  first  Monday  in  February. 
The  Court  is  authorized  to  choose  its  own  clerk,  marshal,  reporter  and 
other  officers.  (Sec.  6,  15,  21). 

(a)  Jurisdiction:  “The  Supreme  Court  shall  have  jurisdiction  to 
review  upon  appeal,  any  decision  of  the  courts  below  upon  any  matter 
of  law  or  legal  inference.  And  the  jurisdiction  of  said  court  over 
‘issues  of  fact’  and  ‘questions  of  fact’  shall  be  the  same  exercised  by 
it  before  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  of  one  thousand  eight  hun¬ 
dred  and  sixty  eight,  and  the  Court  shall  have  the  power  to  issue  any 
remedial  writs  necessary  to  give  it  a  general  supervision  and  control 
over  the  proceedings  of  the  inferior  courts.” 

“The  Supreme  Court  shall  have  original  jurisdiction  to  hear  claims 
against  the  State,  but  its  decisions  shall  be  merely  recommendatory; 
no  process  in  the  nature  of  execution  shall  issue  thereon;  they  shall 
be  reported  to  the  next  session  of  the  General  Assmbly  for  its  action.” 
(Sec.  6,  7,  8). 

104  D.  Superior  Courts:  Sec.  10  of  Article  IV  of  the  Constitu¬ 
tion  asserts  that  the  State  shall  be  divided  into  nine  Judicial  districts 
but  that  the  General  Assembly  may  reduce  or  increase  the  number  of 
districts  (the  present  number  is  twenty),  and  that  a  Superior  Court 
shall  be  held  in  each  county  at  least  twice  a  year,  the  time  of  session 
being  designated  by  the  General  Assembly. 

(a) .  Jurisdiction:  Under  the  Constitution  the  General  Assembly 
has  determined  that  the  Superior  Court  shall  have  appellate  jurisdic¬ 
tion  of  all  issues  of  law  or  of  fact  determined  by  a  clerk  of  the  Supe¬ 
rior  Court  or  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  and  all  appeals  from  inferior 
courts  for  error  assigned  in  matters  of  law  as  provided  by  law.  In  the 
matter  of  original  jurisdiction  the  law  is:  “The  Superior  Court  shall 
have  original  jurisdiction  of  the  civil  actions  whereof  exclusive  juris¬ 
diction  is  not  given  to  some  other  court  and  all  criminal  action  in  which 
punishment  may  exceed  a  fine  of  $50  or  imprisonment  of  thirty 
days;  and  of  such  affrays  as  shall  be  committed  within  one  mile  of 
the  place  where  and  during  the  time  such  court  is  being  held.”  (Sec. 
12). 

(b)  Judges  of  Superior  Court:  The  State  is  divided  into  twenty 
judicial  districts,  as  follows: 

First  District — Camden,  Gates,  Washington,  Chowan,  Currituck, 
Pasquotank,  Beaufort,  Hyde,  Dare,  Perquimans,  and  Tyrell  counties. 

Second  District — Nash,  Wilson,  Edgecombe  and  Martin. 


Par.  104-D  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Third  District — Bertie,  Hertford,  Northampton,  Halifax,  Warren 
and  Vance. 

Fourth  District — Lee,  Chatham,  Johnston,  Wayne  and  Harnett. 

Fifth  District — Pitt,  Craven,  Carteret,  Pamlico,  Jones  and  Greene. 

Sixth  District — Onslow,  Duplin,  Sampson  and  Lenoir. 

Seventh  District — Wake  and  Franklin. 

Eighth  District — Brunswick,  Columbus,  New  Hanover  and  Pender. 

Ninth  District — Robeson,  Bladen,  Hoke  and  Cumberland. 

Tenth  District — Granville,  Person,  Alamance,  Durham  and  Orange. 

Eleventh  District — Ashe,  Forsyth,  Rockingham,  Caswell,  Surry 
and  Alleghany. 

Twenlfth  District — Davidson,  Guilford  and  Stokes. 

Thirteenth  District — Richmond,  Stanly,  Union,  Moore,  Anson  and 
Scotland. 

Fourteenth  District — Mecklenburg  and  Gaston. 

Fifteenth  District — Randolph,  Iredell,  Cabarrus,  Davie,  Rowan  and 
Montgomery. 

Sixteenth  District — Lincoln,  Cleveland,  Burke,  Caldwell  and  Polk. 

Seventeenth  District — Avery,  Catawba,  Mitchell,  Wilkes,  Yadkin, 
Watauga  and  Alexander. 

Eighteenth  District — McDowell,  Transylvania,  Yancey,  Ruther¬ 
ford,  and  Henderson. 

Nineteenth  District — Buncombe  and  Madison. 

Twentieth  District — Haywood,  Swain,  Cherokee,  Macon,  Graham, 
Jackson,  and  Clay. 

(c)  Judges  of  Superior  Court:  There  are  twenty  Superior 
Court  Judges,  one  for  each  of  the  twenty  circuits  or  judicial  districts 
in  the  State.  These  judges  are  nominated  by  the  voters  of  the  judicial 
districts  in  which  they  reside,  but  are  elected  by  vote  of  the  people 
of  the  whole  State.  They  hold  their  offices  for  a  term  of  eight  years. 

(d)  Judicial  Divisions:  The  State  is  divided  into  two  judicial 

divisons — Eastern  and  Western.  The  Eastern  Division  is  composed  of 
judicial  districts  one  to  ten,  both  inclusive,  and  the  Western  Division 
of  districts  eleven  to  twenty.  i 

(e)  Rotation  of  Judges:  While  every  Superior  .  Court  Judge 
must  reside  in  the  judicial  district  for  which  he  is  elected,  judges  are 
required  to  preside  in  the  different  districts  successively,  but  no  judge 
can  hold  the  courts  in  the  same  district  oftener  than  once  in  four  years. 
Judges  are  not  permitted  to  rotate  in  this  manner  from  one  judicial 
division  to  the  other.  (Sec.  10). 

(f)  Exchanges  of  Courts:  By  consent  of  the  Governor  judges 
may  exchange  courts  at  any  time. 

(g)  Special  Terms:  The  Governor  has  authority  to  call  special 
terms  of  the  Superior  Court  in  any  county  “whenever  it  shall  appear 
to  him  by  certificate  of  any  judge,  a  majority  of  the  board  of  coun¬ 
ty  commissioners  or  otherwise,  that  there  is  such  an  accumulation 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par  104^ 


of  criminal  or  civil  actions  in  the  Superior  Court  of  any  county  as  to 
require  the  holding  of  a  special  term  for  its  discharge.” 

(h)  State  Solicitors:  A  solicitor  is  elected  by  the  voters  of 
each  judicial  district  and  holds  office  for  four  years.  His  duties  are 
‘‘to  prosecute  on  behalf  of  the  State  in  all  criminal  actions  in  the  Su¬ 
perior  courts,  and  advise  the  officers  of  justice  in  his  district.”  (Sec. 
2S). 

(i)  Vacancies:  In  case  of  vacancies  in  the  office  of  Judge  or 
Solicitor,  caused  by  death  or  otherwise  than  by  expiration  of  the  term, 
the  Governor  appoints,  and  the  person  appointed  to  fill  such  vacancy 
holds  office  until  the  next  general  election.  (Sec.  25). 

(j)  The  Clerk  of  the  Superior  Court:  Each  county  has  a  clerk 
of  the  Superior  Court.  He  is  elected  by  the  voters  of  the  county 
in  which  he  resides  and  holds  office  for  four  years.  The  duties  of  this 
office  are  numerous,  and  are  prescribed  by  the  statutes.  When  the 
office  of  Clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  becomes  vacant  otherwise  than 
by  expiration  of  the  term,  the  Judge  of  the  Superior  Court  for  the 
county  appoints  to  fill  such  vacancy  until  an  election  can  be  regularly 
held.  (Sec.  16,  29). 

104  E.  Courts  of  Justice  of  the  Peace:  Justices  of  the  peace 
are  elected  by  the  people  of  the  township  and  hold  office  for  a  term 
of  two  years.  Each  township  has  three  justices  of  the  peace  and  one 
additional  justice  of  the  peace  for  every  one  thousand  inhabitants 
in  cities  and  incorporated  towns.  This  method  of  electing  justices  of 
the  peace  applies  to  all  counties  of  the  State  except  Bertie,  Caswell, 
Chowan,  Franklin,  Granville,  Montgomery,  Warren,  Vance  and  the 
City  of  Wilmington,  which  have  special  acts  modifying  the  general  law 
governing  such  elections. 

(a)  Appointment:  The  General  Assembly  may  appoint  any 
number  of  justices  of  the  peace,  and  the  Governor  also  has  authority 
to  appoint  “one  or  more  fit  persons  in  every  county  to  act  as  justice 
of  the  peace  who  shall  hold  their  offices  for  four  years  from  and 
after  the  date  of  their  appointment.” 

(b)  Jurisdiction:  In  all  civil  actions  founded  on  contract,  jus¬ 
tices  of  the  peace  have  exclusive  original  jurisdiction  except,  (1) 
wherein  the  sum  demanded,  exclusive  of  interest,  exceeds  $200.00;  (2) 
wherein  the  title  to  real  estate  is  in  controversy.  Justices  of  the  peace 
have  concurrent  jurisdiction  of  civil  actions  not  founded  on  contract 
wherein  the  value  of  property  in  controversy,  does  not  exceed  $50.00. 

In  criminal  actions  justices  of  the  peace  have  exclusive  original 
jurisdiction  of  all  assaults  and  affrays  where  no  deadly  weapons  are 
used,  and  where  no  serious  damage  is  done,  and  of  all  criminal  mat¬ 
ters  arising  within  their  counties  where  the  punishment  prescribed  by 
law  does  not  exceed  a  fine  of  $50.00  or  imprisonment  for  thirty  days. 
They  have  no  jurisdiction,  however,  over  assaults  with  intent  to  kill, 
or  assaults  with  intent  to  commit  rape  except  as  committing  magis- 


Par.  104-F  SOCIAL  LAV/S  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


trates.  When  an  issue  of  fact  shall  be  joined  before  a  justice,  on  de¬ 
mand  of  either  party  thereto,  he  shall  cause  a  jury  of  six  men  to  be 
summoned,  who  shall  try  the  same.  The  party  against  whom  judg¬ 
ment  shall  be  rendered  in  any  civil  action  may  appeal  to  the  Superior 
Court  from  the  same.  In  all  cases  of  a  criminal  nature  the  party 
against  whom  judgment  is  given  may  appeal  to  the  Superior  Court, 
where  the  matter  shall  be  heard  anew.  In  all  cases  brought  before 
a  justice,  he  shall  make  a  record  of  the  proceedings  and  file  same  with 
the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  for  his  county.”  (Sec.  27). 

(c)  Vacancies:  ‘‘When  the  office  of  justice  of  the  peace  shall 
become  vacant  otherwise  than  by  expiration  of  the  term,  and  in  case 
of  the  failure  by  the  voters  of  any  district  to  elect,  the  Clerk  of  the 
Superior  Court  for  the  county  shall  appoint  to  fill  the  vacancy  for 
the  unexpired  term.”  (Sec.  28). 

104  F.  Other  Inferior  or  Special  Courts:  The  Constitution  re¬ 
quires  the  General  Assembly  to  provide  for  the  establishment  of 
special  courts  for  the  trial  of  misdemeanors  in  cities  and  towns  and 
counties  where  the  same  may  be  necessary.  This  has  been  done  as 
follows : 

(a)  Mayor’s  Court:  The  general  law  provides  that  “the  mayor 
of  every  city  and  incorporated  town  within  the  corporate  limits  of 
his  city  or  town,  shall  have  the  jurisdiction  of  a  justice  of  the  peace 
in  all  criminal  matters  arising  under  the  laws  of  the  State  or  under 
the  ordinances  of  such  city  or  town.”  The  mayor  is  elected  by  a  vote 
of  the  people,  usually  for  a  term  of  two  years.  At  present  mayors 
serve  as  judges  only  in  the  smaller  towns  of  the  State,  having  been 
displaced  by  recorder’s  courts  in  practically  all  the  larger  towns  and 
cities. 

(b)  Recorder’s  Court:  A  uniform  system  of  recorders’  courts, 
both  municipal  and  county,  was  provided  for  by  the  General  Assembly 
of  1919.  For  the  plan  of  organization  and  jurisdiction  of  these  courts 
see  Chapter  277,  PHiblic  Laws  of  1919.  Judges  of  the  municipal  courts 
are  elected  by  the  people  or  by  the  board  of  aldermen,  the  method  of 
their  election  being  prescribed  by  statute  or  in  the  charter  of  the 
town  or  city  having  such  court. 

(c)  County  Courts:  Some  counties  have  county  courts  for  the 
trial  of  civil  cases  only.  The  jurisdiction  of  these  courts  is  limited  by 
statute.  Such  courts  were  established  for  the  purpose  of  relieving 
the  congested  civil  dockets  of  Superior  Courts.  The  election  or  ap- 
pointmnt  of  judges  and  other  officers  of  the  county  court  is  provided 
for  by  act  of  the  General  Assembly  establishing  the  court. 

(d)  Juvenile  Court:  For  Juvenile  Courts,  see  Chapter  IV. 

104  G.  Sheriffs  and  Coroners:  “In  each  county  a  sheriff  and 
coroner  shall  be  elected  by  the  qualified  voters  thereof,  as  is  pre¬ 
scribed  for  members  of  the  General  Assembly,  and  shall  hold  their 
offices  for  two  years.  In  each  township  there  shall  be  a  constable 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


<  Par.  106-C 


elected  in  like  manner  by  the  voters  thereof,  who  shall  hold  his  office 
for  two  years.  When  there  is  no  coroner  in  a  county,  the  clerk  of 
the  Superior  Court  for  the  county  may  appoint  one  for  special  cases. 
In  case  of  a  vacancy  existing  for  any  cause  in  any  of  the  offices  cre¬ 
ated  by  this  section,  the  commissioners  of  the  county  may  appoint  to 
such  office  for  the  unexpired  term.  (Sec.  24). 

104  H.  Removal  of  Judges  for  Inability:  “Any  judge  of  the 
Supreme  Court  or  of  the  Superior  Courts,  and  the  presiding  officers 
of  such  courts  inferior  to  the  Supreme  Court  as  may  be  established 
by  law,  may  be  removed  from  office  for  mental  or  physical  inability, 
upon  a  concurrent  resolution  of  two-thirds  of  both  Houses  of  the 
General  Assembly.  The  judge  or  presiding  officer  against  whom  the 
General  Assembly  may  be  about  to  proceed  shall  receive  notice  there¬ 
of,  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  the  causes  alleged  for  his  removal,  at 
least  twenty  days  before  the  day  on  which  either  House  of  the  Gen¬ 
eral  Assembly  shall  act  thereon.  (Sec.  31). 

104  I.  Removal  of  Clerks  of  the  Courts:  A  similar  regulation 
to  the  above  governs  the  removal  of  clerks  of  the  various  courts  for 
ijiability.  (Sec.  32). 

105.  Revenue  and  Taxation:  (Article  V). 

Capital  Tax:  “The  General  Assembly  shall  levy  a  capitation  tax 
on  every  male  inhabitant  in  the  State  over  twenty-one  and  under  fifty 
years  of  age,  which  shall  be  equal  on  each  to  the  tax  on  property 
valued  at  three  hundred  dollars  in  cash.  The  Commissioners  of  the 
several  counties  may  exempt  from  capitation  tax  in  special  cases,  on 
account  of  poverty  and  infirmity,  and  the  state  and  county  capitation 
tax  combined  shall  never  exceed  two  dollars  on  the  head.’^  (Sec.  1). 

105  A.  Application  of  Proceeds:  “The  proceeds  of  the  State 
and  county  capitation  tax  shall  be  applied  to  the  purpose  of  education 
and  the  support  of  the  poor,  but  in  no  one  year  shall  more  than 
twenty-five  per  cent  thereof  be  appropriated  to  the  latter  purpose.” 
(Sec.  2). 

105  B.  Other  Sources  of  Taxation:  All  moneys,  credits,  invest- 
*  ments,  and  all  real  and  personal  property  shall  be  uniformly  taxed 
according  to  their  actual  money  value.  Trades,  professions,  franchises 
and  incomes  may  also  be  taxed  provided  that  the  property  from  which 
the  income  is  derived  has  not  previously  been  taxed.  (Sec.  3). 

Exemptions:  (1)  Notes  or  mortgages  held  on  the  purchase 
price  of  a  home  made  to  run  not  less  than  five  or  more  than  twenty- 
five  years,  at  an  interest  not  to  exceed  5^/4  per  cent,  when  said  pur¬ 
chase  price  does  not  exceed  $3,000.  (2)  Property  of  the  State  or 

municipal  corporations.  The  following  may  also  be  exempted  by  the 
General  Assembly:  Cemeteries  and  property  held  for  educational, 
scientific,  literary,  charitable  or  religious  purposes.  Also  personal 
property  to  the  value  of  $300.  (Sec.  5). 

105  C,  Limitation  Upon  Increasing  the  Public  Debt:  Until  the 


Par.  105-D  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


bonds  of  the  State  shall  be  at  par  the  General  Assembly  shall  have 
no  power  to  contract  new  debt  unless  at  the  same  time  a  special  tax 
is  levied  to  pay  the  interest  thereon  annually.  The  credit  of  the  State 
shall  not  be  given  or  lent  to  any  person  or  corporation  unless  the 
subject  has  previously  been  put  to  the  referendum  vote  of  the  people. 
(Sec.  4). 

105  D.  The  Taxes  Levied:  The  taxes  levied  by  the  commission¬ 
ers  of  the  several  counties  for  county  purposes  shall  be  levied  in  like 
manner  with  the  State  taxes,  and  shall  never  exceed  the  double  of 
the  State  tax,  except  for  a  special  purpose,  and  with  the  special  ap¬ 
proval  of  the  General  Assembly.  (Sec.  6). 

105  E.  Acts  Levying  Taxes  Shall  State  Objects:  Every  act  of 
the  General  Assembly  levying  a  tax  shall  state  the  special  object 
to  which  it  is  to  be  applied,  and  it  shall  be  applied  to  no  other  pur¬ 
pose.  (Sec.  7). 

106.  Suffrage  and  Eligibility  to  Office:  (Article  VI). 

Qualification  of  Electors:  To  be  entitled  to  vote  a  person  shall 

be: 

(a)  A  male  United  States  citizen  twenty-one  years  old.  (Sec.  1). 

(b)  A  resident  for  two  years  in  the  State,  six  months  in  the 
county  and  four  months  proceeding  the  election  in  the  present  ward 
or  location  from  which  he  votes.  A  man  who  moved  from  one  county 
to  another  less  than  four  months  before  the  election  is  entitled  to  vote 
in  the  county  of  his  previous  residence.  (Sec.  2). 

(c)  A  registered  voter  as  provided  by  law.  (Sec.  3). 

(d)  Able  to  read  and  write  any  section  of  the  Constitution  in 
English. 

Except  that  no  male  person  who  was  on  Jan.  1,  1867,  or  at  any 
time  prior  thereto  entitled  to  vote  in  any  state,  and  no  lineal  descend- 
ent  of  such  person  shall  be  deprived  of  his  franchise,  unless  disqual¬ 
ified  under  section  2  or  because  of  failure  to  pay  his  poll  tax.  The 
names  of  these  persons  are  to  be  entered  in  a  permanent  register  on  or 
before  Nov.  1,  1908.,  (Sec.  4). 

(e)  Shall  have  paid  the  poll  tax,  as  provided  under  Article  V, 
Sec.  1,  for  the  previous  year  on  or  before  May  1st  of  the  year  in  which 
he  purposes  to  vote.  (Sec.  4). 

106  A.  Elections:  All  elections  by  the  people  shall  be  by  ballot, 
and  all  elections  by  the  General  Assembly  shall  be  viva  voce.  (Sec  6). 

106  B.  Qualification  for  Office:  Every  voter  in  the  state  shall 
be  eligible  provided  that  he  takes  the  prescribed  oath  of  office  and 
that  he  does  not  deny  the  being  of  Almighty  God  or  that  he  be  not 
convicted,  or  under  judgement  suspended  for  any  treason  or  felony 
or  any  other  crime  for  which  the  punishment  may  be  imprisonment 
in  the  penitentiary,  or  be  found  guilty  of  conniption  or  mal-practice 
ill  office.  (Sec.  7  and  8). 

107.  Municipal  Corporations.  Article  VII), 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par  109 


Board  of  County  Commissioners:  In  each  county  there  shall  be 
elected  biennially  by  the  qualified  voters  thereof,  as  provided  for 
the  election  of  members  of  the  General  Assembly,  the  following  offi¬ 
cers:  a  treasurer,  register  of  deeds,  surveyor,  and  five  commission¬ 
ers.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  commissioners  to  exercise  a  general 
supervision  and  control  of  the  penal  and  charitable  institutions,  schools, 
roads,  bridges,  levying  of  taxes  and  finances  of  the  county,  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  law.  The  register  of  deeds  shall  be  ex  officio,  clerk  of 
the  board  of  commissioners.  (Sec.  1  and  2). 

107  A.  Officers  of  Township:  In  each  township  there  shall  be 
biennially  elected  by  the  qualified  voters  thereof  a  clerk  and  two  jus¬ 
tices  of  the  peacfe,  who  shall  constitute  a  board  of  trustees  and  shall, 
under  the  supervision  of  the  county  commissioners,  have  control  of  the 
taxes  and  finances,  roads  and  bridges  of  the  township.  The  General 
Assembly  may  provide  for  the  election  of  a  larger  number  of  the  jus¬ 
tices  of  the  peace  in  cities  and  towns  and  in  those  townships  in  which 
cities  and  towns  are  situated.  In  every  township  there  shall  also  bo 
biennially  elected  a  school  committee,  consisting  of  three  persons, 
whose  duties  shall  be  prescribed  by  law.  (Sec.  5  and  6). 

107  B.  No  Debt  or  Loan  Except  by  Majority  of  Voters:  No 
county,  city,  town  or  other  municipal  corporation  shall  contract  any 
debt,  pledge  its  faith  or  loan  its  credit,  nor  shall  any  tax  be  levied 
or  collected  by  any  officers  of  the  salme  except  for  the  necessary  ex¬ 
penses  thereof,  unless  by  a  vote  of  the  majority  of  the  qualified  voters 
therein.  (Sec.  7). 

108  Corporations  Other  Than  Municipal.  (Article  VIII).  No 
corporation  shall  be  created  nor  shall  its  charter  be  extended,  altered, 
or  amended  by  special  act,  except  corporations  for  charitable,  educa¬ 
tional,  penal,  or  reformatory  purposes  that  are  to  be  and  remain  under 
the  patronage  and  control  of  the  State;  but  the  General  Assembly 
shall  provide  by  general  laws  for  the  chartering  and  organization  of 
all  corporations  and  for  amending,  extending,  aUd  forfeiture  of  all 
charters,  except  those  above  permitted  by  special  act.  (Sec.  1). 

108  A.  Corporations  Defined — Legal  Liability:  The  teiTn  cor¬ 
poration,  as  used  in  this  article,  shall  be  constiTied  to  include  all  asso¬ 
ciations  and  joint-stock  companies  having  any  of  the  powers  and  priv¬ 
ileges  of  corporations  not  possessed  by  individuals  or  partnerships. 
And  all  corporations  shall  have  the  right  to  sue  and  shall  be  subject 
to  be  sued  in  all  courts  in  like  cases  as  natural  persons.  (Sec.  3). 

109.  Education:  (Article  IX.) 

The  General  Assembly  at  its  first  session  under  this  Constitution 
shall  provide  by  taxation  and  othei*wise  for  a  general  aiid  uniform  sys¬ 
tem  of  public  schools,  wherein  tuition  shall  be  free  of  charge  to  all 
the  children  of  the  State  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years. 
And  the  children  of  the  white  race  and  the  children  of  the  colored 
race  shall  be  taught  in  separate  public  schools;  but  there  shall  be  no 


Par.  109-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


discrimination  in  favor  of  or  to  the  prejudice  of  either  race.”  (Sec.  2). 

109  A.  Division  of  Counties  Into  Districts:  “Each  county  of  the 
State  shall  be  divided  into  a  convenient  number  of  districts,  in  which 
one  or  more  public  schools  shall  be  maintained  at  least  six  months  in 
every  year;  and  if  the  commissioners  of  any  county  shall  fail  to  com¬ 
ply  with  the  aforesaid  requirements  of  this  section  they  shall  be  liable 
to  indictment.”  (Sec.  3). 

109  B.  Financing  of  Education  by  the  State:  The  Constitution 
authorizes  that  a  system  of  the  public  schools  shall  be  established 
and  maintained  by  (a)  proceeds  from  lands  granted  to  the  State  by 
the  United  States  and  not  otherwise  appropriated,  from  the  sale  of 
swamp  lands,  and  from  any  State  Fund  for  education  and  all  the 
“grants,  gifts  and  devises”  therefor;  (b)  ordinary  revenue  appropri¬ 
ated  to  education  by  the  Legislature.  (Sec.  4). 

109  C.  County  School  Fund:  “All,  moneys,  stocks,  bonds  and 
other  property  belonging  to  a  county  school  fund,  also  the  net  pro¬ 
ceeds  from  the  sale  of  estrays,  also  the  clear  proceeds  of  all  penalties 
and  forfeitures  and  of  all  fines  collected  in  the  several  counties  for 
any  breach  of  the  penal  or  military  laws  of  the  State,  and  all  moneys 
which  shall  be  paid  by  persons  as  an  equivalent  for  exemption  from 
military  duty,  shall  belong  to  and  remain  in  the  several  counties,  and 
shall  be  faithfully  appropriated  for  establishing  and  maintaining  free 
public  schools  in  the  several  counties  of  this  State:  Provided,  that 
the  amount  collected  in  each  county  shall  be  annually  reported  to 
the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.”  (Sec.  5). 

109  D.  The  University  of  North  Carolina:  The  Constitution  au¬ 
thorizes  the  General  Assembly  to  provide  for  the  election  of  trustees 
for  the  University  and  to  make  provisions,  laws  and  regulations  for 
its  maintenance  and  management.  “It  shall  establish  and  maintain  in 
connection  with  the  University  a  department  of  agriculture,  of  me¬ 
chanics,  of  mining,  and  of  normal  instruction.”  (Sec.  6  and  14). 

“The  General  Assembly  shall  provide  that  the  benefits  of  the 
University,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  extended  to  the  youth  of  the 
State  free  of  expense  for  tuition;  also  that  all  the  property  which 
has  heretofore  accrued  to  the  State  or  shall  hereafter  accrue  from 
escheats,  unclaimed  dividends  or  distributive  shares  of  the  estates  of 
deceased  persons  shall  be  appropriated  to  the  use  of  the  University.” 
(Sec.  7).  .  . 

109  E.  The  State  Board  of  Education:  “The,  Governor,  Lieuten¬ 
ant-Governor,  Secretary  of  State,  Treasurer,  Auditor,  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction,  and  Attorney  General  shall  constitute  a  State 
Board  of  Education.  The  Governor  shall  be  president  and  the  Super¬ 
intendent  of  Public  Instimction  shall  be  secretary  of  the  Board  of  Edu¬ 
cation.”  (Sec.  8  and  9). 

109  F.  Powers  of  the  State  Board  of  Education:  “The  Board  of 
Education  shall  succeed  to  all  the  powers  and  trusts  of  the  president 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par.  111-D 


and  directors  of  the  Literary  Fund  of  North  Carolina,  and  shall  have 
full  power  to  legislate  and  make  all  needful  rules  and  regulations  in 
relation  to  free  public  schools  and  the  educational  fund  of  the  State; 
but  all  acts,  rules  and  regulations  of  said  board  may  be  altered, 
amended  or  repealed  by  the  General  Assembly,  and  when  so  altered, 
amended  or  repealed,  they  shall  not  be  reenacted  by  the  board.” 
(Sec.  10). 

109  G.  School  Attendance:  The  General  Assembly  is  hereby  em¬ 
powered  to  enact  that  every  child  of  sufficient  mental  and  physical 
ability  shall  attend  the  public  schools  during  the  period  between  the 
ages  of  six  and  eighteen  years  for  a  term  of  not  less  than  sixteen 
months,  unless  educated  by  other  means. 

110.  Homesteads  and  Exemptions:  (Article  X.) 

The  sections  of  the  Constitution  under  this  article  are  embodied 
in  the  laws  given  in  Chapter  VII  on  “Family  Welfare.” 

111.  Punishments,  Penal  Institutions  and  Public  Charities:  (Ar¬ 
ticle  XI). 

Punishments — Convict  Labor:  “The  following  punishments  only 
shall  be  known  to  the  laws  of  this  State,  viz.,  death  ,imprisonment 
with  or  without  hard  labor,  fines,  removal  from  office,  and  disqual¬ 
ification  to  hold  and  enjoy  any  office  of  honor,  trust  or  profit  under 
this  State.  The  foregoing  provision  for  imprisonment  with  hard  labor 
shall  be  construed  to  authorize  the  employment  of  such  convict  labor 
on  public  works  or  highways,  or  other  labor  for  public  benefit,  and 
the  farming  out  thereof,  where  and  in  such  manner  as  may  be  provided 
hy  law;  but  no  convict  shall  be  farmed  out  who  has  been  sentenced 
on  a  charge  of  murder,  manslaughter,  rape,  attempt  to  commit  rape, 
or  arson:  Provided,  that  no  convict  whose  labor  may  be  farmed  out 
shall  be  punished  for  any  failure  of  duty  as  a  laborer  except  by  a  re¬ 
sponsible  officer  of  the  State;  but  the  convicts  so  farmed  out  shall 
be  at  all  times  under  the  supervision  and  control,  as  to  their  govern¬ 
ment  and  discipline,  of  the  penitentiary  board  or  some  officer  of  the 
State.”  (Sec.  1). 

Ill  A.  Death  Punishment:  “The  object  of  punishment  being 
not  only  to  satisfy  justice,  but  also  to  reform  the  offender,  and  thus 
prevent  crime,  murder,  arson,  burglary  and  rape,  and  these  only,  may 
be  punishable  with  death  if  the  General  Assembly  shall  so  enact.” 
(Sec.  2). 

Ill  B.  House  of  Correction:  “The  General  Assembly  may  pro¬ 
vide  for  the  erection  of  a  house  of  coiTection,  where  vagrants  and 
persons  guilty  of  misdemeanors  shall  be  restrained  and  usefully  em¬ 
ployed.”  (Sec.  4). 

Ill  C.  House  of  Refuge:  A  house  or  houses  of  refuge  may  be 
established  whenever  the  public  interests  may  require  it,  for  the  cor¬ 
rection  and  insti*uction  of  other  classes  of  offenders.”  (Sec.  5). 

Ill  D.  The  Sexes  to  be  Separated:  “It  shall  be  required  by 


Par.  111-E  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OP  NORTH  CAROLINA 


competent  lepfislation  that  the  structure  and  superintendence  of  penal 
institutions  of  the  State,  the  county  jails  and  city  police  prisons  se¬ 
cure  the  health  and  comfort  of  the  prisoners  and  that  male  and  female 
prisoners  be  never  confined  in  the  same  room  or  cell.”  (Sec.  6). 

Ill  E.  Appointment  of  Board  of  Public  Charities:  “Beneficient 
provisions  for  the  poor,  the  unfortunate  and  orphan  being  one  of  the 
first  duties  of  a  civilized  and  Christian  State,  the  General  Assembly 
shall,  at  its  first  session,  appoint  and  define  the  duties  of  a  Board 
of  Pubic  Charities,  to  whom  shall  be  entrusted  the  supervision  of  all 
charitable  and  penal  State  institutions,  and  who  shall  annually  re¬ 
port  to  the  Governor  upon  their  condition,  with  suggestions  for  their 
improvement.”  (Sec.  7). 

Ill  F.  Orphan  Houses:  “There  shall  also,  as  soon  as  practic¬ 
able,  be  measures  devised  by  the  State  for  the  establishment  of  one 
or  more  orphan  houses  where  destitute  orphans  may  be  cared  for,  edu¬ 
cated  and  taught  some  business  or  trade.”  (Sec.  8). 

Ill  G.  Inebriates  and  Idiots:  “It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Legis¬ 
lature,  as  soon  as  practicable,  to  devise  means  for  the  education  of 
idiots  and  inebriates.”  (Sec.  9). 

Ill  H.  Deaf-Mutes,  Blind  and  Insane:  “The  General  Assembly 
may  provide  that  the  indigent  deaf-mute,  blind  and  insane  of  the  State 
shall  be  cared  for  at  the  charge  of  the  State.”  (Sec.  10). 

111  I.  Institutions  to  be  Self-Supporting:  It  shall  be  steadily 
kept  in  iview  by.  the  Legislature  and  the  Board  of  Public  Charities  that 
all  penal  and  charitable  institutions  should  be  made  as  nearly  self- 
supporting  as  is  consistent  with  the  purpose  of  their  creation.  (Sec. 
11).. 

i  ill2'"Militia:  (Article  XII). 

Who  Are  Liable  to  Militia  Duty:  “All  able-bodied  male  citizens 
of  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  between  the  ages  of  twenty-one  and 
forty  years,  who  are  citizens  of  the  United  States,  shall  be  liable 
to  do  duty  in  the  militia:  Provided,  that  all  persons  who  may  be 
averse  to  bearing  arms,  from  religious  scruples,  shall  be  exempt 
therefrom.”  (Sec.  1). 

112  A.  Organizing,  Etc.:  “The  General  Assembly  shall  provide 
for  the  organizing,  arming,  equipping  and  discipline  of  the  militia, 
and  for  paying  the  same  when  called  into  active  service.”  (Sec.  2). 

112  B.  Governor  Commander  in  Chief:  “The  Governor  shall  be 
Commander-in-Chief,  and  shall  have  power  to  call  out  the  militia 
to  execute  the  law,  suppress  riots  or  insurrections,  and  to  repel  in¬ 
vasion.”  (Sec.  3). 

112  C.  Exemption:  “The  General  Assembly  shall  have  power 
to  make  such  exemptions  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  and  enact  laws 
that  may  be  expedient  for  the  government  of  the  militia.”  (Sec.  4). 

113.  Amendments:!  (Article  XIII).  j 

Convention,  How  Called:  “No  convention  of  the  people  of  this 


THE  CONSTITUTION 


Par.  114-E 


State  shall  ever  be  called  by  the  General  Assembly,  unless  by  the 
concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  members  of  each  House  of  the 
General  Assembly,  and  except  the  proposition.  Convention  or  No  Con¬ 
vention,  be  first  submitted  to  the  qualified  voters  of  the  whole  State, 
at  the  next  general  election  in  a  manner  to  be  prescribed  by  law.  And 
should  a  majority  of  the  votes  be  cast  in  favor  of  said  convention,  it 
shall  assemble  on  such  day  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  General  As¬ 
sembly.’’  (Sec.  1). 

113.  How  the  Constitution  May  be  Altered:  “No  part  of  the 
Constitution  of  this  State  shall  be  altered  unless  a  bill  to  alter  the 
same  shall  have  been  agreed  to  by  three-fifths  of  each  House  of  the 
General  Assembly.  And  the  amendment  or  amendments  so  agreed  to 
shall  be  submitted  at  the  next  general  election  to  the  qualified  voters 
of  the  whole  State,  in  such  a  manner  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law. 
And  in  the  event  of  their  adoption  by  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast, 
such  amendment  or  amendments  shall  become  a  part  of  the  Constitu¬ 
tion  of  the  State.” 

114.  Miscellaneous:  (Article  XIV). 

Penalty  for  Fighting  Duel:  “No  person  who  shall  hereafter  fight 
a  duel,  or  assist  in  the  same  as  a  second,  or  send,  accept,  or  know¬ 
ingly  carry  a  challenge  therefor,  or  agree  to  go  out  of  the  State  to 
fight  a  duel,  shall  hold  any  office  in  this  State.”  (Sec.  2). 

114  A.  Drawing  Money:  “No  money  shall  be  drawn  from  the 
treasury  but  in  consequence  of  appropriations  made  by  law;  and  an 
accurate  account  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  public  money 
shall  be  annually  published.”  (Sec.  3). 

114  B.  Mechanic’s  Lien:  “The  General  Assembly  shall  provide, 
by  proper  legislation,  for  giving  to  mechanics  and  laborers  an  ade¬ 
quate  lien  on  the  subject-matter  of  their  labor.”  (Sec.  4). 

114  C.  Governor  to  Make  Appointments:  “In  the  absence  of  any 
contrary  provision,  all  officers  of  this  State,  whether  heretofore 
elected,  or  appointed  by  the  Governor,  shall  hold  their  positions  only 
until  other  appointments  are  made  by  the  Governor,  or  if  the  officers 
are  elective,  until  their  successors  shall  have  been  chosen  and  duly 
qualified  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  Constitution.”  (Sec.  5). 

114  D.  Seat  of  Government:  “The  seat  of  government  of  this 
Slate  shall  remain  in  the  city  of  Raleigh.”  (Sec.  6). 

114  E.  Holding  Office:  “No  person  who  shall  hold  any  office 
or  place  of  tiTist  or  profit  under  the  United  States,  or  any  depart¬ 
ment  thereof,  or  under  this  State,  or  under  any  other  state  or  govern¬ 
ment,  shall  hold  or  exercise  any  other  office  or  place  of  trust  or 
profit  under  the  authority  of  this  State,  or  be  eligible  to  a  seat  in 
either  House  of  the  General  Assembly:  Provided,  that  nothing  herein 
contained  shall  extend  to  officers  in  the  militia,  justices  of  the  peace. 


Par.  114-F  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


commissioners  of  public  charities,  or  commissioners  for  special  pur¬ 
poses.”  (Sec.  7). 

114  F.  Intermarriage  of  Whites  and  Negroes  Prohibited:  “All 
marriages  between  a  white  person  and  a  negro,  or  between  a  white 
person  and  a  person  of  negro  descent  to  the  third  generation  inclu¬ 
sive,  are  hereby  forever  prohibited.”  (Sec.  8). 


MEMORANDUM 


«  '■  ■ 

.  It.i,  ^>.1  , 


-yp- 


a;..- 

.J  ■  ^ 

,;’  I -.Av‘. ' 


▼ 


^  '  ' 


■f  "' .  **,  >>;t  rt«  'f  <  -.'  • 


-  •  M 


•  ■  . ,,i*'-' jSi’,  ^  .irVt^in-' i; ts/  W’hitit'.  ^j!  .. 

'C'^  *t  ^"-Tibafci J 


’.R^»^Ti«:-.  *w*g:r5'  ij,'  llfv . 


.*>,«*  1  ■  ,> 

:(«T»ji**  ■ 

^  *  *'»* 


‘  \  ;v/ 

.  ,'  -V  ^;--'..'V' 

I* 


'  ,  M^.U  .  i'  •  4  i '  ' 

*y  ■■  ^  ,i  *  ^  »(i 

■  '-V'V 


■'  lA , 


'■■  '  ■vifrii,'*'''' ? 


‘  ♦  \i\. 


f  ,-f'->  »'**'- 


‘'‘‘a. 

.•'  I  i.  «L  >M  JII..4J. '*i  »' . 


iiifi^'^:^  .jiSSk 


;  .,-:.iyyJ^KA<A 


s. 


Par.  202 

CHAPTER  II 

Agriculture 

I.  Agricultural  Laws  and  Administration. 

201.  Agricultural  Labor:  In  1910  eighty-one  per  cent  of  the 
population  of  North  Carolina  were  engaged  in  agriculture.  This  pro¬ 
portion  has  been  reduced  because  prompt  payment  and  more  certain 
work  can  be  had  in  other  lines  of  business.  Most  of  the  labor  is  done 
by  so-called  “croppers” — the  man  furnishing  only  the  labor  while 
the  landlord  furnishes  the  stock,  feed  for  the  stock,  and  farm  imple¬ 
ments.  The  laborer  has  a  lien  to  secure  his  share  according  to  the 
agreement,  but  the  landlord  has  a  prior  lien  for  all  advances  on  his 
part  to  secure  the  making  of  the  crop.  Verbal  contracts  are  binding 
and  the  agreement  is  generally  the  law.  The  laborer  has  a  lien  upon 
any  article  on  which  he  does  work,  and  upon  all  buildings  which  he 
helps  to  repair  to  secure  payment  for  the  work  done.  He  has  a  sub- 
lien  for  labor  and  material  furnished.  All  these  liens  can  be  found 
under  the  head  of  “Liens”  in  the  Revisal  of  1905,  Chapter  IX,  begin¬ 
ning  with  Section  2052;  see  Sections  2016,  2017,  2019  to  2031.  For 
lien  on  crops  see  Sections  2034  to  2036,  2045  to  2057. 

There  is  no  labor  assembly  in  camps  where  aid  can  be  procured  as 
desired. 

201  A.  Sunday  Work:  It  is  unlawful  to  carry  on  usual  occupa¬ 
tions  of  farm  work  on  Sunday.  A  great  many  of  the  wage  hands  stop 
Saturday  afternoon  and  do  not  report  again  until  Monday  morning. 
The  feeding  of  the  stock  is  done  by  those  who  agree  to  do  it.  (See 
Sections  2836,  Revisal  of  1905.) 

202.  Co-operative  Marketing:  An  act  was  passed  in  1915  “to 
provide  for  the  incorporation  and  maintenance  of  co-operative  organ¬ 
izations.”  (Chap.  144,  Pub.  Laws  1915).  By  this  act  “any  number 
of  persons  not  less  than  five  may  associate  themselves  as  a  co-operat¬ 
ive  association,  society,  company,  or  exchange,  for  the  purpose  of  con¬ 
ducting  any  agricultural,  dairy,  mercantile,  mining,  manufacturing  or 
mechanical  business,  on  the  co-operative  plan.”  In  the  articles  shall 
be  stated  the  name,  purpose,  and  location  of  the  association,  amount 
of  authorized  capital  stock,  number  of  shares  subscribed,  par  value  of 
shares,  and  names  and  addresses  of  the  members.  No  shareholder  is 
entitled  to  hold  more  than  20  per  cent  of  the  stock,  and  no  share¬ 
holder  is  personally  liable  for  the  debts  of  the  association.  Before 
the  first  day  in  March  of  each  year  every  association  shall  make  a  full 
financial  report  of  its  transactions,  liabilities,  etc.,  to  the  Secretary  cf 
State.  Subject  to  revision  by  the  association  at  any  general  or  special 
meeting,  the  directors  shall  apportion  the  earnings  by  first  paying 
dividends  on  the  paid-up  capital  stock,  not  exceeding  6  per  cent  per 


Par.  202-A 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


annum.  They  shall  then  set  aside  not  less  than  10  per  cent  of  the 
net  profits  for  a  reseiwe  fund  until  it  equals  30  per  cent  of  the  paid-up 
capital  stock,  and  not  less  than  2  per  cent  thereof  shall  be  for  an 
educational  fund  to  be  used  in  teaching  co-operation.  The  remainder 
of  the  net  profits  shall  be  paid  in  uniform  dividends  upon  the  amount 
of  purchases  of  shareholders,  and  upon  the  wages  and  salaries  of 
employees,  and  one-haif  of  such  uniform  dividends  to  non-sharehold¬ 
ers  on  the  amount  of  their  purchase,  except  that  in  the  case  of  certain 
selling  and  productive  associations  dividends  shall  be  prorated  on 
raw  materials  delivered  instead  of  on  goods  purchased,  or  on  both. 
(Sec.  1,  2,  13  and  15.) 

202  A.  Boycotting:  There  is  only  the  cemm^n  law  to  prevent 
boycotting  against  farmers’  co-operative  associations. 

203.  Credit  Legislation:  This  includes: 

(a)  State  Banks,  organized  under  the  general  law  to  do  general 
banking  business,  with  minimum  capital  from  $5,000  to  $25,000,  ac¬ 
cording  to  population  of  place  where  located.  They  may  become  mem¬ 
bers  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  (b)  Industrial  Banks,  organized 
under  general  corporation  laws,  with  capital  of  not  less  than  $25,000, 
having  general  corporate  powers  and,  with  certain  restrictions,  ad- 
aitionol  power  to  make  loans,  discounts,  etc.  (c)  Building  and  Loan 
Associations,  organized  under  general  laws  and  for  the  purpose  con¬ 
templated  in  these  organizations,  (d)  Land  and  Loan  Associations, 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  making  loans  to  members  only,  and 
under  the  same  general  plan  as  the  Building  and  Loan  Associations, 
(e)  Credit  Unions,  organized  for  the  purpose  of  savings,  deposits  and 
loans  for  members  only,  (f)  Co-operative  Associations,  for  the  pur¬ 
pose  of  conducting  agricultural,  dairy,  mercantile,  mining,  manufactur¬ 
ing  or  mechanical  industries  on  the  co-operative  plan. 

For  further  information  under  any  of  the  above  heads  apply  to 
Mr.  A.  C.  McIntosh,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill. 

204.  Road  Laws: 

(a)  Construction  of  State  Roads  With  Federal  AM:  In  1919 
there  was  passed  an  “act  to  provide  for  the  construction  and  mainte¬ 
nance  of  a  system  of  state  highways  and  to  enable  the  State  to 
secure  the  benefits  of  federal  aid  therefor,  and  for  other  purposes.” 
This  act  provides  for  a  STATE  HIGHWAY  COMMISSION  to  consist 
of  four  members  appointed  by  the  Governor,  one  for  the  western,  one 
for  the  central  and  one  for  the  Eastern  portion  of  the  State,  and  one 
for  the  State  at  large.  One  of  the  members  of  the  Commission  shall 
always  be  from  the  minority  party.  The  Governor  shall  designate  one 
of  the  members  chaiiunan  and  this  member  shall  be  known  as  the 
State  Highway  Commissioner.  By  this  act  a  “State  Highway  Fund” 
is  created  out  of  the  license  taxes  on  motor  vehicles  (the  amounts  for 
which  are  specified)  for  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  a  system 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  204 


of  State  Highways,  which  shall  be  constructed  so  as  to  form  a  system 
of  modern  highways  acceptable  to  the  United  States  Government,  con¬ 
necting  by  the  most  practicable  routes  the  various  county  seats  and 
other  principal  towns  of  every  county  in  the  State  (Sec.  1).  Convicts 
may  be  used  for  this  work.  (Sec.  2).  The  responsibility  for  the  work 
rests  with  the  State  Highway  Commission.  When  a  county  shall 
agree  to  furnish  one-fourth  of  the  cost  of  construction  of  that  portion 
of  the  State  highway  which  runs  through  its  limits,  preference  shall 
be  given  to  that  county  in  priority  of  work  done.  Under  this  arrange¬ 
ment  one-fourth  of  the  co.st  is  paid  by  the  county,  one-fourth  from 
the  State  Highway  fund,  and  one-half  from  the  Federal  Aid  fund. 
The  work  must  be  executed  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  State 
Highway  Commission  subject  to  the  inspection  and  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  Agriculture  of  the  United  States  or  his  representative. 
(Sec.  3). 

“The  several  counties,  townships  and  road  districts,  in  order  to 
provide  their  one-fourth  of  the  co,st  of  constructing  the  system  of 
State  highways  within  their  respective  territories,  may  in  their  dis¬ 
cretion  use  such  road  funds  as  they  may  have  available,  or  may  pro¬ 
vide  same  under  and  pursuant  to  any  law  now  in  force  or  hereafter 
enacted,  and  the  construction  and  improvement  of  the  said  system  of 
State  highways  is  declared  to  be  a  necessary  public  expense  of  the 
several  counties,  townships,  and  road  districts.”  (Sec.  4). 

“The  State  Highway  Commission  and  the  State  Forester  may 
co-operate  with  the  county,  township  or  district  road  authorities  in  the 
proper  selection,  planting  and  protection  of  roadside  trees,  and  the 
State  Highway  Commission  is  empowered  to  make  all  necessary  rules 
and  regulations  for  the  protection  of  the  State  highways  and  the  road¬ 
side  trees  herein  provided  for.”  (Sec.  12). 

(b)  Maintenance  of  County  Roads:  Under  “an  act  to  provide 
for  the  maintenance  of  the  public  roads  of  North  Carolina”  the  work 
of  maintaining  the  roads  (excepting  State  roads),  is  put  under  the 
board  of  county  commissioners,  county,  township  or  district  road  com¬ 
mission  or  any  other  officials  having  charge  of  the  road  work  for  the 
county  subdivisions  thereof.  (Sec.  5).  Those  counties  that  have  issued 
and  sold  bonds  for  the  construction  or  reconstruction  of  roads  or  shall 
do  so  hereafter  are  “authorized,  instructed  and  directed”  to  levy  an- 
nu$.lly  during  the  life  of  the  bonds  a  special  tax  on  all  taxable  prop¬ 
erty,  both  real  and  personal,  sufficient  to  raise  an  amount  equal  to 
at  least  3  per  cent  and  not  more  than  5  per  cent  of  the  total  amount 
of  bonds  issued.  (Sec.  1).  This  tax  shall  be  graded  from  3  per  cent 
where  the  roads  have  cost  over  $3,000  per  mile  to  B  per  cent  where 
the  roads  have  cost  $1,000  a  mile  or  less.  (Sec.  3). 

(c)  State  ITirrancing  of  CoVRty  Road  Construction:  Under  an  “act 
to  encourage  road  building  in  North  Carolina  by  State’s  aid”  (Pub. 


Par.  205 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  ^AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Laws  of  1917  as  amended  1919),  the  State  Treasurer  is  authorized 
and  directed  to  issue  semi-annually  bonds  not  to  exceed  $400,000,  for 
the  purpose  of  creating  a  semi-annual  fund  to  be  used  by  the  several 
counties  of  the  State  for  permanent  road  improvement.  (Sec.  1).  These 
bonds  will  bear  interest  at  4  per  cent  free  of  tax,  and  shall  be 
known  as  “North  Carolina  Highway  Bonds.”  For  this  money  the 
counties  will  pay  to  the  State  5  per  cent  interest  which  will  be  ap¬ 
plied  to  the  payment  of  the  4  per  cent  bonds  and  the  balance  re¬ 
tained  as  part  of  the  semi-annual  road  fund.  (Sec.  3).  This  fund 
will  be  used  to  retire  all  bonds  as  they  mature.  (Sec.  6). 

Counties  desirous  of  securing  this  State  aid  for  road  construc¬ 
tion  can  do  so  by  having  25  per  cent  of  the  registered  voters  sign  and 
present  a  petition  to  the  county  board  of  commissioners  to  call 
an  election  for  the  purpose.  This  petition  shall  state  amount  to  be 
borrowed  and  ask  that  the  special  tax  necessary  to  meet  the  pay¬ 
ments  be  levied  and  collected.  The  election  ballots  -shall  read  “For 
Good  Roads”  and  “Against  Good  Roads.”  If  a  majority  of  the  votes 
cast  be  for  “Good  Roads,”  the  board  of  commissioners  shall  execute  a 
bond  payable  to  the  State  for  the  amount  so  voted  togetlier  with  an 
estimate  of  the  amount  of  money  which  will  be  actually  needed  for 
the  following  six  months — this  estimate  to  be  repeated  every  six 
months  till  the  loan  has  been  exhausted.  If  the  State  sinking  fund 
prove  insufficient  in  the  end  to  retire  the  bonds,  the  counties  partici¬ 
pating  will  be  responsible  for  the  difference.  (Sec.  11).  If  the  de¬ 
mand  made  on  the  State  Semi-annual  Fund  by  the  counties  ever  ex¬ 
ceed  $400,000  the  State  treasurer  shall  reduce  ail  loans  pro  rata  for 
the  following  six  months:  if  it  fall  short  of  $400,000  he  shall  reduce 
the  bond  issue  accordingly.  (Sec.  14).  Townships  and  road  districts 
created  by  special  act  of  the  General  Assembly  may  avail  themselves 
of  the  benefit  of  this  act,  provided  that  the  bond  is  executed  by  the 
county  or  counties  in  which  they  are  situated. 

205.  Dairy  and  Food  Regulations:  (See  Chapter  368,  Laws  of 
1907).  The  reader  is  referred  to  a  bulletin  issued  by  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  entitled  “Definitions,  Standards,  Rulings,  and  Regu¬ 
lations  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture  Relative  to  the  Manufac¬ 
ture  and  Sale  of  Food  and  Food  Products  and  the  State  Food  Law.’- 
The  first  part  of  this  bulletin  treats  of  definitions  and  Standards  re¬ 
lating  to  I.  Animal  Products:  (a)  Meats;  (b)  milks,  ice  creams  and 
dairy  products.  II.  Vegetable  Products:  (a)  Grains  and  meals;  (b) 
fruits  and  preserves;  (c)  sugars  and  sirups;  (d)  condiments,  flavoring 
extracts  and  vegetable  oils;  (e)  tea,  coffee,  and  cocoa  products;  (f) 
beverages,  fruit  juices,  malt  liquors;  (g)  vinegar.  ■  III.  Salt.'.  Section 
10  of  the  State  Pure  Food  Law  pToVides  thaf  the  BOkTd  of  AgrieultUre 
make  uniform  rules,  and  regulations  for,  cariwing  out  the  provisions 
of  this  Act.  The  .second  p^rt  of  the  Bulletin  is 'devoted  to  these:  Reg. 
I.  deals  with  hearings  when  any  provision  of '  the  food  law  has' been 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  206 


violated;  Reg.  II,  with  Form  of  Guaranty  relieving  a  dealer  from 
prosecution;  Reg.  Ill,  with  Labeling.  (Labels  must  call  attention  to 
“artificial,’’  “adulterated,”  “imitation,”  or  “compound”  goods).  Reg. 
IV,  with  the  sale  or  serving  of  renovated  butter  or  oleomargerine; 
Reg.  V,  with  ice  creams  and  ice  cream  substitutes;  Reg.  VI,  with 
molasses  and  sirup  and  their  compounds;  Reg.  VII,  with  baking 
powders. 

205  A.  The  State  Food  Law:  (See  final  part  of  above  bulletin), 
\  is  an  act  to  “prevent  the  manufacture  or  sale  of  adulterated,  misbrand¬ 

ed,  poisonous,  or  deleterious  foods,  drugs,  medicines  or  liquors.  Sec.  3, 
provides  that  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  this  act  the  certificate 
of  the  analyst  or  other  officer  making  the  analysis  or  examination, 
when  duly  sworn  to  by  such  officer,  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of 
the  fact  or  facts  therein  certified.  Sec.  4,  provides  that  “it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  every  solicitor  to  whom  the  Commissioner  of  Agriculture 
shall  report  any  violation  of  this  act  to  cause  proceedings  to  be  com¬ 
menced  and  prosecuted  without  delay  for  the  fines  and  penalties  in 
such  cases  prescribed.”  Sec.  6,  defines  what  constitutes  “adulterated,” 
in  the  caset  of  (a)  drugs;  (b)  food.  Sec.  7,  defines  what  constitutes 
the  term  “misbranded”  in  reference  to  labeling  of  (a)  drugs,  (b)  food. 
Sec.  8,  deals  with  slaughtering  of  animals  and  sale  of  meat.  (See  Par. 
223  below).  Sec.  10,  provides  that  the  Board  of  Agriculture  has 
authority  to  appoint  a  drug  inspector  and  shall  confer  with  the  State 
Board  of  Pharmacy,  “which  shall  from  time  to  time  fix  and  publish 
standards  or  limits  of  variability  permissible  in  any  article  or  drugs; 
and  these  standards,  when  so  published,  shall  be  the  standards  before 
all  courts.”  Sec.  11,  provides  that  manufacturers  or  venders  of  drugs, 
food,  confectionery,  or. liquors,  shall  furnish  samples  of  these  to  any 
person  duly  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Agriculture  to  secure  the 
same,  such  samples  to  be  in  sufficient  quantity  for  analysis. 

206.  Livestock  Sanitary  Laws:  A  publication  of  the  Depart¬ 
ment  dated  June  11,  1919,  contains  these  Laws  and  Regulations.  The 
Commissioner  of  Agriculture  is  charged  with  investigations  adapted  to 
promote  the  improvement  of  milk  and  beef  cattle,  and  especially  in¬ 
vestigations  relating  to  diseases  of  cattle  and  other  domestic  animals, 
to  suggest  remedies  therefor,  and  to  quarantine  infected  animals  and 
regulate  transportation  of  stock.  (Sec.  3944,  Revisal  1905,  Sub.  Sec. 
I  3).  There  are  penalties  for  selling  diseased  animals  (Sec.  3944, 

Revisal  of  1905),  for  failure  to  burn  or  bury  carcasses  of  animals 
dying  from  infectious  diseases  (Sec.  3298,  Rev.  1905),  and  for  failure 
to  kill  rabid  dogs  (Sec.  3305,  Rev.  1905).  Public  Laws  of  1919  pre¬ 
vent  the  importation  of  diseased  cattle  into  Rowan  County,  and  reg¬ 
ulate  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  anti-hog  cholera  serum  and  virus. 
V/ork  to  eradicate  the  cattle  tick,  i  hog  cholera,  and  the  testing,  of 
tubercular  cattle  is  conducted  in  co-operation  with  the  U.  S.  Depart- 
nieht  of  Agriculture.  For  cattle  affected  by  tuberculosis  the  U.  S. 


Par.  207 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Department  pays  one-third  of  the  assessed  value  and  the  State  pays 
one-third.  For  glanders  in  horses  and  mules  the  State  pays  one- 
third,  but  the  U.  S.  does  not  make  any  compensation.  If  the  owner 
of  any  animal  having  glanders  refuses  to  kill  it  he  is  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor  (Sec.  3296,  Rev.  1905).  Tick  eradication  is  conducted 
co-operatively  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  State 
Board  of  Agriculture,  the  man  in  charge  being  appointed  by  the  U. 
S.  Department,  which  also  names  as  many  inspectors  as  it  may  deem 
advisable.  These  inspectors  are  commissioned  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Agriculture  so  as  to  give  them  authority  to  use  the  State  laws  and 
regulations  where  necessary  in  their  operations.  The  State  Depart¬ 
ment  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  State  Veterinarian,  can  appoint 
additional  inspectors.  There  are  twenty-two  counties  still  infested 
with  the  tick,  but  in  only  five  of  these  counties  is  eradication  work 
being  conducted.  A  demand  is  now  being  made  upon  the  legislature 
for  a  state-wide  mandatory  law  covering  tick  eradication. 

207.  Plant  Disease  Laws: 

Circular  No.  22  of  the  Entomological  Department  gives  the  legal 
status  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  regarding  plant  diseases  and  the 
regulations  it  is  authorized  to  make  to  control  crop  pests.  Any  per¬ 
son  willfully  violating  these  regulations  is  liable  to  civil  action.  Any 
one  seeking  to  prevent  inspection  of  his  premises  or  otherwise  inter¬ 
fering  with  any  agent  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  while  in  the  per¬ 
formance  of  his  duties  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  five  dollars 
and  not  more  than  fifty  dollars  for  each  offense  or  may  be  imprisoned 
for  not  less  than  ten  nor  more  than  thirty  days.  The  regulations 
cover  Cotton  Boll  Weevil,  Sweet  Potato  Weevil,  Pine  Blister  Rust 
Disease,  Chestnut  Blight  Disease,  Foul  Brood  of  Bees,  Nursery  Trade 
(both  in  and  out  of  the  State)  and  the  work  of  Transportation  Com¬ 
panies  and  Agents.  A  special  circular  No.  27  treats  of  Cotton  Boll 
Weevil.  (For  the  state  law  see  Chap.  87,  Rev,  of  1905.  Sec.  3944). 

208.  Seed  Laws:  (See  Chap.  241,  Laws  1919.)  The  law  requires 
that  seed  shall  guarantee  a  certain  per  cent  of  purity  and  germination, 
and  each  package  offered  for  sale  must  bear  the  name  and  address  of 
the  manufacturer,  importer,  or  other  person  offering  the  same  for 
sale  in  the  State,  together  with  the  month  and  year  the  seed  was 
tested  for  viability.  To  defray  the  expenses  of  inspection,  a  license 
fee  of  $25.00  per  annum  is  required  of  persons  who  sell  seed.  When 
a  wholesaler  has  secured  his  license,  any  person  or  firm  in  the  State 
can  sell  his  seed  without  further  license. 

Any  farmer  can  have  his  seed  tested  by  the  Department  free  of 
charge  if  he  will  send  sample  to  the  Botanist.  If  persons  wish  to 
sell  seed  they  can  have  it  tested  upon  the  payment  of  fifty  cents  for 
.sample  analyzed.  (Public  Laws,  Session  1917). 

209.  Pure  Feed  Laws:  (See  Chapter  149,  Laws  1909,  “An  Act  to 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  217 


Regulate  the  Registration  and  Sale  of  Concentrated  Commercial  Feed¬ 
ing  Stuffs.”) 

All  concentrated  commercial  feeding  stuff  sold  in  the  State  shall 
show  the  name  and  weight  of  the  package,  name  and  address  of  the 
manufacturer,  the  ingredients  of  which  it  is  composed,  and  the  per¬ 
centage  of  fibre,  fat,  protein,  and  carbohydrates.  It  can  not  be  sold 
until  registered  with  the  Department,  and  before  it  can  be  registered 
a  sample  must  be  sent  to  the  Department  and  passed  upon  by  the  Feed 
Chemist.  It  must  also  bear  the  North  Carolina  tax  stamp,  which  can 
be  purchased  from  the  Department  at  a  cost  of  twenty  cents  per  ton, 
or  one  cent  for  each  100  pound  bag. 

Condimental  feed  must  be  registered  with  the  Department,  aftef 
being  examined  and  passed  upon  by  the  Feed  Chemist  and  State 
Veterinarian,  and  a  license  fee  of  $20.00  per  annum  paid  for  each 
brand  to  be  sold.  (Public  Laws  of  1909). 

210.  Fertilizer  Laws:  (See  Chapter  20,  Laws  1919,  and  Chapter 
143,  Public  Laws  1917;  amended  by  Public  Laws  of  1919).  The 
fertilizer  law  and  regulations  require  that  all  brands  of  fertilizer 
v/hich  it  is  desired  to  sell  in  the  State  shall  be  registered  with  the 
Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture,  giving  the  guarantees  of  the 
plant  food  which  they  will  contain.  When  there  is  a  deficiency  in  the 
goods  the  party  selling  the  same,  under  the  direction  of  the  Com¬ 
missioner,  is  required  to  make  it  good.  All  regulations  of  the  De¬ 
partment  are  given  the  force  of  law.  There  is  a  tonnage  tax  of 
twenty  cents  on  all  fertilizer  sold  in  the  State.  No  fertilizer  can  be 
sold  that  does  not  contain  12  per  cent  of  plant  food  or  have  a  com¬ 
mercial  value  of  an  8-2-2  goods. 

211.  Trespass  Laws:  It  is  unlawful  to  hunt  or  fish  upon  the 
land  of  another  unless  the  person  desiring  to  do  so  obtains  pennission 
from  the  owner  of  the  land. 

212.  Deer  Laws  are  local  and  apply  only  to  the  county  for  which 
enacted. 

213.  Dog  Laws:  There  is  a  tax  of  one  dollar  per  annum  upon 
each  male  dog  and  of  two  dollars  upon  each  female  dog.  This  goes 
to  the  county  school  fund. 

214.  Drainage  Laws:  Under  the  provisions  of  the  drainage  law, 
drainage  districts  can  be  formed  wherever  persons  desire  the  drain¬ 
age  of  adjoining  lands.  (Chapter  88,  Rev.  1905,  with  amendments, 
now  Chap.  91,  consolidated  Statutes). 

215.  Irrigation  Laws:  There  are  none. 

216.  Homestead  Laws  are  provided  in  Article  10  of  the  Consti¬ 
tution  of  the  State.  (See  Chap.  VII). 

217.  Injury  to  Crops,  Flocks,  or  Herds  is  prohibited  by  sections 


Par.  218  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


of  the  Revisal  in  Chapter  88.  ,  , 

218.  Reforestation  Laws:  There  are  none.  ' 

219.  Natural  Resources  Development  Laws:  There  are  none. 

220.  Agricultural  Development  Laws:  There  are  none. 

221.  Tax  Laws:  (a)  Lands  are  returned  for  assessment  and 
revaluation  every  four  years  or  as  often  as  the  legislature  may  enact. 
The  Commisisoners  of  each  county  appoint  a  board  to  value  the  prop¬ 
erty.  In  the  assessment  the  lands  are  rated  according  to  their  value, 
whether  improved,  unimproved,  or  forest  lands.  The  returns  are  made 
to  the  county  commissioners,  who  can  revise  the  same.  The  universal 
custom,  however,  has  long  been  to  list  real  estate  at  the  owner’s 
valuation. 

(b)  Livestock:  Each  person  returns  his  livestock  and  the  assess¬ 
ors  may  revise  the  values  if  they  choose. 

(c)  .Crops  in  storage  are  returned  by  the  owner  like  his  other 
property;  also  those  retained  for  family  or  stock. 

222.  Livestock  Range  Laws:  Nearly  all  the  State  is  now  under 
the  provisions  of  the  no  fence  or  stock  law.  Where  these  have  not 
been  adopted  owners  are  at  liberty  to  turn  their  stock  into  the  range. 
Killing  or  injuring  stock  is  punished  by  clauses  under  the  head  of 
Crimes  in  the  Revisal.  The  stock  law  was  begun  by  the  legislature  of 
1879  and  there  is  a  separate  law  for  each  county  which  adopted  it. 
These  can  be  found  from  the  index  of  the  laws  of  the  different  sessions 
from  1879  to  the  present  time. 

223.  Livestock  Slaughter  Laws:  Sec.  8  of  Chap.  368,  Laws  of 
1907,  states  that  it  is  unlawful  for  any  person  or  firm  to  sell  the  car¬ 
cass  of  any  animal  which  has  been  slaughtered,  prepared,  •  or  kept 
under  unsanitary  conditions;  and  unsanitary  conditions  exist  if  the 
slaughter-house  is  dilapidated,  if  the  drainage  of  the  premises  is  not 
efficient,  if  maggots  or  filthy  pools  or  hog-wallows  exist  in  the  yard 
or  under  the  house,  if  the  water  supply  is  not  pure,  if  hogs  are  kept 
in  the  yard  or  fed  therein  on  animal  offal,  or  if  the  odors  of  putrefac¬ 
tion  exist  therein,  or  if  the  meat  is  kept  in  unclean,  bad-smelling  re¬ 
frigerators,  or  in  unclean  storage  rooms. 

224.  Tare.  Nothing  is  allowed  deducted  from  weight  of  bales  of 
cotton  on  account  of  breakage  of  scales.  The  farmer  deserves  to  re¬ 
ceive  pay  for  every  pound  of  lint  cotton  offered  for  sale  according  to 
its  grade,  but  there  is  a  custom  known  as  tare  which  allows  thirty 
pounds  to  be  deducted  from  the  weight  of  a  bale  on  account  of.  bag¬ 
ging  and  ties.  This  custom  originated  before  the  Confederate  War, 
vdien  bales  usually  weighed  350  pounds,  and  six  per  cent,  or  twenty- 
one  pounds,  was  deducted;  and  when  the  weight  of  a  bale  in  market 
was  rated  at  500  pounds,  six  per  cent,  or  thirty  pounds  was  stiff  de- 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  227 


manded  as  tare,  for  which  there  can  be  offered  no  justifiable  reason. 

225.  Transportation:  There  is  a  law  which  compels  transporta¬ 
tion  companies  to  ship  goods  within  three  days  after  received  over  the 
route  which  the  shipper  may  select.  Debts  of  the  transportation  com¬ 
panies  or  other  corporations  for  material  or  supplies  furnished  or 
for  labor  performed  or  injuries  received  have  precedence  over  mort¬ 
gages  on  the  property  of  the  company  by  whom  such  debts  are  made. 

226.  The  State  Warehouse  System:  (See  Bulletin  issued  by  the 
State  Board  of  Agriculture).  Under  “An  Act  to  Provide  Improved 
Marketing  Facilities  for  Cotton,”  State  Warehouses  for  the  storage  of 
cotton  have  been  established  on  the  following  plan:  The  Board  of 
Agriculture  appoints  a  State  Warehouse  Superintendent  who  is  under 
bond  to  the  State  for  the  efficient  management  of  the  system.  The 
warehouses  may  be  privately  owned  but  are  under  State  supervision. 
The  State  Superintendent  leases  the  warehouse  in  the  nominal  rental 
of  one  dollar  per  year,  and  then  issues  to  the  owner  or  owners  a 
commission  or  license  to  operate  the  warehouse,  charging  a  fee  of  two 
dollars  for  this  commission  or  license.  The  owners  recom¬ 
mend  and  the  Superintendent  appoints  a  suitable  person  for 
local  manager,  and  this  local  manager  enters  into  a  bond  for  the 
faithful  performance  of  his  duties.  The  warehouse  thus  formed  be¬ 
comes  a  part  of  the  State  Warehouse  System,  and  is  so  designated. 
All  cotton  stored  in  a  State  warehouse  must  be  insured  through  the 
State  Superintendent.  The  warehouse  pays  a  privilege  fee  of  five 
cents  per  bale  per  month  on  all  cotton  stored.  It  is  intended  that  as 
a  result  of  this  act  every  town  in  each  cotton-producing  section  should 
have  a  warehouse  operated  under  the  State  system.  A  warehouse 
will  pay  at  any  point  if  it  be  made  the  weighing  and  marketing 
place  for  cotton.  Cotton  should  be  placed  in  a  State  warehouse  im¬ 
mediately  after  it  is  ginned,  so  that  there  may  be  no  possibility  of 
weather  damage.  After  it  is  placed  in  a  warehouse  the  owner  can 
then,  or  later,  sell  the  receipt  instead  of  the  bale,  locally  or  through 
the  State  Superintendent,  or  he  can  get  the  identical  bale  and  sell  it. 
It  is  expected  that  the  receipts  of  the  State  warehouse  will  be  fully  as 
negotiable  as  a  Government  bond.  The  Superintendent  is  authorized 
to  secure  loans  for  holders  of  State  warehouse  receipts  whenever  de¬ 
sired. 

227.  State  Gasoline  Law.  (See  Chap.  166,  Laws  of  1917.  See 
also  bulletin  issued  by  Board  of  Agriculture.)  This  is  a  law  for  the 
inspection  of  gasoline,  naphtha,  benzine,  and  other  liquids  and  fluids 
used  for  heating  and  power  purposes.  Sellers  of  gasoline  must  furnish 
the  Board  of  Agriculture  the  name  or  names  of  brands  they  intend 
to  sell  and  samples  for  analysis.  They  must  pay  a  tax  of  one-fourth 
of  one  cent  per  gallon,  and  barrels,  tanks,  cars  or  other  containers  of 
gasoline  must  have  a  tax  or  stamp  attached  stating  that  the  enlarges 


Par.  228 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


have  been  duly  paid.  Similarly  all  substitutes  for  and  varieties  of 
motor  fuel  must  be  offered  for  analysis  and  be  properly  labeled.  De¬ 
livery  of  gasoline  either  at  wholesale  or  retail  shall  be  made  only  in 
tanks,  barrels,  casks,  cans,  or  other  containers  having  the  word  “gaso¬ 
line”  or  the  name  of  other  like  products  of  petroleum  in  English  plainly 
stenciled  or  labeled  in  vermillion  red,  except  that  in  the  case  of  auto- 
m.obiles,  gasoline  may  be  delivered  by  hose  pipe  from  a  tank,  and 
in  the  case  of  small  quantities  sold  for  cleaning  purposes  the  label 
of  the  vessel  must  also  bear  the  words  “unsafe  when  exposed  to  heat 
01  fire.” 

The  standards  for  purity  and  quantity  set  by  law  are  as  follows: 

Volatility  by  Distillation  Test. 


Initial  boiling  point  not  higher  than .  65  C 

Distillate  not  less  than  eighteen  per  cent  by  volume  at . 110  C 

Residue  not  more  than  thirty-five  per  cent  by  volume  at .  150  C 

Diy  or  end  point  not  higher  than  .  225  C 


228.  Linseed  Oil  Law:  (Public  Laws  Session  1917.  See  Bulletin 
issued  by  the  Board  of  Agriculture).  This  provides  for  the  inspection, 
labeling  and  standardization  of  linseed  oil  sold  in  the  State  and  the 
collection  of  an  inspection  tax  of  one-half  cent  per  gallon. 

229.  Law  for  Inspection  of  Illuminating  Oils  and  Fluids: 
(Chapter  554,  Public  Laws  of  1909,  amended  1917).  This  provides 
for  the  inspection,  labeling,  and  standardization  of  illuminating  oils 
and  fluids  sold  in  the  State,  and  the  collection  of  an  inspection  tax  of 
one-quarter  of  one  cent  per  gallon. 


II.  Agricultural  Agencies. 

251.  The  State  Department  of  Agriculture: 

Organization:  By  authority  of  the  constitution  the  Legislature 
established  the  Board  of  Agriculture  (Chapter  279,  Laws  of  1877). 
This  Department  has  under  its  jurisdiction  the  administration  and  en¬ 
forcement  of  all  laws  relating  to  the  agricultural  products  and  re¬ 
sources  of  the  State.  It  consists  of  ten  members,  one  for  each  con¬ 
gressional  district,  who  are  appointed  by  the  Governor  and  confirmed 
by  the  Senate  for  tenns  of  six  years.  All  members  are  required  by 
law  to  be  practical  farmers.  The  Commissioner  of  Agriculture,  who 
is  chief  executive  officer  and  ex-officio  chairman  of  the  Board,  is 
elected  by  the  people. 

The  Department  is,  to  a  considerable  extent,  a  sub-legislature. 
The  Legislature  in  commiting  to  its  executive  specified  laws,  confers 
upon  the  Board  power  to  make  regulations,  which  will 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  254-C 


have  the  authority  of  law,  and  violation  of  which  is  a  misdemeanor 
cognizable  by  the  courts.  The  power  to  confer  this  authority  has 
been  tested  in  the  courts  and  approved  by  decision  of  the  Superior 
Court.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  head  of  the  division  to  the 
Board  of  Agriculture  the  regulations  of  each  division  of  the  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Agriculture  are  adopted  and  entered  upon  the  minutes  of 
the  Board.  They  are  then  published  and  distributed,  and  a  copy  can 
be  procured  from  the  head  of  the  division. 

252.  Finance:  The  Department  of  Agriculture  is  financed  by 
tonnage  charges  on  fertilizers,  inspection  taxes,  and  the  sale  of  con¬ 
demned  property.  The  receipts  for  1919  were  $400,851.99,  and  the 
expenditure  $387,720.17. 

253.  Progress:  The  following  figures  give  an  indication  of  the 
crop  development  of  the  State  under  the  Department  of  Agriculture. 


1910  1919 

Corn  .  34,063,531  bus.  55,100,000  bus. 

Wheat  .  7,433,000  bus.  7,225,000  bus. 

Oats  .  3,458,000  bus.  3,767,000  bus. 

Rye  .  150,000  bus.  810,000  bus. 

Potatoes  .  2,314,000  bus.  4,930,000  bus. 

Sweet  Potatoes  .  Not  reported  9,858,000  bus. 

Tobacco  . 216,000,000  lbs.  310,240,000  lbs. 

Cotton  . .  665,132  bales  875,000  bal’s 

Hay  .  175,000  tons  1,040,000  tons 


The  rank  of  North  Carolina  among  the  states  for  all  crop  values 
in  1910  was  twenty-second.  In  1919  she  took  fourth  place,  Texas 
coming  first,  Iowa  second,  and  Illinois  third.  North  Carolina’s  valua¬ 
tion  for  all  crops  was  in: 


1909  $142,890,000 

1916  . 202,079,900 

1918  417,846,000 

1918  .  537.500,000 

1919  .  683,163,000 


254.  Divisions  and  Activities  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture: 

The  work  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  is  conducted  under 
the  following  heads: 

254  A.  The  Veterinary  Division:  (Dr.  W.  M.  Moore  in  charge), 
carries  on  its  work  in  co-operation  with  the  National  Department. 
It  institutes  measures  for  the  eradication  of  tick,  and  hog  cholera 
(with  sale  of  serum),  for  tuberculin  testing,  for  the  prevention  of 
glanders  and  all  diseases  of  animals. 

254  B.  The  Animal  Industry  Division:  (Mr.  Dan  T.  Gray  in 
charge),  initiates  all  work  thought  advisable  under  that  head,  includ¬ 
ing  dairying,  cheese  making,  and  improvement  of  beef  cattle,  sheep 
and  swine. 

254  C.  The  Division  of  Chemistry:  (Mr.  J.  K.  Plummer  in 
charge),  makes  analyses  of  fertilizers,  cottonseed  meal,  feed  and  food 
stuffs,  soils,  minerals  and  marls,  waters,  etc. 


Par.  264-D 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


254  D.  The  Pure  Food  and  Oil  Division:  (W.  M.  Allen  in 
charge),  enforces  the  law  against  adulterated  or  misbranded  food  or 
beverages.  In  1900  the  number  of  samples  examined  was  507  and 
the  percentage  cf  adulteration  found  56  per  cent.  In  1910  the  number 
of  samples  examined  was  919  and  the  percentage  of  adulteration  found 
16.21,  There  are  two  classes  of  adulterants  found  in  food:  substances 
which  are  deleterious  to  health,  and  substances  v/hich  merely  render 
the  food  less  valuable.  The  use  of  the  first  is  prohibited;  the  second 
can  be  used  provided  their  presence  is  made  known  to  the  purchaser. 
Owing  to  various  complications  the  enforcement  of  the  food  law  is  far 
more  difficult  than  one  not  familiar  with  the  situation  would  think. 
The  national  government  has  enacted  a  food  law  which  requires  weight 
of  contents  to  be  stamped  on  all  packages  or  other  containers  of  foods. 
The  Legislature  will  have  to  enact  this  for  the  state  before  it  will  be 
applied  to  transactions  between  citizens  of  North  Carolina. 

The  Pure  Food  Chemist  is  also  Oil  Chemist  and  has  in  charge  the 
standardization  and  inspection  of  all  illuminating  oils. 

254  E.  The  Feed  Inspection  Division:  (Mr.  J.  M.  Pickel  in 
charge),  enforces  the  law  with  regard  to  branding  of  bags,  weight  of 
bags,  and  analyses  of  stamps. 

254  F.  The  Entomology  Division:  (Mr.  Franklin  Sherman,  Jr.,  in 
charge),  includes  the  inspection  of  fruit  trees  (which  are  not  allowed 
to  be  sold  unless  declared  free  from  disease),  the  giving  of  instruction 
in  spraying  and  the  waging  of  war  generally  against  insect  pests  and 
diseases. 

254  G.  The  Division  of  Horticulture:  (Mr.  C.  D.  Matthews  in 
charge),  promotes  the  interest  of  trucking,  the  home  and  market 
garden,  also  the  culture,  preservation  and  marketing  of  the  fruits  of 
the  State.  There  is  a  test  farm  in  Pender  County  used  in  connection 
with  the  trucking  interest  of  the  eastern  part  of  the  State,  while  the 
Blantyre  farm  in  Transylvania  County  is  used  to  demonstrate  the 
culture,  and  marketing  of  fruit,  the  prevention  of  diseases  of  fruit 
trees,  and  reforestation. 

254  H.  The  Division  of  Agronomy:  (Mr.  C.  B.  Williams  in 
charge)  supplies  information  on  plant  breeding  and  selection,  th».. 
use  of  fertilizers,  crop  rotation,  etc. 

254  1.  The  Botany  Division:  (Mr.  J.  H.  Burgess  in  charge), 
conducts  a  seed  laboratory,  forbids  the  sale  of  those  seeds  not  com¬ 
plying  With  the  law  as  to  purity  and  germination,  and  issues  licenses 
for  the  sale  of  seeds,  and  tags  for  labeling  the  packages.  Inoculation 
germs  for  legumes  are. manufactured  and  sold  at  cost.  Grain  is  graded 
when  desired ‘and  ..report  made  on  its  standard  under  the  U.  S.  lay/s. 

254  J,  Soil  Survey,  Test  Farms,  and  Farm  Demonstration  Work: 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  254-N 


(Mr.  T.  B.  Parker  in  charge).  Soil  survey  is  conducted,  like  the  cattle 
quarantine,  in  conjunction  with  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
the  expenses  being  defrayed  by  both  departments.  The  object  is  to 
locate  test  farms  for  practical  and  scientific  purposes.  Test  farms 
have  been  established  in  Edgecombe  County,  at  Willard  Station  in 
Pender  County,  at  Statesville,  at  Blantyre  in  Transylvania  County, 
and  near  Swannanoa  in  Buncombe  County,  and  arrangements  are  on 
foot  to  establish  one  in  the  old  tobacco  belt  at  Oxford,  and  another 
in  the  newly  drained  black  lands  of  eastern  North  Carolina  in  Beau¬ 
fort  County.  The  purpose  is  to  conduct  these  farms  for  the  benefit 
of  the  crops  grown  in  each  section,  first  on  small  plots,  and  then  on  a 
large  scale,  showing  results  of  different  kinds  and  amounts  of  home¬ 
made  and  commercial  fertilizers,  preparation  of  land,  cultivation  and 
rotation  of  crops  and  demonstration  work.  By  demonstration  work  on 
different  fields  in  the  same  locality  and  on  all  types  of  soil,  the 
variations  of  each  can  be  ascertained,  the  manures  prepared,  and  suit¬ 
able  cultivation  learned. 

254  K.  Demonstration  Work:  (Mr.  C.  R.  Hudson  in  charge). 
The  aim  of  this  work  is  to  give  practical  advice  to,  and  co-operate 
with  the  farmers  upon  their  farms.  It  has  been  extended  to  eighty- 
one  counties.  Part  of  the  expenses  is  borne  by  the  National  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Agriculture.  (See  Par.  258  ff.). 

254  L.  Immigration:  (Elias  Carr,  Secretary  of  the  Board  of 
Agriculture,  in  charge).  The  Legislature  in  1909  repealed  the  act  of 
1907  concerning  immigration.  There  are  now  no  agents  of  the  tStatc 
employed  in  foreign  countries.  A  few  young  men  come  from  Scot¬ 
land  each  year,  and  land  and  immigration  companies  bring  some  people 
to  the  State  each  year;  but  no  report  is  made  to  the  Department;  how¬ 
ever,  it  co-operates  with  them  as  far  as  practicable.  The  Department 
has  no  lands  of  the  State  for  sale,  and  can  make  no  contracts,  warrant 
titles,  or  do  any  work  of  like  nature.  It  can  only  put  parties  desiring 
to  purchase  property  in  the  State  in  comrpunication  with  citizens  who 
have  property  to  sell,  and  leave  them  to  perfect  sales,  if  it  is  found 
desirable.  Many  letters  are  received  from  persons  from  the  states  of 
the  Middle  West  requesting  information  as  to  the  resources  of  the 
State,  and  several  hundred  have  each  year  purchased  homes. 

254  M.  Statistics:  Mr.  T.  Frank  Parker,  field  agent  of  the 
National  Department,  is  director  in  charge  of  this  work  which  is  con¬ 
ducted  by  the  State  Department  in  co-operation  with  the  U.  S.  De¬ 
partment.  This  work  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  the  Board,  and 
already  improvement  is  seen  in  the  tobacco  and  other  reports.  Wheat 
reports  by  counties  will  be  issued  as  soon  as  completed.  This  being  a 
new  work,  reports  are  a  little  tardy.  ' 

254  N.  The  Museum:  (Mr.  H.  H,  Briley,  Curator).  The  State 


Par.  264-0 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Geologist  had,  since  the  establishment  of  his  department  in  1850,  col¬ 
lected  specimens  of  different  kinds,  principally  of  minerals,  repre¬ 
senting  the  natural  resources  of  the  State.  In  1879  the  care  of  the 
Museum  and  expense  of  maintenance  were  transferred  to  the  De¬ 
partment  of  Agriculture.  A  building  is  to  be  erected  for  its  occupancy, 
and  its  contents  greatly  increased.  It  is  now  by  far  the  most  ex¬ 
tensive  of  its  kind  south  of  Philadelphia,  save  the  National  Museum 
at  Washington,  D.  C.  To  it,  more  than  any  other  source,  is  at¬ 
tributable  the  fine  displays  the  State  has  made  at  international,  na¬ 
tional  and  state  expositions.  It  is  the  State’s  object  lesson,  repre¬ 
senting  its  resources  in  agriculture,  timber,  minerals,  fishes,  birds, 
game  animals,  and  flora  and  fauna  in  general. 

254  O.  Publications:  The  Bulletin  (free  on  application)  is  issued 
monthly,  each  month  being  devoted  to  a  particular  subject.  Its  value 
seems  to  be  appreciated  both  within  and  without  the  State,  as  is 
attested  by  its  continually  increasing  mailing  list.  Besides  the  regular 
monthly  Bulletin,  special  papers  are  issued  when  deemed  of  enough 
importance  to  justify  the  expense. 

255.  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  Engineering,  West  Raleigh, 
N.  C.  (See  also  Chapter  9).  Founded  by  act  of  the  legislature  in 
1885  this  institution  is  intended  to  train  farmers,  mechanics,  engineers, 
architects,  draftsmen,  machinists,  electricians,  miners,  metallurgists, 
chemists,  dyers,  mill  workers,  manufacturers,  stock  raisers,  fruit 
growers,  truckers,  and  dairymen,  by  giving  them  not  only  a  liberal 
but  also  a  special  education,  with  such  manual  and  technical  training 
as  will  qualify  them  for  their  future  work.  It  offers  practical  and 
technical  education  in  agriculture,  horticulture,  animal  industry,  civil 
engineering,  mechanical  engineering,  electrical  engineering,  chemistry, 
dyeing,  and  textile  engineering.  It  also  offers  practical  training  in 
carpentry,  woodturning,  blacksmithing,  machinists’s  work,  mill  work, 
boiler  and  engine  tending,  dynamo  tending  and  installation,  electric 
light  wiring,  armature  winding,  and  other  subjects  relating  to  practical 
electricity. 

255  A.  Courses  in  Agriculture:  The  College  offers,  (a)  a  four 
year  course  in  General  Agriculture;  (b)  four  year  specialized  courses 
in  agronomy,  animal  husbandry,  horticulture,  vocational  education, 
poultry  science,  biology,  veterinary  medicine,  and  agricultural  chem¬ 
istry;  (c)  a  two  year  practical  course  in  agriculture;  (d)  a  three 
weeks’  farmers’  winter  course  in  agriculture;  (e)  a  course  in  agri¬ 
culture  covering  two  terms  for  rehabilitation  students. 

255  B.  Agricultural  Equipment:  Each  of  the  departments  has 
its  own  laboratories.  The  college  farm  is  available  for  practical  work 
in  agronomy,  drainage,  terracing,  fertilization,  and  study  of  soil  types. 
The  livestock  represents  the  leading  breeds.  The  Division  of  Animal 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  25( 


Husbandry  owns  a  dairy  herd  of  eighty  head,  a  flock  of  sheep,  a 
number  of  hogs,  and  Percherons.  The  poultry  plant  contains  breed- 
i>ig  pens  .suited  to  poultry  raising,  and  all  poultry  appliances.  The 
equipment  for  agricultural  engineering  consists  of  tools  and  testing 
apparatus  necessary  for  practice  work.  Exhibit  material  from  manu¬ 
facturers  of  farm  equipment  is  being  secured  for  the  benefit  of  the 
students.  For  instruction  in  Horticulture  there  are  the  .service  build¬ 
ing,  green  house,  and  laboratory;  also  grounds  of  twenty-five  acres 
containing  student  vegetable  gardens,  orchards,  vineyards,  plantings 
of  berries,  and  spaces  used  for  nursery  purposes. 

256.  Joint  Committee  of  the  Boad  of  Agriculture  and  the  A.  &  E. 
College:  The  w^ork  which  is  common  to  both  the  Department  and  the 
A.  &  E.  College,  is  under  the  control  of  a  committee  known  as  the 
Joint  Committee  on  Co-operative  Work.  It  consists  of  five  members 
of  the  Board  of  Agriculture  who  are  elected  by  the  Board,  and  five 
members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  College,  in  accordance  with 
Chapter  68,  Laws  1913.  The  Governor  acts  as  chairman  of  the  Commit¬ 
tee.  This  committee  elects  a  director  who  is  in  charge  of  the  work 
and  reports  to  the  committee  at  its  annual  sessions,  also  to  the  Board 
of  Agriculture  and  the  Board  of  Trustees.  If  either  Board  objects  to 
the  action  proposed  it  fails.  The  director’s  report  is  filed  with  the 
Board  to  which  he  reports.  Prof.  B.  W.  Kilgore  is  now  the  Director 
of  the  Experiment  Station  and  the  Extension  Work.  Included  in  the 
work  in  which  the  Board  and  College  co-operate  are  the  Experiment 
Station,  the  Extention  Work,  the  County  Agents,  the  Farm  Bureau, 
and  the  Farmers’  Institutes.  The  number  of  workers  engaged  varies 
from  time  to  time,  but  in  round  numbers  it  is  as  follows: 


For  Investigation  in  the  Experiment  Station .  50 

Specialists  for  Agricultural  Extension  .  30 

Farm  Demonstration  Agents  .  85 

Home  Demonstration  Agents  (Women) .  65 

Negro  Location  Agents  . . . .  17 


257.  The  Experiment  Station:  (Chapter  68,  Public  Laws  of  1913; 
and  223  Public  Laws  of  1917).  The  Experiment  Station  is  jointly  con¬ 
ducted  and  .supported  by  the  College  and  State  Department  of  Agri¬ 
culture  in  co-operation  with  the  Federal  Department  of  Agriculture, 
the  State  College  for  Women  at  Greensboro,  and  the  Agricultural  and 
Technical  College  for  the  colored  race  at  Greensboro.  It  covers  all 
the  experimental  work  in  agriculture  which  is  done  in  the  State.  The 
experiment  work  in  the  field  is  conducted  on  the  college  farm  and  on 
the  test  farms  of  the  Board  of  Agriculture,  and  the  laboratory  investi¬ 
gations  are  conducted  in  the  laboratories  of  the  two  institutions.  The 
station  carries  on  a  large  correspondence  with  farmers  and  others. 
Bulletins  relating  to  general  farm  matters  and  embodying  the  results 
of  the  experiments  are  sent  free  to  all  citizens  of  the  State  who 
request  them.  A  request  addressed  to  the  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  West  Raleigh,  will  bring  these  publications.  The  station  is 


Par.  258 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


glad  also  to  answer  letters  of  inquiry. 

258.  The  Extension  Service:  It  is  the  object  of  the  Experiment 
Station  to  investigate  and  obtain  new  facts  for  the  benefit  of  agricul¬ 
ture  in  the  State.  It  is  the  object  of  the  Extension  Service  to  com¬ 
municate  these  facts,  together  with  the  findings  of  other  institutions 
in  this  and  other  countries,  to  the  farm  and  farm  home  through  its 
various  workers.  The  Farm  and  Home  Demonstration  Agents  are  the 
chief  instruments  in  carrying  out  this  policy. 

258  A.  County  Agents:  It  is  proposed  to  have  one  agent  in  each 
county,  to  be  selected  by  the  chief  of  demonstration  work  and  the 
commissioners  of  the  county  in  which  he  is  to  work.  All  agents  are 
under  the  direction  of  the  chief.  In  most  counties  there  are  women 
assistants  appointed  by  Mrs.  McKimmon,  chief  of  home  economics  and 
women’s  work.  This  demonstration  work  is  perhaps  the  most  im¬ 
portant  practical  work  of  the  Department. 

258  B.  Farm  Bureaus:  This  matter  is  left  to  each  county.  The 
work  is  promoted  by  the  Community  Service  Department,  which  is 
endeavoring  to  get  the  people  of  every  community  to  have  a  co¬ 
operative  organization. 

258  C.  Farmers’  Institutes.  The  beneficial  results  of  these  is 
shown  in  the  progress  made  in  agriculture.  The  session  of  the  Board, 
December  4th,  1919,  discontinued  the  institutes  for  men,  but  those  for 
women  were  continued  under  Mrs.  McKimmon,  who  was  made  direc¬ 
tor.  Men  desiring  to  hold  meetings  can  request  the  Commissioner  to 
furnish  them  with  speakers.  Twenty-four  of  the  Institutes  held  in 
1919  were  for  negroes. 

258  D.  Home  Demonstration  Work:  (Mrs.  McKimmon  in  charge). 
The  work  among  the  girls,  generally  known  as  tomato  club  work, 
includes  not  only  canning,  but  pickling  and  preserving  of  all  family 
supplies  which  the  farm,  orchard,  or  garden  can  produce,  and  in  such 
condition  that  they  can  be  kept  for  use  as  desired.  The  wives  and 
daughters  of  farmers  in  the  past  have  had  in  most  cases  little  con¬ 
sideration  for  their  own  comfort  or  convenience,  and  but  little  oppor¬ 
tunity  to  provide  themselves  with  money  for  their  own  spending. 

At  the  women’s  institutes  prizes  are  offered  for  the  best  loaf  of 
bread  made  by  a  woman  over  20  years  of  age,  and  the  best  pone  of  com 
bread  made  by  a  girl  under  20.  These  prizes  are  limited  to  women  living 
on  a  farm.  In  1919  there  were  62  counties  organized  in  the  work,  in 
v/hich  there  were  666  womens  clubs,  425  girls’  clubs  and  226  com¬ 
munity  clubs,  with  a  total  attendance  of  77,194. 

Demonstrations  on  how  to  prepare  and  serve  meals  have  been  oi 
niuch  benefit  to  the  women  of  the  State.  The  school  teachers  in  rural 
communities  are  co-operating  with  the  Department  forces.  The  short- 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  260 


age  of  help  in  the  household  has  caused  much  interest  to  be  shovvn 
in  demonstrations  of  electrical  plants  for  the  operation  of  washing 
machines,  wringers,  irons,  sewing  machines  and  chums,  light¬ 
ing  the  house  and  barns,  and  furnishing  the  house  with  water.  As  a 
result,  1,116  such  plants  have  been  purchased,  and  493  washing 
machines  installed. 

One  of  the  new  activities  of  this  division  has  been  the  work  with 
the  Scuppernong,  James,  and  other  muscadine  grapes;  11  counties 
report  2,274  vines  planted;  29  counties  report  6,030  gallons  of  grape 
juice  made,  and  1,744  gallons  of  other  grape  products.  Seventeen  girls 
have  received  scholarships  in  schools  and  colleges,  and  272  girls  are 
paying  part  or  all  of  their  expenses  by  their  work  in  basketry,  grape 
culture,  or  gardening. 

258  E.  Farmers’  Convention:  The  Farmers’  Convention  is  held 
annually  at  the  A.  &  E.  College  during  the  last  three  days  of  August. 
The  Board  appropriates  $500  each  year  for  the  expenses. 

258  F.  Fairs:  During  1919  two  hundred  and  seventy-five  com¬ 
munity  and  county  fairs  were  held  in  the  *State;  and  also  the  annual 
State  Fair.  These  fairs  have  an  important  effect  in  stimulating  the 
farmers  in  the  various  parts  of  the  country. 

259.  State  Highway  Commission:  Frank  Page,  Chairman, 
Raleigh,  N.  C. 

(a)  Plans  and  Policies:  It  is  the  plan  of  the  State  Highway  Com¬ 
mission,  in  co-operation  with  the  Bureau  of  Public  Roads  and  the 
county  highway  officials,  to  construct  a  highway  system  in  North 
Carolina  of  suitable  types  of  roads  to  meet  the  traffic  requirements, 
and  to  connect  each  county  seat  and  principal  town  in  every  county  in 
the  State,  as  well  as  to  form  interstate  connection  for  for  the  through 
lines  of  travel. 

(b)  Activities:  There  are,  at  this  time,  48  projects  under  con¬ 
struction,  117  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Public  Roads,  and  some  50 
others  under  survey. 

(c)  Services  Offered:  The  Highway  Commission  is  anxious  to 
!o-operate  with  all  agencies  for  road  improvement  in  North  Carolina, 
and  is  in  a  position  to  give  engineering  advice  and  assistance  to  the 
‘.ounties  in  laying  out  their  county  highway  systems. 

(d)  Publications:  The  Commission  issues  a  monthly  bulletin 
known  as  the  State  Highway  Bulletin,  which  gives  accurate  informa¬ 
tion  and  news  as  to  the  progress  of  the  state  highway  system.  This 
publication  can  be  had  free  of  charge  by  application  to  the  State 
Highway  Commission,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

260.  Forest  Resources :  Approximately  two-thirds  of  the  total 


Par.  261 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


area  of  the  state  is  still  in  woods,  most  of  it  more  or  less  cut  over. 
About  half  the  forest  area  is  pine;  the  other  half  is  hardwoods  with 
an  occasional  mixture  of  pine  and  other  soft  woods.  The  total  stand 
of  timber  has  been  estimated  at  forty  billion  board  feet,  half  pine  and 
half  hardwoods,  etc.  The  annual  cut  of  lumber  is  approximately 
1,500  million  board  feet,  and  500  million  feet  into  other  products, 
not  including  firewood  and  waste  which  probably  amount  to  some  1,500 
million  feet  more;  making  a  total  of  3,500  million  board  feet.  The 
annual  growth  is  estimated  at  about  150  million  board  feet  on  pine 
lands  and  75  million  feet  on  hardwood  lands,  or  about  one  fourteenth 
the  rate  at  which  the  timber  is  being  cut. 

261.  Enemies  of  the  Forest:  In  addition  to  the  usual  destructive 
methods  of  cutting,  the  principal  enemies  of  our  forests  are  fire, 
live  stock  and  insects.  Forest  fires  burn  over  annually  from  400,000 
to  500,000  acres  and  cause  an  annual  damage  of  over  $1,000,000.  Un¬ 
restricted  ranging  of  live  stock  causes  the  destruction  of  or  injury  lu 
much  young  growth.  Hogs  prevent  reproduction  of  longleaf  pine, 
while  cattle  browse  on  the  young  hardwood  species.  The  stock  law 
which  now  is  in  effect  over  the  greater  part  of  the  State  should  be 
extended  to  every  part  of  it.  (See  Stock  Law.  Chapter  35,  Revisal  of 
1905). 

262.  Organization  of  State  Forestry  Work — The  Geological 
Survey;  Most  of  the  state  forestry  work  is  done  by  the  State  Geological 
and  Geological  and  Economic  Survey,  organized  in  1901  and  reorgan¬ 
ized  in  1905.  (See  Chapter  94,  Revisal  of  1905).  By  law  the  Governor 
is  authorized  to  appoint  a  suitable  person  as  State  Geologist  to  con¬ 
duct,  under  the  supervision  of  a  Board  of  Managers  known  as  the 
Geological  Board,  a  Geological  and  Economic  Survey  of  the  State. 
(Section  4429).  Colonel  Hyde  Pratt,  Ph.  D.,  is  now  the  State  Geol¬ 
ogist  and  Director  of  the  Survey.  The  Geological  Board  consists  of 
the  Governor,  as  chairman,  and  four  citizens  of  the  State  appointed  by 
the  Governor  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  (Sec¬ 
tion  4430).  The  Survey  has  for  its  objects,  examination  of  various 
resources;  such  as  the  forests,  with  special  reference  to  their  bearing 
upon  the  occupation  of  the  people;  streams  and  water  power,  with 
reference  to  their  development  for  manufacturing  enterprises,  develop¬ 
ment  enterprises,  the  preservation  of  the  sources  of  these  streams 
through  the  protection  of  the  forests;  and  consideration  of  other  scien¬ 
tific  and  economic  problems;  together  with  the  preparation  of  reports, 
illustrations  and  maps.  (Section  4432.  For  further  account  see 
Chapter  V). 

262  A.  The  State  Forests:  The  State  Geologist  appoints,  sub¬ 
ject  to  the  approval  of  the  Geological  Board,  such  experts  and  assist¬ 
ants  as  are  necessary  (Section  4431).  The  present  forester  of  the 
Survey,  Mr.  J.  S.  Holmes,  appointed  in  1909,  is  now  known  as  State 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  262-C 


P’orester.  (Chapter  243,  Section  2,  Public  Laws  of  1915).  His  chief 
duties  are  to  urge  the  practice  of  forestry  upon  the  private  owners  of 
forest  land  in  the  State;  to  secure  the  protection  of  the  forest 
lands  against  fire;  to  make  investigations  as  to  the  forest  con¬ 
ditions;  and,  in  other  ways  to  endeavor  to  secure  the  protection  and 
perpetuation  of  the  forests  through  their  proper  use. 

262  B.  Forest  Fire  Prevention:  The  Forest  Fire  Law  (Chapter 
243,  Public  Laws  of  1915),  carries  no  appropriation.  It,  however, 
places  the  administration  of  the  law  in  the  State  Geological  and 
Economic  Survey,  part  of  whose  regular  appropriation  has  been  used 
for  carrying  out  its  provisions.  Under  this  law  the  State  Forester, 
who  is  ex-officio  State  Forest  Warden,  may  appoint  forest  wardens, 
who  shall  have  charge  of  measures  for  controlling  fires,  make  arrests 
for  the  violation  of  the  forest  laws,  post  warning  notices,  patrol  during 
dry  and  dangerous  seasons,  etc.  Wardens  are  required  to  wear  suit¬ 
able  badges. 

Intentionally  setting  fire  to  any  grass  land,  brush  land  or  wood 
land  belonging  to  another  is  declared  a  misdemeanor  and  a  penalty 
is  provided  (Section  8).  Carelessly  or  negligently  setting  fire  to  the 
woods  is  an  offense  against  the  law,  and  allowing  fire  to  escape  is 
prima  facie  evidence  of  neglect  in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  the 
law  (Section  9  and  10).  A  reward  of  $20  may  be  paid  to  the  person 
furnishing  sufficient  evidence  to  convict  any  party  for  setting  fire  to 
the  woods,  the  amount  being  added  to  the  court  costs  (Chapter  318, 
Ifiiblic  Laws  of  1919).  City  watersheds  are  given  additional  pro¬ 
tection  from  fire  by  requiring  parties  carrying  on  lumbering  oper¬ 
ations  adjoining  to  clear  a  four  hundred  foot  fire  line  (Chapter  56, 
Public  Laws  of  1913). 

Assistance  in  fire  prevention  under  the  Weeks  Law  is  provided 
by  the  U.  S.  Forest  Service.  Several  Federal  patrolmen  are  employed 
in  this  way.  The  State  also  co-operates  with  four  Forest  Fire  Pro¬ 
tective  Associations,  organized  for  the  purpose;  also  with  lumbermen 
and  railroads. 

262  C.  State  Forests:  Land  may  be  accepted  as  a  gift  or 
purchased  under  special  act  of  the  Legislature  for  state  experiment 
and  demonstration  forests.  (Chapter  253,  Public  Laws  of  1915).  No 
such  forests  have  yet  been  acquired. 

(a)  The  Mount  Mitchell  State  Park,  a  tract  of  some  1,225  acres, 
including  the  summit  of  Mt.  Mtichell,  has  been  purchased  as  a 
‘'State  park  for  the  use  of  the  people  of  the  entire  State’^  for  the 
purpose  of  recreation,  the  protection 'of  water  courses  arid  the  .preser¬ 
vation  of  the  beauty  of  the  scenery  (Chapter  76,  I^blic  Laws  of 
1915).  This  park,  which  was  purchased  by  a  commission  and  is  riow 
administered  by  another  commission  (Chapter  316,  Public  Laws  of 


Par.  262-D 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


1919),  has  until  recently  been  administered  by  the  State  Geological 
and  Economic  Survey  without  special  appropriation. 

(b)  Sandhill  Experiment  Forest:  Through  co-operation  with  the 
State  Board  of  Health  a  part  of  the  property  controlled  by  the  State 
Sanatorium  for  the  Treatment  of  Tuberculosis  in  Hoke  County  is 
being  managed  as  an  experiment  forest;  insufficient  funds  have,  how¬ 
ever,  prevented  its  proper  development. 

262  D.  Studies  and  Investigations:  Among  other  important 
phases  of  forestry  study  and  investigation  done  by  the  Survey  are 
the  following:  (a)  Examination  of  timber  tracts  at  the  request  of  the 
owners  with  the  object  of  suggesting  better  forest  management,  (b) 
A  study  of  the  forest  conditions  and  timber  resources  of  the  State. 
This  has  been  taken  up  from  time  to  time.  A  report  on  the  mountain 
counties  was  issued  as  Bulletin  23,  while  reports  on  the  various  Pied¬ 
mont  counties  have  been  issued  as  a  series  of  Press  Bulletins.  The 
coastal  plain  counties  are  to  be  taken  up  later,  (c)  An  annual  investi¬ 
gation  into  the  damage  done  by  forest  fires,  published  in  a  series  of 
Economic  Papers,  (d)  A  study  of  the  wood-using  industries  of  the 
State  published  as  Economic  Paper  No.  20;  further  information  is  kept 
on  card  files.  A  revision  is  soon  to  be  published,  (e)  Occasional 
studies  on  various  phases  of  forestry  of  direct  importance  to  the 
people,  such  as  flood  control,  rate  of  growth  of  second  growth  pine,  etc. 

262  E.  Education  and  Publicity:  As  the  above  paragraph  shows, 
the  Survey  issues  publications  from  time  to  time  in  the  form  of 
bulletins,  economic  papers,  press  bulletins  and  press  notices.  Lectures, 
and  addresses,  are  given  free  of  cost  at  meetings  of  farmers,  teachers, 
school  children,  womens  clubs,  etc.  A  large  number  of  inquiries  relat¬ 
ing  to  the  various  phases  of  forestry  are  answered.  Letters  to  Sena¬ 
tors,  Congressmen,  State  Legislators,  Chambers  of  Commerce,  etc., 
advocating  forestry  measures  are  written.  Close  co-operation  with 
the  North  Carolina  Forestry  Association,  which  was  organized  in  1911 
through  the  activities  of  the  Survey,  is  maintained.  The  State 
Forester  is  secretary  of  this  association  and  devotes  considerable  time 
to  its  interests.  The  State  Forester  is  also  secretary  of  the  Southern 
Forestry  Congress,  which  was  likewise  initiated  by  the  Survey.  The 
activities  of  this  organization  extend  over  the  entire  South. 

263.  Farm  Forestry:  Through  an  agreement  between  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture,  tjie  State  Department  of  Agriculture  of 
North  Carolina  and  th,e  State .  Geological  and  Economic  Survey,  the 
Director  of  Extension  in  Agriqulture  has  appointed  a  Farm  Forestry 
Specialist  under  the  direct  control  of  the  Director'  of  Extension  but 
also  under  the  superyision  of  representatives  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  Survey.  Mr.  Harry  B.  Krausz,  Raleigh,  N.  C., 
was  appointed  to  this  office  in  1918,  His  duties  are  similar  to  those 


AGRICU  LTURE 


Par.  265-A 


of  other  experts  in  the  agricultural  extension  work.  He  advises  and 
assists  farmers  throughout  the  State  in  marketing  their  timber  and 
learning  to  practice  better  cutting  and  protective  measures.  An  As¬ 
sistant  Farm  Forestry  Specialist  was  recentlj^  appointed,  who  devofes 
most  of  his  time  to  demonstrating  better  methods  of  cutting  and 
marketing  farm  timber. 

264.  State  Market  and  Co-operative  Credit  Union  Bureau: 
Directed  by  the  State  (Superintendent  of  Markets  and  Co-operative 
Enterprise,  Gorrell  Shumaker,  acting  chief,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

(a)  Objects:  (1)  To  promote  the  co-operative  purchasing  and 
marketing  of  farm  products;  (2)  to  organize  co-operative  business 
among  farmers,  and  (3)  to  promote,  organize,  supervise,  and  audit 
co-operative  credit  unions  among  farmers,  and  wage  and  salary  earn¬ 
ers  in  industry  and  commerce,  under  the  McRae  Co-operative  Enter¬ 
prise  Law  of  1915. 

(b)  Staff:  Chief  of  the  division,  two  specialists  in  the  marketing 
of  perishables (  fruits  and  vegetables),  live  stock  market  agent,  credit 
union  specialist,  specialist  in  organizing  cotton  warehouse  compan¬ 
ies,  specialist  in  planning  and  construction  of  warehouses,  specialist  in 
warehouse  management  and  operation,  head  cotton  grader  with  four 
assistants. 

(c)  Publications:  Farmers’  Market  Bulletin,  a  monthly  bulletin 
listing  free  of  charge  anything  for  sale  or  wanted  by  North  Carolina 
farmers,  mailed  to  4,000  farmers  and  merchants;  Weekly  Price  Report, 
a  summary  of  market  prices  on  leading  markets  in  various  North 
Carolina  towns  and  cities;  Monthly  Review  of  Producers’  Prices,  a  re¬ 
view  of  conditions  at  loading  points  for  the  month  with  timely  remark 
on  crop  forecasts,  etc.;  Daily  Market  News  Service  Reports,  in  co¬ 
operation  with  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Markets,  on  strawberries, 
potatoes,  apples,  etc.,  issued  only  during  the  actual  shipping  esason; 
Weekly  Hog  Market  Quotations,  covering  principal  markets  used  by 
North  Carolina  farmers. 

265.  University  of  North  Carolina  Extension  Services:  Among 
the  services  which  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill 
offers  to  the  State  are  some  which  bear  directly  on  the  agricultural 
community.  Among  these  are  the  following: 

265  A.  Division  of  County  Home  Comforts  and  Conveniences, 
of  the  Bureau  of  Extension  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Professor  P,  H.  Daggett,  electrical  engineer,  director;  Professor 
Thorndike  Saville,  hydraulic  and  sanitary  engineer;  Professor  J.  H. 
Mustard,  electrical  engineer;  Professor  J.  E.  Lear,  telephone  expert; 
E.  C.  Branson,  social  engineer;  W.  C.  Waike,  field  agent. 

(a)  Accumulated  Outfit:  A  well  equipped  laboratory  of  labor 


Par.  265-B 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


saving  apparatus,  machines,  and  devices  for  country  homes  and  farms. 
Additions  to  this  laboratory  are  being  made  almost  daily. 

(b)  Activities:  Engineering  advice  without  charge  to  farmers 
and  farm  communities  about,  (1)  developing  small  nearby  water 
powers  to  supply  homes  or  bams  wtih  mnning  water,  electric  lights 
and  electric  labor  saving  devices,  (2)  gas  engine  outfits  for  water, 
lights,  power,  etc.,  (3)  drainage  reclamation  for  farm  purposes  and 
health  conditions,  domestic  sewage  systems,  garbage  disposal,  etc, 
(4)  designs,  drawings,  and  specifications  for  farm  homes,  barns,  and 
outhouses,  (5)  country  telephone  systems,  organizations,  installation, 
and  mana’gement,  (6)  the  organization  of  country  communties  for  self- 
expression,  local  self-rule,  and  community  progress.  Help  extended 
to  82  correspondents  in  42  counties  to  date. 

(c)  Services  Offered:  Free  advice  by  letter  and  by  personal 
visits  upon  request  wherever  the  project  proposed  seems  possible  and 
advisable. 

(d)  Publications:  (1)  Leaflets  on  Country  Home  Comforts  and 
Conveniences,  (2)  a  weekly  section  of  the  University  News  Letter 
devoted  to  these  activities. 

265  B.  The  North  Carolina  Drainage  Association:  Headquarters, 
Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.;  Hon.  John  H.  Small,  Washington,  N.  C.,  president; 
Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.,  secretary. 

(a)  Object:  To  promote  drainage  and  development  of  swamp  and 
overflowed  lands  in  North  Carolina. 

(b)  Activities:  The  Association  holds  each  year  an  annual  con¬ 
vention;  publishes  the  proceedings  of  these  conventions,  and  other 
pamphlets  relating  to  the  drainage  law,  etc.  Its  legislative  commit¬ 
tee  drafted  the  North  Carolina  Drainage  Law  and  subsequent  amend¬ 
ments.  Its  principal  activities  have  been,  (1)  educational  in  connec¬ 
tion  with  the  development  of  district  and  tile  drainage;  (2)  holding 
drainage  contests,  and  (3)  legislative  work  in  connection  with  the 
development  of  the  North  Carolina  Drainage  Law. 

(c)  Publications:  Proceedings  of  the  annual  conventions  from 
1908  (each  one  phamphlet);  Press  Bulletins  106,  114,  115,  128,  153, 
154,  155,  158,  which  give  the  drainage  laws  and  amendments  thereto. 

265  C.  Good  Roads  Association:  (Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  Chapel 
Hill,  N.  C.,  Secretary).  This  association  has  for  its  purpose  the 
creation  of  an  adequate  system  of  national.  State,  and  county  high¬ 
ways  built  and  maintained  by  the  federal.  State,  and  county  gov¬ 
ernments  respectively,  and  to  obtain  througli  legislation  a  fair  adjust¬ 
ment  of  the  burden  of  road  construction  and  maintenance.  The  as¬ 
sociation  seeks  to  educate  public  opinion  on  the  vast  importance  of 


AGRICULTURE 


Par.  267 


improved  road  transportation  and  the  best  means  of  securing  and 
financing  it. 

In  addition  to  the  above  the  University  of  North  Carolina  serves 
the  agricultural  interests  of  the  state  through  “The  North  Carolina 
Forestry  Association. Secretary,  J.  S.  Holmes  (See  Par.  261  E). 
“The  North  Carolina  Club/’  and  “The  County  Clubs/’  with  their 
admirable  rural  studies  (See  Chapter  V). 

266.  Delta  U.  S.  Laboratory,  Tallulah,  La.  This  laboratory  be¬ 
longs  to  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Entomology,  Division  Southern  Field 
Crop  Insect  Investigations,  and  is  headquarters  for  cotton  insect  in¬ 
vestigations  throughout  the  cotton  states.  The  primary  problem 
under  consideration  is  the  control  of  the  cotton  boll  weevil.  Mr.  E.  R. 
Caad  is  in  charge  of  this  work. 

267.  Voluntary  Self-Help  Agencies: 

(a)  The  Farmers’  Educational  and  Industrial  Union:  This  for 
several  years  has  had  a  large  organization  in  the  State  and  its  mem  ■ 
bcrs  by  co-operation  have  received  much  benefit  from  its  business 
transactions  and  are  able  to  co-operate  in  any  work  which  they  may 
approve. 

(b)  The  North  Carolina  Farmers’  State  Alliance  was  for  twenty 
years  in  active  operation  and  still  exists  in  some  counties.  It  was 
most  beneficial  as  an  educational  and  economic  institution.  Its  busi¬ 
ness  agency  was  the  only  system  evolved  out  of  the  agricultural  move¬ 
ment  and  is  in  substance  the  main  aid  to  co-operative  associations  in 
financial  transactions. 

(c)  Marketing  Associations: 

1.  Milk  Producers  Association,  R.  N.  McDowell,  president. 

2.  Carolina  Potato  Exchange,  N.  Howard  Smith,  manager,  Eliza¬ 
beth  City,  N.  C. 

3.  Tabor  Fruit  and  Produce  Exchange,  F.  L.  Fipps,  manager, 
Tabor,  N.  C. 

4.  Garland  Fruit  and  Produce  Exchange,  P.  C.  Squires,  man¬ 
ager,  Garland,  N.  C. 

5.  Brushy  Mt.  Fruit  Growers’  Association,  H.  li.  Moorehouse, 
manager,  Oakwoods,  N.  C. 

6.  Wilmington  Co-operative  Track  Growers’  Association,  E.  H. 
Freeman,  manager,  Wilmington,  N.  C. 

7.  Mt,  Olive  Trackers  Association,  Mt.  Olive,  N.  C. 

8.  Eastern  Carolina  Prod.  Exchange,  J.  E.  Porter,  president, 


Par.  267 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  j^GENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Aurora,  N.  C. 

9.  Mountain  Growers  Exchange,  Bolling  Hall,  manager,  Waynes - 
ville,  N.  C. 

10.  Catawba  County  Sweet  Potato  Growers’  Association,  E.  M. 
Yoder,  secretary,  Hickory,  N.  C. 

11.  Tryon  Fruit  Exchange,  W.  T.  Lindsey,  manager.  Try  on,  N.  C. 

12.  Chadboum  Peach  Growers’  Association,  C.  A.  Usher,  secre 
tary-treasurer,  Chadbourn,  N.  C. 

(d)  Associations  Primarily  for  Co-operative  Purchasing:  These 
are  formed  wherever  they  are  thought  to  be  desirable  and  the  Farmers’ 
Union  and  the  Farmers’  Alliance  are  used  for  this  purpose. 

(e)  Productive  Associations: 

1.  North  Carolina  Swine  Breeders’  Association,  Dan  T.  Gray, 
West  Raleigh,  N.  C.,  secretary. 

2.  North  Carolina  Dairymen’s  Association,  J.  A.  Arey,  West 
Raleigh,  N.  C.,  secretary. 

3.  North  Carolina  Sheep  Breeders’  and  Wool  Growers’  Associa¬ 
tion,  George  Evans,  West  Raleigh,  N.  C.,  secretary. 

4.  North  Carolina  Beef  Cattle  Breeders’  Association,  R.  S.  Curtis, 
West  Raleigh,  N.  C.,  secretary. 

5.  North  Carolina  Poultry  Association,  B.  F.  Kaupp,  West 
Raleigh,  N.  C.,  secretary. 


MEMORANDUM 


'.'I  ,1  . 

a>V'  •  •  r  •  • 

’’■  ^  .vr 

t  /*  *i;t  i’ -  !' 


K 


.•  -  :  -  .  .  -  :  ■.>v  i 

•  *  ,»  I ••  ' 

i. 


\  * 


KinMrt**  -Ify 


•  ;  .•  .  >■ 

.  ■  .  .  •.'  . 

•* 

■•■■.»».*;'.•• 


V  i 

.  •  I 

S  /  ■ 


\ 


.  X;’«' 

T’v'i  ■' 

r  isr' 

•» 


'*  T/Jl’.  4.’- 
*'• 

^  'T*;*  iTr'  >  . 

.  .4iv  * 


.«y  '■.’»-*■* J* '. 


>j|ii>fcii'  :,-  m •  ft-  _4i  14^ "n^v^ ii-^uti* 

"  i.d33r«  tti 


,  ■*  ^  »,* 


Jt- 


y  ..  -ym 


ftj,  ‘QfAr.  .-t^  '  -Vi;:,i,j  , 1  H;U.t<>'^0^m‘AVvrV!V4^f»b?r.?fV..^^  •  ■ 


1-Mij»  fc?;. '^sns*.  IV.  T:TA-a6.'jr;«ttrV.;ssftife’''>‘«n^^  ‘" 


ft 


.  ,  t“  4\  <uN  <1  nii4>r.  iu.^j?e-.  'Ci 

a  'J<vfnt‘4,^v;  ,vc^r!‘cvl>rw  i(>  hi,  itht:i  ^n- . -vi’' ;  - 

uni  jB  irrui  ore.u^.ed  rvi*  4iti« 

■-  %  .  ^hTik,  i  ^^>4 'f ;  <;p«y, 


a?  ,  iLiiWita, 


» '  M'l*"' 


•  •'^.  Ca-xijrrj?^  h;  ,«  '4' • 

'.-■•■sKi  ’  ' '  v; 

*  ■  '  :>  ■  '  .ySS  ■  . . 

.  #t  ^  *  i-r  is^  .  -  i 


,  ^ 


, ,  •»'  w  ‘. , , 


V, 


I  ^ 
.•  • 


’r' ■ 


/  ^ 


'A^. 


.V  ■  ■  -.VJ 

j  '  i  '  ,  •  -v  r  If 


r 


K’*  ■* 


r 

» 

■ 

u  ■?..'4’ 


<  '<fi  ► 


.^•;v»^  .*v 


K 


'  *■  ' -  '-tii;: 

'  '  ',  .'.’  <!■ 

•i  f  -*.’)** 


*\M.. 


-.1 


"  '-rt' 


V. 


CHAPTER  III 


Americanization  and  Racial  Agencies 


301.  No  “Americanization”  Problem  in  North  Carolina:  North 
Carolina  is  most  happily  free  from  any  Americanization  Problem  in 
the  accepted  sense  of  that  term.  In  the  census  of  1910  her  foreign -born 
whites  numbered  only  5,942.  or  less  than  one-third  of  one  per  cent 
of  the  total  population;  and  her  whites  of  foreign  or  mixed  paren¬ 
tage  numbered  only  8,851,  or  two-fifths  of  one  per  cent.  The  immi¬ 
grant  question  is  therefore  almost  negligible  as  compared  with  many 
other  parts  of  the  Union;  and  while  at  one  time  the  State  main¬ 
tained  a  Division  of  Immigration  under  the  Department  of  Agricul¬ 
ture,  this  has  practically  ceased  to  function.  (See  Chap.  II.  Par. 
254  L).  If  the  word  “Americanization”  has  any  application  to 
North  Carolina,  it  is  in  another  and  wider  sense  than  the  equipment 
of  aliens  for  citizenship,  viz,  the  education  of  her  own  people  to  a 
deeper  civic  responsibility,  a  more  lively  community  interest  and  com¬ 
munity  pride,  a  greater  readiness  to  cooperate  for  the  common  good. 


302.  The  Real  Problem — Training  of  the  Native  Stock  in  Civic 
Responsibility:  The  problems  of  “Americanization”  in  North  Caro¬ 
lina  in  the  sense  just  mentioned  are  more  especially  three:  (1)  The 
development  of  responsible  citizenship  in  negroes  who  are  locally  shorn 
of  the  right  to  vote,  sit  on  juries,  or  administer  public  offices,  (2) 
The  eradication  of  illiteracy  and  near-illiteracy,  94%  of  which  is 
rural  and  85%  of  which  is  adult,  and  (3)  the  promotion  of  home  and 
farm  ownership  particularly  among  negro  farmers,  two-thirds  of 
v/hom  are  tenants;  and  among  mill,  village  and  city  dwellers,  very 
many  of  whom  (two-thirds  to  nine  tenths  according  to  the  communi¬ 
ty),  live  in  rented  dwellings,  lack  true  identity  with  the  communities 
in  which  they  live,  and  so  tend  to  contribute  less  than  they  other¬ 
wise  might  to  the  support  of  local  laws  and  institutions. 


303.  Races  in  North  Carolina.  North  Carolina  may  be  said  to 
contain  three  races. 

(a) .  The  Whites:  These  form  about  three  fourths  of  the  popu¬ 
lation.  They  are  for  the  most  part  descendents  of  original  British; 
and,  to  a  small  extent,  German  stock. 

(b) .  The  Negroes:  These  compose  almost  exactly  one  fourth  of 

the  population.  Although  the  white  and  negro  races  are  separate  and 
distinct  so  far  as  their  institutions  go,  their  equality  before  the  law 
has  made  it  seem  best,  for  the  purposes  cf  this  Handbook,  to  treat 
them  together.  Negro  institutions  and  agencies  therefore,  will  he 
found  listed  in  the  various  chapters  along  with  those  for  whites,  but 
designated  by  the  term  “colored.”  i  , 

.i-'-.  (b)..  ►  The^'ie!  are.liv^d  tribod  bf  Iii^.ans...th..b'3'.idund 


Par.  304 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


in  North  Carolina;  (1)  the  Croatans,  some  6,000  in  number,  a  people 
of  mixed  blood  inhabiting  mainly  Robeson  county,  but  also  scattered 
through  the  counties  adjacent  to  Robeson.  According  to  tradition 
they  are  connected  by  blood  with  the  famous  Lost  Colony  of  Sir 
Walter  Raleigh  which  disappeared  from  Roanoke  Island  in  1587.  An 
attempt  to  make  them  send  their  children  to  negro  schools  was  stren¬ 
uously  resisted,  and  in  1885,  the  legislature  granted  them  the  right 
to  establish  separate  schools  of  their  own.  They  have  fully  availed 
themselves  of  this  concession — the  average  daily  attendance  for  1913- 
14  being  1,164.  An  Indian  normal  college  is  maintained  at  Pembroke. 
The  Croatans  have  no  share  in  any  Indian  Reservation.  They  are 
mostly  engaged  in  farming.  About  one  fourth  are  prosperous,  the 

remainder  being  poor,  but  all  are  self-sustaining.  They  maintain 
their  own  churches,  but  many  attend  the  churches  of  the  whites. 

(2).  The  second  body  of  Indians  in  the  State  are  the  Cherokees,  about 

2,000  in  number.  They  are  located  among  the  mountains  in  tSwain 
County,  where  they  have  a  Reservation.  Some  two  hundred  children 
attend  the  Reservation  School  at  Yellow  Hill. 

304.  Racial  Agencies:  The  Blue  Ridge  Association:  This  is 
a  Summer  institute  located  near  Black  Mountain,  N.  C.,  which  car¬ 
ries  on  training  schools  and  conferences  for  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  and  Y.  W. 
C.  A.  secretaries,  and  social  workers  in  general.  In  practically  all 
of  these  conferences  there  is  a  regular  class  or  classes  in  the  study 
of  the  Race  Problem,  and  the  subject  is  also  dealt  with  in  addresses 
at  the  larger  gatherings.  The  object  definitely  pursued  is  to  show 
the  actual  conditions  of  the  negro  at  the  present  time  in  the  South, 

and  to  try  to  establish  a  more  sympathetic  attitude  on  the  part  of  white 
people.  There  is  a  special  hut  reserved  for  the  entertainment  of  col¬ 
ored  speakers  who  visit  the  Conference. 

304  A.  Joint  Convention  on  Race  Relationship:  This  convention 
was  held  by  the  House  of  Representatives  under  the  Chairmanship  of 

Dr.  E.  C.  Brooks,  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  on  Sep¬ 
tember  25,1919.  The  purpose  of  the  convention  was  to  agree  on  right¬ 
eous  principles,  and  to  promote  comfortable  relations  between  the  races 
in  North  Carolina.  As  a  result  of  the  convention  a  Declaration  of 
Principles  was  issued,  a  twelve  page  Bulletin,  to  be  had  at  the  office 
of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

304  B.  Urban  League,  Headquarters;  Rooms  33-34,  127  East 
23rd  Street,  New  York  City-.  Southern  Office,  200  Auburn  Avenue, 
Atlanta,  Georgia. 

Origin  and  Purpose:  The  Urban  League  was  formed  nine  years 
ago  from  the  National  League  for  the  Protection  of  Colored  Women 
and  the  Committe  for  improving  Industrial  Conditions  among  Negroes 
in  New  York.  It  is  a  social  welfare,  non-political,  organization.  It  was 
established  in  .  the  -first  place  td  meet  the  acute  problems  of  housing, 


AMERICANIZATION  AND  RADICAL  AGENCIES 


Par.  304-B 


industry  and  ra,ce  relationship,  which  the  increasing  immigration  of 
negroes  from  the  South  to  the  northern  cities  has  created,  but  simi¬ 
lar  problems  are  to  be  found  wherever  the  country  population  crowds 
into  the  big  centers.  As  its  name  indicates,  the  Urban  League  de¬ 
votes  itself  to  industrial  betterment  in  industrial  centers,  and  is  not 
concerned  directly  with  rural  districts.  Its  aim  is  “to  establish  in 
every  community  where  there  is  considerable  negro  population,  com¬ 
mittees  of  men  and  women  of  both  races  who  shall  work  out  the 
problems  which  affect  the  health,  wealth  and  happiness  of  all  in 
their  community.” 

Organization:  National  Executive  Board  and  Officers;  general 
executive  secretary;  an  educational  secretary,  whose  duty  it  is  to 
visit  negroes  in  the  colleges  and  interest  them  in  the  program  of 
the  League;  Southern  and  Western  Field  Secretaries  for  organizing 
work  in  these  regions;  Social  .Societies  affiliated  with  the  National 
I'n  the  va'^ious  cities.  These  mav  be  tl)  direct  off-shoots  of 
the  National  Society  such  as.  The  Atlanta  Urban  League,  (2)  kin¬ 
dred  organizations,  as  for  example.  The  Colored  Charities  Auxiliary 
of  Charlotte,  N.  C.  or  the  Chattanooga  Colored  Civic  Betterment 
League. 

Activities:  These  to  date  have  included  such  things  as  health 
campaigns,  housing  and  industrial  surveys,  talks  to  workmen  at  in¬ 
dustrial  plants,  employment  bureaus,  traveler’s  aid  work,  promotion 
of  recreation  among  children  and  young  people,  library  clubs,  bank¬ 
ing  scouts,  big  brother  and  big  sister  organization,  efforts  to  pro¬ 
vide  training  facilities  for  colored  social  woUcers,  placing  of  welfare 
workers  in  factories,  securing  the  right  of  admission  for  negro  work¬ 
men  to  the  American  Federation  of  Labor;  numerous  conferences,  ad¬ 
dresses  and  printed  articles.  In  a  field  where  so  little  has  been  done, 
the  program  is  practically  unlimited.  Workers  have  to  be  trained; 
the  negro  churches  and  people  aroused  to  interest  in  social  better¬ 
ment;  remedial  institutions  and  agencies  created  where  there  are 
few  or  none : 

The  League  has  committees  in  Raleigh,  Winston-Salem  and  Char¬ 
lotte,  with  offices  in  the  last  named. 


^102 


ertipH^a/.  KOiT/.Kir^^oi.v^KA, . 


><»  -:.-p£tii.iafi,ti!i(  ?rfi  d'AjJvf  y/frs\h'‘s 

■‘^'/.ii-'  astf.  Boilh  •aiy  ‘tjt  - 1> 

:}(iS  iWt^id-n  ■«;?.' nfw  <t‘>Wo'f4f..T«f 

»diV  ,i";Mfaoxlj'X'i«;  >)ftLf::f:  -.fCt  udi^ 

^  -fvTf;  rc  I J«in5<ROt»f«rjiir  AVh*lrAr«»^ 

rf'  >-i' /iff/:  •  Jif  -iT/irt  'fv.‘:rw?/ro5 

-0!-''i  v,jC)ol*Rlt2r{ff<f -ot^^srs  t*T'r 

Jted-i.i  oirvJTJ  »4^i5x-‘  dtnd.  k»  . 

ni'.Ifn  ,  injr.  trfjieorf  ^tes.ri’a^'  rf-iiASt.*  am-'f 

1  :i  b:.:..  i,  ii  vt,  cr»f-Ui-  -"ii;jrfi 


'O'fiUiraA  V^t^-'icrT'T  Soto/oT)  gj^T  to^  >:i'  .l^'rh 

■  '.--.V-JV  IM.-,..  -,  .,  .....5  .,  :>.  v,.- 

b':■Kf.ri^:^^' ‘r/4ifc»?  U^^^  of  9^  5f;9?sr4if:jA  'V. 
-a?  '^J5  ^4fn>ru>^/'  t  f;/^aaJjn<Ltr;f  'j,  'Vft'^^yftaah 

‘.fV.rtdtf  5ffk  ki>cl/;yfr^^ 

f>^'‘ •.'fejiucuK 

<'>^;  irf'  tv?  K^flp'hf  ,ar*ifl69^i^V  c«'' 

“h«  .ft'v.ir!*' ffiv'n^fWA 

■  ,'<'[? VfMflW  ff'.3c1  .•:  -"T'  i  .hU'r?.'  bojrinq  bnji  wa?9^b 

:{yjf«f-f/^.i/.(/  rr/i?C[  ^  i^^ 

V  •-*#  .-  •••».  i  w  v.**.-*?*.*'  •  /:  “•'  ^ 

.;  '  '  ‘*v  ■.  r.  ,  ;r-,  ^  ^ ^30- ;Y?  OX 


H 


■••I?..: 


*>'«?  ,  I'.  IV  ., '  ■> 

rt.'‘K  s.  '.j'-?’’rs>T;()«-r’.  .fi  '-*ViV' 


y.xj  ■ 

'  l"tl'.v 


•  > 

■  '  V» 

,  ,  k 
♦  ••- 


:  i  e  rut^,  I 


;C'> 


;.o 


Ir^ftr.  '  A 


•  **  fVt- 


'■  -:  V  '; 

•#  -  I  •» 

' ' 

*  »?‘;v  ■<  1 V. 

»•■'■ -Cl'.-.  .?  •^'’■'i': 

;  i\.’ 

Tf.^- 

’.•.rb-Hn  »••».('•»: 

>.?ji  . 

.^;;■  I^V^C 

ior  I.;'?  i  r  . 

'-1  >  * 

•  r  :f?*i:-iv.'v:«  ‘ 

»•  / 1  -  .'^  •  •  1  <  i  '  . 

,  -1 ,  -.'  « /% 

‘  *  *» 

■  !..f.u:\  ';/' 

».  '  ,  Htn  i>\>ywi 

A\':\  -.‘f 


* 


« « 


t  IT.  V, 


'  i-HAFilpR.  fv; 

*'  .>  -  ’^.  -  "1^^  *  .1'^^'*  '  >f 

t  •  •  •  O  31  "  ^  ** 

Law  aud  Ad«an>i6U"aiKn'>  .  = 

'.T  -  - '  *  ■ 


.V** 


L  ■  t.- 


VS-  jfS  \ 


4» 

•■rit. 


^ _ .  .  §t' .‘T.' *'* "  ^  ■.’''^‘-■•>- 

'  4?T/  -  ^  >at)p<^jM‘  of  rHj^ter  a/U  Ita  ;  i  , 

^  Cli^hl*  Wielfafti  Lew^, 

&cjioiaJrt>*jiUwu  ^  Utsk^  Jaw*  »M<  loi)o^5>  •  n< 


p 


Kn)«*'»rVd  i»y  of  ii^ll?-*.  nvw  *c. 

,.  '  '  's  .  '  *■"  -i-r 

of •  Co«K«ra,  tb®  Aifb  o£  54^$i)V  0*irU?>» 

C  u/naJr  tcBflfr.!*^r%'^  'f  ^  ui?«  of 


awd  ictOrttH-JT  id  »  fel^rsy. 


^<*ntr>»ct<  AiV  poisons  liud^  c(f"\^i:rit7--t>Xii^  «ve 

fe4iiew»l  lH?*^oflUr.ctwi^witi?,  ho^^'i^T,  Ciw  foi-f 

loirlnJ^^A!jiU*^r  -  '  -'A*  ‘  •■  -"C'  •* 

;  ,  j[,  .^4  it»l^t  Sflind  t\uut  oX >g«  to 

f,^.^  Wx-itJj-j^xvntlrfiu?  Anvi  ihcn  jtitin'  w  W  u^^rordlng  to  Vac  rciiae 

t,^tlu3  ia1eahu».  ;■  -  '  '"  j  i-ies- 


."•9 


t:  <A 


^  An  infftiit  ife4i'^Xt3i*njr‘ea«-,<^  sift'd  4a>  obeik  c<bt 

><:  /fv  ^  ,  -■  A  4^4  «  ^■  '*  '  *  *  ■■  ^  *  #  ’i  '  ■»  f  t  •*'  « 


Wi 


?MJr  oipiHjv  ^fc>tih  J>(w*  ijy  bii^  or  1«  ia  aid.  xM^me  - 


u  fcindi'aif  (ji^ntj^t  ijst  -^if^  ? 


4:'^Jiti  iafjavt  ^  jtC  Uife  awd 

•n.  ^  v:  ^  ■  o  ■■■<•-» 


;  (c^Viwi'  V' 


^  tS^i 

fe-  •*  -■  *v'o  f&«y  ari^^lojred  fn 


tiyt^  amM" 

^  ,.  .eitipiTi>’^  Jiiit  iJ>pyirW;r/«n  nu<i 

_*'  ’■  infe  J|5«  mplo^-d  atj^idJt*-  cyj^ipi  wbcs?  .tfc^ 

yf'  .'  ii..iKi*c'm!i«i*«»i«i.. . ^  *■’.'■■  >  • 

.-1  '- • _ ..•;  "■*■ .  ■'  ■•  *  o  '  il  ■  ■  I  .  -.'■“.  •  '•’.*  *_■ 


4i^ 


'.y 


/( 


r 


i0ciHS(i'^4t  CKiUi  A  ift  q^«  tif^r  « 

ippoS^r  >irho 

.»ii- 


1^ 


‘\  '  it^  CbiU  A^  <tciio*jud>i  ^  era*^  ^  «tft  siwier 

t^:^t><H\  'Kpa  violates  -1047  04 


>  ..  •/ 


[jrj>  *- 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Child  Welfare 

I.  Laws  and  Administration 


Par.  401 


401.  Defimitions.  For  the  purpose  of  this  chapter  and  its  treat¬ 
ment  of  Child  Welfare  Laws,  children  are  defined  in  relation  to  the 
administration  of  these  laws  as  follows:  (Chap.  59  Laws  of  1917  as 
/  amended  by  Chap.  240,  Laws  of  1919). 

(a)  Age  of  Consent.  The  age  of  consent  in  North  Carolina  is 
fourteen  years.  Carnal  knowledge  of  a  girl  under  twelve  is  a  felony 
punishable  by  death.  Carnal  knowledge  of  a  girl  between  the  age  of 
twelve  and  fourteen  is  a  felony. 

(b)  Contracts.  All  persons  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  are 
minors  and  cannot  be  contracted  with.  There  are,  however,  the  fol¬ 
lowing  exceptions: 

1.  An  infant  more  than  fourteen  years  of  age  may  consent  to 

his  or  her  apprenticing  and  thereafter  be  bound  according  to  the  terms 
of  the  indenture.  !  i  '  ^ 

2.  An  infant  more  than  fifteen  years  of  age  may  check  out  of  a 
bank  any  money  which  has  been  deposited  by  him  or  is  in  his  name 
and  his  check  becomes  a  valid  receipt  for  the  discharge  of  the  bank. 

3.  If  the  infant  be  of  the  age  required  by  law,  he  may  enter  into 
a  binding  contract  of  marriage. 

4.  An  infant  father,  or  infant  mother,  if  the  father  is  dead  and 
has  not  acted  in  this  specific  capacity,  may  dispose  of  the  custody  of 
bis  minor  child  by  deed  or  will. 

5:  And  lastly,  an  infant  may  bind  himself  to  pay  for  necessaries 
furnished  to  him,  or  furnished  for  his  wife  or  minor  child. 

(c)  Crimes.  No  child  under-  fourteen  may  be  found  guilty  of  a 
felony  or  a  misdemeanor,  or  be  prosecuted  as  for  a  criminal  offense. 

(d)  Child  Labor.  No  child  under  fourteen  may  be  employed  in 
any  occupation  while  the  public  school  is  in  session;  no  girl  under 
fourteen  may  be  employed  at  any  time;  but  boys  between  twelve  and 
fourteen  may  be  employed  under  certain  regulations  when  the  school 

\  )  is  not  in  session.  (See  Par.  409  B.) 

(e)  Dependent  Child  Defined.  A  dependent  child  is  one  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  who  is  dependent  upon  public  support  or  who  is 
destitute,  homeless  or  abandoned,  or  whose  custody  is  subject  to  con¬ 
troversy. 

(f)  Delinquent  Child  Defined.  A  delinquent  child  is  one  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  who  violates  any  municipal  or  State  law  or  ordi- 


Par.  402 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


nance,  or  who  is  truant,  unruly,  wayward,  or  misdirected,  or  who  is 
disobedient  to  parents  or  beyond  their  control,  or  who  is  in  danger  of 
becoming  so. 

(g)  Neglected  Child  Defined.  A  neglected  child  is  one  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  who  engages  in  any  occupation,  calling  or  exhi¬ 
bition,  or  is  found  in  any  place  where  a  child  is  forbidden  by  law  to  be 
and  for  permitting  which  an  adult  may  be  punished  by  law;  or  who  is 
ill  siich  condition  or  surroundings,  or  is  under  such  improper  or  in¬ 
sufficient  guardianship  or  control  as  to  endanger  the  morals,  health, 
or  general  welfare  of  such  child. 

(h)  Child  Subject  To  The  Jurisdiction  Of  The  Juveniile  Courts. 
Every  delinquent,  dependent,  or  neglected  child  under  sixteen  years  of 
age  in  North  Carolina  is  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Juvenile 
Court  in  the  county  in  which  he  resides. 

402.  Laws  For  The  Protection  of  Children.  (Chap.  59,  Laws  of 
1917  as  amended  by  Chap.  240,  Laws  of  1919). 

(a)  Marriage.  No  girl  under  fourteen  nor  boy  under  sixteen 
may  marry,  and  none  under  the  age  of  eighteen  unless  by  written  con¬ 
sent  of  parent  or  one  in  loco  parentis.  (See  Chap.  G). 

(b)  Compulsory  School  Attendance.  All  children  between  the 
ages  of  eight  and  fourteen  are  required  to  attend  school  while  the  pub¬ 
lic  school  is  in  session.  (See  Par.  409  ff). 

(c)  Illegitimacy.  (See  Chap.  8). 

(d)  Abduction  Of  Children.  It  is  a  felony  to  abduct  or  conspire 
to  abduct  or  induce  any  child  under  fourteen  years  of  age  to  leave 
parents,  uncle,  aunt,  elder  brother  or  sister,  or  a  school  at  which  it 
resides,  or  to  leave  guardian  if  an  orphan. 

(e)  Unlawful  To  Sell  Cigarettes  To  Children.  It  is  a  misde¬ 
meanor  to  sell,  give,  or  otherwise  directly  convey  cigarettes  or  any 
form  of  tobacco  or  substitute  therefor  to  minors  under  seventeen. 

(f(  Weapons  Forbidden.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  sell,  or  give  to 
a  minor  or  in  any  way  aid  him  in  obtaining,  pistol,  cartridges,  brass 
knucks,  bowie-knife,  dirk,  loaded  cane  or  sling-shot.  (Rev.  S.  3852). 

(g)  Use  Of  Firearms  Forbidden.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  par¬ 
ents  or  any  one  in  loco  parentis  to  permit  a  child  under  twelve  years 
to  have  any  gun,  pistol,  or  other  dangerous  firearm.  (1913  C.  32). 

(h)  Not  Permitted  To  Enter  Bowling  Alley  And  Billiard  Room. 
If  the  keeper  of  any  bar  room,  billiard  room,  or  bowling  alley  permit 
any  minor  to  enter  or  remain  in  his  premises  after  having  been  notified 
by  the  parents  or  guardian  of  such  minor  not  to  allow  him  to  do  so,  he 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  403 


is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $500.00, 
or  imprisonment  for  thirty  days. 

(i)  To  Protect  Children  From  Fire.  If  any  person  shall  leave 
any  child  of  the  age  of  seven  years  or  less  locked  or  otherwise  confined 
in  any  dwelling,  building,  or  inclosure,  and  go  away  without  leaving 
some  person  of  the  age  of  discretion  in  charge  of  the  same,  so  as  to 
expose  the  child  to  danger  by  fire,  the  person  so  offending  shall  be 
guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of 
the  court.  (Rev.  S.  3795). 

(j)  Failure  To  Pay  Minors.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  fail  to  or 
to  refuse  to  pay  any  minor  any  sum  due  on  promise  to  pay  for  work 
done  by  the  day  or  job.  (Rev.  S.  3428a). 

(k)  Conpulsory  Attendance  for  Blind  and  Deaf  Children.  All 

blind  children  of  sound  mind  between  the  ages  of  seven  and  seventeen 
are  required  by  law  to  be  sent  to  the  State  schools  for  nine  months 
each  year.  There  is  no  charge  for  maintenance  or  tuition.  Voluntary 
admissions  are  taken  from  six  to  twenty-one  years,  and  by  special 
order  of  the  directors,  others  may  be  admitted. 

All  deaf  white  children  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  fifteen  years 
must  attend  some  school  for  the  deaf  at  least  five  school  years.  Vol¬ 
untary  admissions  are  from  eight  to  twenty-three.  The  colored  deaf 
are  not  compelled  to  attend,  but  school  facilities  are  furnished  and  a 
compulsory  law  has  not  seemed  necessary.  Admission  to  the  school 
for  the  deaf  is  limited  to  residents. 

(l)  Separation  Oi  Young  Children  From  Mothei'R.  It  is  a  mis¬ 
demeanor  for  any  person  to  separate  or  aid  in  separating  any  child 
under  six  months  of  age  from  its  mother  for  the  purpose  of  placing 
said  child  in  a  foster  home  or  institution,  or  removing  it  from  the 
State  for  such  purpose,  unless  the  consent  in  writting  for  such  separa¬ 
tion  shall  have  been  obtained  from  the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court 
and  county  health  officer  of  the  county  in  which  the  mother  resides, 
or  of  the  county  in  which  the  child  was  bom;  and  it  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  mother  to  surrender  her  child  for  such  purpose  without  first 
having  obtained  such  consent. 

403.  Juvenile  Courts  And  Their  Operation.  A  Juvenile  Court 
exists  by  State-wide  legislative  act.  (Chapter  97,  1919).  There  shall 
be  established  in  each  county  of  the  state  a  separate  part  of  the  Super¬ 
ior  Court  of  the  district  to  be  called  the  Juvenile  Court  of . 

County,  and  the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  shall  be  ex-officio  judge 
ther-eof.  Every  city  of  10,000  or  more  population  must  maintain  a 
juvenile  court  within  its  territory  unless  the  city  authbrities  prefer 
to  combine  with  the  county  Juvenile  Court.  Any  town  of  25,000  pop¬ 
ulation  which  is  not  also  a  county-seat  may  have  a  court  of  its  own 


Par.  403-A 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


if  it  SO  desires.  High  Point  and  Rocky  Mount  are  the  only  towns 
v/hich  have  such  courts. 

403  A.  Jurisdiction  Of  Juvenile  Courts.  The  Juvenile  Courts 
have  exclusive  original  jurisdiction  over  all  children  under  sixteen 
years  of  age  in  their  respective  districts,  who  are  delinquent,  neglected 
or  dependent.  See  Definitions,  401  (e  f  &  g). 

403  B.  Continuation  Of  Jurisdiction.  When  jurisdiction  has  been 
obtained  in  the  case  of  any  child,  unless  a  court  order  shall  be  issued 
to  the  contrary,  or  unless  the  child  be  committed  to  an  institution 
supported  and  controlled  by  the  State,  it  shall  continue  for  the  pur¬ 
pose  of  this  act  during  the  minority  of  the  child.  The  duty  shall  be 
constant  upon  the  court  to  give  each  child  subject  to  its  jurisdiction 
such  oversight  and  control  as  will  conduce  to  the  welfare  of  such  child 
and  to  the  best  interests  of  the  State. 

403  C.  Law  To  Be  Construed  Remediably.  “The  Juvenile  Court 
Law  shall  be  construed  liberally  and  as  remedial  in  character.  The 
powers  hereby  are  intended  to  be  general  and  for  the  purpose  of  af¬ 
fecting  the  beneficial  purposes  herein  set  forth.  It  is  the  intention  of 
this  act  that  in  all  proceedings  under  its  provisions  the  court  shall 
proceed  upon  the  theory  that  a  child  under  its  jurisdiction  is  the  ward 
of  the  State  and  is  subject  to  the  discipline  and  entitled  to  the  pro¬ 
tection  which  the  court  should  give  such  child  under  the  circumstances 
disclosed  in  the  case.  No  adjudication  in  a  juvenile  court  shall  be  a 
criminal  record  or  be  held  as  such,  nor  shall  any  child  be  denominated 
a  criminal  by  reason  of  such.” 

403  D.  Petition  To  Bring  Child  Into  Court.  Any  one  having 
knowledge  or  information  that  a  child  is  within  the  provisions  of  the 
Juvenile  Court  Act,  either  as  a  delinquent,  a  dependent  or  a  neglected 
child,  may  file  a  petition  with  the  court  setting  forth  the  facts. 
Whereupon  the  judge  of  the  juvenile  court  may  at  once,  or  after  an 
investigation,  issue  a  summons  to  the  parent  or  other  person  in  custody 
of  the  child  and  to  the  child,  requiring  such  parent  or  other  person  to 
appear  and  show  cause  why  the  child  should  not  be  dealt  with  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act.  If  it  appears  by  the  petition 
that  the  child  is  a  delinquent,  or  that  its  condition  is  such  as  to  en¬ 
danger  its  welfare,  the  court  may  order  the  officer  serving  the  sum- 
nions  to  take  the  child  into  custody  at  once. 

.  403  E.  May  be  Released  Pending  Disposition:  Between  the  tiinfe 
when  the  child  is  taken  ’into  custody  and  the  final  disposition  of 
the  case’,' a  child  niay  be  released  in  the  custody  of  a  probation  officeiT, 
or  other  person  appointed  by  the  court,  to  be  brought  before  the  court 
at  the  time  designated.  Any  child  embraced  in  this  act  may  be  ad¬ 
mitted  to  bail  as  provided  by  law,  When  not  released  as  herein  pro- 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  403-G 


vided,  such  child,  pending  the  hearing  of  the  case,  shall  be  detained  in 
such  place  of  detention  as  hereinafter  provided  for. 

403  F.  Who  Serves  Papers:  The  sheriff  or  other  lawful  officer 
of  the  county  in  which  the  action  is  taken  shall  serve  all  papers  as 
directed  by  the  court,  but  the  papers  may  be  served  by  any  person 
delegated  by  the  court  for  that  purpose.  No  power  is  given  to  Juve¬ 
nile  Courts  to  tax  costs,  but  no  officer  may  re!use  to  serve  a  paper 
on  that  account.  The  judge  may  in  his  discretion  allow  necessary 
traveling  expenses  to  any  one  required  to  appear  at  this  court,  and 
such  allowance,  if  approved  by  the  judge  of  the  Superior  Court,  shall 
be  a  charge  on  the  county. 

403  G.  Hearing  and  Judgment:  Upon  the  return  of  the  sum¬ 
mons  or  other  process,  or  after  any  child  has  been  taken  into  cus¬ 
tody,  at  the  time  set  for  the  hearing,  the  court  shall  proceed  to  hear 
and  determine  the  case  in  a  summary  manner.  The  court  may  adjourn 
the  hearing  from  time  to  time  and  inquire  into  the  habits,  surround¬ 
ings,  conditions  and  tendencies  of  the  child  so  as  to  enable  the  court 
to  render  such  order  or  judgment  as  shall  best  conserve  the  welfare 
of  the  child  and  carry  out  the  objects  of  this  act.  In  all  cases  the 
nature  of  the  proceedings  shall  be  explained  to  the  child  and  to  the 
parents  or  the  guardian  or  person  having  the  custody  or  the  super¬ 
vision  of  the  child.  At  any  stage  of  the  case  the  court  may,  in  its 
discretion,  appoint  any  suitable  person  to  be  the  guardian  ad  litem 
of  the  child  for  the  purposes  of  the  proceeding. 

The  court  if  satisfied  that  the  child  is  in  need  of  the  care,  protec¬ 
tion  or  discipline  of  the  State  may  so  adjudicate  and  may  find  the 
child  to  be  delinquent,  neglected,  or  in  need  of  more  suitable  guardian¬ 
ship.  Thereupon  the  court  may: 

(a)  Place  the  child  on  probation  subject  to  the  conditions  pro¬ 
vided  hereinafter;  or 

(b)  Commit  the  child  to  the  custody  of  a  relative  or  other  fit 
person  of  good  moral  character,  subject  in  the  discretion  of  the  court 
to  the  supervision  of  a  probation  officer  and  the  further  orders  o: 
the  court;  or 

(c)  Commit  the  child  to  the  custody  of  the  State  Board  of  Chari¬ 
ties  and  Public  Welfare,  to  be  placed  by  such  Board  in  a  suitable  home 
and  supervised  therein;  or 

.  (d)  Commit  the  child  to  a  suitable  institution  maintained  by  the 
State  or  any  subdivision  thereof,  or  to  any  suitable  private  institution, 
society  or  association,  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  and 
approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare,  author¬ 
ized  to  care  for  children,  or  to  place  them  in  suitable  family  homes;  or 

(e)  Render  such  further  judgment  or  make  such  further  order 


Par.  403-H 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


of  commitment  as  the  court  may  be  authorized  by  law  to  make  in  any 
given  case. 

403  H.  Serious  Offenses:  Children  under  14  years  of  age  may 
not  be  brought  before  any  other  than  a  juvenile  court  on  any  charge 
whatsoever.  In  the  case  of  children  between  the  ages  of  14  and  16, 
if  the  offense  with  which  the  child  is  charged  is  one  for  which  an 
adult  may  not  be  imprisoned  for  more  than  ten  years,  the  judge  of  the 
juvenile  court  may  decide  whether  he  will  himself  dispose  of  the  case, 
or  provide  that  the  child  shall  appear  at  the  next  term  of  the  Su¬ 
perior  Court.  But,  if  the  offense  is  one  for  which  an  adult  may  be 
imprisoned  for  more  than  ten  years,  then  the  child  shall  be  bound 
over  to  the  Superior  Court. 

403  I.  Place  of  Detention:  No  child  coming  within  the  provi¬ 
sions  of  this  act  shall  be  placed  in  any  penal  institution,  jail,  lockup, 
or  other  place  where  such  child  can  come  into  contact  at  any  time 
or  in  any  manner  with  any  adult  convicted  of  crime  and  committed, 
or  under  arrest  and  charged  with  crime.  Provision  shall  be  made 
for  the  temporary  detention  of  such  children  in  a  detention  home  to 
be  conducted  as  an  agency  of  the  court  for  the  purposes  of  this  act, 
or  the  judge  may  arrange  for  the  boarding  of  such  children  tem¬ 
porarily  in  a  private  home  or  homes  in  custody  of  some  fit  person  or 
persons  subject  to  the  supervision  of  the  court,  or  the  judge  may 
arrange  with  any  incorporated  institution,  society,  or  association 
maintaining  a  suitable  place  of  detention  for  children,  for  the  use 
thereof  as  a  temporary  detention  home. 

403  J.  Probation  Officers:  The  County  Superintendent  of  Pub¬ 
lic  Welfare  is  ex-officio  chief  probation  officer  of  every  juvenile 
court  in  his  county,  and  in  case  additional  probation  officers  are 
needed  by  any  county  juvenile  court  they  may  be  appointed  by  said 
court.  The  governing  bodies  of  cities  and  towns  having  juvenile 
courts  shall  appoint  assistant  probation  officers.  Every  probation  of¬ 
ficer  has  powers  of  a  peace  officer. 

403  K.  Duties  And  Powers  Of  Probation  Officers:  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  a  probation  officer  to  make  such  investigation  before,  dur¬ 
ing,  or  after  the  trial  or  hearing  of  any  case  coming  before  the  court 
as  the  court  shall  direct  and  shall  take  charge  of  thereon  in  writing. 
The  probation  officer  shall  take  charge  of  any  child  before  or  after 
the  trial  or  hearing  when  so  directed  by  the  court.  The  probation  of¬ 
ficer  shall  furnish  to  each  person  released  on  probation  under  his 
supervision  a  v/ritten  statement  of  the  conditions  of  probation  and 
shall  instruct  the  probationer  and  other  persons  responsible  for  the 
welfare  of  the  probationer  regarding  same,  and  shall  enforce  all  the 
conditions  of  probation.  Such  officer  shall  keep  informed  concerning 
the  conduct  and  condition  of  each  person  on  probation  under  his  super- 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  403-L 


vision  by  visiting,  requiring  of  reports  and  in  other  ways,  and  shall 
report  upon  the  progress  of  each  case  under  his  supervision  at  least 
monthly  to  the  court.  Such  officer  shall  use  all  suitable  methods  no!, 
inconsistent  with  the  conditions  imposed  by  the  court  to  aid  and  en¬ 
courage  persons  on  probation  and  to  bring  about  improvements  in  their 
conduct  and  condition.  Such  officer  shall  keep  detailed  records  of  his 
work.  He  shall  keep  accurate  and  complete  accounts  of  all  moneys 
collected  from  persons  under  his  supervision;  he  shall  give  receipts 
therefor  and  shall  make  at  least  monthly  returns  thereof;  such  officer 
shall  make  such  report  to  the  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public 
Welfare  as  it  may  from  time  to  time  require,  and  shall  perform 
such  other  duties  as  the  court  under  whose  directions  such  officer  is 
serving  shall  direct. 

403  L.  Procedure  in  Using  Probation:  When  the  court  places 
any  child  or  adult  on  probation  as  provided  in  this  act,  it  shall  de¬ 
termine  the  conditions  of  probation  which  may  be  modified  by  the 
court  at  any  time.  A  child  shall  remain  on  probation  for  such  period 
as  the  court  shall  determine  during  the  minority  of  such  child.  An 
adult  shall  remain  on  probation  for  such  period  as  the  court  shall 
determine,  not  to  exceed  five  years.  The  conditions  of  probation  shall 
be  such  as  the  court  shall  prescribe,  and  may  include  among  other 
conditions  any  or  several  of  the  following:  that  the  probationer — 

(a)  Shall  indulge  in  no  unlawful  injurious  habits; 

(b)  Shall  avoid  places  or  persons  of  disreputable  or  harmful  char¬ 
acter; 

(c)  Shall  report  to  the  probation  officer  as  directed  by  the  court 
or  probation  officer; 

(d)  Shall  permit  the  probation  officer  to  visit  him  in  a  reasonable 
manner  at  his  place  of  abode  or  elsewhere; 

(e)  Shall  answer  any  reasonable  inquiries  on  the  part  of  the 
probation  officer  concerning  his  conduct  or  condition; 

(f)  Shall,  if  a  child  of  compulsory  school  age,  attend  school 
regularly; 

(g)  Shall,  if  a  child  who  does  not  attend  school,  work  faith¬ 
fully  at  suitable  employment; 

(h)  Shall  remain  or  reside  within  a  specified  place  or  locality; 

(i)  Shall  pay  a  fine  in  one  or  several  sums; 

(j)  Shall  make  restitution  or  reparation  to  the  aggrieved  parties 
for  actual  damages  or  losses  caused  by  an  offence,  upon  such  condi¬ 
tions  as  the  court  shall  determine. 


Par.  403-N 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(k)  Any  person  on  probation  may  at  any  time  be  required  to 
appear  before  the  court,  and  in  case  of  his  failure  to  do  so  when 
properly  notified  by  the  probation  officer,  the  court  may  issue  a  war¬ 
rant  for  his  arrest.  In  the  case  of  a  child  on  probation,  if  the  court 
believes  that  the  welfare  of  such  child  will  thereby  be  promoted,  the 
probation  may  be  revoked  at  any  time,  and  the  court  may  make  such 
other  disposition  of  the  child  as  it  might  have  made  at  the  time  the 
child  was  placed  on  probation. 

403  M.  Support  of  Child  Committed  to  Custodial  Agency:  When¬ 
ever  any  child  is  committed  by  the  court  to  the  custody  of  an  insti¬ 
tution,  association,  society  or  person  other  than  its  parent  or  guardian, 
compensation  for  the  care  of  such  child,  when  approved  by  the  order 
of  the  court,  shall  be  a  charge  upon  the  county,  but  the  court  may 
adjudge  that  the  parent  or  other  person  whose  duty  it  is  by  law  to 
support  the  child  shall  pay  for  such  support  in  whole  or  in  part,  and 
in  case  of  their  wilful  failure  to  meet  this  obligation  may  be  punished 
for  contempt  of  court. 

403  N.  Consideration  Given  to  Religious  Belief:  In  committing 
any  child  to  any  institution  or  other  custodial  agency  other  than 
one  supported  and  controlled  by  the  State,  or  in  placing  the  child 
under  any  guardianship  other  than  that  of  its  natural  guardians,  the 
court  shall  so  far  as  practicable  select  as  the  custodial  agency  an 
institution,  society,  or  association  governed  by  persons  of  like  religious 
faith  as  the  parents  of  such  child,  or  an  individual  holding  the  same 
religious  belief. 

403  O.  Modificati«)n  of  Judgment;  the  Return  of  Child  to  Parents: 
Any  order  or  judgment  made  by  the  court  in  the  case  of  any  child  shall 
be  subject  to  such  modification  from  time  to  time  as  the  court  may 
consider  to  be  for  the  welfare  of  such  child,  except  that  a  child  com¬ 
mitted  to  an  institution  supported  and  controlled  by  the  State  may  be 
released  or  discharged  only  by  the  governing  board  or  officer  of  such 
institution. 

403  P.  Examination  and  Treatment  of  Children  Found  to  Be 
Mentally  Defective  Or  in  Need  of  Medical  Care:  The  court,  in  its 
discretion,  either  before  or  after  a  hearing,  may  cause  any  child  within 
its  jurisdiction  to  be  examined  by  one  or  more  duly  licensed  physicians, 
who  shall  submit  a  written  report  thereon  to  the  court.  If  it  shall 
appear  to  the  court  that  any  child  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court 
is  mentally  defective,  the  court  may  cause  the  child  to  be  examined 
by  two  lic-snsed  physicians,  and  on  the  written  statement  of  the  two 
examining  physicians  that  it  is  their  opinion  that  the  child  is  mentally 
defective,  feebleminded  or  epileptic,  the  court  may  commit  such  child 
to  an  institution  authorized  by  law  to  receive  and  care  for  mentally 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  403-R 


defective,  feebleminded,  or  epileptic  children,  as  the  case  may  be.  No 
child  shall  be  committed  to  such  an  institution  without  opportunity 
for  a  hearing  being  given  to  the  child’s  parent  or  parents,  guardian 
or  custodian. 

Whenever  a  child  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  and  under 
the  provisions  of  this  act  appears  to  the  court  to  be  in  need  of  medi¬ 
cal  or  surgical  care,  a  suitable  order  may  be  made  for  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  such  child  in  a  hospital  or  otherwise,  and  the  expense  thereof, 
when  approved  by  the  court,  shall  be  a  charge  upon  the  county  or 
the  appropriate  subdivision  thereof;  but  the  court  may  adjudge  that 
the  person  or  persons  whose  duty  it  is  under  the  law  to  support  such 
child  shall  pay  a  part  or  all  of  the  expenses  of  such  treatment  as 
provided  in  Section  Fourteen  of  the  Juvenile  Court  Act. 

403  Q.  Appointment  of  Guardians:  Whenever  in  the  course  of 
a  proceeding  instituted  under  this  act,  it  shall  appear  to  the  court 
that  the  welfare  of  any  child  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  will 
be  promoted  by  the  appointment  of  an  individual  as  general  guardian 
of  its  person,  when  such  child  is  not  committed  to  an  institution  or 
to  an  incorporated  society  or  association,  or  by  the  appointment  of 
an  individual  or  corporation  as  general  guardian  of  its  property,  the 
court  shall  have  jurisdiction  to  make  such  appointment,  either  upon 
the  application  of  the  child  or  of  some  relative  or  friend,  or  upon  the 
court’s  own  motion;  and  in  that  event  an  order  to  show  cause  may  be 
made  by  the  court  to  be  served  upon  the  parent  or  parents  of  such 
child  in  such  manner  and  for  such  time,  prior  to  the  hearing,  as 
the  court  may  deem  reasonable.  In  any  case  arising  under  this  act 
the  court  may  determine  as  betAveen  parents  or  others  whether  the 
father  or  mother  or  what  person  shall  have  the  custody  and  direction 
of  said  child,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  preceding  section. 

403  R.  Offences  Against  Children;  Responsibility  of  Parents  and 
Guardians:  A  parent,  guardian,  or  other  person  having  the  custody 
of  a  child,  who  omits  to  exercise  reasonable  diligence  in  the  care, 
protection  or  control  of  such  child,  causing  it  to  be  adjudged  delinquent, 
neglected,  or  in  need  of  the  care,  protection  or  discipline  of  the  State 
as  provided  in  this  act,  or  who  permits  such  child  to  associate  with 
vicious,  immoral  or  criminal  persons,  or  to  beg  or  solicit  alms,  or 
to  be  an  habitual  truant  from  school,  or  to  enter  any  house  of  prosti¬ 
tution  or  assignation,  or  any  place  where  gambling  is  carried  on,  or 
to  enter  any  place  which  may  be  injurious  to  the  morals,  health,  or 
general  welfare  of  such  child,  and  any  such  person  or  any  other  per¬ 
son  who  knowingly  or  willfully  is  responsible  for,  encourages,  aids, 
causes  or  connives  at,  or  who  knowingly  or  willfully  does  any  act 
to  produce,  promote  or  contribute  to  the  condition  which  caused  such 
child  to  be  adjudged  delinquent,  neglected,  or  in  need  of  the  care. 


Par.  403-S 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


protection  or  discipline  of  the  State  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

403  S.  Obligation  of  Officers,  Etc.,  to  Co-operate:  It  is  hereby 
made  the  duty  of  every  State,  county,  or  municipal  official  or  de¬ 
partment  to  render  such  assistance  and  co-operation  within  his  or  its 
jurisdiction  or  power  as  shall  further  the  objects  of  this  act. 

404.  Adoption  of  Children:  Persons  desiring  to  adopt  a  minor 
may  begin  proceedings  before  the  clerk  of  the  county  in  which  the 
child  resides.  The  parents  or  other  person  or  persons  having  charge 
of  the  child  become  a  party  to  the  proceedings,  and  provided  their 
consent  has  been  obtained  and  the  party  seeking  adoption  seem  suit¬ 
able,  the  clerk  may  sanction  the  adoption.  Petitioner  shall  give  bond 
for  the  property,  if  any,  in  case  child  is  orphan.  Name  of  child 
may  be  changed  to  that  of  petitioner  if  allowed  by  clerk.  Order  of 
adoption  may  be  revoked  at  any  time  by  clerk  for  cause.  The  clerk 
of  the  court  is  the  judge  of  the  Juvenile  Court. 

(a)  Inheritance:  A  child  legally  adopted  may  inherit  the  estate 
of  his  adopted  parents  the  same  as  natural  children,  unless  the  con¬ 
trary  be  set  forth  in  the  articles  of  adoption. 

(b)  Relationship:  The  relationship  between  the  adopted  child 
and  the  person  adopting  it  shall  be  that  of  parent  and  child. 

405.  Guardians — Defined:  The  guardian  is  a  person  appointed 
by  the  court  and  may  be — 

(a)  Natural:  The  father  if  alive  is  the  natural  guardian,  and 
if  the  father  be  dead  the  mother  becomes  the  natural  guardian; 

(b)  Testamentary:  Such  are  guardians  appointed  in  the  will  of 
the  father  and  with  the  consent  of  the  mother  in  case  she  is  a  widow; 

(c)  Guardian  of  Person  and  Property:  In  the  case  of  a  minor 
the  clerk  of  the  court  may  appoint  a  guardian  of  property  only,  even 
if  the  natural  guardian  is  living.  Any  guardian  who  has  in  charge 
the  property  of  a  child  is  required  to  give  a  sufficient  bond  for  the 
proper  accounting  of  such  property,  and  the  clerk  of  the  Superior 
Court  is  held  responsible  for  the  sufficiency  of  the  bond  according  to 
the  nature  of  the  property  ascertained  under  oath. 

405  A.  Appointment  of  Guardians:  (See  Par.  403  Q.) 

405  B.  Guardian  Ad  Litem:  Whenever  a  minor  is  interested  in 
any  proceeding  of  law  and  has  no  guardian  or  his  interests  are  adverse 
to  that  of  his  guardian,  the  court  may  appoint  a  guardian  ad  litem 
for  such  minor,  which  guardian  is  responsible  to  said  minor  for 
conduct  in  such  case. 

406.  Legal  Authority  of  Institutions  for  Indigent  Children: 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  409-A 


Every  indigent  child  which  may  be  placed  in  any  orphanage,  chil¬ 
dren’s  home,  or  child-placing  institution  in  North  Carolina,  which 
shall  be  an  institution  existing  under  and  by  virtue  of  the  laws  of  the 
State,  shall  be  under  the  control  of  the  authorities  of  such  institution 
so  long  as  under  the  rules  and  regulations  of  such  institution  the  child 
is  entitled  to  remain  in  the  same.  The  authority  of  the  institution 
shall  be  the  same  as  that  of  a  parent  or  guardian  before  the  child 
was  placed  in  the  institution:  Provided,  that  such  authority  shall  ex¬ 
tend  only  to  the  person  of  such  child. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  entice  or  attempt  to 
entice,  persuade,  harbor  or  conceal,  or  in  any  manner  induce  any 
indigent  child  to  leave  any  of  the  institutions  hereinbefore  mentioned 
without  the  knowledge  or  consent  of  the  authorities  of  such  institu¬ 
tions:  Provided,  this  act  shall  not  interfere  with  a  mother’s  right  to 
her  child  in  case  she  becomes  able  to  sustain  her  child;  and  the  county 
commissioners  in  the  county  in  which  she  resides  shall  in  case  of 
doubt  have  authority  to  recommend  to  the  institution  concerning  the 
child. 

Any  person  or  persons  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
act  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  shall  be 
fined  or  imprisoned,  or  both,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

407.  Support  of  Children:  Until  majority  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
father  to  provide  for  the  maintenance,  protection  and  education  of 
his  children.  In  case  there  is  no  father  or  he  has  abandoned  his 
family,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  mother  to  provide  maintenance,  protection 
and  education. 

In  cases  of  divorce,  the  court  granting  the  decree  adjudicates  the 
rights,  and  responsibilities  of  parents  as  appears  necessary. 

408.  Mothers’  Pension:  There  is  no  mothers’  pension  law  in 
North  Carolina. 

409.  School  Attendance:  Every  parent  or  guardian  having  charge 
of  a  child  between  the  ages  of  eight  and  fourteen  years  is  requested 
to  see  that  such  child  attends  either  a  public  or  a  private  school  for 
the  full  length  of  the  terms  of  the  public  school  in  the  district  where 
the  child  resides,  provided  he  be  physically  and  mentally  able  to  attend 
and  lives  within  two  and  one-half  miles  of  a  school  house.  The  State 
Board  of  Education  is  empowered  to  say  under  what  conditions  chil¬ 
dren  may  be  excused  from  attending  school  on  account  of  the  needs 
of  the  home  or  farm.  (Chap.  100,  Laws  of  1919). 

409  A.  Parents  or  Guardians  Failing  to  Comply  With  the  Law, 
shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  subject  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
five  dollars  ($5)  nor  more  than  twenty-five  dollars  ($25),  and  upon 
failure  to  pay  same  shall  be  imprisoned  not  more  than  thirty  (30) 
days.  Teachers  or  superintendents  of  schools  as  the  case  may  be,  are 
required  to  serve  notice  upon  such  parent  or  guardian  that  he  is  to  be 


Par.  409-B 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


reported  to  the  chief  school  attendance  officer  unless  he  at  once  com¬ 
plies  with  the  law  or  furnishes  a  lawful  excuse. 

409  B.  Duties  of  Teachers:  All  teachers  are  required  to  keep 
records  of  attendance  and  report  same  to  the  chief  attendance  officer. 

409  C.  Attendance  Officers:  The  county  superintendent  of  public 
welfare  shall  investigate  and  prosecute  all  who  are  charged  with 
failure  to  send  children  to  school,  except  in  cities  having  special  at¬ 
tendance  officers  paid  out  of  town  or  city  funds,  in  which  case  these 
officials  shall  be  responsible.  Such  city  or  town  school  boards  may 
appoint  attendance  officers  when  deemed  necessary. 

409  D.  Aid  for  Indigent  Children:  If  affidavit  shall  be  made  by 
the  parent  of  a  child  or  by  any  other  person  that  any  child  between 
the  ages  of  eight  and  fourdteen  years  is  not  able  to  attend  school  by 
reason  of  necessity  to  work  or  labor  for  the  support  of  itself  or  the 
support  of  the  family,  then  the  attendance  officer  shall  diligently 
inquire  into  the  matter  and  bring  it  to  the  attention  of  some  court 
allowed  by  law  to  act  as  a  Juvenile  Court,  and  said  court  shall  pro¬ 
ceed  to  find  whether  as  a  matter  of  fact  such  parent  or  person  standing 
in  loco  parentis  is  unable  to  send  said  child  or  children  to  school  for 
the  term  of  a  compulsory  school  attendance  for  the  reasons  given.  If 
the  court  shall  find,  after  investigation,  that  the  parent  or  parents 
have  made  or  are  making  a  bona  fide  effort  to  comply  with  the 
compulsory  attendance  act,  and  by  reason  of  illness,  lack  of  earning 
capacity,  or  any  other  cause  which  the  court  may  deem  valid  and 
sufficient,  are  unable  to^'send  said  child  or  children  to  school  as  above 
mentioned,  then  the  court  shall  find  and  state  what  help  is  needed  for 
the  family  to  enable  the  attendance  law  to  be  complied  with.  The 
court  shall  transmit  its  finding  to  the  county  board  of  education  of 
the  county,  or  in  cities  to  the  city  school  board  in  which  the  case  may 
arise,  and  said  county  board  of  education  shall  in  its  discretion  order 
aid  to  be  given  the  family  from  the  Incidental  Expense  Fund  of  the 
county  school  budget  to  an  extent  not  to  exceed  ten  dollars  ($10)  per 
month  for  such  child  during  continuance  of  the  compulsory  term,  and 
shall  at  the  same  time  require  said  officer  to  see  that  the  money  is 
used  for  the  purpose  for  which  it  was  appropriated,  and  to  report 
from  time  to  time  whether  it  shall  be  continued  or  withdrawn;  and 
the  county  board  of  education  is  hereby  authorized  in  making  out 
the  county  budget  to  provide  a  sum  to  meet  the  provisions  of  this 
act. 

Note:  Experience  seems  to  shov/  that  little  resort  has  to  be  made 
to  this  provision  to  enable  indigent  children  to  go  to  school.  Where 
good  social  welfare  work  is  being  done  other  funds  are  available. 

410.  Child  Labor  Law:  No  child  under  the  age  of  fourteen  years 
shall  be  employed  or  permitted  to  work,  in  or  about  or  in  connection 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  410-B 


with  any  mill,  factory,  cannery,  workshop,  manufacturing  establish¬ 
ment,  laundry,  bakery,  mercantile  establishment,  office,  hotel,  restaur¬ 
ant,  barber  shop,  bootblack  stand,  public  stable,  garage,  place  of 
amusement,  brick  yard,  lumber  yard,  or  any  messenger  or  delivery 
service,  except  in  cases  and  under  regulations  prescribed  by  the  State 
Child  Welfare  Commission.  No  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age 
shall  be  employed  or  permitted  to  work  at  night  in  any  of  the 
places,  or  occupations  referred  to  between  the  hours  of  9  p.  m.  and 
6  a.  m.,  and  no  person  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be  employed  or 
permitted  to  work  in  or  about  or  in  connection  with  any  quarry  or 
mine. 

410  A.  Age  Certificates:  If  the  employer  of  any  person  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  shall,  at  the  time  of  such  employment,  in  good 
faith,  procure,  rely  upon,  and  keep  on  file  a  certificate  issued  in  such 
form  and  under  such  conditions  and  by  such  persons  as  the  said  com¬ 
mission  herein  provided  for  shall  prescribe,  showing  that  the  person 
is  of  legal  age  for  such  employment,  such  certificate  shall  be  prima 
facie  evidence  of  the  age  of  the  person  and  the  good  faith  of  the 
employer. 

410  B.  Rulings  of  Commission  Governing  Employment  of  Chil¬ 
dren:  No  child  under  sixteen  years  of  age  shall  be  permitted  to  work 
in  any  of  the  enumerated  occupations  before  6  a.  m.  or  after  9  p.  m. 

(a)  No  girl  under  the  age  of  fourteen  shall  be  permitted  to 
work  in  any  of  the  enumerated  occupations. 

(b)  No  boy  shall  be  employed  in  any  of  the  mentioned  occupa¬ 
tions  for  more  than  eight  hours  in  any  one  day. 

(c)  Boys  between  twelve  and  fourteen  years  of  age  may  be  em¬ 
ployed  in  the  enumerated  occupations  when  the  public  school  is  not 
in  session  when  it  is  shown  to  the  county  superintendent  of  public 
welfare  that  the  proposed  employment  is  not  to  the  injury  of  the 
health  or  morals  of  the  child.  But  in  no  case  shall  such  employment 
be  legal  until  a  certificate  has  been  issued  by  the  county  superin¬ 
tendent  of  public  welfare  on  blanks  furnished  by  the  State  Commis¬ 
sion.  Before  determining  the  question,  the  county  superintendent  of 
public  welfare  may,  if  he  deem  it  necessary,  require  a  physical 
examination  of  the  child  by  the  public  health  officer  or  other  attend¬ 
ing  physician. 

(d)  During  the  time  that  the  public  school  is  in  session,  boys 
between  twelve  and  fourteen  years  of  age  may  be  employed  on 
Saturdays  and  out  of  school  hours  on  the  same  conditions  as  above, 
provided  that  such  employment  does  not  interfere  with  their  school 
work.  Where  school  officials  have  provided  for  what  are  known  as 
continuation  schools,  and  where  arrangement  has  been  made  to  make 


Par.  410-C 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


the  outside  employment  a  unit  of  the  school  work,  boys  of  this  age 
may  be,  in  specific  cases,  allowed  to  be  occupied  in  employment  during 
school  hours  for  a  limited  time  at  the  discretion  of  the  superintendent 
of  the  school. 

(e)  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  law  does  not  prohibit  the  employ¬ 
ment  of  children  in  occupations  other  than  those  enumerated  in  Par. 
409,  such  as  farming  and  domestic  employment.  It  is  assumed  also 
that  it  does  not  affect  children  who  are  kept  by  their  parents  under 
their  direct  personal  control  in  or  about  the  places  owned  and  operated 
by  the  parents  themselves,  except  in  prohibited  hours.  The  reason  for 
this  is  that  parents  are  supposed  to  control  and  care  for  their  own 
children  wherever  they  may  be  with  them. 

410  C.  Commission  to  Enforce  Laws:  The  State  Child  Welfare 
Commission,  composed  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion,  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Health,  and  the  State  Com¬ 
missioner  of  Public  Welfare,  shall  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  Child 
Labor  Law,  and  may  employ  agents  and  inspectors,  and  use  the  county 
superintendents  of  public  welfare  for  this  purpose  within  their  respec¬ 
tive  counties. 

410  D.  Penalty  for  Violation:  Any  person  violating  the  pro¬ 
visions  of  the  law  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

411.  Standards  of  Child  Welfare:  No  standards  of  Child  Wel¬ 
fare  have  been  adopted  by  this  State,  nor  have  any  standards  been 
adopted  by  any  organization  of  prominence  in  North  Carolina.  For 
suggested  standards  see  the  report  of  the  National  Child  Labor  Com¬ 
mittee  for  North  Carolina,  1918. 

412.  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare:  This  Board 
has  general  supervision  over  child-caring  institutions  and  agencies  in 
the  State,  both  public  and  private,  and  shall  approve  the  qualifica¬ 
tions  of  county  superintendents  of  public  welfare  and  other  probation 
officers,  and  receive  reports  from  them.  The  State  Board  shall  study 
and  promote  the  welfare  of  the  delinquent  and  dependent  child,  and 
provide  either  directly  or  through  a  bureau  of  the  Board  for  the  plac¬ 
ing  and  supervision  of  dependent,  delinquent,  and  defective  children. 
It  shall  have  the  power  to  inspect  and  make  report  on  private 
orphanages,  institutions,  maternity  homes,  and  persons  or  organiza¬ 
tions  receiving  or  placing  children,  and  such  institutions  shall  submit 
such  report  and  infoinnation  as  may  be  required  by  the  State  Board. 
(For  full  account  of  the  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare 
see  Chap.  VII.) 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  451 


II.  Institutions  and  Agencies. 

451.  Public  Institutions. 

(a)  State:  There  are  seven  State  Child  Caring  Institutions. 

1.  Jackson  Training  School:  Concord.  For  delinquent  white 
boys  under  sixteen  years  of  age.  (See  Chapter  6.) 

2.  Samarcand  Manor,  Samarcand,  Moore  County.  For  delinquent 
white  girls.  (See  Chapter  6.) 

3.  Richard  Caswell  Training  School,  Kinston,  North  Carolina.  For 
feeble-minded  white  boys  and  girls.  (See  Chapter  14.) 

4.  School  for  the  Deaf,  (white)..  Morganton,  North  Carolina. 
(See  Chapter  15). 

5.  School  for  the  Blind,  (white).  Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  (See 
Chapter  15.) 

6.  School  for  Blind  and  Deaf,  (colored.)  Raleigh,  North  Carolina. 
(See  Chapter  15.) 

7.  North  Carolina  Orthopedic  Hospital,  Gastonia.  (See  Chapter 

15.) 

(b)  County. 

1.  Buncombe  County  Children’s  Home,  Asheville,  North  Carolina, 
for  white  dependent  or  neglected  children.  Population  38.  Supported 
entirely  by  the  county. 

2.  Buncombe  County  Reformatorj'^  for  white  boys.  (See  Chap¬ 
ter  6.) 

3.  Forsyth  County  Reformatory,  for  white  and  colored  boys.  (See 
Chapter  6.) 

452.  Children’s  Home  Society  of  North  Carolina,  Incorporated, 
Greensboro,  N.  C.  This  is  the  only  child-placing  society  in  the  State. 
It  is  supported  by  voluntary  distributions  and  is  under  private  con¬ 
trol.  It’s  activities  are  directly  in  charge  of  a  superintendent  who 
devotes  half  of  his  time  to  the  society.  The  business  of  the  organiza¬ 
tion  is  to  find  homes  for  the  homeless  children  and  children  for  the 
childless  homes.  The  receiving  home  is  in  Greensboro,  and  is  suner- 
vised  by  a  trained  nurse.  Any  white  child  from  an  infant  of  a  few 
days  old  up  to  seventeen  years  of  age  is  received,  though  a  doctor’s 
certificate  testifying  that  the  child  is  nonnal  is  required.  Commit¬ 
ment  to  the  society  should  be  made  by  the  Juvenile  Court  of  the  county 
from  which  the  child  comes.  This  commitment  gives  the  society  legal 
guardianship  of  the  child,  with  power  to  place  it  in  a  home  for  adop- 


Par.  453 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


tion.  After  a  child  has  been  received  by  the  society,  parents  are 
denied  knowledge  of  where  it  has  been  placed  and  are  expected  never 
to  see  it  again.  Foster  homes  are  investigated  through  correspond¬ 
ence,  references  being  required.  In  taking  children,  foster  parents  are 
asked  to  visit  the  receiving  home  and  choose  the  child  they  wish. 
Superintendent,  W.  L.  Brewer. 

453.  Institutions  for  Crippled  Children: 

(a)  The  Orthopaedic  Hospital,  at  Gastonia,  in  course  of  con¬ 
struction.  (See  Chapter  15.) 

(b)  The  Scottish  Rite  Hospital  for  Crippled  Children,  Decatur, 
Georgia.  (See  Chapter  15.) 

454.  Orphan  Homes: 

1.  Alexander  Home,  Charlotte,  North  Carolina.  Auspices,  the 
Presbyterian  churches  of  Charlotte.  Administration:  Board  of  Man¬ 
agers  composed  of  women  from  the  Presbyterian  churches  of  Char¬ 
lotte.  Matron,  Miss  Deese.  Capacity,  forty.  Present  Population, 
thirty-five,  June,  1919.  Admission,  from  three  to  twelve  for  girls, 
boys  not  over  seven.  Must  be  normal  mentally  and  morally  and 
without  physical  deformity.  “Established  to  take  destitute  children 
not  sent  to  other  orphanages.”  Education:  Attend  the  city  public 
schools.  Description:  One  brick  building  with  city  conveniences. 
Located  at  East  Boulevard,  lot  250  feet  by  600. 

2.  Baptist  Orphanage,  Thomasville,  North  Carolina.  (Includes  the 
Kennedy  Home,  a  branch  located  in  the  Eastern  section  of  the  State). 
Auspices:  Under  the  Baptist  churches  of  North  Carolina.  Purpose: 
To  care  for  orphan  children.  Administration:  Board  of  Trustees. 
Superintendent:  Rev.  M.  L.  Kesler.  Capacity:  Five  hundred  and 
thirty-one,  June,  1919.  Admission:  White  boys  and  girls  of  North 
Carolina  from  two  to  twelve.  Must  be  sound  in  mind  and  body.  Not 
confined  to  the  denomination.  Half-orphans  also  received.  Main¬ 
tenance:  Baptist  churches  of  North  Carolina.  Education:  Through 
the  tenth  grade;  some  are  sent  to  college  by  special  arrangements. 
Description:  Twenty-six  brick,  and  four  frame  buildings.  Four  hun¬ 
dred  and  fifty  acres.  Cottage  system. 

3.  Baptist  Orphan  Home  for  Colored,  Winston-Salem.  Adminis¬ 
tration:  Colored  Baptists.  Superintendent:  Rev.  W.  J.  Poindexter. 
Population:  Present,  June,  1919,  forty-eight.  Admission:  Received 
from  three  to  twelve  years.  Must  be  sound  in  mind  and  body.  Educa¬ 
tion:  Attend  the  public  school.  Description:  Two  frame  buildings, 
thirty  acres  of  land. 

4.  Christian  Orphanage,  Elon  College,  North  Carolina.  Adminis¬ 
tration:  Under  the  Southern  Christian  Church.  Superintendent: 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  454 


Charles  D.  Johnston.  Capacity:  Sixty.  Population:  Fifty-seven,  June, 
1919.  Admission:  White  boys  and  girls  from  four  to  thirteen.  Must 
be  sound  mentally  and  physically.  Whole  or  half-orphans.  Education: 
To  the  eighth  grade.  Description:  One  brick  building,  one  hundred 
and  forty-eight  acres  of  land. 

5.  Eliada  Orphanage,  Abbeville,  North  Carolina.  Auspices: 
Private.  Purpose:  “To  provide  a  home  for  homeless  children.”  Ad¬ 
ministration:  Undenominational.  Board  of  Trustees.  Superintendent: 
Kev.  Lucius  B.  Compton.  Capacity:  Fifty-five.  Population:  Forty-one 
June,  1919.  Admission:  No  fixed  age;  prefer  children  under  seven. 
Mental  defectives  not  received.  Maintenance:  Free  will  offerings. 
Education:  Through  the  eighth  grade.  Description:  One  brick  and 
eleven  frame  buildings.  One  hundred  and  twenty  acres  of  land. 

6.  Falcon  Orphanage,  Falcon,  North  Carolina.  Auspices:  Pen- 
tacostal  Church.  Purpose:  To  care  for  orphan  children.  Administra¬ 
tion:  Pentacostal  Church.  Board  of  Trustees.  Superintendent:  Rev. 
C.  B.  Strickland.  Capacity:  Fifty-five.  Population:  Present  forty- 
one,  June,  1919.  Admission:  Orphans  or  half-orphans  under  twelve 
years.  Physician’s  certificate  of  sound  physical  condition  required. 
Maintenance:  Pentacostal  Church.  Education:  “Primary,  intermediate 
and  high  school  departments.”  Description:  Three  frame  buildings. 
Thirty-three  acres  of  land. 

7.  Methodist  Children’s  Home,  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina. 
Auspices:  Western  North  Carolina  Conference  M.  E.  Church,  South. 
Purpose:  To  care  for  dependent  children.  Administration:  Western 
North  Carolina  Conference  of  the  Methodist  E.  Church,  South.  Board 
of  Trustees.  Superintendent:  Walter  Thompson.  Capacity:  One  hun¬ 
dred  and  twenty-seven.  Admission:  From  four  to  fourteen.  Not  con¬ 
fined  to  the  Methodists.  Children  are  supposed  to  be  of  average 
mind,  morals  and  health.  Occasionally  children  with  parents  living 
are  admitted.  Education:  School  and  library.  Description:  Five  brick 
and  five  frame  buildings.  Two  hundred  and  one  acres  of  land.  Located 
in  suburbs  of  Winston-Salem. 

8.  The  Methodist  Orphanage,  Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  Auspices: 
Eastern  Conference  North  Carolina  Methodist  Church,  South.  Pur¬ 
pose:  To  care  for  dependent  children.  Administration:  North  Carolina 
Conference  Methodist  Church,  South.  Board  of  Trustees.  Super¬ 
intendent:.  Rev.  A.  S.  Barnes.  Capacity:  Two  hundred  and  fifty.  Pop¬ 
ulation:  Two  hundred  and  forty,  June,  1919.  Admission:  Actual  orphans 
from  five  to  twelve.  Children  of  Methodist  parents.  Only  normal 
children  received.  Boys  and  girls.  Maintenance:  Eastern  Conference 
North  Carolina  Methodist  Church,  South.  Education:  Eleven  grades; 
loan  fund  to  go  through  college.  Description:  Located  on  a  beautiful 
knoll  in  the  suburbs  of  Raleigh.  Administration  building  and  cottages. 


Par.  454 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Nine  brick  and  five  frame.  Garden  and  truck  patches. 

9.  Methodist  Protestant  Children’s  Home,  High  Point,  North 
Carolina.  Administration:  Under  the  Methodist  Protestant  Church. 
Superintendent:  H.  A.  Garrett.  Population:  Fifty-one  present,  June, 
1919.  Admission:  Received  between  the  ages  of  four  and  twelve 
years.  Must  be  sound  in  mind  and  body  and  not  incorrigible.  Educa¬ 
tion:  Public  school  course.  Description:  One  brick  building  located 
on  a  farm  of  one  hundred  and  six  acres  near  High  Point. 

10.  The  Mountain  Orphanage,  Balfour,  North  Carolina.  .Auspices: 
Asheville  Presbytery.  Purpose:  To  care  for  dependent  children.  Ad¬ 
ministration:  Board  of  Trustees,  Dr.  R.  P.  Smith,  President.  Superin¬ 
tendent:  Stephen  Mosley.  Capacity:  Forty.  Population:  Thirty- two. 
May,  1920.  Admission:  Normal  children  between  four  and  twelve. 
Orphans  as  a  rule.  Maintenance:  Asheville  Presbytery.  Education: 
Six  grammar  grades.  Description:  Four  frame  buildings  on  a  farm 
of  forty  acres  in  a  mountain  country. 

11.  Nazareth  Orphanage,  Crescent,  North  Carolina.  Auspices; 
The  Reformed  Church.  Purpose:  Care  of  orphan  children.  Adminis¬ 
tration:  Under  the  Reformed  Church  of  the  United  States.  Superin¬ 
tendent:  Rev.  W.  B.  Werner.  Capacity:  Fifty-four.  Population: 
Forty-six,  June,  1919.  Admission:  Orphans  from  five  to  fourteen 
years.  Must  be  in  sound  mind  and  body.  Education:  Eight  months’ 
school  term.  Description:  One  stone  and  two  frame  buildings.  One 
hundred  and  six  acres  of  land. 

12.  Odd  Fellows’  Orphanage,  Goldsboro,  North  Carolina.  Aus¬ 
pices:  International  Order  of  Odd  Fellows.  Purpose:  To  care  for  the 
orphans  and  half-orphans  of  Odd  Fellows.  Administration:  Board  of 
Trustees.  Superintendent:  Charles  O.  Baird.  Capacity:  One  hundred 
and  seventy-five.  Population:  One  hundred  and  twenty-five,  June  1919. 
Admission:  Orphans  and  half-orphans  of  Odd  Fellow  parentage,  be¬ 
tween  six  and  fourteen,  who  are  normal.  Maintenance:  The  National 
Order  of  I.  0.  O.  F.  Education:  Eleven  gTades.  Description:  Five 
brick  and  four  frame  buildings  on  a  farm  of  one  hundred  acres  in  the 
suburbs  of  Goldsboro. 

13.  The  Oxford  Orphanage,  Oxford,  North  Carolina.  Auspices: 
The  Masonic  Fraternity  of  the  State.  Purpose:  To  care  for  dependent 
children.  Administration:  Board  of  directors,  with  State  representa¬ 
tion  on  the  Board.  Superintendent;  R.  L.  Brown.  Population:  Three 
hundred  and  thirty-seven,  November,  1918.  Admission:  Children 
under  twelve  who  are  normal.  Only  actual  orphans  as  a  rule,  but 
exceptions  sometimes  made  by  the  Board.  Maintenance:  The  Masonic 
Fraternity  and  State  appropriation.  Education:  Kindergarten,  pri¬ 
mary,  grammar  and  high  school.  Description:  Nineteen  brick  and 
seven  frame  buidlings  on  a  farm  of  two  hundred  and  forty-two  acres. 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  454 


14.  Oxford  Orphanage  for  Colored  Children,  Oxford,  North  Caro¬ 
lina.  Auspices:  Private  and  State.  Purpose:  To  care  for  negro 
orphans.  Administration:  Board  of  Directors  with  State  representa¬ 
tion.  Superintendent:  Henry  P.  Cheatham.  Capacity:  Two  hundred 
and  fifty.  Population:  One  hundred  and  seventy,  June,  1919.  Admis¬ 
sion:  Orphans  between  three  and  sixteen,  who  are  normal  in  health 
and  mind,  and  living  in  the  State.  Maintenance:  Contributions  by 
churches  and  state  appropriation.  Education:  Eight  months  school. 
Description:  Six  brick  and  six  frame  buildings  on  a  farm  of  two 
hundred  and  thirty-two  acres. 

15.  The  Presbyterian  Orphan  Home,  Barium  Springs,  N.  C. 
Auspices:  The  Southern  Presbyterian  Church.  Purpose:  to  care 
for  dependent  orphans.  Administration:  Board  of  Regents.  Capacity: 
Two  hundred  and  thirty.  Population:  Two  hundred  and  thirty,  Novem¬ 
ber,  1919.  Admission:  Orphans  and  half-orphans  of  Presbyterian 
parentage  who  are  normal  and  not  more  than  six  years  old  when 
admitted.  Maintenance:  Presbyterian  churches.  Education:  Eleven 
grades.  A  well  equipped  school  building.  Description:  Twenty- two 
buildings,  fourteen  brick  and  eight  frame,  on  three  hundred  and 
ninety  acres. 

16.  Pythian  Home,  Clayton,  North  Carolina.  Auspices:  Order  of 
the  Knights  of  Pythias.  Purpose:  To  care  for  dependent  children. 
Administration:  Board  of  Trustees.  Superintendent:  C.  W.  Pender. 
Capacity:  Fifty.  Population:  Forty- three,  June,  1919.  Admission: 
Children  under  five  whose  fathers  are  members  of  the  Order  of  the 
Knights  of  Pythias.  Children  must  be  normal.  Maintenance:  The 
Order  of  the  Knights  of  Pythias.  Education:  Children  attend  the 
public  school.  Description:  One  brick  building  on  one  hundred  and 
eighty- three  acres  of  land. 

17.  Roman  Catholic  Orphanage  for  Boys,  Nazareth,  Wake  County, 
North  Carolina.  Auspices:  The  Catholic  Church.  Purpose:  To  care 
for  dependent  children.  Administration:  Catholic  Church,  Bishop  Leo 
Haid.  Superintendent:  Rev.  Geo.  A.  Woods.  Population:  One  hundred 
and  ten,  June,  1918.  Admission:  Dependent  boys  from  one  to  fourteen 
years  from  any  locality.  Application  made  to  Superintendent  and 
passed  on  by  the  physician.  Maintenance:  Catholic  Church.  Educa¬ 
tion:  Through  the  ninth  grade.  Description:  Three  brick  and  one 
frame  buildings  on  two  hundred  acres  of  land  located  in  the  out¬ 
skirts  of  Raleigh,  N.  C.  Church  near. 

18.  St.  Ann’s  Orphanage  for  Girls,  Belmont,  North  Carolina. 
Auspices:  Roman  Catholic  Church.  Purpose:  To  care  for  dependent 
children.  Administration:  Catholic  Church,  Sacred  Heart  Convent  and 
School.  Superintendent:  Sister  Mary  Clare.  Capacity:  Thirty-two. 
Population: ,  Twenjty-six,  June,  1919.  Admission:  Children  between 


Par.  465 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


five  and  eighteen  who  are  orphans  or  half-orphans,  preference  being 
given  to  those  of  Catholic  parentage.  Illegitimate  and  mentally  de¬ 
fective  children  are  debarred.  Maintenance:  Roman  Catholic  Church. 
Education:  Grammar  grades  and  high  school.  Description:  One  brick 
and  one  frame  building,  on  six  acres  of  land. 

19.  Thompson  Orphanage  and  Training  School,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
Auspices:  The  Episcopal  Church.  Purpose:  To  care  for  destitute 
children.  Administration:  The  Episcopal  Church  of  North  Carolina. 
Superintendent:  Rev.  Walter  J.  Smith.  Capacity:  Eighty-five.  Popu¬ 
lation:  Eighty-one,  June,  1918.  Admission:  Whole  and  half-orphans 
between  four  and  twelve.  Physician’s  certificate  required.  Main¬ 
tenance:  Contributions  from  the  Episcopal  Church.  Education:  Two 
teachers  employed.  Common  school  grades.  Description:  Five  brick 
and  five  frame  buildings  on  seventy  acres  of  land. 

455.  The  North  Carolina  Orphan  Association,  Mr.  R.  L.  Brown, 
President,  Oxford  Orphan  Asylum,  N.  C.  This  association  consists  of 
the  superintendents  and  workers  of  the  orphanages  of  North  Carolina, 
and  was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  advancing  the  interest  of  orphan¬ 
age  work.  It  has  been  the  means  of  increasing  the  contributions  to 
the  various  orphanages  and  of  helping  to  secure  needful  legislation. 

456.  Rescue  Homes  For  Girls: 

1.  The  Lindley  Home,  Asheville,  North  Carolina.  Auspices: 
Private.  Purpose:  Rescue  home  for  girls.  Administration:  Board  of 
Trustees.  Superintendent:  Mrs.  Clara  Montague,  Candler,  R.  F.  D.  No. 

2.  Capacity:  Twenty-five.  Admission:  Commitment,  or  on  request 
of  the  girl.  Average  residence  one  year.  Maintenance:  Private 
charity,  contributions,  donations.  Those  girls  able  to  pay  are  charged 
a  nominal  sum. 

2.  The  Crittenton  Home,  Charlotte,  North  Carolina.  A  place  of 
refuge  for  the  woman  who  is  not  married  and  is  expecting  her  first 
child.  The  mother  is  not  permitted  to  discard  her  child.  Charges: 
Entrance  fee  of  twenty-five  dollars  is  charged  and  additional  fee  of 
fifty  dollars  for  the  physician  and  other  expenses  incurred  during  the 
confinement,  if  the  girls  are  able  to  meet  this  expense.  Every  inmate 
required  to  remain  in  the  home  at  least  six  months  after  her  con¬ 
finement,  unless  prevented  by  exceptional  circumstances.  Admission: 
Correspondence  with  parents  or  friends  necessary  before  applicant 
is  admitted  to  the  home. 

3.  Greensboro  Rest  Cottage,  Inc.,  Greensboro,  N.  C.  Auspices: 
An  interdenominational  Board  of  Trustees.  Superintendent:  Rev.  Win¬ 
fred  R.  Cox.  Capacity:  From  twelve  with  ease,  to  eighteen  crowded. 
Admission:  For  a  period  of  not  less  than  six  months.  Maintenance: 
Private  charity.  Dcscripriioii  of  Proj^rty :  Two  and  one-haif •  stoiry  • 


CHILD  WELFARE 


Par.  461 


frame  building  with  all  modern  improvements  in  home  and  hospital 
ward. 

4.  Faith  Cottage,  Asheville,  N.  C.  Superintendent:  Rev.  L.  B. 
Compton.  Our  enquiries  about  this  home  have  faile'd  to  get  an 
answer  up  to  time  of  going  to  press. 

457.  Boy  Scouts:  (See  Chapter  V.) 

458.  Girl  Scouts:  (See  Chapter  V.) 

459.  Camp  Fire  Girls:  (See  Chapter  V.) 

460.  Woodcraft  League:  (See  Chapter  V.) 

461.  S.  P.  C.  C.  and  Humane  Societies:  There  are  none  in  the 
State. 


f' . 


,  "ai.  a  ,'»,  ^v;  7^  ^  '  :.4»_-’’^-^  •  •  )0  '  '>  '  '^  ■  '  ^  _ _ 

-  ’■!  '  .-^  ^,iur  isJvt/*  ,VNf<H;i«^?cn,,  I'fiijy'jl  T... 

,  Cs,  rH  ^%t-<snvm  t^nA^  <!i  \  : 

l’:  , '  ■  ■  ye^'iigb  "A  vif  .•'^. 

'  ■ '  .lui*  U  ‘’  .'ft*' 


"lyf.  .  ''^:v'’v'-  ...  _ 


.  Q>>riV.'.w 

fx  ■'>. 


“•!.:•■  _Ea  f,i.  •  -*«(  ‘■‘^"^  ■:,“)• 

:i!»- 


rvi. 


.~w;-;f 

*t:  •  * 


! 


rz,  > 


:fSf. 


sf“ 


i'\ 


r.«A 


I 


iT,  •■  V^"  ■■ 

'*  '■  hi'^'  V'%V:  ’  •  '  '  -  '  * 

Til,  O'!**  V'-'" 


‘Uxv’li  i  ., 


c  •  -  -v  . 


•  hi 

??*►  1^'  »- 


*> 


H/lf,  yi>5cdb  Bl;>u  ,’ 


C-,  .'ji!i  .  5^^  J  *  ,V 

c  .V.  ‘  ijcit;-*  ^ -» '^t *■  Af  r*.  j  .4X,  i¥  *1’  .^■'- 

.'t:  ^  ■•  ...  ,  .  .  n._  •  .  , 


•**>  ;•.  f  ■  "'i.r- 


■•  1 , 


•*-  .  •  '<•  '  •<  t 

;  i  ■' ’  '  t'  i  t  >•}  ,  f> . 


I  Kt*r** 


•  *  I , '  . 


%’  A.  .itii  <  ’%  vi-« 

.  ^  -  4-  .  A  -J--.  -I  ’.  gc.'-'  - 


Vv 


*  ‘  »\y'%«P--. -♦  '.“  :.v.  »..  ■ ^ -v'^ -Aly. /'*■-. 

*♦*  ?»at4*  ■fjS-'.u  itkifife  .'^>v.r.' ..•’  I-  "•*»  iurt*?- 

*  C 


Tf  '  vrwoi^j/ 


^  *4'ji 


:  vf^** 

b  fj 


■  s«*.  :fif|(Kyi^»<...H'tf^>v^ 


k'.i  Aif'V  ' 

5C'  ■  ilK.  rt  *'  '‘'■’*^ 


l&i.* 

-  '  <j  - 


Par.  503 


CHAPTER  V. 

Community  and  Civic  Development. 

I.  General  Community  Agencies. 

501.  The  Blue  Uidge  Association  (President  Dr.  W.  B.  Weather¬ 
ford,  Blue  Ridge,  N.  C.). 

The  Blue  Ridge  Association  is  a  training  center  for  Christian, 
social  and  religious  \^orkers.  The  property  is  held  in  trust  by  a 
board  of  directors.  The  Association  declares  no  dividends,  any  profit 
accruing  from  its  operation  being  turned  into  further  equipment.  The 
present  equipment,  valued  approximately  at  a  half  million  dollars, 
has  been  made  possible  largely  through  gifts  of  individuals  and 
organizations  interested  in  the  task  to  which  Blue  Ridge  has  set  itself. 

Blue  Ridge  operates  only  three  months  of  the  year,  June,  July  and 
August.  l)uring  this  time  conferences  of  women  students,  of  women 
from  the  Southern  cities,  and  from  industrial  centers  are 
held  under  the  auspices  of  the  Young  Women’s  Christian  Association; 
and  conferences  of  men  students,  of  city  secretaries  of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A., 
and  of  high  school  boys,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Young 
Men’s  Christian  Association.  During  the  month  of  August  the  South¬ 
ern  Summer  School  for  Christian  Workers  is  held.  In  addition  to 
these  annual  conferences  there  are  many  other  groups  coming  to¬ 
gether  at  Blue  Ridge  for  conference  and  inspiration,  such  as  the 
Traveler’s  Aid  Workers,  Southern  Sociological  Congress,  industrial 
groups,  the  Home  Economics  Association,  and  special  groups  to  con¬ 
sider  the  race  problems.  Through  all  these  conferences  there  are 
classes  and  lectures  on  the  social  principles  of  Jesus,  the  country 
problem,  rural  sociology,  various  phases  of  the  race  problem,  indus¬ 
trial  questions,  etc.,  led  by  experts  in  these  subjects.  In  every  con¬ 
ference  the  social  implication  of  the  Gospel  is  strongly  emphasized. 

During  the  opening  summer  of  the  Blue  Ridge  Association  2,100 
people  came  to  these  conferences,  while  in  the  summer  of  1919  the 
number  reached  by  its  program  had  grown  to  4,500. 

502.  North  Carolina  Conference  for  Social  Service.  This  is  a  State 
conference  and  meets  annually.  President,  Dr.  E.  C.  Branson,  Chapel 
Hill;  Secretary,  Mrs.  Thomas  W.  Lingle,  Davidson.  Purpose,  ‘‘To  have 
the  population  of  the  State  the  best  equipped  in  the  Union,  and  to 
insure  here  and  now  an  environment  of  physical,  mental,  and  moral 
healthfulness  that  will  prevent  human  waste  and  make  for  the  fullest 
development  of  every  individual  within  our  borders.”  It  seeks  to  unite 
social  forces  upon  a  three-fold  program:  “Investigating  conditions; 
awakening  the  people;  securing  the  remedies.” 

503.  State  Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs.  This  organization 


Par.  604 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA  ' 


numoers  seven  thousand  women  There  is  a  central  social  service  de¬ 
partment,  and  in  the  individual  clubs  in  most  instances  social 
service  departments  or  committees.  There  is  a  legislative  committee 
which  works  for  social  legislation.  (.See  also  Par.  527). 

504.  North  Carolina  Branch  of  the  King’s  Daughters  and  Sons 
(President,  Mrs.  W.  H.  Burgwyn,  Raleigh,  N.  C.). 

Purpose  of  the  Order.  This  Order  started  in  New  York  City 
in  1886  and  now  is  to  be  found  in  practically  every  country  of  the 
world.  The  object  is  Christian  service  without  discrimination  of  race, 
creed  or  sex,  the  motto  being  “Not  to  be  ministered  unto  but  to  min¬ 
ister.”  The  badge  is  a  maltese  cross  with  the  letters  I.  H.  N.  (In  His 
Name). 

Activities  in  North  Carolina.  The  branch  supports  homes  for  old 
ladies  in  Durham  and  Raleigh.  It  built  the  first  brick  cottage  at  the 
Stonewall  Jackson  Training  and  Industrial  School  and  more  recently 
contributed  a  stone  chapel.  It  is  at  present  arranging  to  erect  a  stone 
bridge  in  the  form  of  an  arch  to  serve  as  a  memorial  to  the  North 
Carolina  soldiers  who  fell  in  the  war.  The  various  circles  have  their 
own  special  charities,  such  as  assisting  persons  to  get  hospital  treat¬ 
ment.  That  at  Wilmington  contributes  to  the  maintenance  of  a 
hospital, 

505.  Woman’s  Christian  Temperance  Union.  .President  for  North 
Carolina,  Mrs.  T.  Adelaide  Goodno,  Greensboro.  Publication,  “The 
North  Carolina  White  Ribbon.”  Since  the  chief  aim  of  the  W.  C.  T. 
U.,  prohibition,  has  been  reached,  the  society  is  now  giving  special  at¬ 
tention  to  law  enforcement  and  the  teaching  of  temperance  in  the 
schools.  It  i.«  also  interested  in  a  wider  social  program  as  the  fol¬ 
lowing  selection  chosen  from  its  list  of  departments  will  show: 
Evangelism,  prison  reform,  sabbath  observance,  anti-narcotics,  moral 
education  and  race  betterment,  Christian  citizenship,  juvenile  courts, 
flower  mission,  soldiers  and  sailors,  peace  and  arbitration,  suffrage. 
The  society  is  represenled  throughout  the  State  by  a  large  number  oi 
“unions”  or  local  branches. 

506.  ('ommunity  .Service,  Inc.  Headquarters,  1  Madison  Ave., 
New  York  City,  H.  S.  Braucher,  executive  secretary. 

(a)  General  Purpose.  To  help  c('mnirnitie.'=;  which  are  unwi'/iog 
to  lose  the  community  spirit  which  grew  up  during  the  war  period; 
to  organize  the  leisure  time  activities  of  communities;  to  work  with 
all  existing  agencies  busy  with  the  problem  of  leisure  time  activities, 
and  through  a  committee  representative  of  all  community  interests  to 
promote  a  broader  social  and  recreational  life  for  the  individual  and 
the  commanity  and  to  build  up  a  higher  type  of  citizenship  for  all. 

(b)  Services  Offered.  It  sends  into  communities  extending  an  in- 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  507 


vitatio.-i  through  a  responsible  community  group,  a  community  organ¬ 
izer  who,  for  a  brief  period,  with  such  temporary  assistance  from 
specialists  as  may  seem  necessary,  will  study  the  situation  and  assist 
local  leaders  to  develop  the  possibilities  in  the  leisure  time  field.  The 
National  Headquarters  furnish  personal  service  during  the  demonstra¬ 
tion  period  only. 

After  the  budget  has  been  planned  and  a  program  arising  from 
the  community's  own  appreciation  of  its  needs  set  up,  the  local  com¬ 
munity  is  responsible  for  carrying  on  the  work;  but  Community  Service, 
Inc.,  stands  ready  to  assist  if  called  upon  in  the  folloy^ing  ways: 
through  visits  of  district  representatives  and  recreational  specialists 
who  can  train  and  interest  workers  and  volunteers;  through  corre¬ 
spondence  and  the  supplying  of  bulletins  and  pamphlets;  and  by  help¬ 
ing  the  community  to  find  the  permanent  worker  who  may  be  needed 
for  the  work. 

(c)  Active  Centres  in  North  Carolina.  Asheville,  Charlotte, 
Fayetteville,  Goldsboro,  Southport. 

507.  Young  Men’s  Christian  Association.  .State  committee  head¬ 
quarters,  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Building,  250  South  Tryon  Street,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
State  Secretary,  J.  Wilson  Smith;  County  Work  Secretary,  S.  K.  Hunt. 

(a)  Purposes.  To  relate  young  men  and  boys  definitely  to  the 
church  and  to  build  Christian  character. 

(b)  Activities.  Recreational  activities  are  incidental  to  the  work 
of  the  association.  The  State  Committee  organizes  new  associations, 
and  supervises  the  work  in  the  industrial  centers,  colleges,  counties 
and  small  communities.  It  also  gives  aid  to  city  associations  when¬ 
ever  possible.  The  State  Committee  has  no  immediate  authority  over 
local  associations;  its  relationship  is  merely  advisory,  and  each  local 
unit  is  dependent.  The  organization  of  Y.  M.  C.  A.  work  in  country 
areas  is  now  being  promoted  by  the  County  Work  Secretary. 

(c)  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Active  Centers  in  the  State.  Asheville,  Canton, 
Charlotte,  Concord,  Davidson  College,  Draper,  Durham,  Elizabeth 
City,  Erlanger,  Greensboro,  Hamlet,  Kannapolis,  Leaksville,  North 
Spray,  Raleigh,  Rocky  Mount,  Spencer,  Spray,  State  College,  West 
Raleigh;  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill;  Wake  Forest  Col¬ 
lege,  Wake  Forest;  Washington,  Wilson,  Wilmington,  Winston 
Salem. 

County  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Work  Secretaries.  Buncombe  County,  A.  C. 
Roberts,  Asheville;  Johnston  County,  J.  O.  Bowman,  .Selma;  Martin 
County,  Loyd  E.  Rakcley,  Williamston. 

(d)  Publications  free  to  the  public  upon  inquiry.  “Association 
Men,”  347  Madison  Avenue,  New  York  City,  N.  Y.  “Association 
Nows,”  350  South  Tryon  Street,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 


Par.  608 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


508.  Young  Women’s  Christian  Association.  Headquarters  of 
South  Atlantic  Field  Committee,  1109  Virginia  Railway  and  Power 
Building,  Richmond,  Va.,  Secretary,  Mrs.  R.  L.  Whittet;  Secretary  for 
North  Carolina,  Miss  Annie  Moran,  Salisbury,  N.  C. 

(a)  Purposes.  To  mobilize  girls  and  young  women  for  greater 
service;  to  provide  opportunities  for  their  physical,  mental,  social  and 
spiritual  training;  to  make  of  this  united  young  womanhood  a  social 
force  for  the  extension  of  Christian  democracy. 

(b)  Local  Organizations:  North  Carolina  is  included  in  the  South 
Atlantic  Field  which  covers  Virginia,  North  and  South  Carolina, 
Georgia  and  Florida.  The  field  secretaries  at  headquarters  who  are 
available  for  town  and  country  work  in  North  Carolina  (i.  e.,  exclusive 
of  work  in  the  cities),  include  a  special  town  secretary,  a  county 
secretary,  secretaries  for  publicity,  for  girls’  work,  for  industrial  work, 
and  for  finance.  There  is  no  State  organization  as  in  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
A  Field  Committee  (chairman,  Mrs.  T.  W.  Bickett,  Governor’s  Mansion, 
Raleigh)  has  oversight  of  town  and  county  work  in  the  State. 

There  are  no  county  associations  in  the  State.  The  chief  work 
is  in  the  cities  and  in  the  colleges.  There  are  two  town  associations, 
at  Salisbury  and  High  Point. 

509.  National  Travelers’  Aid  Society.  Headquarters,  465  Lexing¬ 
ton  Avenue,  Rooms  20-21,  New  York  City. 

(a)  How  Organized.  The  National  Travelers’  Aid  Society  was 
organized  in  New  York  City  April  24th-26th,  1917,  by  a  conference  of 
representatives  of  non-sectarian  Travelers’  Aid  Societies,  the  pur¬ 
pose  being  to  insure  thorough  co-operation  between  all  the  agencies 
already  existing  whose  end  is  the  protection  of  travelers. 

(b)  ActivMies.  The  .Society  endeavors  to  serve  the  following  ob¬ 
jects  : 

I.  Investigation.  Investigates  on  request  the  many  and  varied 
inducements  that  cause  persons  to  leave  their  homes,  including  ques¬ 
tionable  influences,  such  as  deceptive  letters,  advertisements  and 
offered  positions,  also  dangerous  addresses,  acquaintances,  etc. 

II.  Protection.  Protects  and  aids  travelers,  especially  girls,  women 
and  boys,  in  the  many  varied  emergencies  and  temptations  of  travel 
until  they  arrive  at  their  proper  destinations. 

III.  Assistance.  Assists  travelers  to  respectable  and  suitable 
lodging  houses  ,responsible  institutions  or  back  to  their  own  homes. 

IV. .  Assimilation.  Places  the  names  of  strangers  with  the  organ¬ 
ization  which  will  develop  them  socially,  mentally -and  religiously -for  ‘ 
their  proper  assimilation  in  the  community. 

(c)  Directory  for  North  Carolina.  In  the  following  directory  or¬ 
ganizations  employing  regular  Travelers’  Aid  workers  are  marked 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  610 


“R.”  In  most  instances  organizations  meet  all  the  most  important 
trains,  and  will  meet  any  trains  by  appointment.  Co-operating  organ¬ 
izations  and  representatives  which  will  meet  trains  and  make  investi¬ 
gations  upon  application  are  marked  “C.)  The  letter  “N”  after  a 
name  indicates  that  the  Travelers’  Aid  Worker  in  this  city  wears  a 
national  badge  which  is  a  gilt  palm  tree  set  on  a  white  enamel 
shield. 


Asheville — Travelers’  Aid  Society,  Y.  W.  C.  A.,  12  Church  Street;  Miss  Jean  Patton, 
Director  of  Aids.  R.  N. 

Chapel  Hill — University  of  North  Carolina ;  Miss  Earnestine  Noa.  C. 

Chapel  Hill — University  of  North  Carolina ;  Dr.  E.  C.  Branson.  C. 

Charlotte — Y.  W.  C.  A.,  406  East  Avenue  ;  Travelers’  Aid  Secretary.  R.  N. 

Davidson — N.  C.  Conference  Social  Service  ;  Mrs.  Thos.  W.  Lingle.  C. 

Durham — Travelers’  Aid  Society,  314  Liberty  St.  ;  Mrs.  E.  M.  Hannah.  R.  N. 
Goldsboro — Travelers’  Air  Society,  Union  Station  ;  Mrs.  E.  S.  Mackinnon,  Travelers’ 
Aid.  R.  N.  — 

Greensboro,  Y.  W.  C.  A.,  Travelers’  Aid  Dept.,  118  1-2  N.  Elm  St.;  Mrs.  C.  E. 
Hudson,  Director  of  Aids.  R.  N. 

Greenville — ^The  Patient  Circle  of  King’s  Daughters,  402  Green  St. ;  Mrs.  R.  Williams.  C. 
High  Point — Social  Service  of  Woman’s  Club,  408  Jones  St. ;  Mrs.  W.  T.  Saunders.  C. 
New  Bern — Girls’  Friendly  Society,  37  Broad  St. ;  Miss  Bettie  D.  Windley.  C. 

Raleigh — Travelers’  Aid  Society,  Union  Station  ;  Mrs.  Mamie  G.  Bradsher.  R.  N. 
Salisbury — Travelers’  Aid  Society,  So.  R.  R.  Station  ;  Miss  C.  W.  Sondley.  R.  N. 
Vanceboro — Girls’  Friendly  Society;  Mrs.  Helen  Duguid.  C. 

Weldon — Mrs.  Wm.  L.  Knight.  C. 

Wilmington — Social  Service  Committee,  Sorosis,  Union  Station — Travelers’  Aid.  R.  N. 
Winston-Salem — Travelers’  Aid  Society,  Union  Passenger  Station  ;  Mrs.  R.  M.  Payne. 

R.  N. 

510.  The  Girls’  Friendly  Society  in  America. 

Central  Office,  15  East  40th  Street,  New  York  City;  Secretary, 
Miss  Mary  M.  McGuire.  This 'society  is  definitely  religious  in  tone  and 
is  attached  to  the  Episcopal  church.  It  was  started  in  England  in 
1874  and  in  America  in  1886. 

(a)  Objects.  1.  To  band  together  in  one  society  churchwomen 
as  associates,  and  girls  and  young  women  as  members,  for  mutual  help 
(religious  and  secular),  for  sympathy  and  prayer.  2.  To  encourage 
purity  of  life,  dutifulness  to  parents,  faithfulness  in  work,  and  thrift. 
3.  To  provide  the  privileges  of  the  society  for  its  members,  wherever 
they  may  be,  by  giving  them  an  introduction  from  one  branch  to 
another. 

(b)  Organization.  The  unit  is  the  Parochial  Branch  in  which  the 
members  gather  for  meetings,  classes,  study,  amusement  and  recrea¬ 
tion.  The  branch  is  represented  on  the  Diocesan  Council  and  the 
Diocesan  Organization  sends  its  President  and  Secretary  to  represent 
it  on  the  Central  Council.  A  branch  of  the  G.  F.  S.  A.  can  only  exist 
in  connection  with  a  parish,  a  mission,  or  an  institution  of  the  Angeli- 
can  Church.  It  is  not  possible  to  have  one  under  any  other  conditions. 
There  are  now  about  1,000  branches  in  the  American  Society  which 
is  about  one-tenth  of  tRe  whole. 

^ '  (c)  Membership.  Members  must,  be  over,  twelve  years  pld  and 
contribute  , at  least  60c  a  year.  They  need  not;  be  church' members. 


Par.  611 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Working  Associates  are  church  members  interested  in  the  girls  and 
willing  to  work  with  them.  Senior  Members  attain  rank  after  five 
years’  faithful  membership.  Married  Branch  Members  are  members 
who  desire  to  remain  in  the  society  after  marriage.  Candidates  are 
little  girls  under  five  years  and  upward  who  are  under  training  for 
membership.  “No  one  who  has  not  borne  a  virtuous  character  shall  be 
admitted  either  as  member  or  associate;  should  such  character  be  lost, 
membership  in  the  society  shall  be  forfeited.” 

(d)  Branches  in  North  Carolina. 

In  the  Diocese  of  North  Carolina  (Secretary,  Miss  Mary  T.  Lee, 
422  N.  Blount  *St.,  Raleigh,  N.  C.)  there  are  active  branches  in  Ad¬ 
vance,  Cooleemee  and  Durham,  and  three  in  Raleigh.  In  the  Diocese 
of  East  Carolina  (Secretary,  Miss  Blanche  M.  Morton,  623  Dock 
Street,  Wilmington,  N.  C.)  there  are  active  branches  in  New  Bern 
and  Vanceboro  and  four  in  Wilmington. 

II.  Agencies  for  Promotion  of  Civic  and  Economic 

Development. 

511.  Legislative  Reference  Library,  Raleigh,  N.  C.,  H.  M.  London, 
Librarian. 

(a)  Accumulated  Data.  About  twelve  thousand  books,  pamphlets, 
reports,  bulletins,  laws  and  clippings  from  this  and  other  States  and 
countries  indexed,  classified,  and  filed  under  appropriate  head¬ 
ings.  Much  of  the  material  collected  is  published  by  the  various 
departments  of  the  State  and  the  United  States  government. 

(b)  Activities.  Collecting,  tabulating,  annotating  and  digesting 
information  for  the  use  of  the  members  and  committees  of  the  General 
Assembly,  and  other  officials  of  the  State,  and  of  the  counties  and 
cities,  upon  all  questions  of  State,  county,  and  municipal  legislation; 
making  references  to  and  analytical  comparisons  of  legislation  upon 
similar  questions  in  other  States  and  nations;  publishing  the  amend¬ 
ments  to  the  Revisal  of  1905  enacted  by  each  subsequent  session 
of  the  General  Assembly. 

(See  also  Libraries  Chap.  IX.) 

512.  North  Carolina  Club,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel 
Hill;  J.  V.  Baggett,  President;  E.  C.  Branson,  Chairman  of  Steering 
Committee. 

(a)  Activities.  Fortnightly  meetings  of  one  hour,  each  during 
the  last  five  years,  (1)  to  hear  formal  reports  on  North  Carolina  prob¬ 
lems,:  (2)  to  discuss  such  reports  in  the' light  of  conditions,  causes, 
and  suggested  remedies  and  (3)  to  publish  yearbooks  summarizing  for 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  514 


the  public  the  results  of  these  studies. 

(b)  Services  Offered.  Such  economic,  social  and  civic  researches 
as  seem  fundimentally  important  in  view  of  requests  for  information 
sent  in.  The  club  programs  and  yearbooks  have  been  determined  on 
this  basis  from  year  to  year. 

(c)  Publications.  N.  C.  Club  Yearbooks  as  follows:  (1)  North 
Carolina:  Resources,  Advantages,  and  Opportunities;  (2)  Wealth  and 
Welfare  in  North  Carolina;  (3)  County  Government  and  County  Af¬ 
fairs  in  North  Carolina,  and  (4)  *State  Reconstruction  Studies,  •. 
bulletin  of  57  pages  outlining  the  particular  fields  of  committee  investi¬ 
gations,  with  reading  references.  The  1919-20  Yearbook  of  the  club 
will  give  to  the  State  the  club  program  of  State  reconstruction.  The 
1919-20  program  of  the  club  will  be  devoted  to  North  Carolina,  indus¬ 
trial  and  urban. 

513.  The  County  Clubs  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  con¬ 
sist  of  student  organizations  representing  the  various  counties.  A. 
M.  Coates,  President;  E.  C.  Branson,  Chairman  Steering  Committee. 

(a)  Activities.  They  prepare  for  publication  county  bulletins,  that 
compare  each  county  with  itself  over  a  stretch  of  years,  and  with 
every  other  county  in  the  State,  in  some  three  hundred  or  more  details 
of  life  and  business;  usually  under  the  following  heads,  (1)  Historical 
Background,  (2)  Resources,  Industries  and  Opportunities;  (3)  Facts 
About  Folks,  (4)  Wealth  and  Taxation,  (5)  Farm  Conditions  and  Prac¬ 
tices,  (6)  Home-Raised  Food  and  the  Local  Market  Problem,  (7)  Status 
and  Progress  of  Public  Schools,  (8)  Where  the  County  Leads,  (9) 
Where  the  County  Lags,  (10)  The  Way  Out. 

(b)  Services  Offered.  These  studies  are  offered  free  to  the  various 
counties — to  87  of  the  100  counties  to  date — ^but  they  are  not  printed 
until  the  people  of  the  county  organize  to  finance  publication. 

(c)  Publications.  The  county  bulletins  in  print  to  date  are,  (1) 
Sampson  County;  (2)  Durham  County,  by  Upchurch  and  Fowler; 
(3)  Rutherford  County,  by  R.  E.  Price;  (4)  Rockingham  County,  by 
the  Rockingham  County  Club;  (5)  Wake  County,  by  the  Wake  County 
Club;  (6)  Gaston  County,  by  Hobbs  and  Rhyne.  The  following  county 
bulletins  are  now  being  edited  for  the  printers :  Beaufort,  Pitt,  Lenoir, 
Granville  and  Halifax. 

The  Syllabus  of  Home-County  Club  Studies,  Extension  Series  No. 
9  of  the  T university  Record,  is  a  bulletin  of  specific  guidance  in  these 
county  studies. 

514.  Rural  Social  Science  Department  at  the  University,  E.  C. 
Branson,  professor;  S.  H.  Hobbs,  Jr.,  assistant  professor;  Miss  Ernes¬ 
tine  Noa,  librarian;. Miss  Henrietta  R.  tSmedes,  clerk. 


Par.  615 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(a)  Accumulated  Data.  A  ready  reference  library  on  North 
Carolina  conditions,  economic,  social  and  civic;  together  with  related 
library  material  on  the  United  States  and  other  nations  of  the  world. 
Serves  as  a  social  science  clearing  house  for  the  State;  maintains 
an  unusually  well  equipped  seminar  room  for  the  study  of  rural  econ¬ 
omics,  sociology  and  civics. 

(b)  Activities.  (1)  Offers  formal  courses  in  rural  economics  and 
rural  social  problems,  (2)  makes  researches  in  State  problems,  (3)  con¬ 
ducts  special  State  and  county  studies,  (4)  offers  direct  guidance  of 
the  State  and  county  club  activities,  (5)  furnishes  speakers  for  field 
work,  fifty  addresses  being  given  on  an  average  each  year. 

(c)  Services  Offered.  Supplies  information  on,  (1)  State  service 
organizations  and  agencies,  public,  semi-public,  and  private,  economic, 
social,  and  civic,  (2)  the  economic,  social,  and  civic  problems  of  the 
State,  (3)  social  engineering,  community  organizatioji,  community 
centers  and  their  activities,  especially  in  rural  areas. 

(d)  Publications.  (1)  The  University  News  Letter,  a  weekly 
publication,  fifty  numbers  a  year,  devoted  not  to  college  gossip  bui' 
to  State  problems,  sent  free  of  charge  to  anyone  in  the  State  who 
writes  for  it;  goes  now  to  18,000  households  in  North  Carolina;  (2) 
special  circulars,  to  date,  these  are,  (a)  Our  Country  Church  Problem;?, 
(b)  Our  Carolina  Highlanders,  (c)  County  Government  and  County  Af¬ 
fairs,  (d)  County  Church  Studies — Outline  and  Bibliography. 

515.  State  Reconstruction  Commission.  This  is  composed  of  25 
men  of  affairs  in  the  State,  Governor  Thomas  W.  Bickett,  Raleigh,  N. 
C.,  Chairman,  and  E.  C.  Branson,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.,  commission  secre¬ 
tary  and  chairman  of  the  steering  committee.  The  commission  first 
met  for  organization  in  October,  1919.  No  report  of  its  action  has 
yet  been  published. 

516.  North  Carolina  Geological  and  Economic  Survey.  Chapel 
Hill,  N.  C.,  Dr.  Joseph  Hyde  Pratt,  director;  Miss  H.  M.  Berry,  secre¬ 
tary;  J.  S.  Holmes,  forester.  (See  also  Chap.  II,  Par.  262). 

(a)  Activities.  The  functions  of  the  Geological  Survey  are  (1) 
to  study  the  mineral,  forest,  fishery  and  other  material  resources  of 
the  State;  (2)  to  examine  the  geological  formations  with  reference  to 
their  economic  products;  (3)  to  investigate  road-building  materials  and 
the  best  methods  of  utilizing  these;  (4)  to  examine  and  classify  soils, 
forests  and  other  physical  features  with  regard  to  their  bearing  upon 
the  occupations  of  the  people;  (5)  to  study  streams  and  water  power 
resources  with  a  view  to  development  of  manufacturing  enterprises 
and  the  securing  of  water  supplies  for  municipalities  and  rural  com¬ 
munities,  and  in  order  to  preserve  the  sources  of  these  streams  through 
the  protection  of  the  forests;  (6)  to  inspect  the  water  supplies  with 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT  Par.  518 


special,  reference  to  the  sinking  of  deep  or  artesian  wells;  (7)  to  lo¬ 
cate  sources  of  supply  of  construction  materials,  such  as  clay,  stone, 
sand  or  gravel;  (8)  through  the  Division  of  Forestry,  to  encourage 
the  protection  of  the  forests  from  fire,  by  the  employment  of  State 
wardens;  by  co-operation  with  the  Federal  Government,  private  Under¬ 
writers,  and  Corporations;  and  by  securing  and  publishing  informa¬ 
tion  concerning  the  State  supply  of  timber  and  the  requirements  of 
the  wood-using  industries. 

The  Forestry  Division  co-operates  with  the  Mt.  Mitchell  State 
Park  Commission  in  the  administration  of  the  State  Park,  and  with 
the  North  Carolina  Forestry  Association,  the  Southern  Forestry  Con¬ 
ference,  and  other  similar  organizations  in  furthering  the  practice  of 
forestry. 

(b)  Publications.  The  publications  of  the  Survey  consist  of  bulle¬ 
tins  on  economic  subjects,  illustrated  volumes  and  biennial  reports, 
a  list  of  which  may  be  secured  from  the  Chapel  Hill  headquarters.  Re¬ 
ports  now  ready  for  publication  are  on  (1)  the  clays  of  the  State, 
(2)  the  limestones  and  marls,  with  special  reference  to  their  utilization 
for  agricultural  purposes,  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement  and  as 
road-building  materials,  and  (3)  the  iron  ores  of  the  State. 

517.  Department  of  Economics  and  Finance,  at  the  University 
of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.;  Charles  L.  Raper,  professor  o 
economics  and  finance;  Dudley  D.  Carroll,  professor  of  economics;  Roy 
B'.  Co  win,  associate  professor  of  accounting. 

(a)  Accumulated  Data.  A  large  collection  of  books,  pamphlets 
and*  journals,  dealing  with  economics,  finance  and  social  problems. 

(b)  '  Activities.  The  department  offers  help  in  the  study  of  certain 
State  problems  especially  the  following:  (1)  The  finances  of  the  State, 
the  county  and  the  town;  (2)  railway  and  highway  transportation;  (3) 
credit  for  farmers  and  business  people;  (4)  insurance;  (5)  labor  and 
employment;  (6)  accounting  for  the  governments  and  the  industries; 
(7)  administration  in  the  governments  and  in  the  industries. 

518.  Bureau  of  Municipal  Research  at  the  University  of  North 
Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.;  Charles  L.  Raper,  director. 

(a)  Accumulated  Data.  The  Bureau  has  (in  the  University 
Library)  a  collection  of  books  and  pamphlets  dealing  with  the  prob¬ 
lems  of  municipal  administration.  These  are  for  the  use  of  the  public. 

(b)  Activities.  The  Bureau  answers  requests  for  information 
and  gives  advice  on  such  municipal  problems  as  the  following:  Water 
supply,  lighting,'  transportation,  telephone  service,  markets  and  finance. 
The  .Bureau  also  carries  on  studies  of  these  problems,  especially  of 
finance  and  the  administration  of  the  public  services. 


Par.  519 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(c)  Publications.  The  Bureau  has  no  publication  of  its  own.  Is 
studies  appear  in  other  publications  and  in  the  State  newspapers.  Sev¬ 
eral  special  studies  are  now  being  prepared  for  printing. 

519.  Cotton  Manufacturers’  Association  of  North  Carolina,  Arthur 
M.  Dixon,  President,  Gastonia,  N.  C.;  Hunter  Marshall,  Jr.,  Secretary- 
Treasurer,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

(a)  Purposes.  The  betterment  of  conditions  for  the  textile  manu¬ 
facturers  and  their  employees,  and  the  promotion  of  good  understand¬ 
ing  and  united  action  upon  affairs  of  general  interest  to  these  indus¬ 
tries. 

(b)  Activities  and  Results.  The  Association  has  active  committc 
dealing  with  legislation,  traffic,  coal  buying,  taxation,  commerce,  labor, 
and  cotton  buying.  It  has  secured  lower  freight  rates  in  a  number 
of  instances,  assisted  in  constructive  State  and  national  legislation 
relating  to  mills,  kept  those  concerned  informed  upon  matters  of 
mutual  interest,  broadened  their  vision  as  to  policies  to  adopt,  and 
aided  in  action  upon  legislative  matters  affecting  the  industry  as  a 
whole. 

520.  North  Carolina  Landowners’  Association.  F.  L.  Finken- 
staedt.  President;  W.  A.  McGirt,  Vice-President  and  General  Manage 
Wilmington,  N.  C. 

<a)  Organization  and  Purposes.  An  association  of  farmers, 
merchants,  bankers,  and  professional  men  whose  combined  purpose 
is  (1)  to  improve  economic  and  social  conditions  in  the  32  Tidewater 
counties  of  the  State,  to  promote  active  co-operation  between  town 
and  country  populations  for  the  accomplishment  of  these  purposes,  (3) 
to  promote  constructive  legislation  in  the  State-at-large  in  behalf  of 
better  health  conditions,  better  schools,  better  teachers  and  better 
salaries,  the  eradication  of  the  cattle  tick,  better  livestock,  and  a 
State  system  of  hard-surfaced  highways,  and  (4)  to  stimulate  drain¬ 
age  activities  in  behalf  of  farming  and  health,  to  banish  hookworm, 
malaria,  hog  cholera,  and  other  infectious  diseases,  and  in  general  to 
remove  all  handicaps  that  retard  the  development  of  North  Caro¬ 
lina. 

(b)  Activities,  (a)  Experiment  plots  to  determine  the  grasses 
best  suited  to  Eastern  North  Carolina — in  co-operation  with  the  U. 
S.  Department  of  Agriculture;  (b)  public  meetings  in  behalf  of  better 
schools  and  better  public  health — in  co-operation  with  the  State  De¬ 
partments  of  Education  and  Health;  (c)  the  free  distribution  of  health 
literature  and  school  prizes  for  essays  on  “Malaria  and  Its  Causes, 
Prevention  and  Cure” — a  campaign  that  has  reached  65  school  super¬ 
intendents,  2,600  teachers,  60,000  school  children.  It  is  now  engaged 
in  (1)  a  campaign  to  install  sanitary  surface  toilets  in  country  areas, 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  623 


and  (2)  in  a  “Clean-up  and  Beautify’’  campaign  in  towns  and  country 
communities. 


(c)  Services  Offered.  The  Association  stands  ready  at  all  times 
to  help  communities  in  all  local  efforts  to  improve  living  conditions 
in  the  tidewater  country  and  in  the  State-at-large. 


(d)  Publications.  Constant  newspaper  publicity,  leaflets,  circulars, 
posters  and  the  like,  for  free  distribution,  the  purpose  of  which  is  the 
common  good.  The  Association  does  not  buy,  own  or  sell  real  estate. 


521.  Building  and  Loan  Associations.  State  supervision  by 
James  R.  Young,  State  Commissioner,  Raleigh,  N.  C.  The  following 
table  shows  the  progress  made  in  ten  years. 

1907-1908  1917-1918 

Number  of  B.  and  L.  Associations  .  67  145 

Number  of  shareholders: 


White  .  14,320  51,141 

Colored  .  2,808  4,619 

Total  receipts  .  $3,777,051  $25,599,300 

•  Disbursements  .  $3,760,105  $24,793,582 

Assets  .  $6,021,421  $19,606,563 


Publications.  An  annual  report  on  building  and  loan  associations. 


522.  Other  Agencies  for  Civic  and  Economic  Development.  For 
additional  agencies  that  might  be  included  here  the  reader  is  refeiTed 
to  other  chapters.  They  are: 

Division  of  Country  Home  Comforts  and  Conveniences — Chap.  II,  Par.  266  A. 
North  Carolina  Drainage  Association— Chap.  II,  Par.  266  B. 

State  Highway  Commission — Chap.  II,  Par.  259. 

Good  Roads  Association- — Chap.  II,  Par.  265  C. 

North  Carolina  Forestry  Association — Chap.  II,  Par.  262  E. 

State  Market  and  Co-operative  Credit  Unions  Bureau — Chap.  II,  Par.  264. 

State  Department  of  Labor  and  Printing — Chap.  XIII. 


III.  Recreational  Agencies. 

523.  State  Bureau  of  Community  Service. 

(a)  Organization.  The  Bureau  of  Community  Service  is  a  State 
agency,  operating  directly  under  the  Board  of  Education.  By  means 
of  an  appropriation  of  $25,000,  this  Service  promotes  recreation  and 
community  advancement  through  rural  schools.  In  operation  the 
county  constitutes  a  unit,  and  the  work  in  each  unit  is  under  the 
direction  of  the  county  superintendent  of  schools  and  his  board. 

(b)  Activities.  In  each  county  where  the  service  is  operative  the 
State  Bureau  places  an  automobile  truck  with  a  portable  electric  light¬ 
ing  system  and  moving  picture  machine.  A  woman  director  and  a 
mechanic  are  employed  and  tep  school  centers  selected  to  constitute  the 
circuit  or  field  of  activities  in  the  county.  Each  of  these  centers  is 
visited  by  the  outfit  once  every  two  weeks.  The  director  arrives  at 


Par.  623 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NCiRTH  CAROLINA 


the  school  before  the  children  are  dismissed  (when  school  is  in  session), 
and  conducts  games,  athletics,  story-telling,  and  other  recreational 
and  educational  activities.  Clubs  for  women,  boys,  and  girls,  are  or¬ 
ganized  and  any  possible  service  for  the  advancement  of  the  com¬ 
munity  is  rendered  by  the  director  and  mechanic.  Often,  between 
school  sessions  (in  the  summer  time),  recreational  and  educational 
activities  are  promoted  in  the  afternoon  for  children  and  adults.  In 
the  evening  a  moving  picture  entertainment,  usually  consisting  of  six 
reels,  is  given  to  the  general  community  meeting.  At  this  meeting 
county  agents  such  as  the  superintendent  of  schools,  superintendent  of 
public  welfare  ,health  officer,  home  demonstrator,  farm  demonstrator, 
or  invited  speakers,  help  the  community  with  community  betterment, 
organization,  recreational  activities,  or  educational  features.  In  many 
centers  the  school  is  rapidly  becoming  the  center  of  social  and  conv- 
munity  life.  A  special  feature  of  the  service  is  the  promotion  of  the 
incorporation  of  rural  communities  under  Chapter  202  of  the  Public 
Laws  of  1919,  which  provides  for  the  election  of  local  officials  and 
promoting  local  government  within  the  school  district,  similar  to  town 
or  village  government.  Several  communities  are  finding  this  a  valuable 
means  of  crystalizing  and  making  effective  the  organization  in  their 
district. 

(c)  Cost.  From  their  appropriation  the  State  Bureau  purchases 
the  automobile  truck,  picture  machine,  and  other  equipment,  including 
the  films  shown.  The  cost  of  this  equipment  constitutes  most  of  the 
one-third  of  the  total  cost  of  the  unit  in  a  county  for  a  year,  which 
amount  the  Bureau  agrees  to  supply.  The  remaining  two-thirds  of 
the  required  operating  expense  accrues  from  a  ten  cent  admission 
charge  to  each  entertainment.  If  a  county  falls  behind  in  its  share  of 
the  expenses,  the  State  Bureau  supplies  the  deficit  to  a  limited  extent, 
while,  if  there  is  a  surplus,  it  keeps  this.  The  latter  arrangement  pre¬ 
vents  commercializing  the  service. 

(d)  Films.  The  supply  of  films  is  selected,  purchased  and  kept 
by  the  State  Bureau.  These  are  sent  out  in  balanced  programs, 
usually  consisting  of  six  reels — two  of  which  are  dramatic  or  historical, 
two  purely  educational,  and  two  good  clean  comedy.  Educational  reels 
frequently  treat  some  process  of  farming,  animal  husbandry,  dairying, 
manufacture,  studies  in  animal  or  vegetable  lif e^  etc. 

(e)  Area  of  Operation.  The  first  county  circuit  was  organized  in 

1917,  in  Samson  County.,  ..Six  counties  were  organized  the  .first  year 
in  spite  of  war  conditions. .  .Now  there  are  twenty ,  coup  ties,  ppjer.a  ting 
regularly,  and  45,000. people  are  reached  monthly.,  .Many  con.nties.h^ye 
made  application,  but  for  lack  of  funds,  they .  cannot  ,n,p\y’  b^ /given 
the.  service.  ..  .  ,  .  .  ....  . .  ..  .  . . ^.  .. 

(f>  Publications.  (!)•  Plan  for  Organizing  Local  Rural’  Com- 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  526 


munities,  leaflet  (outline  of  Chap.  128,  Public  Laws,  1917).  (2)  Re¬ 

port,  Bureau  of  Community  Service,  1917-1917,  pamphlet  (out  of 
print).  (3)  Reprint,  An  Act  to  Repeal  Chapter  128  of  the  Public 
Laws  of  1917,  and  to  Provide  for  the  Incorporation  of  Rural  Commun¬ 
ities,  pamphlet.  (4)  Physical  Education  in  the  Public  Schools,  1919, 
pamphlet. 

524.  Bureau  of  Community  Organization,  State  College  for 
Women,  Greensboro,  North  Carolina;  E.  C.  Linderman,  Director.  One 
of  the  particular  purposes  of  this  bureau  is  to  promote  wholesome 
recreation  in  town  and  country. 

(a)  The  Objectives.  Training  teachers  for  community  work  with 
special  emphasis  on  community  recreation.  Training  specialized 
recreation  leaders  and  local  volunteer  leaders. 

(b)  Services  Offered.  Recreational  surveys,  recreation  demon¬ 
strations;  assisting  in  organizing  community  recreation  associations; 
assisting  in  selection  and  equipment  of  playground  and  gymnasiums. 

(c)  Publications.  Address  E.  C.  Linderman. 

525.  School  Agencies. 

1.  Inter-High  School  Athletics.  In  connection  with  the  High 
School  Debating  Union,  E.  R.  Rankin,  Director,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.  These  triangular  debates  and  athletic 
meets— baseball,  basketball,  football,  track  events,  and  the  like  are 
now  in  their  sixth  year.  The  high  schools  engaging  in  them,  number 
around  300  year  by  year.  Inter-high  school  athletic  and  declamation 
contests  were  begun  at  Guilford  College  in  1910  and  are  still  annual 
events  there.  Annual  declamation  contests  are  held  at  Trinity  Col¬ 
lege  and  Wake  Forest. 

2.  The  County  School  Commencement.  An  annual  event  of  dis¬ 
tinct  recreative  value,  promoted  by  the  school  authorities  of  almost  all 
the  counties  of  the  State.  North  Carolina  leads  the  Union  in  this 
type  of  inspirational,  recreational  activity.  Bulletins  by  the  State 
Department  of  Public  Instruction,  Raleigh,  North  Carolina. 

3.  Summer  Camps  for  Boys’  and  Girls’  Clubs,  are  promoted  by 
the  State  Extension  Service  of  the  State  College  of  Agriculture;  W.  B. 
Kilgore,  director  of  the  State  farm  extension  service,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

526.  The  Recreation  and  Dress  Committee  of  the  State  Federation 

of  Wbihen’s  Clubs,  Mrs.  T.  W.  Bickett>  Raleigh,  N.  C.,  committee 
chaifmafi. '  ''  ,  .  „ ,  .  '  . 

.V  (a.) 'Purposes.  To '  provide  clean,  wholesome  community  rberea- 
tibnj  to -^establish  community  centers;  to  •p-omote  the  erection  ef  com¬ 
munity  buildings,  meantime  using  the  school  auditorium  or  some  other 


Par.  627 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


central  place  for  community  sings,  community  folk  plays,  community 
Christmas  trees,  Maypole  contests,  Halloween  parties  and  other  com¬ 
munity  festivals;  to  organize  boys’  bands  and  girls’  orchestras;  to 
work  for  a  State  censorship  of  moving  pictures  and  meanwhile  to 
enforce  municipal  oversight  of  film  shows. 

(b)  Publications.  Address  Mrs.  Henry  Perry,  Henderson,  N.  C., 
chairman  Social  Service  Department,  State  Federation  of  Women’s 
Clubs. 

527.  The  Boy  Scouts.  National  Headquarters,  200  Fifth  Avenue, 
New  York  City.  This  organization  might  be  appropriately  included 
in  Chapter  IX  on  Education  or  Chapter  IV  on  Child  Welfare,  but  as 
the  .Scout  program  is  largely  concerned  with  the  leisure  time  activities 
of  boys  it  has  been  decided  to  place  it  here  among  other  agencies  whose 
main  activities  are  recreational. 

(a)  Purpose.  “To  promote  through  organization  and  co-operation 
with  other  agencies,  the  ability  of  boys  to  do  things  for  themselves 
and  others,  to  train  them  in  Scout  Craft,  and  to  teach  them  patriotism, 
courage,  self-reliance  and  kindred  virtues,  using  methods  which  are 
now  in  common  use  by  Boy  Scouts,  by  placing  emphasis  upon  the 
Scout  Oath  and  Law  for  character  development,  citizenship  training 
and  physical  fitness.” 

(b)  How  to  Organize  a  Local  Troop.  A  troop  of  Boy  Scouts  may 
be  organized  by:  (1)  A  church  or  other  recognized  institution,  capable 
of  guaranteeing  for  one  year  adequate  facilities,  supervision  and 
leadership  for  the  execution  of  the  Scout  Program.  (2)  “By  a  group 
of  male  United  States  citizens,  twenty-one  years  of  age  or  over,  of 
high  moral  character  and  proved  interest  in  boys,  who  shall  be  able 
to  provide  as  above  for  the  execution  of  the  Scout  Program.” 

(c)  Troop  Committee.  This  institution  (1),  or  group  of  men  (2), 
appoints  a  committee  from  amongst  its  members  to  be  known  as  the 
Troop  Committee.  This  Committee  applies  to  the  National  Council 
for  a  charter  having  previously  secured  from  them  the  appropriate 
application  blank.  This  charter  is  renewed  yearly. 

(d)  Scout  Master.  “The  Scout  Master  must  be  a  United  States 
citizen  or  have  taken  steps  to  become  such,  must  be  at  least  twenty- 
one  years  old,  of  good  moral  character  and  proved  interest  in  boys.” 
He  is  a  volunteer  receiving  his  commission  from  the  National  Council 
upon  recommendation  of  his  troop  committee.  Application  blanks  are 
furnished  for  this  purpose.  “The  Scout  Master  is  directly  responsible 
for  the  execution  of  the  Sceut  Program  in  his  troop,  and  for'  the 
popdpct  and  morale  both  of  his  ti^oop  and  its  individual  members.”  A 
di^t  .of’  those  places  where  .courses  in'  scouting .  and  recreation  leader¬ 
ship  are  offered  may  be  obtained  on  request  from  the  Department  of 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  528 


Education  of  the  National  Council. 

(e)  Age  Limit.  A  boy  must  be  at  least  twelve  years  of  age  to 
become  a  Scout. 

(f)  Regifetration.  Each  chartered  troop  pays  a  minimum  registra¬ 
tion  fee  of  three  dollars  to  the  National  Council,  with  an  additional  fee 
of  twenty-five  cents  for  each  member  enrolled  in  excess  of  twelve. 

(g)  Local  Scout  Councils.  There  are  Scout  Councils  organized 
in  the  following  places:  Charlotte,  Durham,  Raleigh,  Rocky  Mount, 
Wilmington,  and  Winston-Salem. 

(h)  Pioneer  Scouts.  “Where  it  is  impossible  for  a  boy,  because  of 
distance  from  Scout  centers,  to  affiliate  with  a  regular  troop,  he  may  be 
enrolled  as  a  pioneer  Scout  and  permitted  to  carry  out  the  Scout 
program  by  correspondence  with  the  National  Council  until  such  time 
as  he  can  become  a  member  in  a  regular  troop.” 

528.  Girl  Scouts,  Inc.  National  Headquarters,  189  Lexington 
Avenue,  New  York  City. 

This  organization  is  the  American  form  of  the  Girl  Guides  of 
England.  The  first  patrols  were  enrolled  in  Savannah,  March,  1912. 
Membership  at  present  about  60,000  girls.  In  North  Carolina  there 
are  14  troops,  comprising  270  members.  They  are  not  yet  organized 
into  a  Local  Council. 

(a)  Purpose.  To  give  girls  through  natural,  wholesome  pleasures, 
those  habits  of  mind  and  body  which  will  make  them  useful  responsible 
women,  ready  and  willing  to  take  part  in  the  civic  and  national  affairs 
of  their  country.” 

(b)  Local  Troop.  A  troop  is  made  up  of  one  or  more  patrols  of 
eight  members  each.  Each  troop  has  a  captain  who  may  have  a 
lieutenant  to  assist  her;  and  each  patrol  has  a  leader  and  a  corporal. 
Troops  may  be  formed  in  connection  with  any  church,  school,  settle¬ 
ment,  or  kindred  organization;  or  may  be  unattached. 

(c)  Steps  in  Organizing  Troops.  Secure  a  suitable  young  woman 
as  captain  who  must  apply  to  National  Headquarters,  through  Local 
Council  if  there  is  one,  for  the  Commission.  On  receipt  of  a  temporary 
commission  she  starts  regular  meetings,  preparing  her  girls  for  the 
tenderfoot  tests. 

(d)  Captain’s  Qualifications.  She  must  be  over  21  years  of  age, 
have  read  the  handbook  and  agree  to  carry  out  its  rules,  “A  Scout 
Captain  should  have  a  deep  interest  in  girls,  be  genuine  in  her  own 
life,  have  the  ability  to  lead  and  command  the  girls’  respect  and 
obedience.” 

(e)  Classes  Of  Scouts.  Brownies  or  Juniors,  6  to  9  years;  Girl 


V4\r.  629 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


•Scouts,  10  to  18  years;  Senior  Scouts,  18  years  and  over. 

(f)  Registration.  Each  Girl  Scout  sends  an  annual  registration 
fee  of  25c  to  National  Headquarters.  Only  those  so  registered  may 
wear  official  uniform  or  insignia. 

(g)  Troops  in  North  Carolina.  There  are  troops  in  Draper,  Dur¬ 
ham,  Enfield,  High  Point,  Leakville,  Lincolnton,  Maysville,  Moores- 
ville,  Morehead  City,  Newland,  Oxford,  Southern  Pines  and  Winston- 
Salem. 

529.  The  Woodcraft  League  of  America,  Inc.  National  Head¬ 
quarters,  13  West  29th  St.,  New  York  City. 

(a)  Purpose.  The  Woodcraft  League  owes  its  creation  and  de¬ 
velopment  to  Mr.  Ernest  Thomson  Seton.  It  aims  to  set  before  our 
youth  an  ideal  figure  physically  strong,  dignified,  courteous,  self-con¬ 
trolled,  happy  in  helping,  equipped  for  emergencies,  wise  in  the  ways 
of  the  woods,  in  touch  with  the  men  of  affairs,  of  such  all  round  devel¬ 
opment  that  he  can  quickly  be  made  a  specialist  in  any  needy  place,  and 
filled  with  a  religion  which  makes  him  helpful  here  today.  Its  aini 
is  to  educate  through  recreation. 

(b)  Divisions.  The  work  of  the  League  is  divided  as  follows:  (1) 
The  Big  Lodge  of  the  Woodcraft  League  for  Boys  from  twelve  to 
eighteen.  (2)  The  Big  Lodge  of  the  Woodcraft  League  for  Girls 
from  twelve  to  eighteen.  (3)  The  Little  Lodge  for  children  under 
twelve.  (4)  The  Woodcraft  Club  for  men  and  women  over  eighteen. 
(5)  The  Sun  Lodge  for  men  and  women  twenty-one  and  over,  in¬ 
terested  in  specializing  in  Woodcraft.  Each  of  these  sections  has  its 
own  printed  material  which  may  be  obtained  from  headquarters. 

(c)  Five  Distinguishing  Points  of  Woodcraft.  (1)  It  emphasizes 
the  play  spirit  for  adults  as  well  as  children.  (2)  It  realizes  the 
importance  of  imagination.  (3)  It  lays  primary  emphasis  on  nature 
study  and  camper  craft.  (4)  Its  program  is  for  both  sexes  and  all 
ages.  (5)  It  is  a  movement — an  idea  to  be  worked  out  in  co-operation 
v/ith  existing  organizations— not  an  organization. 

Activities  in  North  Carolina.  There  are  two  groups  at  Golds¬ 
boro. 

530.  The  Camp  Fire  Girls.  National  Headquarters,  313  East 
17th  Street,  New  York  City.  Organized  March,  1912,  it  has  a  mem¬ 
bership  of  nearly  125,000  with  Camp  Fires  in  every  State  in  the 
Union  and  in  England,  Alaska,  Canada,  Scotland,  South  Africa,  China, 
Holland,  Mexico,  Porto  Rico  and  Hawaii. 

(a)  Purpose.  To  find  romance,  beauty  and  adventure  in  everyday 
life.  The  law  of  the  Fire  is,  Seek  beauty,  give  service,  pursue  knowl¬ 
edge,  be  trustworthy,  hold  on  to  health,  glorify  work,  be  happy. 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


Par.  532 


(b)  Organization.  Each  separate  group  is  called  a  Camp  Fire. 
It  must  have  at  least  six  members  and  not  more  than  twenty.  Mem¬ 
bers  must  be  over  twelve  years  of  age.  The  leader  must  be  at  least 
eighteen  years  old.  She  is  called  the  Guardian  of  the  Fire  and  must 
be  apointed  by  National  Headquarters.  Each  Camp  Fire  must  obtain 
a  charter  from  headquarters  and  pay  minimum  annual  dues  of  $5.00. 
If  there  are  more  than  ten  members  50c  must  be  added  for  each  ad¬ 
ditional  member. 

(c)  Ranks.  Camp  Fire  Girls  have  three  ranks.  Wood  Gatherer, 
Fire  Maker,  Torch  Bearer. 

(d)  Camp  Fire  in  North  Carolina.  Activities  center  in  Camp 
?Jinnehaha,  Bat  Cave,  under  the  leadership  of  Mrs.  Roxby.  There  the 
first  training  course  for.  Guardians  in  the  tSouth  was  held  from  June 
5th  to  12th, 1920.  There  are  active  Camp  Fires  in  Gastonia  and  Char¬ 
lotte  among  other  places. 

531.  United  States  Training  Corps.  President  and  Commandant, 
Susanna  Cocroft,  Chicago,  Illinois;  Vice  President  and  Editor,  Arthur 
R.  Reynolds,  M.  D.,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

(a)  Purpose  and  Activities.  “A  plan  to  build  the  health  of  the 
women  of  America  as  we  built  the  health  of  men  in  camp  life.”  The 
organization  purposes  to  do  for  women  over  twenty  years  of  age 
something  of  what  Societies  like  the  Boy  Scouts  and  the  Girl  Scouts 
do  for  boys  and  girls.  Summer  camps  have  been  established  on  a 
semi-military  basis.  A  uniform  is  worn  (cost,  $12).  Women  attend¬ 
ing  the  camp  are  given  military  drill,  setting-up  exercises,  lessons  in 
walking  and  swimming,  and  lectures  upon  infant  w'elfare,  home  care 
of  the  sick,  personal  and  community  hygiene,  foods,  economics,  etc. 
A  membership  fee  of  $5  is  charged  and  $14  a  week.  An  officers’  train¬ 
ing  course  is  run  in  connection  with  each  camp. 

The  United  States  Training  Corps  also  stands  for  encouraging 
daily  outdoor  setting-up  exercises  for  children  and  health  regulations 
generally  in  every  community. 

(b)  Camp  at  Asheville.  Camp  No.  2  of  the  U.  S.  T.  C.  is  situated 
at  Asheville,  N.  C.,  and  is  mn  from  mid  July  to  the  end  of  August 
in  sessions  of  two  weeks  each.  President  of  Southeastern  Division, 
Mrs.  F.  W.  Bickett,  Raleigh,  N.  C.;  Corresponding  Secretary,  Mrs.  E. 
R.  Perdue,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

532.  Playgrounds  and  Parks. 

(a)  Playgrounds.  North  Carolina  has  no  State  playground 
association.  Playgrounds  equipped  with  apparatus  are:  (1) 
municipal  enterprises  or  partly  so,  as  in  Charlotte,  Winston-Salem, 
Asheville,  Raleigh,  Greensboro,  Wilmington,  Salisbuiy,  Henderson, 
Hendersonville,  Newbem,  Wilson,  Rarboro,  Rocky  Mount,  or  (2)  mill 


Par.  533 


SOCIAL  I.AWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


adjuncts  as  in  Raleigh,  Durham,  Carrboro,  High  Point,  Kannapolis, 
Gastonia,  Lexington,  Erlanger,  Albomarle,  Badin,  Marion,  Roanoke 
Rapids,  .Shelby,  Tarboro,  and  Rocky  Mount,  or  (3)  the  volunteer  ac¬ 
tivity  ol  some  local  organization  or  individual,  as  in  Greensboro,  Kins¬ 
ton,  Elizabeth  City,  Scotland  Neck,  Smithheld,  Lenoir,  Selma,  or  (4) 
school  enterprises  as  in  Edenton  and  Henderson.  The  playground 
movement  is  not  general  as  it  ought  to  be  in  the  cities  and  mill 
villages  of  the  State.  However,  it  is  developing  interest  and  activity 
in  North  Carolina. 

(b)  City  Parks.  In  Raleigh,  Asheville,  Charlotte,  Goldsboro,  Win¬ 
ston-Salem,  Roanoke  Rapids,  Hendersonville,  Tarboro,  and  Rocky 
Mount. 

(c)  Amusement  Parks  and  Amusement  Centers,  in  North  Carolina 
are  usually  suburban  enterprises,  on  a  commercial  basis;  as  a  rule  they 
are  feeders  to  hotel  and  street  railway  businesses,  as  in  Charlotte, 
Durham,  Wilmington,  Greensboro,  Smithfield,  and  Greenville.  A  camp 
site  at  Greenville  and  Greensboro  is  planned  for  the  Boy  Scouts  and 
Camp  Fire  Girls,  with  swimming  pools,  playgrounds,  etc. 

533.  Swimming  Pools  and  Tanks.  Except  in  Clinton,  Raleigh  and 
Asheville,  there  is^no  municipal  provision  for  public  swimming  pools 
anywhere  in  North  Carolina.  Asheville  has  a  free  swimming  pool 
for  each  race. 

Many  college  gymnasiums  have  showers  and  swimmings  pools 
as  the  State  University,  the  State  College  of  Agriculture  an  Engineer¬ 
ing,  and 'the  new  Ashville  High  School  building;  also  city  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
buildings,  as  in  Ashville,  Raleigh,  Charlotte^  Wilmington,  Winston-Sa¬ 
lem,  Greensboro,  and  Canton.  There  are  only  two  specially  constmcted 
Y.  W.  C.  A.  buildings  in  North  Carolina — in  Charlotte  and  Winston- 
Salem — and  both  of  these  have  sw’mming  pools. 

Swimming  pools  and  gymnasiums  in  the  new  high  schools  in 
Charlotte,  Winston-.Salem,  High  Point, -Durham,  Wilson,  Gastonia, 
Wilmington,  Smithfield  and  Roanoke  Rapids  are  contemplated.  ; 

The  Graded  School  and  Y.  M.  C.  A;  in' Spray  are  thus  equipped; 
the  former  open  to  the  women  and  the  latter  to  the  men  of  the  com¬ 
munity.  There  are  free  showers  in  the  New  Bern  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Two 
cotton  mills  in  Gastonia  funiish  free  shower  baths,  and  one  a  swim¬ 
ming  pool.  Three  of  the  mills  have  Community  Houses,  and  one  a 
recreational  center.  The  Asheville  School  for  Boys  near  White  Sulphur 
Springs  is  amply  equipped  with  gymnasium,''athletic  fields,  and  a 
lake  for  boating  and  swimming.  These  lists  are  not  exhaustive  and 
furcher  information  will  be  welcomed. 

534.  Drama. 

“The  Carolina  Playmakers,”  Prof.  F.  H.  Koch,  Director,  University 
of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill;  an  organization  to  promote  the  writ- 


COMMUNITY  AND  CIVIC  DEVELOPMENT 


F*  iiV .  'O'j  o 


ing  and  staging  of  community  plays  expressive  o;  the  community  life 
in  North  Carolina.  Publications.  (1)  Bulletins  on  the  Community 
Drama,  Community  Pageantry  and  Play  Service;  three  hundred  plays 
loaned  for  school  and  community  use,  sent  free  on  request,  and  (2) 
three  original  plays  by  the  Carolina  Playmakers,  Chapel  Hill,  in  print. 
Services  offered;  illustrative  addresses  upon  invitation  on  Community 
Playmaldng,  Folk  Plays  and  Pageants. 

535.  Music  and  Singing. 

“Community  Music  Serv.'ce,”  by  Prof.  Paul  John  Weaver,  Uni¬ 
versity  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill;  offers  piano  recitals  and  ad¬ 
dresses  on  “community  sings”  with  illustrations,  upon  request,  without 
charge  except  for  expense  of  travel.  Publication.  A  bulletin  on  Com- 
nmnity  Music. 

536,  Moving  Pictures. 

(a)  Bureau  of  Community  Service  Truck.  (See  above.  Par.  523). 

(b)  American  Red  Cross  Bureau  of  Pictures.  The  American  Red 
Cross  is  prepared  to  supply  Red  Cross  Chapters,  schools,  churches,  or 
theaters  with  motion  picture  films  of  an  educational  and  entertaining 
character.  (See  Chap.  XVH,  Par.  1703  G.). 

(c)  Community  Motion  Picture  Bureau,  46  West  24th  Street,  New 
York.  This  Bureau  was  selected  to  provide  pictures  for  the  American 
army  during  the  war,  and  offers  a  library  index  on  all  film  resources, 
and  a  trained  staff  to  advise  on  programs.  It  also  furnishes  films, 
apparatus,  and  operators  at  fixed  charges. 


{^^-<1^ :\ft“j ;u  fi’kll)  'k:‘f'!’  /i{>I:)i  'I  ;hrA0l’i'o  kh^J-ntiP.^ 

.  .  .'•<  )^5<rvYn}V  ..r>’-  '.  ---  i-  T'.  *.<-v. ..,  j'u.?'  ....:•  •<  .'/«T  .-. 

;  .'•  .  "Sij  tiy/isu.' 


htfti  'jiivjjK  .f.ilS 

.nujfiUi,  -  ■ 

•  * ! ti  ;*!.,/ ! * ';li •'i*'  if« p(’’>« , s»i ii?V)  ik‘> '  ii  )T.7 A  '"lOr  Y/  - -< ' ■ ‘^’' 
;  6/.a<iiJ.'>iiriii{!.i  ri-iv/  ”i<7?r»‘v,  -4; ii  ijta'nffV*  rto  if;i;^v.-,,-,;v 

■tCGiy.)  no  A  *  .fioihoudc*^  .-f>vr/iJ  rnS  4/i‘Vjy>  t.*’y'TA%l‘» 

(..  ■  -..'.y  '...  'I.r;  ,  •’  '^. 

•  •  v V  i/aw.'.- 

.  *{  ■.'•!>>  ■•  •  i,»'rnitt-4  • '  <  '  .  >1,..  'i 

V  ,x'-'<  '''.  'I  -..iil  ■  i  a’.-'.'v-',  U-nuAarl 

'  .  *  ■  I 

'  ;tvT  -iVtir)  A  (d)  / .  . 


* 

’’•M.  .ii-jii  tv  ifcl^5  ^ ,fir.‘>Tjj1l  noifol^  '^JiatMUfTor^  (7) 


.''Tr;J 

il  )i, 

sI'h  4f 

•fii  •.■>:<?■'■ 

1; 

v.';-v  v'-W'V 

.-..‘U 

'  ■ ..  ‘  •.  .  'rf V  !i  4/  <  S".  . 

rfiQ  :^\sy 

•  '  ..  .  ■■  :  “  i..  > 

•  •.  ■ 

^  1 

i' '.  .*  * 

i*. 

t 

■  ■•  .  ■’'  •  '  1  vl‘ 

fS'-  ‘I.'* 

- .  « 

t 

.A'.V  •  ■  j, 

t  ■  '  '  ' 

'if  /'■>  • 

V 

1  1 

. 

'  vVax^'f 

'  **  ‘ 

‘fl,  ' . 

'  V  '■  ■ 

.iVf-Vs  -■■•  •  ■  ■ 

a'iAKA’'  lf“MI  ..’ 

■  *  f  ■  ,  ' 

/  ,rA  1 

n.'.li*  '  ■'■•  '.'  ■  .1 

'C  ■ 

M-.-1  'A 

■  ;  .. 

'i  ¥. 

■  ‘ 

■* '  ,  “  *<V  •  •  1  , 

^  i  \  '-  *1  ^  ' 

■;o  :r>' 

'A  ;  f'.r  V '■■:.■'•  >:4»!'c;. 

.f 

•  1 

\*ra!^ 

. '  b 

.Aii:-"  '•  ••-■  » 

•'■  .\*' 

«■•  •  .'  i  Vi-.i-  ». 

t  ' 

t 

j  k  ;> 

■»)(\  y'i 

i  .r  '  1  »  ■  ■ 

•.  .•  •  -.V  fl  ;,.;.' 

,  •. 'I'Os/ 

,  ■■<  •/»!* 

.Ui' 

V. .  iK  ‘  '  . 

'  '  ■  .'  J 

,0  ).’  ■■:  1 

^  ft/ 

r  '  ’,  ;)  :  j  M  .  '  ’ 

♦  r  1 

.'•  '•.  '‘v’liU-  S;:h''> 

f<.  ;  ' 

••  \i, 

*  ■' 

> 

^  ■''*,1'. 

: .•'  , '  .  .■  liJT 

• 

'iV'r  1:  S'.  ;.l:  •.''). 

" 

: 

t.  V‘  '■  *'■ 

*  ‘  *  U  ■  * 

\  i .  x  : 

f^;,^S;  .■'OV •si 

;■  ;’  ••.i 

'  '■'«  .1.1: 

/.-.  »  • 

' 

■  y 

'  *^>4,  r/*T  C' 

*•  ■  . !h  i ;  ’  ''l.-rat> 


*  <r 


'If 


.» ' . 


T  •  •  >rt4  i  ,  .s » *  •  * 
■  ’  ■  ■  ■  .•;• 


(•(A,*-,  ty®.  -  jafts^bi 
rjyt-  .‘■r-i|f;J 


.jT*4.' 


1^ 


5|i  t*  '?/«?ri^» 


Jl-rQ 


JT  V  *  *  •  ■  ^  i»r f  ■•%ie'  * 


'A 

/ 


tE''  .  -  -« 

rr.‘  ■ ,  •♦ 


■  ''*  .  .1  ’?f''«ij?^'  Kjf xn»i'  ti^-  CSiVtJr*  pra^wei 

Jj’  SL^'T 


>“s-  '  O'  •  ,  •  ^  ^  Vi'^ ’■'J4£'''^’ 


c  "•  '71 


?  J^**>*»  **■  V  ’  ^ySt  M>3iXAlp  :bi^  - 


--  - 

H’<.  ' 


4jjjry  I*if4*  j->.  /.:•  •  »l^4  ^ 

^  ^:- * JBtt  ••  •  *"  \ 

-Vi  ilK' ^ 

1- .'  «' 


*  '  '  \ 


y^'  .^jaisr-.-  i.  8ifc^.' 


X,^*'.’ »•"  * 


«v 

•  /  ^ 


I  ] 


1^^ 


r^iiUv  I^HSSP 

■f-'tjjS.'*  ^c£'«ns«»  »>(ri»lu’!iVr,Hf '■«»?<•■■  >>^”>'S'k;»^£^X»,^ 

••r  ‘<s 

I^V  r., ,  f-tj,>  •i4t!NK-^^*v^.f'b  'fi«^»'f ';'''n*‘!'‘4  teterfei  ■ 

?;•■'  ijjj  «S?!#-^'»ra^k  4n.t>itt=r,n^.>«,  ^rgwisii:j',  iiru^  i^j  >  wafaiBla  kifs!  uH.  , 


.S&Lv- 


V  A-  U  »  *  ■  ■ 


£-  '>"  '•f- 

-V. 


Par.  601 

CHAPTER  VI. 

( 

Delinquency. 

Criminal  Law  and  Administration 


601.  Felony  and  Misdemeanor  Defined:  A  felony  is  a  crime 
which  is  or  may  be  punishable  by  either  death  or  imprisonment  in  the 
State’s  Prison.  Any  other  crime  is  a  misdemeanor. 

602.  Capital  Felonies:  There  are  four  capital  felonies:  Murder 
in  the  first  degree,  burglary  in  the  first  degree,  rape,  and  arson. 
(Constitution  Article  XI  Sec.  2). 

603.  Classification  of  Crimes: 

(1)  Offenses  against  the  State:  Rebellion,  counterfeiting  and 
issuing  monetary  substitutes. 

(2)  Offenses  against  the  elective  franchise:  Corrupt  practices 
at  elections,  other  offenses. 

(3)  Offenses  against  the  person:  assaults,  abortion  and  kin¬ 
dred  offenses,  hazing  at  schools,  libel  and  slander,  kidnapping  and 
abduction,  homicide,  rape  and  kindred  offenses. 

(4)  Offenses  against  the  habitation  and  other  buildings:  burg¬ 
lary  and  other  housebreakings,  arson  and  other  burnings. 

(5)  Offenses  against  property:  larceny,  train  robbery,  embez¬ 
zlement,  false  pretense  and  cheats,  frauds  and  forgery. 

(6)  Criminal  trespass  to  land  and  fixtures  and  to  personal  prop¬ 
erty. 

(7)  Offenses  against  public  morality  and  decency,  such  as  bigamy, 
misgeneration,  seduction,  incest,  etc. 

(8)  Offenses  against  public  justice:  perjury,  bribery,  obstruct¬ 
ing  justice,  misconduct  in  public  and  private  office,  prison  breach  and 
crimes  against  prisoners. 

(9)  Offenses  against  the  public  peace,  such  as  carrying  concealed 
weapons,  betting  on  prize  fights,  disturbing  schools,  religious  congre¬ 
gations  and  other  public  meetings,  fighting  duels. 

(10)  Offenses  against  public  safety:  wrecking  trains,  shooting 
or  throwing  at  trains,  exploding  dynamite  cartridges,  etc. 

(11)  Offenses  which  violate  general  police  regulation:  lotteries 
and  gaming,  public  drunkenness,  vagrancy,  cruelty  to  animals  and  all 


Par.  604 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


offenses  which  violate  police  regulations  on  protection  of  minors  and 
of  the  family,  prohibition  legislation,  regulation  of  sales,  and  of  em¬ 
ployer  and  employee  and  of  landlord  and  tenant,  protection  of  animals 
against  contagious  diseases,  protection  of  live  stock  running  at  large, 
protection  of  letters,  telegrams  and  telephone  messages,  and  miscel¬ 
laneous  police  regulations  including  those  protecting  watersheds  and 
water  supplies  and  safeguarding  the  health  of  the  citizens  of  the  State 
ai;  large. 

604.  Criminal  Courts:  Courts  of  justices  of  the  peace  have 
jurisdiction  over  criminal  actions  in  which  the  punishment  cannot  ex¬ 
ceed  thirty  days  imprisonment  or  fifty  dollars  fine.  From  the  judg¬ 
ments  of  these  courts  there  is  always  an  appeal  to  the  Superior  Court 
There  are  no  general  State-wide  courts  between  those  of  justices  of 
the  peace  and  Superior  Courts.  The  Constitution,  however,  gives  the 
Legislature  authority  to  establish  other  courts.  Acting  on  this  au¬ 
thority  the  Legislature  has  established  in  a  number  of  counties  county 
courts  of  limited  jurisdiction  in  both  criminal  and  civil  matters,  and 
Recorders’  courts  in  a  number  of  towns  and  in  some  of  the  counties 
which  have  limited  jurisdiction  only  in  criminal  actions.  (See  Chap. 
I,  Par.  104  ff.) 

605  Appeals:  From  all  these  inferior  courts  there  is  an  appeal 
to  the  Superior  Court.  Appeals  are  taken  from  the  judgments  of 
the  Superior  Court  only  upon  a  special  verdict,  a  demurrer,  motion  to 
quash,  or  arrest  of  judgment. 

606.  Suspended  Sentences:  The  right  to  suspend  judgment  in  a 
given  case  is  vested  in  the  discretion  of  the  presiding  judge. 

607.  Search  Warrants:  Search  warrants  are  allowed  under 
proper  restriction  to  search  for  stolen  property,  counterfeit  coin,  coun¬ 
terfeit  notes,  bills  or  bonds  or  the  instruments,  tools  or  engines  for 
niaKing  the  same,  and  spirituous  liquors  and  cocaine  illegally  held 
or  possessed. 

608.  Indeterminate  Sentence:  The  various  judges  of  the  Su¬ 
perior  Court  of  North  Carolina  are  authorized  and  directed,  in  their 
discretion,  in  sentencing  prisoners  to  the  State  Prison  to  pass  upon 
them  a  minimum  and  maximum  sentence,  thus  making  the  sentence 
intermediate. 

609.  The  Advisory  Board  of  Parole:  Under  the  constitution  the 
governor  only  has  power  to  pardon.  The  General  Assembly,  however, 
created  an  Advisory  Board  of  Parole  consisting  of  the  Attorney  Gen¬ 
eral,  chairman,  the  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  State’s 
i’rison,  and  the  chairman  of  the  Board  of  State  Charities.  This  Board 
acts  in  an  advisory  capacity  to  the  Governor  with  respect  to  the  parole 
or  conditional  pardon  of  prisoners  in  the  State’s  prison.  It  is  also 


DELINQUENCY 


Par.  612 


given  authority  to  formulate  rules  for  applications  for  pardon  of 
county  prisoners.  After  any  prisoner  has  been  confined  in  the  State’s 
Prison  as  long  as  the  minimum  punishment  prescribed  by  statute  for 
his  offense,  provided  such  minimum  punishment  is  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  the  term  for  which  such  prisoner  was  sentenced,  by  the  court, 
the  superintendent  of  the  board  shall  ascertain  from  the  record 
of  the  prisoner  for  the  time  during  which  he  has  been  held,  or 
for  the  last  nine  months,  whether  he  has  been  of  good  demeanor  and 
of  meritorious  conduct,  as  shown  by  obedience  to  the  rules  and  regu¬ 
lations,  and  from  any  other  facts  and  circumstances  which  may  be 
produced  with  respect  to  his  past  life  and  conduct,  whether  the  pris¬ 
oner  is  a  proper  subject  to  recommend  to  the  Governor  for  parole  under 
a  conditional  pardon.  If  they  determine  that  parole  should  be 
granted,  they  shall  make  a  brief  report  in  writing  to  the  Governor, 
with  their  findings  of  fact  as  to  his  record  while  in  the  State’s  Prison, 
as  to  his  previous  life  and  conduct,  and  as  to  indications  of  his  purpose 
to  reform;  and  if  the  Governor  approves  the  granting  of  a  parole  in 
such  case,  he  may  grant  a  conditional  pardon  under  his  constitutional 
power  to  grant  reprieves,  commutations,  and  pardons. 

610.  Discharge  of  Prilsoner  on  Parole:  On  the  discharge  of  any 
prisoner  from  the  State’s  Prison  on  parole,  he  shall  be  provided,  at 
the  expense  of  the  State,  with  a  suit  of  clothes,  transportation  to 
the  county  in  which  he  has  secured  employment,  or  in  which  it  is 
his  purpose  to  reside,  and  with  five  dollars  in  cash,  all  to  be  paid  by 
order  of  the  superintendent  of  the  State’s  Prison  from  the  funds  be¬ 
longing  to  the  prison.  Such  parole  shall  be  for  such  time  as  will 
fill  out  the  term  of  imprisonment  to  which  the  prisoner  was  sentenced. 

611.  Prisoners  on  Parole  Must  Report:  Any  person  discharged 
on  parole  under  this  act  shall  report  on  the  second  Monday  in  each 
and  every  month  to  the  clerk  of  the  SuperiorCourt  of  the  County  in 
which  he  resides,  and  show  to  his  satisfaction  that,  by  his  industry 
and  good  conduct,  he  has  satisfied  the  condition  of  his  parole. 

612.  Reimprisonment:  If  the  Governor  shall  order  the  reimpris¬ 
onment  of  any  person  discharged  on  parole,  he  may  issue  his  order 
directly  to  the  sheriff  of  the  county  in  which  such  prisoner  was  due 
to  report  to  the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court,  or  to  the  sheriff  of  any 
county  in  the  State,  directing  the  arrest  of  such  person  and  his  re¬ 
turn  by  such  officer  to  the  State’s  Prison.  If  any  such  person  be  re- 
imprisoned  by  order  of  the  Governor  for  failure  to  report  monthly 
to  the  clerk,  or  for  violation  of  the  conditions  of  his  parole,  the  time 
such  person  has  been  out  on  parole  shall  not  be  deducted  from  the 
term  of  imprisonment  to  which  he  was  originally  sentenced  by  the 
court.  ' 


Par.  651 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


II.  Penal  and  Reformatory  Institutions  and 

Agencies. 

651.  Types  of  Institutions:  There  are  in  the  State  of  North 
Carolina  the  following  types  of  Institutions  for  offenders  against  the 
law:  1.  State  Prison,  Farm  or  Camp;  2.  County  Jails;  8  Reform 
Schools;  4.  Road  Camps,  There  are  no  detention  homes  for  children, 
no  work  houses,  no  farm  institutions  for  tramps,  vagrants,  drug 
addicts,  etc.  (For  fuller  information  on  this  and  the  following  para¬ 
graphs,  see  “The  Bulletin,”  Vol.  3,  No.  1). 

652.  Penitentiary:  There  is  but  one  State  Prison  in  North  Caro¬ 
lina.  This  is  located  at  Raleigh  and  <?onsists  of  an  old  central  building 
which  is  to  be  abandoned  as  soon  as  new  buildings  can  be  erected  on 
three  thousand  two  hundred  acres  near  the  city,  lately  purchased 
and  to  be  known  as  “Camp  Polk.”  The  State  Prison  is  incorporated 
and  is  managed  by  a  board  of  five  directors  appointed  by  the  Gov¬ 
ernor. 

65.3.  Classes  Sent:  Persons  convicted  of  offences  for  which  the 
specific  statute  provides  confinement  in  the  State  Prison  are  sent  there 
without  reference  to  the  length  of  term  which  the  court  imposes  under 
the  statute.  All  persons  sentenced  by  any  court  in  the  State  to  a 
term  of  five  years  or  more  must  be  sent  to  the  State  Prison.  (Sec.  1). 

654.  Laws  and  Regulations:  The  Board  of  Directors  may  make 
such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  governing  of  prisoners  as  are  not 
in  conflict  with  the  Constitution  and  the  Statutes.  Among  such  stat¬ 
utes  regulating  the  treatment,  handling  and  work  of  prisoners  are 
those  of  1917  and  1919  as  follows:  (The  references  below  are  to  sec¬ 
tions  in  this  law). 

654  A.  Hiring  Out  of  Prisoners.  Prisoners  may  not  be  hired 
out  except  when  under  the  supervision  of  the  prison  directors,  and 
must  be  fed,  clothed,  quartered  and  managed  wholly  by  prison  offi¬ 
cials.  They  must  not  be  employed  for  more  than  ten  hours  a  day, 
and  not  on  Sundays  or  public  holidays,  but  this  does  not  apply  to 
work  on  the  State  Farm.  When  prisoners  are  hired  out  to  private 
parties  or  corporations  they  must  not  be  permitted  to  work  more  than 
nine  hours  per  day.  Prisoners  whose  services  are  not  needed  upon 
the  prison  farm  may  be  employed  on  the  public  roads  for  contract 
work  under  prison  management.  (Sec.  3). 

654  B.  Threefold  Classification  of  Male  Prisoners:  All  male 
prisoners  sent  to  the  State  Prison  must  be  grouped  in  three  classes. 
In  the  first  class  are  included  all  those  prisoners  who  have  given 
evidence  that  they  will,  or  who  it  is  believed  will,  observe  the  rules 
and  regulations  and  work  diligentlyy  and  who  are  likely  to  maintain 


DELINQUENCY 


Par.  654-C 


themselves  by  honest  industry  after  their  discharge.  In  the  second  class 
are  included  those  prisoners  who  have  not  yet  given  evidence  that 
they  can  be  trusted,  but  who  are  competent  to  work  and  are  reasonably 
obedient  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  institution.  In  the  third 
class  are  those  prisoners  who  have  demonstrated  that  they  are  in¬ 
corrigible,  who  have  no  respect  for  the  rules  and  regulations,  and  who 
seriously  interfere  with  the  discipline  and  effectiveness  of  the  labor 
of  the  other  prisoners.  The  men  of  the  first  class  are  known  as  “honor 
men”  and  when  grouped  together  in  camps  the  camp  is  known  as  an 
“honor  camp”;  these  prisoners  wear  a  distinctive  but  not  very  con- 
spicious  uniform,  and  are  to  be  worked  without  guards,  and  when  in' 
prison  or  camp  or  in  any  other  place  of  detention,  they  are  not  to  be 
chained  or  under  armed  guards  at  night. 

The  men  of  the  second  class  wear  a  conspicuous  uniform,  and 
are  under  armed  guards,  but  do  not  wear  chains  while  at  work,  and 
at  night  may  or  may  not  be  chained  in  the  discretion  of  the  super¬ 
intendent. 

The  men  of  the  third  class  must  be  dressed  in  stripes,  be  worked 
under  armed  guards,  wear  chains  during  the  day,  whenever  this  is 
considered  necessary,  and  be  chained  at  night  when  in  camp;  they 
must  be  worked  as  far  as  possible  in  stockades  inclosing  rock  quar¬ 
ries,  but  may  be  worked  on  public  roads  in  camps  containing  only 
this  class  of  men,  at  the  discretion  of  the  superintendent. 

Honor  men  may  be  employed  wherever  any  work  is  being  carried 
on  by  the  Prison,  provided  their  privileges  and  immunities  as  set  forth 
in  this  section  are  in  no  wise  abridged. 

Persons  sentenced  to  the  Penitentiary  or  State  Prison  for  the 
first  time  must  be  placed  in  the  first  or  second  class,  but  the  assign¬ 
ment  of  a  prisoner  to  any  one  of  the  three  classes  referred  to  is  not 
to  be  considered  to  mean  that  such  prisoner  must  remain  in  that 
class,  for  a  prisoner  may  be  changed  from  a  lower  to  a  higher  class, 
or  from  a  higher  to  a  lower  class,  depending  upon  his  behavior.  It  is 
the  purpose  and  intent  of  the  law  that  the  board  of  directors  of 
the  State  Prison  shall  encourage  and  assist  the  men  so  to  improve  . 
themselves  that  they  can  be  transferred  from  a  lower  to  a  higher  class 
or  grade.  (Sec.  4  and  5.) 

654  C.  Commutation  of  Time:  Men  of  the  first  class  are 
allowed  a  commutation  of  their  sentence  of  one  hundred  and  four 
days;  men  of  the  second  class,  seventy-eight  days;  and  men  of  the 
third  class,  fifty-two  days  for  each  year  they  serve:  Provided 
that  if  a  man  remains  in  the  third  class  for  three  continuous  years, 
he  is  not  to  be  allowed  any  further  commutation  of  time:  Pro¬ 

vided  further,  that  in  the  event  any  prisoner  is  sentenced  for  a  period 
of  time  less  the  prisoner  is  entitled  to  a  proportionate 

commutation  ^^^us^entence.  (Sec.  6),. 


Par.  654-D  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


654  D.  Pr!Roner’’s  Wages:  The  men  of  the  first  class  are  al¬ 
lowed  fifteen  cents  ;  those  in  the  second  class,  ten  cents;  and  those 
in  the  third  class  five  cents  per  day  for  each  day  that  they  work. 
In  case  a  prisoner  has  a  family  which  is  dependent  upon  him,  these 
sums  are  to  be  paid  monthly  to  the  family.  In  case  the  prisoner 
has  no  family,  then  the  money  earned  becomes  accumulative,  to  be 
paid  over  to  the  prisoner  at  the  time  of  his  discharge,  or  to  be  drawn 
upon  by  the  prisoner  for  the  purchase  of  such  things  as  the  prisoner 
may  desire  and  for  other  purposes,  by  and  with  the  approval  of  the 
superintendent. 

All  life  prisoners  receive  four  cents  for  each  day  they  work. 
This  amount  is  to  be  placed  to  their  credit  on  the  books  of  the  In¬ 
stitution,  one-half  of  which  may  be  drawn  out  semi-annually  and  used 
as  they  see  fit,  and  the  other  half  to  remain  to  their  credit  on  the 
books  of  the  Institution  and  paid  to  them  in  case  they  are  pardoned. 

654  E.  Classification  of  Female  Prisoners:  The  classification 
of  male  prisoners  applies  also  to  female  prisoners  in  so  far  as  it  re¬ 
lates  to  commutation  of  time  and  pay  for  their  work.  (Sec.  4). 

654  F.  Punishment:  It  is  unlawful  for  the  Board  of  Directors  of 
the  State  Prison  to  whip  or  flog,  or  have  whipped  or  flogged,  any 
prisoner  committed  to  their  charge  until  twenty-four  hours  after  the 
report  of  the  offense  or  disobedience,  and  in  the  presence  of  the  prison 
physician  or  prison  chaplain;  and  no  prisoner  other  than  of  the  third 
class  may  be  whipped  or  flogged  at  any  time. 

In  case  a  prisoner  of  the  first  or  second  class  or  grade  attempts 
to  escape  or  leaves  without  permission,  the  State  Prison  or  State 
Farm  or  State  Camp,  he  is  upon  being  recaptured  or  taken  to  be  re¬ 
duced  to  the  third  class  or  grade  and  permanently  loses  all  of  his 
accumulated  time  and  money;  and  the  board  of  directors  of  the  State 
Prison  are  authorized  and  directed  to  take  every  means  possible  to 
recapture  or  retake  any  man  escaping  or  leaving  without  permission, 
any  of  the  State  prisons,  camps,  or  farms,  regardless  of  expense. 
(Sec.  7  and  12). 

654  G.  Privileges  and  Recreation:  The  Board  of  Directors  is 
authorized  and  directed  to  arrange  certain  forms  of  recreation  for 
the  prisoners,  and  to  see  that  the  prisoners,  during  their  leisure  hours 
between  work  and  time  to  retire,  have  an  opportunity  to  take  part  in 
games,  and  attend  lectures,  and  take  part  in  such  other  forms  of 
amusement  as  may  be  provided  by  the  Board.  The  Board  is  also 
authorized  and  directed  to  make  such  arrangements  as  are  necessary 
to  enable  classes  to  be  organized  amongst  the  prisoners,  so  that  those 
who  desire  may  receive  instruction.  The  Board  must  utilize,  where 
possible,  the  services  of  the  prisoners  who  are  sufficiently  educated 
to  act  as  instructors  for  such  classes  in  education;  such  services,  how-r 


DELINQUENCY 


Par.  656 


ever,  must  be  voluntary  on  the  part  of  the  prisoner.  The  Board  is 
further  authorized  and  directed  to  make  such  arrangements  as  will 
be  necessary  so  that  religious  services  may  be  held  for  the  prisoners 
on  Sunday  and  at  such  other  times  as  they  may  deem  wise.  The 
attendance  of  the  prisoners  at  such  religious  services  is  to  be  vol¬ 
untary.  The  provisions  of  this  section  apply  to  the  State  Prison, 
State  Farm  and  State  Camp.  (Sec.  14). 

654  H.  Correspondence:  The  prisoners  confined  at  any  State 
prison,  State  farm,  or  State  camp  who  are  in  the  first  class  are  al¬ 
lowed  general  correspondence  privileges  in  so  far  as  such  corre¬ 
spondence  does  not  interfere  with  the  work  and  the  discipline  of  the 
prison,  farm  or  camp;  prisoners  who  are  in  the  second  class  are  al¬ 
lowed  similar  but  somevv^hat  more  restricted  correspondence  privileges 
as  those  in  the  first  class  or  grade;  prisoners  who  are  in  the  third 
class  are  allowed  only  such  correspondence  privileges  as  may  be  deem¬ 
ed  best  by  the  superintendents.  But  any  prisoner  is  permitted  to  write 
a  letter  to  the  Governor  of  the  State  at  any  time  he  desires,  and 
such  letter  may  be  mailed  for  him  the  same  way  as  other  letters 
are  mailed.  (Sec.  16). 

655.  Health  and  Sanitation:  Each  prisoner  committed  to  the 
charge  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  State  Prison  must  be  care¬ 
fully  examined  by  a  competent  physician  in  order  to  determine  his 
physical  and  mental  condition;  his  assignment  to  the  prison,  farm,  or 
camps,  and  the  work  that  he  is  required  to  do  are  dependent  upon  the 
report  of  his  physical  and  mental  capacity. 

The  sanitary  and  hygienic  care  of  the  prisoners  is  under  the  di¬ 
rection,  supervision,  and  regulation  of  the  State  Board  of  Health  and 
all  camps  and  camp  equipment  must  conform  to  the  plans  and  specifi¬ 
cations  of,  and  be  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Health;  and  the 
Board  of  Directors  of  the  State  Prison  are  required  to  carry  out  the 
recommendations  of  the  State  Board  of  Health.  The  supervision  of 
the  State  Board  of  Health  applies  to  the  State  prison,  the  State 
farms,  and  county  or  state  camps,  or  other  places  where  the  prisoners 
are  confined  or  housed,  and  such  recommendations  as  are  made  by 
the  State  Board  of  Health  regarding  clothes,  bedding,  tableware  and 
bathing  for  the  prisoners  must  be  carried  out  by  the  Board  of  Direc¬ 
tors  of  the  State  Prison.  (Sec.  8). 

656.  Employees  not  to  use  Intoxicating  Liquors:  No  one  ad¬ 
dicted  to  the  use  of  intoxicating  liquors  shall  be  employed  as  super¬ 
intendent,  warden,  guard,  or  in  any  other  position  connected  with 
the  State  Prison,  State  farm  or  State  camp,  where  such  position  re¬ 
quires  the  incumbent  to  have  any  charge  or  direction  of  the  prisoners; 
and  anyone  holding  such  position,  or  anyone  who  may  be  employed 
in  any  other  capacity  in  the  State  Prison.  State  farm  or  State  camps, 
who  shall  come  under  the  influence  of  intoxicating  liquors,  shall  at 


Par.  657 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


once  cease  to  be  an  employee  of  any  of  the  said  institutions,  and  shall 
not  be  eligible  for  reinstatement  to  said  position  or  be  employed  in 
any  other  position  in  any  of  the  said  institution.  Any  superintendent, 
warden,  supervisor,  guard,  or  other  person  holding  any  position  in  the 
State  who  curses  a  prisoner  under  his  charge  shall  at  once  cease 
to  be  an  employee  of  the  Institution  and  shall  not  be  eligible  for  rein¬ 
statement. 

657.  Uniforms:  Different  uniforms  are  provided  for  prisoners 
convicted  of  a  felony  and  a  misdemeanor,  respectively,  and  it  is  re¬ 
quired  of  the  Superintendent  by  law  to  clothe  each  class  of  prisoners 
in  the  proper  uniform. 

658.  Separation  of  Races:  The  races  shall  be  kept  separate  dur¬ 
ing  eating  and  sleeping  hours,  and  at  all  other  times  their  separation 
shall  be  as  complete  as  possible. 

659.  Deduction  from  Sentence:  Five  days  each  month  shall  be 
deducted  for  good  behavior  from  the  sentence  of  convicts  working  on 
the  roads.  An  attempt  at  escape  on  the  part  of  a  prisoner  involves 
the  loss  of  any  deduction  to  which  he  may  have  been  previously  en¬ 
titled. 

660.  Inspection:  Inspection  of  county  jails,  prisons,  prison 
camps  and  other  institutions  of  a  penal  nature,  is  the  province  of  the 
State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare.  All  plans  and  specifica¬ 
tions  for  new  jails  must  be  approved  by  the  Board. 

661.  Physical  Examination  and  Supervision:  A  thorough  phys¬ 
ical  examination  must  be  made  of  every  prisoner  admitted  to  the 
county  jail,  or  the  county  or  city  chain  gang,  within  forty-eight  hours 
after  his  admission.  Any  case  of  tuberculosis  is  to  be  reported  in 
writing  by  the  physician  making  the  examination  to  the  State  Board 
of  Health  and  to  the  Superintendent  in  charge  of  the  prisoner  within 
tweny-four  hours  after  he  makes  the  diagnosis. 

Physicial  supervision  of  county  jails,  camps,  etc.,  is  under  the  State 
Board  of  Health. 

662.  Jail  Accommodation:  Provision  shall  be  made  for  sep¬ 
arate  confinement  of  the  races  and  sexes.  Jails  shall  be  comfort¬ 
ably  heated  and  furnished  with  suitable  bedding  and  shall  be  cleaned 
regularly.  Prisoners  may,  out  of  their  own  resources,  supplement 
the  food  and  bedding  provided  if  they  so  desire. 

663.  Joint  Houses  of  Correction:  Counties  may  combine  in  the 
erection  of  one  or  more  convenient  Houses  of  Correction  at  such  place 
or  places  as  they  may  determine. 

664.  Reform  Schools: 

(a)  Stonewall  Jackson  Training  School:  Concord,  N.  C.  Aus- 


DELINQUENCY 


Par.  664 


pices:  The  State.  Purpose:  Created  by  the  General  Assembly  in 
1907  as  a  Charitable  and  Penal  Institution,  for  the  training  and  care 
of  delinquent  white  boys  under  sixteen.  The  aim  is  “to  encourage 
boys  to  lead  clean  lives,  mentally,  morally  and  physically;  to  form 
constructive  habits,  be  truthful,  obedient  and  industrious.” 

Administration:  Board  of  fifteen  Trustees;  part  of  whom  are 
appointed  by  the  Governor.  Superintendent:  Charles  E.  Boger.  Ca¬ 
pacity:  136.  There  is  always  a  long  waiting  list.  Admission: 
Committment  by  court.  The  boys  committed  are  under  the  control 
and  supervision  of  the  Trustees  until  they  reach  majority.  Parole: 
Boys  are  paroled  at  the  discretion  of  the  Trustees.  July  and  January 
are  the  parole  months.  Maintenance:  An  appropriation  granted  by 
the  State  which  is  supplemented  by  contributions  from  the  King’s 
Daughters  and  the  Public.  Education:  First  seven  grades.  .  Voca¬ 
tional  training  is  given  in  farming,  woodwork,  dairying  and  printing. 

Description  of  Property:  A  large  farm  well  situated  four  miles 
from  town.  Administration  building  and  four  cottages  built  of  brick. 
The  buildings  are  lighted  by  electricity  and  heated  by  steam.  The 
administration  building  contains  the  executive  offices,  superintend¬ 
ent’s  home  and  living  quarters  for  the  faculty  and  matrons.  The  cot¬ 
tages  are  two  stories  and  basement  in  height,  and  accommodate  about 
thirty  boys  each.  Meals  are  served  in  the  dining  room  of  each  cot¬ 
tage.  Boys  sleep  in  single  beds  in  large  well-ventilated  dormitories  on 
the  second  floor.  An  industrial  building  contains  wood  shop  and 
printing  press  on  the  first  floor,  while  the  second  floor  is  equipped 
for  school  purposes.  There  is  also  a  chapel  given  by  the  Bang’s 
Daughters  and  reserved  exclusively  for  religious  exercises. 

(b)  Samarcand  Manor,  Samarcand,  N.  C.  Auspices:  The  State, 
Purpose:  A  State  institution  and  training  school  for  delinquent  white 
girls  and  women.  Administration:  Board  of  Directors  appointed  by 
the  Governor.  Superintendent:  Miss  Agnes  B.  Mac-Haughton,  ap¬ 
pointed  by  Board  with  full  responsibility  for  the  management  of  the 
institution.  Capacity :..  One  hundred  and  seventy;  crowded  at  the 
present  time.  Admission:  Authority  for  admission  ultimately  rests 
with  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Commitment  by  court  or  on  request  of 
girls  if  request  is  accompanied  by  written  confession  of  guilt  or  of 
wayward  conduct.  Commitment  may  be  for  immorality,  habitual 
drunkenness,  vagrancy  and  other  misdemeanors.  Commitment  for  an 
indefinite  period,  but  not  for  more  than  three  years.  Board  provides 
for  children  bom  in  the  institution. 

Parole:  At  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Maintenance: 
The  State.  Education:  Covers  the  grammar  and  high  school  grades. 
Vocational  Traioning:  Home  economics,  home  nursing,  and  poultry 
raising.  Description:  The  institution  is  well  located  on  a  farm 


Par.  665 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


two  hundred  and  thirty-five  acres,  four  miles  from  Samarcand  Sta¬ 
tion. 

665.  County  Reformatories:  Buncomb  County  and  Forsyth 
County  have  each  reformatories  for  boys  committed  by  the  Courts 
in  these  counties.  The  former  is  for  white  boys  only;  the  latter  is  now 
used  chiefly  for  colored  boys.  These  Institutions  are  under  the  con¬ 
trol  of  the  County  Commissioners. 

666.  Farm  Institutions:  There  are  no  special  Farm  Institutions 
in  North  Carolina,  but  all  the  State’s  Institutions  are  located  on  farms 
or  conduct  farms. 

667.  Workhouses:  There  are  no  workhouses  by  that  name  in 
the  State. 

668.  County  Chain  Gangs  and  County  Camps:  Prisoners  sen¬ 
tenced  to  less  than  five  years  for  a  felony,  or  convicted  of  a  misde¬ 
meanor  may  in  the  discretion  of  the  court  be  sent  to  County  Chain 
Gangs  or  Camps.  These  are  under  the  management  of  the  county 
boards  of  commissioners.  Such  chain  gangs  are  now  to  be  found  in 
some  forty  counties. 

669.  County  Jails:  There  is  one  county  jail  in  each  county  for 
the  purpose  of  detaining  prisoners  awaiting  trial  and  for  the  con¬ 
finement  of  persons  sentenced  to  short  terms.  Jails  must  be  inspected 
and  reported  upon  to  the  State  Commissioner  of  Public  Welfare  by 
the  county  superintendent  of  public  welfare.  Standards  and  regu¬ 
lations  applying  to  jails  may  be  obtained  from  the  State  Commis¬ 
sioner  of  Public  Welfare.  (Sec.  15). 

670.  Lockups:  Cities  and  towns  have  their  own  lockups  which 
are  not  regulated  by  State  Laws. 

671.  Detention  Homes:  There  are  no  detention  homes  for  chil¬ 
dren  or  separate  detention  homes  for  women  in  the  State. 

672.  Prison  Labor  Laws  And  Restrictions:  No  prison  product 
may  be  sold  to  any  person  or  agent  other  than  a  State  or  County 
institution,  except  the  products  of  the  farm,  which  may  be  sold  in  open 
market. 

673.  Welfare  of  Prisoners  Before  and  After  Discharge:  There 
are  no  special  agencies  for  this  purpose  in  the  State,  except  that  pris¬ 
oners  on  parole  are  placed  under  the  care  of  the  county  superintend¬ 
ent  of  public  welfare. 

674.  Standards  of  Administration:  No  standards  of  this  kind 
have  been  adopted.  The  State  Conference  for  Social  Service,  1920, 
adopted  a  platform  favoring  a  larger  application  of  the  principles  of 
probation  and  parole,  etc.,  as  follows: 

“We  favor  a  larger  application  of  the  principles  of  probation  and 


DELINQUENCY 


Par.  674 


parole  to  adult  offenders  against  the  law  and  the  recognition  of  the 
principle  that  all  punishment  should  be  of  such  nature  and  adminis¬ 
tered  in  such  a  way  as  to  contribute  to  the  reformation  of  the  cul¬ 
prit.  This  means  that  the  chain  gang  must  go,  and  that  the  jail 
must  go  except  as  a  place  of  temporary  confinement.  For  the  purpose 
of  reformation,  State  and  County  farms  afford  the  best  means  of  dis¬ 
cipline  and  confinement.  Furthermore,  if  reformation  is  to  be  the 
purpose  of  punishment  under  the  law,  the  prisoner  should  be  paid  a 
jast  wage,  and  after  deducting  the  cost  of  clothing,  board  and  lodging, 
the  balance  of  his  wages  should  either  be  paid  to  his  family  if  de¬ 
pendent  upon  him,  or  turned  over  to  him  at  the  expiration  of  his 
sentence.  Any  form  of  punishment  or  confinement  for  the  purpose 
of  profit  to  municipality,  county  or  State,  as  for  example  the  chain 
gang,  is  indefensible.” 


) 


.*■  •> .  -J 


7  0  w:  v-t  w  !  a  a  a 


— »-**ii*- 


,1  rto!ji  mo'39i  orfl  hrto  V,sl  od)  uai»s<i  nabaaiU  ol  9l*Taj_._ 

:li].d.a  br,«'^09».a«  In  9d  bl^oda  ^9"^ 

-lui  »itt.-.lo  "t  '1,  T^:  -W  VJhxi'  V 

‘■^  “  a;',,.!  ,,^4»mtno"yi.  >d  •>■  iso™--, 

oaoa^crq.^  -  ^  {jions  «tntAV'imapO  br<.^  ' 

d^^ar«9?far»  ’-  Vv  ■■;:f.T.m.>m»^9  to*  Jn.lqK.  , 

-'.Ifi  ^0  ■  ftOlJ ^  inJ  r  •  ^  r^w^rf\V  rrrtA  ^OnONjfl'^ 

9dyny->9^1<w^ 

ni6>'n  9di  slimaxs  ini  «n  .9^  <•  ".4,i<(iaii9^''l)ni  '•'  .sn^a 


4 


..ru-  ;  i  '  ^ 


V  '  .  ■  'V  ^ 


•  \' 

♦  i 


•:■*?' 

1e- 


•» 


'  ■.  ..t 

'*  *  ■* ' 

•.\\  i.r/in 

-  t  . 

'  'jwip  *:  j  .'yc.  ■ 

.  >4r<  i 

''•  1 

•  .  %•* 

$ 

y  :i-v^i  ia;^ 

’^• 

, .  ;<  •  n  T  <j  1 4,1. Cl  ■; 

.^Vv  -x,*  '  nrii  mm 

np^'yi-  v  V  : 

«iMrL  r<  ■r''* 


vt'<  My 

AM'' 

■»;:  -.•■'/'■  •'  ■■' 


.  .  :.'*-*.4«.v.'  i--  'h  .•■;  tv 

.'  t..  '.^.'  .:'  :<  M  r  v.;'  T* 

.,•  >T'Ji;j:c  c.i  l-'i!.”  --  ivv  !  .  \  'M-vM 

:  •  :  ••'  ••  flW;?r  ■•« 

"J?!'  •"■•..'•  •  V  ■  .  ■.  ^ 


"t 


'  s  ''lyV'V  ‘‘•’  ":v 


)  ..  ■ 


:3? 


. .  'i\Ji  <<*•'  '■  V' 


•V.  , 


■:  .r  o>^'' 


,  ^>.c»y 


j- 


.'.»  I1'  'V.  Au»I  It,  .'•‘■i'UXmrHi'  .Nff  •  ‘!«’'/)i  '■'.  Acl's^Cf- '■ 

'  >J  ;.  •■  ■.  .t-tw  ;  t  ♦■^C*  ;!l'’Ch-dtfl^j  ■  •'  . 


•  ;■  ‘  *4*7;;. 


"  . »  ,  '  '  j;  • 

,i  ;«  S>t:<:  fiua  ‘^fMr  )>Wt 

.  >1 

<  k;  .  v.,*' If  ti''-'  ^ui;  -r,  {^. 

’  '•  c  ••  ^;:S.  in.fU  i  tlv;  <_» 


Xv;/**'  ■  ,  •■  -.,‘r  .;' 

t  :  •:  .  .'  K  V'-'  • 


4  >«  4  -*1  • 


V  .X  4'  ■  -•  •  ^4: 

-  1  9  .  «4  4  .  ^'■ 


V  /,-i| 


•T« 

1  i. 


f  ■ 


'  \  i 


i 


»  -h  ^I\<.t!  fm:'  -f -  '.•  •  ■ I 

vf.  "|’,y 

i  .V-y'-'  I  f  [*«»*•■■■<!>*:»  - 


1  ''  il  -  '*'  - .  ■.  v'-Vv  j».  '  ■--  '  J-1 


■v 


MEMORANDUM 


'  I 


>*>.• 
» '  ■<*Vi  « 


t 

‘  I  >  I 


t 


•..V 

I 


.  T , 


p  5ed 


-r  _ 


'  r 


-  ■  fV 

-•/ 

I 


n«.  ....  »'*••'’_  •  ■ 


f 

t  • 

« 

«  V 


'Ci# 


'  t'»  -  ’  • 

v<  '  •  S  ,•, 


Jr.M  xvv .. 
r» 


*  . 


L;  >  ;  ; 


4  V« 


‘s'  j  ^  <■  •*: . 


•‘I  .  ^ 

-Vvi'*  I.  '*•*.* '.I, v,‘ 


'nT’-'t**'.. 

U  1  '•'  -  .  »  '  : 


V  V- 


.>-  M 


• 

f-\ 


_ fv*,.-';!',  .;•  nv  1.1  •.  *'  m'-'>  *<•  *■ 


i.i» 

■:  .  ;  c 

^  -  U‘  •  ' 

»iVy.  I-  ■ 

..I ^ 

\J>  V  .-51 
.  .#lWWv*V4iy  .i?.\  i  . 

ir:  i*  -it.  va*  * 

-if)  - 


M  i- 

*  "W 


i  .  W  Vp 


s  . 

'#4«* 


•  •-.  •,  *r»»i  ,.y  »'  c  '’4-  ••.  - 

■  i  ^ 

*  '  '  '  (  ' 

:  i  **  •  Y  *- 

i>i  « 

'~i  i"  ^  '  '  ■ 

.•r  •j''*.!'  '• 


-.-  V-  -  7y  »  ' 


rs- i.' 


-•  It 


C  ■  •  * 


,[y  ..,'^•■'^•4^  ••  :  . 

5 


e  *>•<»  ““  lilf 


t-4  * 


I.  irv,. 


.••.'Vk,  t  .,  ;  ; 

■  u  ,  •  ‘  ,  •• 

•••-■;'•,  1.  * 

■  w  .  -i  ii”  '  '  .»• 


.  t 

^4-; 


■  \  >Z 


ME  M  GRAND 

■'"n  'll - - - 


; 


■ 

-. .  H 


I, 


i  r  • 

■  ■  'X. 


f 


I 


•4 


*  > 

- 


•  'I’j 
.  •  f  ■■' 
i-(»j 


4 

;.  v 


Par.  702 


CHAPTER  VII 

Dependency 

I  Poor  Laws  and  Administration 


701.  Organization  of  Poor  Law  Districts:  Each  county  in  the 
State  constitutes  a  poor  district  under  the  supervision  of  the  county 
commissioner.  Under  decision  of  the  courts  “the  general  duty  is  im¬ 
posed  of  providing  for  the  poor;  the  place,  method,  and  extent  of 
relief  are  invested  in  the  judgment  and  discretion  of  the  county  com¬ 
missioner.” 

701.  A.  The  Board  of  Commissioners — Its  Function  and  Powers: 
The  board  of  commissioners  of  each  county  is  authorized  to  provide  by 
taxation  for  the  maintenance  of  the  poor,  and  to  do  everything  ex¬ 
pedient  for  their  comfort  and  well-ordering.  They  may  employ  bien¬ 
nially  some  competent  person  as  superintendent  of  the  county  home 
for  the  aged  and  infirm,  and  may  remove  him  for  cause.  They  may 
institute  proceedings  against  any  person  coming  into  the  county  who 
is  likely  to  become  chargeable  thereto,  and  cause  his  removal  to  the 
county  where  he  was  last  legally  settled;  and  they  may  recover  from 
such  county  by  action  all  charges  and  expenses  incurred  for  the  main¬ 
tenance  or  removal  of  such  poor  person.  (C.  S.  Chapter  24,  Vol.  1). 

701  B.  Duties  of  Superintendents  of  Public  Welfare:  It  is  part 
of  the  duties  of  county  superintendents  of  public  welfare  to  have  the 
care  and  supervision  of  the  poor,  and  to  administer  the  poor  funds 
under  control  of  the  county  commissioners. 

701  C.  Applications  for  Relief:  Indigent  persons  may  at  any 
time  make  application  for  admission  to  the  county  home  for  the  aged 
and  infirm.  This  application  must  be  made  to  the  board  of  county 
commissioners. 

701  D.  Taxation  for  Poor  Law  Purposes:  “The  board  of  com¬ 
missioners  of  each  county  is  authorized  to  provide  by  taxation  for 
the  maintenance  of  the  poor,  and  to  do  everything  expedient  for  their 
comfort  and  well-ordering.”  (C.  S.  Chap.  24,  Article  8,  Vol.  1.) 

702  Legal  Settlement:  Legal  settlements  may  be  acquired  in 
any  county  in  North  Carolina,  so  as  to  entitle  the  party  to  be  sup¬ 
ported  by  such  county,  in  the  manner  following,  and  not  otherwise: 

(1)  By  One  Year’s  Residence:  Every  person  who  has  resided 
continuously  in  any  county  for  one  year  shall  be  deemed  legally 
settled  in  that  county. 

(2)  Married  Women  to  Have  the  Settlement  of  Their  Husbands: 
A  married  woman  shall  always  follow  and  have  the  settlement  of 
her  husband,  if  he  have  any  in  the  state;  otherwise,  her  own  at  the 
time  of  her  marriage,  if  she  then  had  any,  shall  not  be  lost  or  sus- 


Par  703 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


pended  by  the  marriage,  but  shall  be  that  of  her  husband,  till  another 
is  acquired  by  him,  which  shall  then  be  the  settlement  of  both. 

(3)  Legitimate  Children  to  Have  Settlement  of  Father:  Legiti¬ 
mate  children  shall  follow  and  fiave  the  settlement  of  their  father, 
if  he  has  any  in  the  state,  until  they  gain  a  settlement  of  their  own; 
but  if  he  has  none,  they  shall  in  like  manner,  follow  and  have  the 
settlement  of  their  mother,  if  she  has  any. 

(4)  Illegitimate  Children  to  Have  the  Settlement  of  Mother: 
Illegitimate  children  shall  follow  and  have  the  settlement  of  their 
mother,  at  the  time  of  their  birth,  if  she  then  have  any  in  the  state. 
But  neither  legitimate  nor  illegitimate  children  shall  gain  a  settle¬ 
ment  by  birth  in  the  county  in  which  they  may  be  born,  if  neither  of 
their  parents  had  any  settlement  therein. 

(5)  Settlement  to  Continue  Until  New  One  Acquired:  Every 
legal  settlement  shall  continue  till  it  is  lost  or  defeated  by  acquiring 
a  new  one,  within  or  without  the  state;  and  upon  acquiring  such  new 
settlement,  all  former  settlements  shall  be  defeated  and  lost.  (C.  S. 
Chap.  24,  Vol.  1). 

703.  Removal  of  Indigent  to  County  of  Settlement:  Upon  com¬ 
plaint  made  by  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners, 
before  a  justice  of  the  peace,  that  any  person  has  come  into  the 
county,  who  is  likely  to  become  chargeable  thereto,  the  justice  by  his 
warrant  shall  cause  such  poor  person  to  be  removed  to  the  county 
where  he  was  last  legally  settled;  but  if  such  poor  person  is  sick  or 
disabled,  and  cannot  be  removed  without  danger  of  life,  the  board  of 
commissioners  shall  provide  for  his  maintenance  and  cure  at  the 
charge  of  the  county;  and  after  his  recovery  shall  cause  him  to  be 
removed,  and  pay  the  charges  of  his  removal.  The  county,  wherein 
he  was  last  legally  settled,  shall  pay  all  charges  occasioned  by  his 
sickness,  maintenance,  cure  and  removal,  and  all  charges  and  ex¬ 
penses  whatever,  if  such  person  die  before  removal.  If  the  board 
of  commissioners  of  the  county  to  which  such  person  belongs  refuses 
to  receive  and  provide  for  him  when  removed  as  aforesaid,  every  com¬ 
missioner  so  refusing  shall  forfeit  and  pay  forty  dollars,  for  the  use 
of  the  county  whence  the  removal  was  made;  moreover,  if  the  board 
of  commissioners  of  the  county,  where  such  person  was  legally  set¬ 
tled,  refuses  to  pay  the  charges  and  expenses  aforesaid,  they  shall  be 
liable  for  the  same.  If  an  housekeeper  entertains  such  poor  person 
without  giving  notice  thereof  to  the  board  of  commissioners  of  his 
county,  or  one  of  them,  within  one  month,  the  person  so  offending 
shall  forfeit  and  pay  ten  dollars.  (C.  S.  Chap.  24,  Vol.  1). 

704.  County  Homes  For  Aged  and  Infirm:  All  persons  who  be¬ 
come  chargeable  to  any  county  shall  be  maintained  at  the  county 
home  for  the  aged  and  inform,  or  at  such  place  or  places  as  the  board 
of  commissioners  select  or  agree  upon. 

704  A.  Support  of  County  Home:  The  board  of  commissioners 


DEPENDENCY 


Par.  710 


may  provide  for  the  support  of  the  persons  admitted  by  them  to  the 
home  for  the  aged  and  infirm  by  employing  a  superintendent  at  a 
certain  sum,  or  by  paying  a  specified  sum  for  the  support  of  such 
persons  to  any  one  who  will  take  charge  of  the  county  home  for  the 
aged  and  infirm,  as  said  board  may  deem  for  the  best  interest  of 
the  county  and  the  cause  of  humanity. 

705.  Outdoor  Relief:  No  pauper  shall  be  let  out  at  public  auc¬ 
tion,  but  the  board  of  commissioners  may  make  such  arrangements 
for  the  support  of  paupers  with  their  friends  or  other  persons  when 
not  maintained  at  the  county  home  for  the  aged  and  infirm,  as  may 
be  deemed  best. 

706.  Families  of  Indigent  Militiamen  to  be  Supported:  When 
any  citizen  of  the  state  is  absent  on  service  as  a  militiaman  or  mem¬ 
ber  of  the  state  guard,  and  his  family  are  unable  to  support  them¬ 
selves  during  his  absence,  the  board  of  commissioners  of  his  county, 
on  application,  shall  make  towards  their  maintenance  such  allowance 
as  may  be  deemed  reasonable.  (C.  S.  Sec.  47,  Chap.  24,  Vol.  1). 

707.  State  Board  of  Pensions:  The  governor,  attorney-general 
and  auditor  shall  constitute  a  state  board  of  pensions,  which  shall 
examine  each  application  for  a  pension.  Applications  which  are  ap¬ 
proved  by  the  state  board  shall  be  paid  by  the  treasurer  upon  the 
warrant  of  the  auditor.  The  auditor  sends  the  list  of  pensioners  to 
the  clerk  of  the  court  of  the  county  and  he  with  three  reputable  ex- 
Confederate  soldiers,  or  sons  of  ex-Confederate  soldiers,  constitutes 
the  county  board  of  pensions  in  each  county.  All  persons  entitled  to 
pensions  under  this  law,  not  now  drawing  pensions,  shall  appear  before 
the  pension  board  in  their  county  in  each  year  before  the  first  Monday 
in  July  for  examination  and  classification,  and  those  unable  to  attend 
shall  present  a  certificate  from  a  creditable  physician  that  applicant 
is  unable  to  attend.  There  are  four  classifications  of  pensioners.  But 
no  one  is  pensioned  who  owns  property  in  excess  of  five  hundred 
dollars. 

708.  Burial  Expense  of  Confederate  Soldier  or  Widow:  When¬ 
ever  in  any  county  of  this  state  a  Confederate  pensioner,  or 
the  widow  of  a  Confederate  soldier  may  die,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  county  commissioners  of  such  county  upon  certificate  of  such  fact 
and  recommendation  of  the  chairman  of  the  pension  board  of  the 
county  to  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  twenty  dollars  to  be  applied  to¬ 
wards  defraying  the  burial  expenses. 

709.  Burial  of  Paupers:  Burial  of  the  dead  at  the  county 
homes  for  the  aged  and  infirm  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  county. 

Some  of  the  cities  provide  for  the  burial  of  their  poor. 

710.  Vagrants  Defined:  If  any  person  should  come  within  the 
following  classes  he  shall  be  deemed  a  vagi'ant,  and  shall  be  fined 
not  exceeding  fifty  dollars  or  imprisoned  not  exceeding  thirty  days: 


Par.  711 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


provided  that  the  limitation  of  punishment  shall  not  be  binding  after 
the  first  offense: 

(1)  Persons  wandering  or  strolling  about  in  idleness  who  are 
able  to  work  and  have  no  property  to  support  them. 

(2)  Persons  leading  an  idle,  immoral  or  profligate  life  who  have 
no  property  to  support  them  and  who  are  able  to  work  and  do  not 
v/ork. 

(3)  All  persons  able  to  work  having  no  property  to  support 
them  and  who  have  not  some  visible  and  known  means  of  a  fair, 
honest  and  reputable  livelihood. 

(4)  Persons  having  a  fixed  abode  who  have  no  visible  property 
to  support  them  and  who  live  by  stealing  or  by  trading  in,  bartering 
for  or  buying  stolen  property. 

(5)  Professional  gamblers  living  in  idleness. 

(6)  All  able-bodied  men  having  no  other  visible  means  of  sup¬ 
port  who  shall  live  in  idleness  upon  the  wages  or  earnings  of  their 
mother,  wife,  or  minor  children,  except  of  male  children  over  eigh¬ 
teen  years  of  age. 

(7)  Keepers  and  inmates  of  bawdy-houses,  assignation  houses, 
lewd  and  disorderly  houses,  and  other  places  where  illegal  sexual 
intercourse  is  habitually  carried  on:  Provided  that  nothing  here  is 
intended  or  shall  be  construed  as  abolishing  the  crime  of  keeping  a 
bawdy-house,  or  lessening  the  punishment  by  law  for  such  crime.  (C. 
S.  Article  38,  Chapter  81,  Vol.  1). 

711.  Tramp  Defined;  Certaim  Persons  Excepted.  If  any  person 
shall  go  about  from  place  to  place  begging  or  subsisting  on  charity,  he 
shall  be  denominated  a  tramp,  and  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  not 
exceeding  fifty  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  not  exceeding  thirty  days: 
Provided,  that  any  person  who  shall  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  of 
good  character  shall  be  discharged  without  cost.  Any  act  of  begging 
or  vagrancy  by  any  person,  unless  a  well-known  object  of  charity, 
shall  be  evidence  that  the  person  committing  the  same  is  a  tramp. 
This  section  shall  not  apply  to  any  woman,  to  any  minor  under  the 
age  of  fourteen  years,  or  to  any  blind  person. 

712.  Trespassing;  Carrying  Dangerous  Weapons;  Malitious  In¬ 
jury.  Entering  a  dwelling  house  or  kindling  a  fire  on  the  land  of 
another  without  consent  of  the  owner  or  occupant,  kindling  a  fire  on 
a  highway,  carrying  any  firearms  or  other  dangerous  weapon,  threat¬ 
ening  to  do  any  injury  to  person  or  property  of  another,  is  forbidden. 

The  punishment  is  twelve  months  imprisonment  or  less  at  the 
discretion  of  the  court.  For  malicious  injury  to  person  or  property  the 
punishment  is  three  years  imprisonment  or  less  at  the  discretion  of 
the  court. 

713.  Duty  to  Arrest.  Any  person  upon  view  of  an  offense  de- 


DEPENDENCY 


Par.  714-A 


scribed  in  the  two  preceding  paragraphs  shall  cause  the  offender  to 
be  arrested  upon  a  warrant  and  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace 
for  examination.  (C.  S.  Article  38,  Chapter  81,  Vol.  1). 

714.  The  State  Board  of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare:  (Au¬ 
thorized  by  Chap.  170,  Laws  1917  and  amended  by  Chap.  46,  Laws  of 
1919.  See  also  The  Bulletin.  Vol.  3,  No.  1). 

The  scope  of  this  Board  covers  all  branches  of  social  worJc  in  the 
State,  but  as  care  of  “the  poor,  the  unfortunate  and  orphans”  is  a  fun¬ 
damental  object  and  given  in  the  Constitution  as  the  reason  for  its 
creation,  description  of  the  Board  is  placed  in  this  chapter.  The 
Board  has  a  membership  of  seven,  at  least  one  of  whom  must  be  a 
woman.  It  is  nominated  by  the  Governor  and  elected  by  the  General 
Assembly.  The  members  serve  without  pay.  The  terms  are  of  six 
years,  and  are  so  arranged  that  retirements  fall  in  different  years. 
Vacancies,  except  by  expiration  of  term,  aile  filled  by  the  Governor 
for  residue  of  such  term.  The  Board  holds  quarterly  meetings  and 
whenever  called  by  the  chairman.  It  makes  its  own  rules  and  regula¬ 
tions  for  its  proceedings. 

714  A.  Powers  and  Duties  of  the  State  Board: 

(1)  Appointment  of  Commissioner  of  Public  Welfare:  The 
Board  shall  have  the  power  to  employ  a  trained  investigator  of  social 
service  problems,  v/ho  shall  be  known  as  the  Commissioner  of  Public 
Welfare;  and  to  employ  such  other  inspectors,  officers,  and  agents  as 
it  may  deem  needful  in  the  discharge  of  its  duties. 

(2)  Supervision  of  Public  Charities:  The  Board  shall  have 
power  to  investigate  and  supervise  the  whole  system  of  charitable  and 
penal  institutions  of  the  State,  and  recommend  such  changes  and  addi¬ 
tional  provisions  as  it  may  deem  needful  for  their  economical  and 
efficient  administration.  The  Board  may  require  the  superintendent 
and  other  officers  to  report  to  it  any  matter  relating  to  the  inmates, 
and  furnish  statistics  and  reports  upon  request. 

(3)  Study  of  Social  Evils.  It  shall  study  the  subjects  of  non¬ 
employment,  poverty,  vagrancy,  housing  conditions,  crime,  public 
amusement,  care  and  treatment  of  prisoners,  divorce  and  wife  deser¬ 
tion,  the  social  evil,  and  kindred  subjects,  and  their  causes,  treatment, 
prevention,  and  the  prevention  of  any  hurtful  social  condition. 

(4)  Inspection  of  Child  Agencies:  It  shall  have  power  to  in¬ 
spect,  and  demand  reports  from  institutions  and  agencies  for  children, 
and  to  issue  licenses  which  shall  be  renewable  yearly.  It  shall  study 
and  promote  the  welfare  of  the  delinquent  and  dependent  child,  and 
provide  either  directly  or  through  a  bureau  of  the  Board  for  the  plac¬ 
ing  and  supeiwision  of  dependent,  delinquent,  and  defective  children. 

(5)  Formation  of  Public  Opinion:  It  shall  issue  bulletins  and 
in  other  ways  inform  the  public ’as  to  social  conditions  and  the  proper 
treatment  and  remedies  for  social  evils. 

(6)  Summoning  of  Witnesses:  It  shall  have  power  to  issue 
subpoenas  and  compel  attendance  of  witnesses,  administer  oaths,  and 


Par,  715 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


send  for  persons  and  papers  whenever  it  deems  necessary  in  making 
investigations  provided  for  in  the  law  or  in  the  other  discharge  of  its 
duties. 

(7)  Inspection  of  Jails:  The  Board  shall  have  power  to  inspect 
county  jails,  county  homes  and  all  prisons  and  prison  camps,  and  to 
require  reports  from  sheriffs  and  other  county  officers,  and  any  de¬ 
sired  statistics  upon  demand.  Before  construction  is  begun  on  new 
jails  and  almshouses,  plans  and  specifications  shall  be  submitted  for 
approval  of  the  Board. 

(8)  Care  of  the  Insane:  Whenever  the  Board  shall  have  reason 
to  believe  that  any  insane  person,  not  incurable,  is  deprived  of  proper 
remedial  treatment,  and  is  confined  in  any  almshouse  or  other  place, 
whether  such  insane  person  is  a  public  charge  or  otherwise,  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  Board  to  cause  such  insane  person  to  be  conveyed 
to  the  proper  state  hospital  for  the  insane,  there  to  receive  the  best 
medical  care. 

(9)  Study  of  Conditions  Causing  Insanity:  The  Board  shall  also 
give  special  attention  to  the  causes  of  insanity,  defect  or  loss  of  the 
physical  organization,  thus  to  be  able  to  afford  the  General  Assembly 
data  to  guide  them  in  future  legislation. 

(10)  Biennial  Report.  The  Board  shall  submit  a  biennial  re¬ 
port  to  the  General  Assembly  showing  its  doings  during  the  preced¬ 
ing  two  years  and  the  actual  condition  of  all  state  institutions  under 
its  supervision  with  such  suggestions  as  it  may  deem  proper  and  per¬ 
tinent.  (C.  S.  Chapter  87,  Vol.  2). 

(11)  Supervision  of  Private  Institutions..  .The  Board  shall  li¬ 
cense,  supervise  and  regulate  all  private  hospitals,  homes  and  schools 
for  the  cure  and  treatment  of  insane,  idiots,  feebleminded  persons,  and 
inebriates.  (C.  S.  Chapter  101,  Vol.  2). 

715.  County  Boards  of  Charities  &  Public  Welfare:  The  State 
Board  shall  appoint  three  persons  in  each  county  to  be  known  as  the 
county  board  of  public  welfare.  They  are  to  advise  with  and  assist 
the  county  superintendent  of  public  welfare.  They  elect  one  of  their 
number  chairman.  They  seiwe  without  pay  for  terms  of  three  years 
and  alternating.  They  meet  monthly  with  the  county  superintendent 
of  public  welfare  who  seiwes  as  secretary. 

715  A.  County  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare:  The  county 
co?nmissioners  and  the  county  board  of  education  shall  in  joint  session 
appoint  a  county  superintendent  of  public  welfare,  who  shall  serve  at 
the  pleasure  of  said  boards,  and  whose  salary  shall  be  fixed  and  paid 
jointly  from  the  public  funds  of  said  boards.  In  counties  where  the 
population  is  not  more  than  twenty-five  thousand,  the  county  superin¬ 
tendent  of  public  instruction  may  be  appointed  superintendent  of  pub¬ 
lic  welfare,  but  no  person  shall  be  appointed  superintendent  of  public 
welfare  who  has  not  a  certificate  of  qualification  from  the  State  Board 
of  Charities  and  Public  Welfare.  In  counties  where  there  are  cities 


DEPENDENCY 


Par.  761 


Which  already  have  a  local  board  of  welfare  or  other  social  agencies, 
or  may  wish  to  establish  such,  the  governing  bodies  of  the  cities 
may  make  arrangements  with  the  county  commissioners  to  consoli¬ 
date  the  work.  They  must  in  this  case  decide  upon  such  division  of 
expense  as  may  be  equitable.  They  may  delegate  to  the  county  board 
of  charities  and  public  welfare  all  necssary  power. 

715  B.  Duties  of  the  County  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare: 

(1)  Care  of  the  Poor:  To  have,  under  the  control  of  the  county 
commissioners,  the  care  and  supervision  of  the  poor,  and  administer  the 
poor  fund. 

(2)  Agent  of  the  State  Board.  To  act  as  agent  of  the  State 
Board  in  relation  to  any  work  to  be  done  in  the  county  by  the  State 
Board. 

(3)  Follow-up  Work.  Under  direction  of  the  State  Board  to 
look  after  and  keep  up  with  the  condition  of  persons  discharged  from 
hospitals  for  the  insane  and  from  other  State  institutions. 

(4)  Oversight  of  Prisoners  on  Parole  or  Probation:  To  have 
oversight  of  prisoners  in  the  county  on  parole  from  penitentiaries,  re¬ 
formatories,  and  all  parole  prisoners  in  the  county.  Also  of  all  pris¬ 
oners  on  probation. 

(5)  Oversight  of  Dependent  and  Delinquent  Children:  To  have 
oversight  of  dependent  and  delinquent  children  and  especially  those 
on  parole  or  probation.  Also  oversight  of  dependent  children  placed 
in  the  county  by  the  State  Board. 

(6)  Promotion  of  Recreation:  To  promote  wholesome  recrea¬ 
tion  and  to  enforce  such  laws  as  regulate  commercial  amusement. 

7.  Care  for  Unemployment:  To  assist  the  State  Board  to  find 

employment  for  the  unemployed.  To  investigate  into  the  causes  of 

« 

distress,  under  the  direction  of  the  State  Board,  and  to  make  such 
other  investigations  in  the  interest  of  social  welfare  as  the  State 
Board  may  direct.  (Chap.  170  Public  Laws  1917,  amended  by  Chap. 
46,  Public  Laws  1919). 

(8)  Probation  Office:  The  county  superintendent  of  public  wel¬ 
fare  is  the  chief  probation  officer  of  the  county  (Juvenile  Court  Act, 
Chap.  97,  Public  Laws,  1919)  and  he  is  used  by  the  state  authorities 
in  caiTying  out  the  Child  Labor  Law  and  the  inspection  of  manufactur¬ 
ing  and  business  plants.  He  shall  investigate  and  prosecute  all  vio¬ 
lations  of  the  school  attendance  law  (Compulsory  School  Attendance 
and  Child  Labor  Law,  Chap.  100  Public  Laws  1919). 

II  Institutions 

751.  Care  of  the  Poor  by  the  County:  Under  the  above  laws 
the  duty  of  caring  for  the  poor  is  entrusted  to  the  county  commis¬ 
sioners,  and  in  the  carrying  out  of  this  task  their  discretion  is  practi¬ 
cally  unlimited.  Each  county  is  authorized  to  provide  its  owm  home 

for  the  aged  and  infirm.  Ninety-two  of  the  counties  have  occupied 

* 


Par.  752 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OP"  NORTH  CAROLINA 


county  homes.  Six  counties,  Clay,  Graham,  Hoke,  Jones,  Onslow  and 
Polk  have  no  homes,  but  support  their  poor  by  out-door  relief,  send¬ 
ing  very  helpless  cases  to  a  nearby  county  if  absolutely  necessary. 
Two  counties,  Bladen  and  Dare,  have  homes  which  are  no  longer  used. 
Nearly  all  the  counties,  whether  they  have  homes  or  not,  give  out¬ 
door  relief.  At  the  end  of  1919  the  number  of  inmates  in  all  the  homes 
was  1471.  A  still  larger  number  of  persons  was  receiving  out-door 
relief.  The  total  cost  to  the  State  was  over  $200,000  a  year. 

The  buildings  employed  in  the  county  homes  are  of  various  types. 
Some  are  brick  and  equipped  with  all  modern  comforts,  but  the  ma¬ 
jority  are  frame  buildings.  The  population  varies  from  two  or  three 
to  about  one  hundred  in  a  few  counties.  Nearly  all  have  farms  at¬ 
tached.  The  State  Board  of  Public  Welfare  is  endeavoring  to  bring 
all  county  homes  to  a  uniform  standard.  Until  this  is  done,  a  per¬ 
sonal  investigation  of  an  almhouse  should  be  made  by  the  social  worker 
before  determining  its  character. 

752.  (idd  Fellows  Home  for  Aged  and  Infirm:  Goldsboro,  N.  C. 
Auspices:  The  Order  of  Odd  Fellows.  Superintendent:  Charles 
Baird.  Capacity:  Sixteen.  Population:  Three.  Admission:  By 
application  from  subordinate  lodge  to  which  applicant  belonged. 

Maintenance:  The  Home  is  a  department  of  the  orphanage  work 
and  is  financed  from  the  general  orphanage  fund.  Description  of 
Property :  A  two-story  brick  building  with  all  modern  equipment. 

753.  Masonic  and  Eastern  Star  Home:  Greensboro,  N.  C.  Aus¬ 
pices:  Masonic  Lodge.  Purpose:  To  provide  a  home  for  the  aged 
and  dependant  who  are  of  the  Masonic  Fraternity  or  of  the  Order  of 
the  Eastern  Star.  Superintendent:  H.  C.  Butler.  Capacity:  Thirty- 
four.  Admission:  By  recommendation  from  a  Masonic  Lodge  hold¬ 
ing  a  charter  from  the  Grand  Lodge  of  North  Carolina,  A.  F.  &  A. 
M.,  or  by  an  Eastern  Star  Chapter  holding  a  charter  from  the  Grand 
Chapter  of  the  Order  of  the  Eastern  Star  of  North  Carolina.  The 
applicant  for  membership  must  be  a  member  of  the  Masonic  Frater¬ 
nity  or  of  the  Order  of  the  Eastern  Star,  or  eligible  to  Order  of  the 
Eastern  Star.  Applicants  must  be  unable  to  earn  a  living  for  them¬ 
selves,  and  without  relatives  or  friends  able  to  support  them.  They 
must  be  of  good  character  and  habits,  free  from  insanity,  epilepsy, 
or  any  form  of  contagious  or  infectious  disease.  No  applicant  shall 
be  admitted  for  money  compensation.  Doctor’s  certificate  necessary 
and  at  least  one  letter  of  reference  other  than  that  furnished  by  chap¬ 
ter  of  lodge.  Maintenance:  By  voluntary  contributions  of  Masonic 
Fraternity  and  the  Order  of  the  Eastern  Star.  Descriptilon  of  Prop¬ 
erty:  A  two-story  brick  building;  equipped  with  all  modern  conven¬ 
iences,  a  horse  barn,  a  sanitary  dairy  barn,  a  pump  house,  chicken  and 
hog  houses,  thirty  acres  of  land  with  twelve  under  cultivation. 

754.  Home  for  Confederate  Veterans:  The  North  Carolina  Sol¬ 
diers’  Home  for  the  care  of  needy  Confederate  veterans  is  located  at 


DEPENDENCY 


Par.  754 


Raleigh.  It  is  managed  by  the  Soldiers’  Home  Association  and  by  a 
board  of  lady  managers  who  are  to  assist  the  directors  when  requested 
to  do  so.  It  is  supported  by  the  State.  It  is  for  the  care  of  such 
“needy  Confederate  soldiers  as  shall  have  served  in  the  Confederate 
army  and  shall  be  a  bona  fide  citizen  of  the  State.”  The  directors  are 
empowered  to  make  their  own  rules  and  regulations  and  to  prescribe 
the  rules  for  admission  and  discharge  of  inmates. 

Application  blank  must  be  filled  out  and  sent  to  the  executive 
committee  of  the  Home  for  action.  The  applicant  must  have  served 
honorably  during  the  war,  have  borne  a  good  character  since  and  be 
sound  mentally.  He  may  not  own  property  to  the  value  of  more  than 
five  hundred  dollars.  The  application  blank  must  be  signed  by  the 
Clerk  of  the  Court  of  his  county  and  by  proper  witnesses.  Appli- 
cants  must  remain  at  their  homes  till  notified  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Executive  Committee  that  they  will  be  admitted. 

754.  Confederate  Woman’s  Home:  This  institution  is  managed 
by  the  Confederate  Woman’s  Home  Association  with  a  board  of  direc¬ 
tors  and  with  an  advisory  board  of  lady  managers.  It  is  a  home  for 
the  deserving  wives  and  widows  of  North  Carolina  Confederate  soldiers 
and  other  worthy  dependent  women  of  the  Confederacy  who  are  bona 
fide  residents  of  the  state.  The  board  makes  its  own  rules  and  regu¬ 
lations  and  prescribes  the  rules  for  admission  and  discharge.  Appli¬ 
cation  must  be  sent  to  the  secretary  of  the  board  of  directors.  The 
Home  is  located  at  Fayetteville. 


.in’t 

,  . .  \ 

\' 


•'  ,  .f  i  ■  ,» 

<  '  _  y 

-4  ■ 

.V‘ik4iiK^<^:jLS.V!..  . 


>’T'  •  h* 


'<-v 


i  • 


Uv'*  -V  /ct.-^ 


.V 


i,  Y'-f  b-.A;  rtoitaboei'A  h‘»v./jms/j(  ki  il 

b‘l.^fe*::rVr'»'^ >r(y  o^  Vj/*  oH  /r  >,f,:  Kn-r/'t  vIvh/^.Vo 

rtUtn  1«»  t«'>  \\  J'r  ^rtJ'  fio^Yric^q  ob'bt 

’  ‘‘irtf  /If'  n-^a ’uY^tff  ^-'rt  iciiibb's*  '>lirViM3'Abfi'” 

•  fl^.  oKT  ''.W^?  4<ft  ib  bhiV.>tooti 

/>4*rrrj?.<‘,»iq;  f'^rt  5!n>>i/»lirso7  ftictK  ^.fitin  a/A)  HbuH'Mj/bff  c?)  b'^r^.v'jq/tcj 
'  •  •  '  .I'Wi/jitfT^  "h)' >:>1iM‘4'ii#'n)  boi» '^-ffi'  Jii/ffhK  rof ‘-,^>tt/*r 


i'  '  j 


‘jVIj,  •>♦  trotia  wt.{<4yt''^^* 

U»V5'^> '^yr/tf’*^n/r- ' './torbit  ii^V  Sfif/>n  '»i';  ‘‘♦^Mrntraoif 

):*y  dtoTxtv  jod  v,is<r  ”41)1  •,'{;/»*  fft‘>f«  ji^i^o* 

-  iid'i-  <ti  jlrtitfd  •>f*''r  ‘  .fiij-Ilb^  iWtf^at/if  'Jvrt 

y>i'' bno  ’tm  J‘fi.'V.»  It). 

'■  lu  Y ’iiiy'i  :V^#-r?' bffJ  b‘»f5rjT»rf  iV^  ‘^ig  jiVairYT  >fa‘<b 

>■  !  '  ^  ^’  .  ..Mi  .Mjjrbllrti -Mf  lib/  ^.fJ' fftf{v4u4uU  ^iU 

• -l.'.-;!).r •^1-  fi'.Mi  Yi  jn/»i  T  •  fv'<i»o  H  -r  nx' ftr*'V/  .I'n'i  " ' 

“  ■  A  ')u:oJ^  •>}»”i*'i»'>trt  «'■>  prll  '9irl 

it'l  H' i;r  K'  ,v*:Y^^:2ni%n4iii  ' ’Itr  )iTrv<ilvhx  “rj  'rfjf'*'  )>««  ri^n 

4’j_!»ibkiir  iir?4o'i<<^>  ff^ i'//+1a.)jwob<w ,,btf<•'i^^V^'^'^J<l  vi»)t:'tb»i»rf7 

.  '^'ii5  f!*>i»YT  «rv,  »  arfb  ‘AUsmi  /yir.r'  i’yiiT  ■  )!?x '-i  idi  K44ftn«»b'-*y  ''bi> 


v  »V»'.  l*'.-  *  ;;  r4  .-.of*';/ Jit 
i'.  rSl'ff  ’’•»'A*''"-  •  ■••'*>.  iV^ 


*'■  , ' 

.'V  ‘ 


!Fp 


h'i 

'>1T. 

•  t  1  ^  ‘ 

f  »•  •  •• 

' '  t 

ci.  • 

jh^if***  * 

■•' '  .''^\  1 

^lUi  '• 

■'!><  •’ 

r  ;• 

.  '•*.  V 

*■  ."  • 

■;ni;  t 

..>■■'  ' 

t,  •  .- 

. 

^  •  V 

,  j  * 

\i'!'  ■•• 

.;  .'Vt.  , 

«•  ' 'm 

1 '  -'i.  *  ’ 

*.  1  >*v  ^  •  r 

,r.  •'> 

(•  .rf  ’ 

,U'‘.  ’.  -Tj  ''.i  •.  ;  *  ',  »•.-  f/f'  '  ? 


»'V  . 


f  » 


1/  ^  .  "i 

4“i 

.  <  .  .  .' 

'!  s.Y'.Vr'^' 

Uw> 

“^J^£  •< 

J  (::  •>  i 

a\1 

r.  i  »  ■ 

r*  ■ 

^  .  4  .  .  \*  ( 

•i',A  .  '  tf 

Iwi:"  ti'<' 

'  'U,  '''ijflii 

ri  '.’>'■  )  n'.o; 

)h*>r  1 

'  ;^T 

;.,i 

f  -'  1 

•'  /.  * .’ 

■  r  t  tj^ 

■l) 


.')»>»■:  T,  lifijiitt; 


I'" 

-’•-I 


■  s  .  *  t  I.  ,  ,  ((.-Jkl  , 

'  orvf-V  Vr  (  •  «' iwl."  )"..  '  ■•'.i'  'c  ’  -  ' 

>v.^  .CO  "';;  t 'Vi>  X-'..- •. 

'Vii  )wf  •■  '•  '  , '•S.;v'!><Vi 


-•'  «  #  j:^',(|it  (OUPPil  *'  -c^ 

.,4(.  *A 

.  '  f  ,  '  ■  '  ■  '  '(4  ■’  • 

■■ 

'Vf 


,’  T  '>• 


Y,.  '>  •'"* •  by  Vf4i:A:i;,’Y 


»fut  '.  I.-,’  f 

'  .  'V.  .,.'0';-l-^  t  4.lt“}:  Sj4»C  f 


,  ..I 


■ra 


«■  % '  t  'I 


\Y  ■  -4  ,  ^ •<  l  y  ■  /  ■ 

f  ■■,  i'  ••  T)v(  vbb  c:  ,'•  '  ‘‘.'-’b'.*  I\.:'  " 

j?'^''’’  'i  .  . .,.'*  .it  -  ‘\t-}\'.'i.  :i'.- 

..';:i<'  \''  r  A.i',-'  .  VY-  iv':"il;.'  '  0,',1';  '.•?  ••. V*. 


■  f  „*-» 


0 


Doiiie^iic  R&laiu.n  , 


tl  • 


[  ‘’V^ 


if  h  5^nA*.:'T 


M-rrlag*.  A 

;4ftn>r' 4  n  f/5  i.-eix-a:  r 

'twiiiift  dlif  n' j«  .  /. 

r  *v»4  Iviih.  «‘4  ' . .'ji-  A? _ _  il.  «•'  » . 


'is.{.  ^''ut,i'-': ’,.  id 


‘jlfer  i; 


U^x' 


^  ■•;  .  a-  ■  •  .  -  ■'^.  -  '-;•'  ''-•'  'u 

;ciU4', ,«  'if  Efteaiisrf*-  VfSieni  Jti«j'(1.«to.-J>t  ;•}.  fUSi;  v'-f 
:  <«ihav  f.-  p.'u>ri^,,*cfeqi«<^*  ■'lA'  .'  ftc-  y, :  ’ 


^  pTf^f'.&^ui,  h:id  tijf>  h^zpd:7f>  isirmmm:::^^ 

r  .ft,  ^  ^ Aa  ad»«otut&  ->f^  a!^  fS^Kt^  v* 

,\  B  '  Anrtv  lyuk  . 

Jgv^A: .  ^  i  ,  uv-  </-? 'vi oi  ih.:  '  ‘ - 

'  .!»  q^iaUi-  1 

.^  -^rc^:.  li,  |i4>4i\3r  oiUi?  r  bh  m  '  ns^  f:udr;w^ 

4»<iM  %.4ui^.gv4  %ii»i  fi<>  0^  '  '^ 


.<■'•  :  .-j  ^  -  \.,  'vj  *'"'  •  .  ■'  y 

4V  .  filfi.  !*r.^<.4t/ Stljhu  I.f  M-.,ttiKi  vi;,rv»s  'VUi.  th^  '  i- vjjtt-tf-  ^'' 

«»<wt  M  wnh  W..  ^  i'( 

a.--  ‘jtr  «A.«jM  tu  vX«.  u>s,  <Icl,!.(i(j{*  "’' 


■  -Tv 


Par.  806 


CHAPTER  VIII 
Domestic  Relations 

801.  Introductory:  The  legal  basis  in  North  Carolina  is  the 
common  law.  This  obtains  in  all  cases  in  w^hich  it  is  not  supple¬ 
mented  or  changed  by  the  statute  law.  In  this  chapter  the  common 
law  is  omitted  and  the  statute  law  only  included. 

)  802.  Marriage:  A  male  must  be  sixteen,  a  female  fourteen  to 

make  a  valid  marriage.  A  license  is  essential;  there  is  no  common 
law  marriage.  Marriages  between  a  white  person  and  a  person  of 
negro  or  Indian  descent,  to  the  third  generation,  or  between  two  per¬ 
sons  nearer  of  kin  than  first  cousin  (double  first  cousins  are  nearer); 
or  between  persons,  either  one  of  whom  is  incapable  of  contracting 
from  want  of  will  or  understanding,  are  void. 

803.  Abandonment  by  Husband:  Wilful  abandonment  by  a  hus¬ 
band  and  wilful  failure  to  provide  adequate  support  for  his  family, 
are  both  misdemeanors.  For  desertion,  see  divorce  below. 

804.  Divorce,  (a).  Absolute  Divorce:  In  addition  to  the 

causes  stated  above,  the  following  are  grounds  for  an  absolute  di¬ 
vorce:  if  either  party  commits  adultery;  if  either  party  at  the  time 
of  the  marriage  was  and  still  is  naturally  impotent;  if  the  wife  at 
the  time  of  the  marriage  is  pregnant,  and  the  husband  is  ignorant 
of  the  fact  of  such  pregnancy.  An  absolute  divorce  ends  all  rights 
arising  out  of  the  marriage  and  either  party  may  marry  again,  but 
it  does  not  render  the  children  of  the  marriage  illegitimate. 

(b).  Qualified  Divorce:  The  following  are  grounds  for  a  quali¬ 
fied  divorce:  If  either  party  abandons  either  his  or  her  family,  ma¬ 
liciously  turns  the  other  out  of  doors,  endangers  the  life  of  the  other 
by  cruel  and  barbarous  treatment,  or  offers  such  indignities  to  the 
person  of  the  other  as  to  render  his  or  her  condition  intolerable  and 
life  burdensome,  or,  finally,  becomes  an  habitual  drunkard. 

805.  Alimony:  Alimony  in  a  proper  case  may  be  granted  by 
the  court  in  any  action  for  divorce.  It  may  be  obtained  in  an  inde¬ 
pendent  action  if  any  husband  separates  himself  from  his  wife  and 
fails  to  provide  her  with  the  necessary  subsistence  according  to  his 

)  means  and  condition  in  life,  or  if  he  is  a  drunkard  or  spendthrift. 

806.  Property  Rights  of  Married  Women:  With  the  exception 
of  the  conveyance  of  her  land  which  must  be  with  the  written  assent 
of  her  husband  and  her  privy  examination,  the  wife  may  deal  with 
her  own  property  as  though  she  was  unmarried.  She  must  sue  for 
torts  against  her  personal  property,  is  entitled  to  her  own  earnings, 
may  dispose  of  her  property,  real  and  personal,  by  will  even  against 
her  husband's  wishes  and,  in  short,  act  as  though  she  were  unmarried 


Par.  807 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


with  reference  to  her  property.  (See  Chap.  X  Par.  1003  c). 

807.  Illegitimate  Children:  These  are  legitimate  between  them¬ 
selves  in  the  devolution  of  their  property  and  are  next  of  kin  and 
heirs  of  their  mother.  They  may  be  legitimated  by  their  putative 
father,  and  the  marriage  of  their  parents  at  any  time  legitimates 
them.  The  bastardy  laws  are  intended  to  protect  the  public  from 
the  mother  and  child  becoming  a  charge.  The  proceeding  is  a  civil 
action  to  compel  the  putative  father  to  protect  the  public  from  this 
charge. 

808.  Age  of  Consent,  Seduction,  etc.:  The  age  of  consent  in  the 
State  is  twelve  years.  Under  that  age  the  offense  is  capital  and  is 
punished  by  death.  Between  twelve  and  fourteen  the  crime  is  a  felony, 
punished  by  imprisonment  in  the  State’s  prison.  (See  Chapter  IV. 
Par.  401,  a.)  Seduction  under  the  promise  of  marriage  of  an  inno¬ 
cent  and  virtuous  woman  is  a  felony,  provided,  however  that  the  un¬ 
supported  testimony  of  the  woman  shall  not  be  sufficient  to  convict. 


•  *' 


;r  ' 
/  ■ 


kf.  .'"  -  Eduaution  “ 

_ 

^  ^  Thf'  AdiniiiL^- al!  . 


A.^  h.iwa’sud  A.fmiinsii'a*4i>n.  ■■ 


i-  'V 


5'&‘  --n 


&  ri 


i'‘ 


W,'<  f  ' 


■.  -  ■ 

fef*^  M»  •'  ■?%•  of  fch<J 

•  .  ^  ’  •  Mfhk  '  ',\  4-  A.A^  -€.  ^  ^  * 


'  **  I 


ST  '/f  d'u  l^bti#  l4Uf<t^u£** 

^  ;*4’  *rvjtji»wm>f  ib$  Cfjsfet  of  ;the  a 

J"  '  i™  ,  ,  .  •  ’  ■»/*:  ;;V- ■  ■- '  ’  *■  "  A  -;  ''‘'A 


aii^ . 


‘*  ViV  T*Vwi' ^4i)mjela5,  af  A®  Bojmf  .<)f 

%'A  t^-  *-f  PubHc  IftstTtii'^i:.  i^e 

♦^»r.  ri^(^Vl?ll  -tettd,  t!^  CoLU,^  ,t)ou&'fe>j€ni  lU'^go- 

;  n  €*f^K<ia<sM^W  >oinT>-a  -^.1  iif  'V4»sr^%ft2  * 

t%ar  S^p«::iri*‘'xtiifc-m  q4  PiA?^  . 

<*'  V;“  '^r^-  •i^^-^V*'  »U't  ci:'.>/^ 

3^  ^  j^ith  all  ori 


f^.  '  ifc  ,^ivi^vctner,1i  of  Vi»o  iftto  F>ibd*' 

y-  ^«.  .  *  *  *  _  '  _ 


'i>-.«  '  leituo-  V  oict>~ , 

5|i2'  Ihi;  rM  Vr^'p^i  aii#*ar»]^/ 

i*?  ■^liPll,  ’  ^lK^^^  V  oi  ^>  %^Uo\3 

arA  itddi>^»4J^  W«Tt^  ^' <  Ue  is  * 

L  lol^,  plfijl  ix:\^ 
f^f  tli# 

p\^ "Rf.ifx  poMi*  ^’!f»^rrt\..-nt  fc-r 

»'^»  K- 


J^virct  Xgrf  tvHttjliion 


»» 


f . 


•  '  .  ra^'ya 

'  :' _ -  ffiMi?:  '.  ■■'  •■'■a 


»  mm  11*1  "<  >"i 


_  ^ 

,v^U  bsx  pr.>^wiirty.  X  -Jv  ■’I  e^"®  . 

C3J  ih.^  f%;>or<,v  Ti  *’‘y^. mivI'’;- 

h<"'tw*  t^r*’  u’-  '.*;-ii;  'ilicy  tary  |je  » 


T^^c.  hlRfct^rUy  %vAi  iir' VuV'if  »N)4 


«  ^  %t 

i^0 


. . .  hlRfctvarU^  iir' **’ Vutf''''f  »N)4  ^*  ii%Ii''^i<.^i4iB|pji 

tUt*  .pio^^T  c5>?W' s-  •  ''• 

flctkm  tt>  .it)mpH  ttic  i  t  >  jjivc  iBc 


,'>Vr  .••'■  :.'*t}*^* 
a 


iP^OivwS  tv,;  ^hj;  ^  *A  iW  .r 

*  -,*  *  w  •  a\  .  i  t  ‘  ^  i(j»  i^.-f^  ''  ’‘w  -i  ^ 


► .' 


■■?:•?. 


p.*xn)KU^Ct  <»y  iic^th, 


Vkl  n 


>k  *  '^'  4*1  '*'.'  Jbi«i  -  J 


•*  * 

, '.  i- >'  ■’ ‘'■f  '*'^ 


StL*: 


^  ■ 


;  ’  '•  •  J'^  ..  *:  i  i 


Par.  902-C 


CHAPTER  IX. 

Education 

A.  Laws  and  Adnainistration. 
I.  The  Administrative  System 


901.  Introductory.  The  laws  dealing  with  education  in  North 
Carolina  are  to  be  found  in  Chapter  95  of  the  Consolidated  .Statutes 
of  North  Carolina.  They  are  published  in  book  form  and  may  be 
had  from  the  office  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion.  In  the  following  digest  of  these  laws,  the  order  of  the  sub¬ 
chapters  has  been  followed  as  far  as  possible. 

902.  State  Organization.  This  consists  of  the  State  Board  of 
Education,  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  the  State 
Board  for  Vocational  Education,  and  the  College  Commission  Regu¬ 
lating  Degrees. 

902  A.  The  State  Board  of  Education,  composed  of  the  Gover¬ 
nor,  Secretary  of  State,  Treasurer,  Auditor,  Superintendent  of  Pub¬ 
lic  Instruction  and  Attorney-General,  is  created  a  corporation,  having 
the  right  to  sue  and  to  be  sued,  to  take,  hold,  and  dispose  of  property, 
and  is  vested  with  all  other  powers  conferred  on  corporations  in  so 
far  as  such  powers  are  necessary  in  the  performance  of  its  duties. 
The  State  Board  has  full  power  to  legislate  and  make  all  needful 
rules  and  regulations  for  the  government  of  the  public  schools  and 
for  the  management  of  the  State  Educational  Fund. 

902  B.  The  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  is  em¬ 
ployed  to  look  after  the  school  interests  of  the  State  and  to  report 
biennially  to  the  Governor.  He  directs  schools,  and  enforces  and  con¬ 
strues  the  public  school  law.  He  receives  evidence  as  to  the  county 
Superintendents’  performance  of  their  work.  He  is  required  to  send 
circular  letters  to  school  officers  enumerating  their  duties.  He  inves¬ 
tigates  the  school  systems  of  other  States.  He  acquaints  him¬ 
self  with  the  local  educational  needs,  and  takes  all  proper  means 
to  supply  each  need  by  advising  with  county  boards  of  education 
and  county  superintendents,  by  lectures  before  teachers’  institutes, 
and  by  addresses  before  public  assemblies.  He  is  required  to  have 
the  public  school  laws  published,  and  to  print  and  distribute  such 
educational  bulletins  as  he  deems  necessary  for  the  professional  im¬ 
provement  of  teachers  and  the  cultivation  of  public  sentiment  for 
public  education. 

902  C.  The  State  Board  for  Vocational  Education  consists  of 


Par.  902-D 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


the  state  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  three  other  mem¬ 
bers  appointed  by  the  Governor,  representing  respectively,  agriculture, 
home  economics,  and  trades  and  industries. 

The  Board  is  directed  to  co-operate  with  the  Federal  Board  for 
Vocational  Education  in  the  promotion  of  vocational  training  in  agri¬ 
culture,  trades  and  industries,  and  home  economics.  It  has  authority 
to  formulate  plans  to  this  end  and  to  provide  for  the  preparation  of 
teachers  of  vocational  subjects. 

The  State  Superintendent  is  executive  officer  of  this  Board. 
The  Board  reports  annually  to  the  Governor  as  to  the  condition  of 
vocational  education  in  the  State,  giving  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
expenditures  of  federal  funds  and  State  funds,  and  the  number  of 
vocational  schools  aided. 

902  I>.  The  College  Commission  Regulating  Degrees  consists  of 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and  four  other  mem¬ 
bers,  appointed  by  the  Governor  for  a  term  of  five  years.  It  is  em¬ 
powered  to  grant  to  educational  institutions  license  to  confer  degrees. 

903.  The  County  Board  of  Education  is  a  corporate  body  author¬ 
ized  to  purchase  and  hold  real  and  personal  estate,  to  build  and 
repair  school  houses,  to  sell  and  transfer  the  same  for  school  pur¬ 
poses,  and  to  prosecute  and  defend  suits  for  or  against  the 
Corporation. 

The  members  are  nominated  in  county  primaries  and  appointed 
by  the  legislature. 

The  board  meets  on  the  first  Monday  in  January,  April,  July,  and 
October.  It  is  required  to  audit  the  accounts  of  the  treasurer  of 
the  county  school  fund,  and  to  publish  annually  an  itemized  state¬ 
ment  of  receipts  and  expenditures  of  school  funds. 

It  has  general  control  of  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  public 
schools  of  the  county,  is  charged  with  the  execution  of  school  laws, 
and  fixes  the  time  of  opening  and  closing  of  the  public  schools  each 
year.  Together  with  the  county  superintendent  it  makes  rules  and 
regulations  dealing  with  the  conduct  of  teachers  and  pupils  as  to 
attendance,  discipline,  and  the  general  government  of  the  schools. 
It  has  the  power. to  investigate  the  moral  character  of  the  teachers, 
and  to  discharge  any  teacher  if  found  of  bad  moral  character.  It  has 
also  power  to  remove  the  county  superintendent  or  school  committe- 
men  from  office  for  cause. 

All  new  school  houses  must  be  built  under  the  control  of  and  by 
contract  with  the  county  board  of  education.  The  board  may  receive 
gifts,  grants  or  donations  for  the  use  of  any  school  within  its  juris¬ 
diction.  Whenever  it  is  unable  to  obtain  a  suitable  site  for  a  school 
building  by  gift  or  purchase,  it  has  authority  to  condemn  a  school 
site  of  not  more  than  two  acres. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  904 


903  A.  The  Comity  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  is 
elected  by  the  county  board  of  education  biennially.  He  must  be 
a  practical  teacher,  a  person  of  good  character,  and  hold  a  Superin¬ 
tendent’s  certificate.  It  is  his  duty  to  advise  with  teachers  as  to 
the  best  methods  of  school  government  and  instruction.  He  has 
authority  to  collect  abuses;  and,  with  the  concurrence  of  a  majority 
of  the  school  committeemen,  he  may  suspend  any  teacher  who  is 
guilty  of  immoral  or  disreputable  conduct,  or  who  proves  incompetent 
in  the  discharge  of  her  duties.  He  is  required  to  visit  the  public 
schools  while  they  are  in  session;  to  hold  teachers’  meetings;  to 
attend  meetings  of  State  and  district  associations  of  superintendents; 
and  to  look  after  fines,  forfeitures,  and  penalties  due  to  the  school 
fund. 

He  is  secretary  ex-officio  of  the  county  board  of  education.  It 
is  his  duty  to  distribute  to  the  school  committeemen  and  teachers  all 
blanks  furnished  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
for  reports  of  school  statistics  and  for  use  in  the  administration  of 
the  schools. 

It  is  his  duty  to  require  of  the  school  committeemen  a  state¬ 
ment  of  the  number  of  deaf,  dumb,  and  blind  children  between  the 
ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years,  and  to  furnish  such  information  to 
the  principals  of  the  deaf,  dumb,  and  blind  institutions. 

He  must  report  annually  to  the  State  Superintendent  in  detail 
concerning  the  number  of  public  schools  taught  in  the  county,  number 
of  children  of  school  age  in  each  district,  number  enrolled  and  the 
average  daily  attendance,  and  the  number  of  persons  between  the 
ages  of  tv/elve  and  twenty-one  who  cannot  read  and  write;  and  he 
must  report  also  all  such  other  matters  as  the  tState  Superintendent 
may  require. 

903  B.  The  County  Treasurer  has  charge  of  the  county  school 
fund.  A  separate  bond  is  required.  He  receives  and  disburses 
school  funds  and  keeps  an  account  with  each  township  and  district. 
He  must  report  annually  to  the  State  Superintendent  and  to  the 
county  board. 

904.  The  School  Committee  is  composed  of  three  members,  who 
should  be  men  or  women  of  intelligence,  of  good  business  qualifica¬ 
tions  and  good  moral  character,  and  known  to  be  in  favor  of  public 
education.  They  are  appointed  by  the  county  board  of  education  for 
a  term  of  three  years.  The  school  committee  is  charged  with  the 
custody  of  all  schoolhouses,  grounds,  books,  apparatus,  and  other 
public  school  property,  and  has  full  power  to  control  the  same  as 
it  may  deem  best  for  the  cause  of  education.  It  has  authority  to 
purchase  supplies  necessary  to  conduct  the  schools  and  for  repairs, 
to  an  amount  not  to  exceed  the  sum  of  $25.00  for  each  year;  but  a 
school  committee  has  no  right  to  make  expenditures  without  the  order 


Par.  905 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


of  the  county  board.  It  is  required  to  keep  a  record  of  receipts,  ex¬ 
penditures,  and  contracts  with  teachers. 

905.  School  Districts  are  created  by  the  county  board  of  educa¬ 
tion,  which  is  given  authority  to  consolidate  school  districts  wherever 
and  whenever  such  consolidation,  in  its  judgment,  will  best  serve 
the  educational  interests  of  the  county  or  any  part  of  the  county. 

Boundaries  between  districts  may  be  changed  by  the  county 
board  of  education,  but  not  if  such  change  would  release  any  tax¬ 
payer  from  the  obligation  of  paying  his  school  taxes. 

II.  Revenue. 

906.  The  State  Public  School  Fund  is  derived  for  the  year  1920, 
from  an  ad  valorem  tax  of  thirteen  cents  on  every  one  hundred  dollars 
value  of  real  and  personal  property  in  the  State  required  to  be  listed 
by  the  revenue  laws  of  the  State;  and  on  each  taxable  poll  on  males 
between  the  ages  of  twenty-one  and  fifty  years,  except  the  poor  or 
infirm  whom  the  county  commissioners  may  declare  and  report  fit 
subjects  for  exemption,  a  tax  of  thirty-nine  cents.  This  fund  is 
apportioned  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  on  or  before  the  first 
day  of  January  every  year  so  as  to  provide  for  each  county  a  sum 
sufficient  to  pay  one-half  the  annual  salary  of  the  county  superin¬ 
tendent,  and  three  months  salary  of  all  teachers  employed  in  the 
public  schools  of  the  county,  and  one-half  of  the  annual  salary  of  all 
city  superintendents. 

Whenever  the  school  governing  body  of  any  county,  city,  town, 
township,  or  other  special  tax  district  which  has  voted  special  taxes 
for  schools  before  the  passage  of  this  act  (Ch.  1,  Special  Session  1920) 
in  order  to  increase  the  school  term  beyond  the  constitutional  limit 
of  six  months  shall  find  that  the  amount  to  be  derived  from  those 
special  taxes  is  insufficient  to  maintain  the  school  term  for  the  year 
1920-’21  of  the  same  length  of  term  as  maintained  in  the  year  1919-^20, 
the  school  governing  body  is  authorized  to  make  a  detailed  state¬ 
ment  to  the  county  board  of  education  as  to  the  amount  needed;  and 
the  county  board  of  education  is  authorized  to  borrow  from  the  State 
Board  of  Education  an  amount  sufficient  to  maintain  the  school  or 
schools  the  same  length  of  term  as  they  were  maintained  in  1919-^20. 

The  State  Treasurer,  when  authorized  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education,  shall  borrow  for  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  the 
purpose  specified  above  an  amount  not  to  exceed  three  hundred 
thousand  dollars  to  be  loaned  for  the  purposes  specified  above  under 
such  lilies  and  regulations  as  the  State  Board  of  Education  may 
deem  advisable. 

The  loans  under  the  provisions  of  this  section  are  payable  in  not 
more  than  five  annual  installments.  Any  amount  loaned  under  the 
provisions  of  this  section  is  a  lien  upon  the  total  school  fund  of  such 
county. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  9 07- A 


906  A.  Elimination  of  small  Schools  Encouraged:  The  apportion¬ 
ment  of  the  State  public  school  fund  shall  be  administered  so  as  to 
encourage  consolidation  of  districts  and  the  elimination  of  small 
schools  or  small  districts,  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  may 
refuse  to  apportion  any  part  of  the  fund  to  any ,  school  or  district 
having  an  average  daily  attendance  of  less  than  fifteen  pupils,  or  to 
any  new  school  or  district  created  since  January  first,  one  thousand 
nine  hundred  and  nineteen,  if  the  number  of  districts  or  the  number 
of  separate  schools  in  a  county  has  been  increased  thereby:  Provided, 
that  no  district  shall  be  abolished  if  the  geographical  conditions  are 
such  that  the  children  of  the  district  cannot  be  annexed  to  some 
adjoining  district  without  seriously  limiting  their  educational  oppor¬ 
tunities. 

906  B.  Number  of  Teachers  Based  on  Attendance.  No  school 
is  entitled  to  receive  an  apportionment  from  the  State  Public  School 
Fund  or  from  the  county  school  fund  of  any  county  for  more  than 
one  teacher,  except  as  follows:  in  a  school  where,  during  the  pre¬ 
ceding  school  year,  except  in  case  of  an  epidemic,  the  average 
number  of  children  in  daily  attendance  was  not  less  than  thirty  pupils, 
funds  may  be  apportioned  for  paying  the  salaries  of  two  teachers; 
similarly  where  the  daily  average  of  pupils  was  not  less  than  sixty- 
five,  three  teachers  may  be  employed;  for  not  less  than  ninety-five, 
four  teachers,  and  for  every  additional  thirty  pupils  above  ninety-five, 
one  additional  teacher.  Provided,  that  for  the  encouragement  of 
high  school  instruction  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion  may  formulate  rules  and  regulations  that  will  permit  the  pay¬ 
ment  of  salaries  to  high  school  teachers  having  a  smaller  attendance 
of  pupils  per  teacher  than  that  specified  in  this  section. 

906  C.  Specific  Charges  on  State  Fund:  These  include,  (a)  the 
salary  and  expenses  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  State  Colored  Normal 
School  ($1500);  the  salaries  and  expenses  of  the  State  Board  of 
Examiners  and  institute  conductors,  ($25,000);  the  biennial  appropria¬ 
tion  for  the  rural  libraries,  ($7,500);  and  (b),  an  appropriation  for 
teacher  training  in  the  several  counties,  the  improvement  of  teachers 
now  in  service,  and  the  better  supervision  of  rural  schools. 

907.  County  School  Funds:  The  following  sections  of  the  laws 
of  1919  apply  to  county  school  funds. 

907  A.  County  Board  of  Education  Submits  Budget:  On  or 
before  the  first  Monday  of  November  of  each  year  the  county  board 
of  education  must  submit  to  the  State  Board  of  Education,  its  county 
school  budget  for  the  ensuing  year.  It  must  make  oath  that  adequate 
provision  has  been  made  for  a  six  months  school  term  in  every  school 
district  of  the  county,  including  city  or  town  public  schools;  and 
state  the  rate  of  special  county  school  tax  levied  therefor,  and  the 


Par.  907-B 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


aggregate  fund  derived  or  to  be  derived  therefrom.  No  county  can 
receive  any  part  of  the  funds  appropriated  by  the  State  until  this 
regulation  has  been  complied  with. 

907  B.  County  Comm'«sioners  Levy  Required  Tax:  On  or  before 
the  first  Monday  in  May  of  each  year  the  county  board  of  education 
shall  submit  an  itemized  county  school  budget  to  the  county  com¬ 
missioners  setting  forth  the  amount  of  money  needed  to  maintain 
the  public  schools  of  the  county  for  six  months.  Such  budget  shall 
state  the  number  of  teachers,  both  white  and  colored,  employed  in 
each  district,  and  the  salary  fixed  for  each;  and  such  other  informa¬ 
tion  as  may  be  required  by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  In¬ 
struction  in  the  blanks  furnished  by  him.  The  budget  shall  be  sworn 
to  and  subscribed  by  the  chairman  of  the  county  board  of  education 
and  the  county  superintendent  of  schools.  A  copy  shall  be  filed  in 
the  office  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  It  shall 
then  be  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  after  deduct¬ 
ing  the  amount  to  be  received  from  the  State  Public  School  Fund,  to 
levy  annually  a  special  tax  on  all  property,  real  and  personal,  and  on 
all  taxable  polls,  subject  to  the  constitutional  limitation  of  the  poll 
tax  in  their  county,  sufficient  to  make  up  the  budget  to  the  required 
amount.  This  tax  shall  be  levied  annually,  and  collected  at  the  same 
time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  other  county  taxes;  and  the  funds 
derived  from  it,  together  with  other  school  funds  in  their  hands,  shall 
be  apportioned  and  expended  by  the  county  board  of  education  for 
maintaining  one  or  more  public  schools  in  each  school  district  for  a 
term  of  six  months  in  each  year;  Provided,  that  no  county  shall  be 
compelled  to  levy  a  special  county  tax  of  more  than  thirty-five  cents 
on  every  one  hundred  dollars  valuation  of  property,  real  and  personal, 
and  a  corresponding  tax  on  every  taxable  poll  for  said  purpose,  except 
as  provided  in  the  next  succeeding  section;  and  after  every  county 
has  levied  and  collected  the  special  county  tax  to  the  limit  stated 
above,  if  the  funds  derived  therefrom  be  insufficient,  the  county  shall 
receive  from  the  State  Public  School  Fund  an  apportionment  sufficient 
to  bring  the  school  term  in  every  school  district  to  six  months. 

907  C.  Incidental  Expense  and  Building  Funds;  How  Provided. 
All  poll  tax,  fines,  forfeitures,  penalties,  and  all  public  school  revenues, 
other  than  those  derived  from  the  .State  Public  School  Fund  and  the 
special  county  tax,  shall  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  incidental 
expense  fund  .and  the  building  fund,  as  provided  in  the  budget,  and 
if  this  amount  is  insufficient  for  these  funds,  the  county  board  of 
education  may  provide  in  the  county  school  budget  for  an  additional 
amount  not  to  exceed  twenty-five  per  cent  of  the  teachers'  salary 
fund;  and  the  county  tax  may  be  increased  sufficiently  beyoud  the 
maximum  levy  of  thirty-five  cents  to  provide  this  amount  if  it  shall 
appear  necessary  to  the  county  board  of  education  and  the  county 
commissioners. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  907-E 


907  D.  Procedure  if  the  County  Board  of  Education  and  the  Com¬ 
missioners  Disagree:  In  the  event  of  a  disagreement  between  the 
county  board  of  education  and  the  board  of  county  commissioners  as 
to  the  amount  to  be  provided  by  the  county  for  the  maintenance  of 
a  six  months  school  term,  and  as  to  the  rate  of  tax  to  be  levied  there¬ 
for,  or  in  the  event  of  the  refusal  of  any  board  of  county  commissioners 
to  levy  this  tax,  the  county  board  of  education  shall  bring  action  in 
the  nature  of  a  mandamus  against  the  boai’d  of  county  commissioners 
to  compel  the  levying  of  such  special  tax  under  the  provisions  of  the 
article  entitled  Mandamus  of  the  chapter  on  Civil  Procedure. 

907  E.  The  Budget  Provides  Three  Separate  Funds:  The  county 
budget  must  provide  three  separate  school  funds;  (1)  a  teachers’ 
salary  fund;  (2)  an  incidental  expense  fund;  and  (3)  a  building 
fund.  The  budget  for  both  the  regular  county  schools  and  the  specially 
chartered  schools  shall  be  made  on  blanks  supplied  by  and  in  accor¬ 
dance  with  the  directions  of  the  State  .Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  part  of  the  teachers’  salary 
fund  to  be  used  for  any  other  purpose  than  that  specificied  in  the 
budget  after  it  has  been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

(a)  Teachers’  Salary  Fund:  Scale  of  Payment.  In  estimating 
the  amount  necessary  for  the  teachers’  salary  fund,  the  county  board 
shall  take  as  a  basis  for  the  year  1919-1920  the  monthly  salaries  of 
the  teachers  of  every  school  of  the  county  for  the  year  1918-1919 
and  shall  increase  that  amount  for  each  school  as  follows,  subject  to 
such  exceptions  as  may  hereafter  appear. 

(1)  For  teachers  holding  elementary  certificates  not  less  than 
twenty-five  per  cent  increase;  (2)  primary  and  grammar  certifi¬ 
cates  not  less  fifteen  per  cent  increase;  and  (3)  high  school  certifi¬ 
cates  ten  per  cent  increase;  (4)  principals’  certificates  not  less  than 
ten  per  cent  increase;  (5)  all  superintendents  of  county  and  city 
schools  an  increase  of  not  less  than  ten  per  cent.  The  salary  of 
each  teacher  holding  a  second  grade  certificate  shall  not  be  greater 
than  forty-five  dollars  per  month. 

Nothing  in  this  section  shall  make  it  compulsory  upon  the  county 
board  of  education  to  fix  the  monthly  salaries  of  the  teachers  for  any 
school  larger  than  the  following:  (1)  for  inexperienced  teachers,  a 
salary  not  larger  than  the  average  salary  of  1918-1919  of  the  teachers 
in  the  county  holding  the  same  grade  certificates;  (2)  for  teachers 
of  successful  experience  of  two  or  more  years,  holding  elementary 
certificates,  sixty-five  dollars  per  month;  (3)  special  primary  and 
grammar  grade  certificates,  seventy  dollars  per  month;  (4)  high 
school  certificates,  seventy-five  dollars  per  month;  (5)  principals 
of  elmentary  schools  of  three  teachers  or  more,  one  hundred  dollars 
per  month;  (6)  principals  of  high  schools,  one  hundred  and  twenty- 


Par.  907-F 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


five  dollars  per  month;  and  the  apportionment  from  the  State  Public 
School  Fund  shall  be  made  upon  this  salary  basis. 

A  teacher  holding  a  certificate  of  one  class  and  teaching  in 
another  class  of  work  shall  be  paid  according  to  the  class  of  work 
done  and  not  according  to  the  class  of  certificate  held. 

The  county  board  of  education  may  in  its  discretion  fix  a  salary 
schedule,  not  inconsistent  with  this  article,  based  upon  successful 
teaching  experience  and  professional  study;  and  nothing  in  this 
article  shall  operate  against  increasing  the  salary  of  teachers  out  of 
special  tax  funds. 

In  no  case  shall  the  salary  of  any  teacher  be  reduced  by  the 
operation  of  this  section. 

(b)  The  Incidental  Expense  Fund:  This  provides  for  janitors, 
school  supplies,  insurance,  rent,  professional  study,  special  supervision 
of  all  sorts,  and  all  administration  expenses  other  than  the  salary  of 
the  county  superintendent.  The  amount  of  this  fund  shall  be  derived 
by  ascertaining  the  incidental  expenses  of  the  specially  chartered 
schools  for  two-thirds  of  the  annual  expenses  of  the  year  1918-1919, 
and  the  amount  for  the  regular  county  schools  for  twelve  months  for 
the  year  1918-1919  with  an  addition  of  ten  per  cent  for  expenses  not 
otherwise  provided  for.  After  deducting  the  contingent  fund,  the 
expense  oi  the  county  superintendent,  traveling  expenses  and  per 
diem  of  the  county  board  of  education,  and  the  fees  or  salary  of  the 
county  treasurer  from  the  total  incidental  expense  fund,  the  per  cent 
of  the  remainder  that  shall  be  apportioned  to  the  special  chartered 
school  shall  be  the  .same  as  the  per  cent  of  the  teachers^  salary  fund  ap¬ 
portioned  to  said  specially  chartered  school. 

(c)  Building  Fund:  A  building  fund  not  to  exceed  twenty-five 
per  cent  of  the  total  teachers’  salary  fund  for  the  entire  county  may 
be  set  aside  each  year  to  be  used  in  erecting  school  buildings,  addi¬ 
tions  to  buildings,  dormitories,  teachers’  residences,  repayment  of  loans 
to  the  State  loan  fund,  sinking  fund,  permanent  improvements,  and 
other  necessary  buildings,  and  the  percentage  of  this  fund  apportioned 
to  the  specially  chartered  schools  shall  be  the  same  as  the  percentage 
of  the  teachers’  salary  fund  apportioned  to  such  specially  chartered 
schools. 

907  F.  Officials  must  Furnish  Statement  of  Fines.  Clerks  of 
courts  and  other  officials  having  in  custody  the  records  of  any  city 
or  town  are  required  to  furnish  to  the  county  board  of  education  semi¬ 
annually  a  detailed  statement  of  fines,  forfeitures  and  penalties  which 
go  to  the  school  fund. 

907  G.  The  Fiscal  School  Year  begins  the  first  of  July  and  closes 
on  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  following. 

908.  Vocational  Education  Fund.  The  Federal  Vocational  Edu- 


EDUCATION 


Par,  909-C 


cation  Act  in  all  of  its  provisions  is  accepted  by  the  State,  and  an 
appropriation  equal  to  the  Federal  appropriation  to  the  State  of  North 
Carolina  is  made  each  year  from  the  State  Public  School  Fund.  The 
State  treasurer  receives  and  disburses  the  Vocational  Educational  Fund. 

909.  Special  School  Taxes.  The  Law  provides  that  when  nec¬ 
essary,  special  school  taxes  may  be  raised,  with  the  consent  of  the 
electorate,  as  follows: 

909  A.  Special  County  School  Tax.  Upon  petition  of  the  county 
)  board  of  education  presented  to  the  county  commissioners,  an  election 

to  levy  a  county  special  tax  of  not  over  thirty  cents  on  the  one 
hundred  valuation  of  property,  and  ninety  cents  on  the  poll,  may  be 
held.  The  election  is  held  under  the  same  rules  and  regulations  as  in 
special  tax  districts.  If  the  election  is  carried  the  tax  must  be  levied 
and  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes.  If  the  collection  fails 
to  carry,  a  subsequent  election  may  be  held  in  any  later  year.  Ex¬ 
penses  of  the  election  are  paid  out  of  the  school  fund. 

909  B.  Special  High  School  Township  Tax.  One-fourth  of  the 
free  holders  of  any  township,  upon  petition  approved  by  the  county 
board  of  education,  may  have  the  board  of  commissioners  call  an 
election  upon  the  question  of  levying  a  special  township  high  school 
tax  of  not  over  thirty  cents  on  the  hundred  dollars  valuation  of 
property  and  not  less  than  ten  cents.  If  the  election  is  carried,  taxes 
shall  be  levied  and  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes.  All 
moneys  collected  for  a  tov/nship  high  school  by  special  tax  will  be 
placed  in  the  hands  of  the  treasurer  of  the  school  fund  to  the  credit 
of  the  township  high  school  committee,  to  be  by  them  expended 
exclusively  in  establishing  and  maintaining  one  or  more  high  schools 
in  the  township. 

Township  high  schools  may  be  established  without  the  levying  of 
the  special  township  high  school  tax  if  the  public  funds  are  sufficient. 

High  school  subjects  may  be  taught  in  all  public  schools  employing 
more  than  one  teacher,  but  only  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  reg¬ 
ulations  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

909  C.  Special  City  and  Town  Tax.  Upon  petition  signed  by  one- 
fourth  of  the  free-holders  of  any  incorporated  city  or  town  not  now 
)  levying  a  special  tax  for  schools,  the  board  of  aldermen  or  commis¬ 

sioners  shall  order  an  election  to  be  held  on  the  question  of  levying 
a  special  tax  of  not  over  thirty  cents  on  the  one  hundred  dollars  valua¬ 
tion  of  property,  and  ninety  cents  on  the  poll.  The  election  shall  be 
held  under  the  rules  governing  muinicipal  elections  in  such  cities  or 
towns.  If  the  election  carries  the  tax  shall  be  levied  and  collected 
annually  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes.  Moneys  levied  and 
collected  shall  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  city  or  town  school  com- 


Par.  909-D 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


mittee  and  by  them  expended  exclusively  upon  the  public  schools  of 
the  city  or  town. 

909  D.  Special  Tax  in  School  Districts  Containing  Cities  or 
Towns*  Upon  petition  of  one-third  of  the  qualified  voters  of  any 

« 

graded  school,  public  or  high  school  district  which  includes  an  in¬ 
corporated  town,  an  election  upon  the  question  of  levying  an  additional 
special  annual  tax  to  an  amount  to  be  specified  in  the  petition  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  governing  body  of  the  incorporated  city  or  town,  or, 
in  case  the  district  includes  a  part  of  the  county,  by  the  county  board 
of  commissioners.  In  case  the  election  is  carried,  the  tax  shall  be 
levied  and  collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes,  and  all 
moneys  so  collected  shall  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  board  of 
trustees  to  be  by  them  expended  exclusively  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  school  within  that  district. 

All  elections  ordered  under  this  law  must  be  held  within  sixty 
days  after  filing  of  the  petition,  and  unless  the  election  is  held  prior 
to  the  first  day  of  June  in  any  year,  the  tax  authorized  by  the  election 
cannot  be  levied  until  the  following  year. 

909  E.  Limit  of  Special  Taxes.  The  aggregate  of  all  school 
taxes  annually  levied  and  collected  under  this  law,  except  taxes  collected 
for  the  purpose  of  paying  interest  and  principal  of  school  house  bonds, 
shall  not  exceed  one  dollar  on  the  one  hundred  dollars  worth  of 
property. 

909  F.  Special  Tax  in  Special  School  Districts.  Upon  the  petition 
of  one  fourth  of  the  free  holders  within  a  proposed  special  school 
district  endorsed  by  the  county  board  of  education,  the  board  of  county 
commissioners  shall  hold  an  election  upon  th©  question  of  levying  in 
such  districts  a  special  annual  tax  of  not  more  than  thirty  cents  on 
the  one  hundred  dollars  valuation  of  property,  and  ninety  cents  on 
the  poll. 

The  election  in  a  special  district  must  be  held  under  the  rules 
governing  general  elections  as  near  as  may  be.  A  new  registration 
is  required.  In  order  to  carry  the  election  it  is  necessary  that  a 
majority  of  the  registered  voters  cast  their  ballot  for  the  special 
school  tax.  If  the  election  is  carried,  the  taxes  must  be  levied  and 
collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes. 

Special  districts  may  be  formed  from  portions  of  contiguous 
counties  in  which  case  both  county  boards  of  education  must  endorse 
the  petition. 

Upon  a  written  request  of  a  majority  of  the  committee  of  a 
special  tax  district,  county  boards  of  education  may  enlarge  the 
boundaries  of  a  special  tax  district  so  as  to  include  contiguous  territory, 
and  an  election  in  such  territory  must  be  ordered  held  in  the  same 
manner  as  prescribed  for  elections  in  special  tax  districts. 

Upon  petition  of  two- thirds  of  the  qualified  voters  residing  in 


EDUCATION 


Par.  913 


any  special  tax  district  established  under  this  rule,  which  petition 
must  be  endorsed  by  the  county  board  of  education,  the  county  board 
of  commissioners  shall  order  an  election  in  the  district  for  submitting 
the  question  of  revoking  the  tax  and  abolishing-  the  district.  A  special 
tax  district  in  debt  m.ay  not  be  abolished.  An  election  for  revoking 
special  tax  districts  may  not  be  held  oftener  than  once  in  two  years, 
nor  can  it  be  held  within  less  than  two  years  after  election  at  which 
the  tax  was  voted. 

Upon  petition  of  one-third  of  the  qualified  voters  of  a  special 
tax  district,  endorsed  by  the  county  board  of  education  showing  that 
the  special  tax  levied  under  this  election  is  inadequate,  a  second  election 
may  be  held  to  increase  the  special  tax  levy  to  an  amount  not  exceed¬ 
ing  fifty  cents  on  the  one  hundred  dollars  valuation  of  property,  and 
one  dollar  and  fifty  cents  on  the  poll.  Moneys  collected  under  the 
provisions  of  this  law,  when  collected,  must  be  placed  to  the  credit 
of  the  school  committee  in  the  district.  The  school  committee  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  county  board  of  education  and  must  apportion 
the  money  among  the  schools  of  the  district. 

III.  The  Public  School  System. 

910.  Provision  for  Education  in  the  Constitution.  The  constitution 
of  North  Carolina  declares  that  the  people  have  the  right  to  the 
privilege  of  education,  that  it  is  the  duty  of  the  tState  to  guard  and 
maintain  that  right,and  that  the  General  Assembly  shall  provide  by 
taxation  and  otherwise  for  a  general  and  uniform  system  of  public 
schools  wherein  tuition  shall  be  free  of  charge  to  all  children  of  the 
State  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years.  It  further  de¬ 
clares  that  children  of  the  white  race  and  the  children  of  the  colored 
race  shall  be  taught  in  separate  public  schools,  but  there  shall  be  no 
discrimination  in  favor  of  or  to  the  prejudice  of  either  race. 

911.  Separate  Schools  for  Indians.  The  Indians  of  Robeson, 
Richmond  and  Sampson  counties  and  their  descendents  have  by  law 
separate  schools  for  their  children,  and  school  committees  of  their 
own  race  and  color,  and  are  allowed  to  select  teachers  of  their  own 
choice,  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  applicable  to  teachers  in 
the  general  law. 

The  general  public  school  law  is  applicable  in  all  respects  to  these 
separate  schools  for  Indians. 

912.  Women  Eligible  for  Committees  etc.  Women  are  eligible 
to  serve  on  committees  for  public  schools,  boards  of  trustees  of  State 
schools  and  colleges  for  women,  and  sub-text-book  commissions. 

913.  Schools  may  be  Closed  for  Insufficient  Attendance.  Schools 
may  be  closed  for  non-attendance  when  a  monthly  or  weekly  report 
in  a  district  containing  not  over  150  children  shows  an  average  daily 
attendance  of  less  than  one-fifth  of  the  school  census. 


Par.  914 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


The  county  board  of  education  upon  recommendation  of  the  State 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  has  authority  to  close  any  school 
in  case  the  attendance  does  not  justify  its  continuance.  Funds  remain¬ 
ing  to  the  credit  of  such  schools  must  be  turned  over  to  the  general 
county  school  fund  for  re-apportionment. 

914.  Subjects  to  be  Taught.  The  branches  to  be  taught  in  all 
public  schools  shall  be  spelling,  reading,  writing,  arithmetic,  drawing, 
language  lessons  and  composition,  English  Grammar,  geography,  the 
histoiy  of  North  Carolina  and  the  United  States,  elements  of  agri¬ 
culture,  and  oral  and  text  book  instruction  in  elementary  physiology 
and  hygiene,  including  the  nature  and  effect  of  alcoholic  drinks  and  ’ 
narcotics:  Provided,  that  in  public  schools  employing  more  than  one 
teacher  the  elements  of  civil  government,  containing  the  constitution 
of  North  Carolina  and  the  United  States,  and  such  other  subjects  of 
study  as  the  State  Board  of  Education  may  direct,  shall  be  taught 
after  adequate  provision  shall  have  first  been  made  for  the  thorough 
teaching  of  the  branches  before  named. 

914  A.  Instruction  in  Temperance  must  be  given  in  each  school 
year  below  the  ninth  grade  in  all  public  schools. 

915.  County  Farm-Life  Schools.  County  farm  life  schools  to  pre¬ 
pare  boys  for  agricultural  pursuits,  and  girls  for  home  making  and 
house  keeping  on  the  farm,  may  be  established  in  any  county  com¬ 
plying  with  the  following  provisions  of  the  law:  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  school  there  must  be  provided  annually,  by  taxation  on  other¬ 
wise,  not  less  than  twenty-five  hundred  dollars,  and  the  following 
equipment  must  be  provided  by  bond  issue  or  otherwise:  a  school 
building  with  dormitories  and  suitable  accomodations  for  not  less 
than  twenty-five  boys  and  twenty-five  girls,  a  barn  and  dairy  building 
with  proper  equipment,  and  a  farm  of  not  less  than  fifty  acres  of 
good  land. 

An  election  upon  the  question  of  levying  a  special  tax  on  all  property 
and  polls  of  the  county  for  the  maintenance  and  equipment  of  a  farm- 
life  school  may  be  held  upon  written  request  of  the  county  board  of 
education  presented  to  the  board  of  commissioners.  When  an  election 
01  this  sort  is  held,  a  new  registration  is  required.  If  the  election  is 
carried,  then  the  special  tax  authorized  shall  be  annually  levied  and 
collected  in  the  same  manner  as  other  taxes. 

A  special  election  may  be  held  in  a  township  to  secure  the  location 
of  the  county  school  within  the  township.  If  the  election  in  the 
county  to,  support  a  farm-life  school  fails  to  carry,  another  election 
in  townships  may  be  held  in  order  to  establish  such- a  school. 

A  high  school  -  department  must  be  conducted,  in  connection  with 
the.  county  farm-life  school.  The  certification  and  employment  of 
teachers  in  such  schools  must  be  approved  by  the  *State  Board  for 
Vocational  Education.  It  it  the  duty  of  the  faculty  of  farm-life  schools 


EDUCATION 


Par.  920 


to  conduct  agricultural  and  domestic  extension  work  in  the  county  in 
co-operation  with  the  State  Department  of  Agricultural.  When  all 
the  provisions  of  the  law  regarding  the  establishment  of  such 
schools  have  been  complied  with,  the  sum  of  twenty-five  hundred 
dollars  annually  to  aid  in  the  maintenance  of  such  schools  is  available 
by  Slate  appropriation.  If  funds  available  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  farm-life  schools  are  insufficient,  the  county  board  of  education  is 
empowered  to  appropriate  an  additional  amount  not  to  exceed  one 
^  thousand  dollars. 

916.  Teaching  of  Agriculture  and  Domestic  Science.  When  the 
county  provides  annually  a  sum  not  to  exceed  twenty-five  hundred 
dollars  and  adequate  buildings  and  equipment,  which  must  be  approved 
by  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  an  appropriation 
not  to  exceed  twenty  five  hundred  dollars  annually  for  the  main¬ 
tenance  of  such  work  in  public  high  schools  is  available  by  State 
grant. 

917.  Kindergartens.  Upon  petition  of  the  school  board  of  any 
school  district  endorsed  by  the  county  board  of  education,  the  county 
commissioners  shall  order  an  election  upon  the  question  of  levying 
a  special  annual  tax  of  not  more  than  fifteen  cents  on  the  one 
hundred  dollars  valuation  of  property,  and  forty-five  cents  on  the  poll, 
for  the  establishment  of  a  kindergarten  department  in  the  schools  of 
such  district. 

918.  Arbor  Day.  The  Friday  following  the  first  day  of  November 
in  each  year  is  known  as  Arbor  Day,  and  is  to  be  observed  appro¬ 
priately  by  the  public  schools  of  the  State.  A  program  for  the  ob¬ 
servance  of  Arbor  Day  in  the  schools  is  issued  each  year  by  the  State 
Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction. 

919.  Orphanage  Children  at  Public  Schools.  Children  at  orphan¬ 
ages  are  permitted  to  attend  the  public  schools  of  a  district  in  which 
the  orphanage  is  located.  Three  fourths  of  the  extra  expense  for  a 
term  of  six  months  as  a  result  of  the  attendance  shall  be  paid  out  of 
the  State  Public  School  Fund  and  one-fourth  out  of  the  county  fund. 
After  the  six  months  term,  tuition  fees  may  be  charged  for  the  at¬ 
tendance  of  each  child  upon  the  public  school. 

^  920.  Instruction  of  Illiterates.  Schools  for  adult  illiterates  may 

be  conducted  under  the  rules  of  the  State  Board  of  Education  and 
supported  by  appropriation  by  the  county  board  of  education,  and  the 
State,  Board  of  Education.  Miss  Elizabeth  Kelly  of  the  Department  of 
,  Public  Instruction,  Raleigh,  is  director  of  this  work. 

(a)  The  law:  An  Act  ratified  March  7,  1919,  makes  all  schools 
organized  to  teach  adult  illiterates  a  part  of  the  State  Public  School 
system,  to  be  supported  as  other  schools  of  the  State  are  supported. 


Par.  921 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


It  requires  that  the  county  board  of  education  shall  upon  direction 
from  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  provide  annually 
in  the  county  school  budget,  unless  otherwise  provided,  a  sum  nec¬ 
essary  to  teach  the  adult  illiterates  in  accordance  with  rules  and 
regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  and  that  a  like  sum 
shall  be  apportioned  from  the  State  Public  School  Fund.  It 
authorizes  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  use  annually  a  sum  not 
to  exceed  five  thousand  dollars  of  the  State  Public  School  Fund  for 
the  organization  and  direction  of  this  work  for  teaching  adult  illit¬ 
erates  under  direction  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion. 


(b)  Plans  and  policies:  To  teach  adult  illiterates  in  groups  gath¬ 
ered  together  in  community  schools,  or  to  teach  scattered  illiterates 
in  their  homes  or  in  groups.  It  is  planned  to  put  on  one  whole-time 
worker  in  each  county  in  July  1920,  whose  business  will  be  to  organize 
and  conduct  for  the  whites  five  community  schools  of  at  least  two 
months’  duration  each  in  each  county.  Five  community  schools  for 
negroes  in  each  county  are  also  planned.  These  negro  schools  will 
be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  negro  school  supervisors  in 
each  county,  and  will  be  reported  through  the  county  director  of 
community  schools. 

(c)  Activities:  Community  schools  for  teaching  adult  illiterates 
have  been  organized  in  fifty-eight  counties.  The  work  has  been  done 
by  whole-time  workers  and  by  day-school  teachers  in  connection  with 
their  regular  school  work. 

(d)  Results:  About  400  schools  have  been  taught,  in  addition 
to  scattered  illiterates.  Five  thousand  illiterates  were  in  these  schools 
for  a  period  of  not  less  than  one  month.  As  many  as  5,000  who  were 
not  illiterate  were  also  in  these  schools. 

921.  Contracts  with  Private  Schools.  The  school  committee  of 
any  school  district  may  contract  with  the  teachers  of  any  private 
school,  which  is  not  sectarian  or  denominational,  to  give  instruction  to 
all  pupils  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  years,  and  may 
pay  such  teachers  out  of  the  funds  apportioned  to  the  district.  In  case 
of  such  contracts,  the  duty  of  the  teachers  of  private  schools  as  to 
certificates,  courses  of  instruction  and  reports,  is  the  same  as  that 
of  other  public  school  teachers.  Private  schools  entering  into  such 
contracts  shall  be  open  to  all  children  between  the  ages  of  six  and 
twenty-one  years. 

922.  Commercial  Schools:  Before  any  business  or  commercial 
school  receives  or  solicits  students  it  must  secure  a  license  from  the 
State  Board  of  Examiners  under  regulations  to  be  made  by  the  Board 
of  Examiners  and  upon  payment  of  an  annual  fee  of  ten  dollars.  Any 
school  when  applying  for  license  is  required  to  file  a  report  setting 


EDUCATION 


Par.  925 


forth  that  it  has  sufficient  building  accommodations,  suitable  equip¬ 
ment,  trained  faculty,  and  has  adopted  an  approved  course  of  study. 

923.  Rural  Libraries:  When  the  patrons  of  any  public  school 
in  which  a  library  has  not  already  been  established,  raise  ten  dollars 
and  tender  this  to  the  county  treasurer,  the  county  board  of  education 
shall  appropriate  a  like  sum  for  this  purpose.  After  a  school  district 
has  had  a  library  for  ten  years,  it  is  entitled  to  receive  a  second  appro 
priation.  When  the  county  board  of  education  has  made  its  appro- 

)  priation  for  a  library,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  county  Superintendent  to 
inform  the  *State  Board  of  Education  of  the  fact,  whereupon  the  State 
Board  of  Education  will  permit  ten  dollars  additional  for  the  pur¬ 
chase  of  books. 

Libraries  may  be  enlarged  by  raising  locally  five  dollars,  securing 
an  appropriation  from  the  county  board  of  five  dollars,  and  an  appro¬ 
priation  from  the  State  board  of  five  dollars.  Not  more  than  six  new 
libraries  may  be  established  in  any  one  county,  and  not  more  than  six 
supplementary  libraries  may  be  secured  every  two  years.  Schools  in 
incorporated  towns  having  a  population  of  more  than  1,000  people  may 
not  receive  State  aid  in  the  establishment  of  libraries. 

924.  Motion  Pictures.  Moving  pictures  to  be  given  in  rnral 
school  houses  of  the  State  must  be  provided  by  the  State  Superin¬ 
tendent  of  Public  Instruction  upon  application  by  the  county  board  of 
education,  when  it  agrees  to  pay  two-thirds  of  the  cost  of  such  enter¬ 
tainments.  The  State  will  pay  the  other  one-third.  Any  rural  com¬ 
munity  can  be  entitled  to  this  seiwice  by  depositing  v/ith  its  county 
board  of  education  two-thirds  of  the  cost  of  the  entertainments 
desired.  Twenty-five  thousand  dollars  is  appropriated  annually  by  the 
State  for  this  service. 


IV.  Teachers. 

925.  The  State  Board  of  Examiners  and  Institute  Conductors. 
The  State  Board  of  Examiners  consists  of  six  members — three  men 
and  three  women,  appointed  by  the  Governor  for  a  term  of  four 
years.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  to  plan,  direct,  and  conduct  county 
teacher  institutes,  or  county  summer  schools,  biennially,  in  each  county 
of  the  State,  and  they  have  power  to  mak,b  all  necessary  regulations 
governing  them;  but  not  more  than  one-half  the  cost  shall  be  paid 
out  of  the  State  Public  School  Fund. 

The  Board  is  authorized  to  cancel  the  certificate  of  any  teacher 
failing  to  attend  an  institute  or  summer  school  biennially.  It  has 
entire  control  of  examining,  accrediting  without  examination,  and  cer¬ 
tificating  all  applicants  for  teachers’,  principals’,  supervisors’,  and 
superintendents’  certificates  in  North  Carolina.  Certificates  issued  by 
the  State  Board  of  Examiners  are  not  valid  until  approved  and  signed 
by  the  superintendent  of  the  county  or  city  where  the  examination  was 


Par.  926 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NOR'l’.'!  CAROLINA 


held.  The  Board  is  required  to  prepare  questions  for  the  examination 
of  teachers  who  apply  for  certificates,  These  questions  are  sent  to 
each  superintendent  or  other  person  appointed  to  conduct  the  exami¬ 
nation,  which  shall  be  held  on  the  second  Tuesday  in  April,  July  and 
October. 

926.  Teacher’s  Health  Certificate.  Any  person  teaching  in  the 
public  school  or  serving  as  superintendent  of  public  instruction  in 
any  county  must  secure  each  year  before  assuming  his  or  her  duties, 
a  certificate  from  the  county  physician,  or  other  reputable  physician 
of  the  county,  certifying  that  the  said  person  has  not  an  open  or 
active  infectious  state  of  tuberculosis,  or  any  other  contagious  disease. 
The  physician  shall  make  the  certificate  on  a  form  supplied  by  the 
State  Board  of  Health  and  without  charge  to  the  teacher.  Teachers 
and  superintendents  who  enter  upon  their  duties  without  this  health 
certificate  will  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  subject  to  a  fine  of 
not  more  than  $50.00  nor  more  than  thirty  days  imprisonment. 

927.  Employment  of  Teachers.  Teachers  are  employed  and  may 
be  dismissed  by  the  school  committee.  No  teacher  may  be  dismissed  by 
the  committee  until  written  charges  have  been  filed  with  the  county 
superintendent  and  after  a  hearing  has  been  had  before  the  committee 
of  the  district,  following  two  days  notice  to  the  teacher. 

The  school  committee  is  required  to  meet  at  convenient  times 
and  places  for  the  employment  of  teachers  for  the  public  schools, 
and  it  must  give  notice  of  each  meeting  at  three  public  places.  No 
teacher  shall  be  employed  by  any  committee  except  at  regularly  called 
meetings  of  such  committees,  and  no  person  may  be  employed  as 
a  teacher  who  does  not  hold  a  certificate  issued  by  the  county  super¬ 
intendent,  or  first  grade  certificate  issued  by  the  State  Board  of 
Examiners. 

No  member  of  a  school  committee  nor  of  a  county  board  of 
education  may  be  elected  to  teach  in  a  public  school.  No  election  of 
the  teacher  is  valid  until  approved  by  the  county  superintendent. 

928.  Duties  of  Teachers.  It  is  the  duty  of  teachers  to  maintain 
good  order  and  discipline,  to  encourage  morality,  industry,  and  neat¬ 
ness  in  all  of  their  pupils,  and  to  teach  thoroughly  all  branches  which 
they  are  required  to  teach.  Pupils  who  wilfully  and  persistently 
violate  the  rules  of  the  school,  and  are  of  immoral  life  and  character, 
shall  be  dismissed  by  the  teacher. 

Every  teacher  is  required  to  keep  such  records  as  may  be  pre 
scribed  by  the  State  *Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  or  the 
county  board  of  education.  At  the  end  of  each  term  the  teacher  or 
principal  of  the  school  must  exhibit  to  the  school  committee  a  report 
of  the  number  of  pupils,  average  daily  attendance,  the  length  of 
term,  and  the  number  of  pupils  completing  the  grades.  But  monthly 
and  even  weekly  reports,  if  required  by  the  county  superintendent, 


EDUCATION 


Par.  931 


must  be  made.  At  the  end  of  each  term  the  teacher  or  principal  must 
report  to  the  county  superintendent  giving  a  statement  as  to  the 
length  of  the  term,  the  number,  sex,  and  average  daily  attendance  of 
pupils,  the  number  of  children  not  attending  any  school,  the  number 
under  seventeen  years  of  age  not  attending  school,  the  number  of 
families  having  children  of  school  age  who  do  not  send  their  children 
to  school,  stating  causes  for  non-attendance  and  the  personal  effort 
of  the  teacher  to  secure  regular  attendance  of  pupils. 

929.  Salaries  of  Teachers.  A  teacher  holding  a  first  grade  cer- 

)  tificate  may  receive  such  compensation  as  shall  be  agreed  upon. 

Holders  of  second  grade  certificates  shall  receive  not  more  than  $45.00 
per  month.  Holders  of  third  grade  certificates  may  receive  not  more 
than  $20.00  a  month,  but  no  third  grade  teacher  may  be  employed 
except  as  an  assistant  teacher.  Twenty  school  days  of  not  less  than 
six  hours  and  not  more  than  seven  hours  each  shall  be  a  month.  The 
county  board  shall  fix  within  the  limits  above  prescribed  the  max¬ 
imum  salary  to  be  paid  teachers  in  each  county. 

Teachers’  salaries  are  paid  on  voucher  forms  filled  out  and  signed 
by  two  members  of  the  school  committee.  The  treasurer  will  not  pay 
such  voucher  until  countersigned  by  the  county  superintendent.  Teach¬ 
ers’  salaries  are  not  paid  by  the  treasurer  unless  the  teacher  holds  a 
teachers’  certificate,  nor  will  a  teacher’s  voucher  be  countersigned  by 
the  superintendent  unless  the  teacher  holds  a  certificate,  nor  until 
a  copy  of  her  contract  has  been  filed  in  the  office  of  the  county  board 
of  education,  nor  until  the  teacher’s  register  and  final  report  in  proper 
form  are  filed  with  the  county  superintendent.  The  law  requires 
the  county  board  of  education  to  make  provision  for  the  prompt 
payment  of  the  teachers’  salaries  at  the  end  of  each  school  month. 

V.  School  Buildings. 

930.  Building  and  Repairing  School  Houses.  The  building  of 
new  school  houses  must  be  by  contract  with  the  county  board  of  edu¬ 
cation.  The  county  board  is  not  authorized  to  invest  any  money  in 
any  new  house  that  is  not  built  in  accordance  with  plans  approved  by 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  The  county  board  is 
required  to  meet  not  exceeding  one-half  the  cost  of  a  new  school 
building.  Contracts  for  school  buildings  must  be  in  writing.  All 
buildings  shall  be  inspected,  approved,  and  received  by  the  county 

)  .  Superintendent  before  final  payment  is  made. 

931.  Loans  for  School  House  Building.  Loans  for  building 
school  houses  may  be  made  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  under 
such  regulations  as  it  deems  advisable,  such  loans  to  be  made  to  the 
county  board  of  education  for  building  and  improving  schoolhouses, 
dormitories,  teacherages,  and  buildings  for  farm-life  schools. 

Loans  are  payable  in  ten  installments  and  bear  interest  at  four 


Par.  932 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


per  cent  payable  annually.  These  loans  are  secured  by  the  note  of 

the  county  board  of  education  deposited  with  the  State  Treasurer. 

_  • 

The  amount  lent  to  the  county  board  of  education  from  the  State 
Loan  Fund  is  relent  to  local  school  districts,  and  the  amount  lent  by 
the  county  board  of  education  is  payable  in  ten  annual  installments 
with  interest  thereon  at  four  per  cent.  When  the  county  board  of 
education  makes  its  appropriation  to  the  several  districts  of  the  county, 
it  is  authorized  to  deduct  the  amount  of  the  annual  installment  and 
interest  from  the  apportionment  of  that  district. 

932.  Bonds  for  Schoolhouses  in  Counties,  Townships,  and  School 
Districts.  Upon  petition  of  the  county  board  of  education  in  any 
county,  the  board  of  county  commissioners,  after  thirty  days  notice 
at  the  court  house  door  and  a  publication  of  four  weeks  in  some 
newspaper  published  in  the  county,  shall  order  an  election  to  be  held 
in  any  county,  township,  or  school  district  which  embraces  an  in¬ 
corporated  city  or  town,  in  which  there  is  maintained  a  public  high 
school,  to  ascertain  whether  the  voters  are  in  favor  of  issuing  bonds 
for  building,  furnishing,  repairing,  or  rebuilding  schoolhouses. 

The  petition  of  the  county  board  of  education  must  set  forth  the 
amount  of  the  bonds,  the  rate  of  interest  they  are  to  bear,  which  shall 
be  not  more  than  six  per  cent  payable  semi-annually;  and  the  length 
of  time  the  bonds  are  to  run,  (not  more  than  twenty  years);  and 
the  maximum  tax  that  may  be  levied,  which  shall  not  exceed  thirty 
cents  on  the  one  hundred  dollars  and  ninety  cents  on  the  poll.  This 
information  concerning  the  bonds  also  must  be  set  forth  in  the  order 
of  election  made  by  the  city  or  county  commissioners. 

If  the  election  is  held  in  a  county,  not  over  $100,000  may  be  author¬ 
ized.  If  in  a  town  or  district,  not  more  than  $25,000  may  be  authorized. 

When  the  bonds  are  issued  it  is  the  duty  of  the  county  board  of 
education  to  sell  them  and  hold  the  proceeds  for  the  benefit  of  the 
building  fund  of  the  township  or  school  district  building  fund  in 
which  the  election  was  held. 

933.  Bonds  for  Schoolhouses  in  Cities  and  Towns.  Whenever  the 
board  of  aldermen  or  duly  constituted  authority  in  any  city  or  town 
deems  it  necessary  to  purchase  lands  or  buildings  or  to  erect  build¬ 
ings,  for  school  purposes,  they  are  empowered  to  issue  bonds  in  the 
name  of  the  town  or  city  in  such  amount  as  they  deem  necessary. 
The  question  of  the  issuance  of  such  bonds  shall  be  submitted  to  a 
vote  of  the  qualified  voters  of  the  town  or  city  under  the  rules  pre¬ 
scribed  for  the  election  of  the  mayor  and  members  of  the  board  of 
aldermen.  If  the  election  is  carried,  the  bonds,  which  shall  not  run 
for  more  than  thirty  years,  or  bear  interest  at  a  greater  rate  than 
six  per  cent  per  annum  payable  semi-annually,  may  be  issued  and  sold. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  937 


VI.  Text  Books. 

934.  Eiementary  Text  Books.  Elementary  text  books  in  North 
Carolina  are  adopted  by  a  Text  Book  Commission  whose  members  are 
the  same  as  the  State  Board  of  Education.  The  law  requires  the 
appointment  by  the  State  Superintendent  and  the  Governor  of  a  Sub- 
Commission  of  six  members  to  be  elected  from  the  teachers  and  county 
superintendents,  whose  duty  it  is  to  examine  all  books  sent  to  the 
State  Text  Book'  Commission  as  specimen  copies  or  samples. 

The  State  Text  Book  Commission  and  the  Sub-Committee  in  joint 
session  select  and  adopt  the  books  best  suited  for  use  in  the  public 
schools  of  the  State  having  due  consideration  of  the  prices  at  which 
the  books  are  bid.  Books  adopted  for  elementaiy  use  must  be  used 
exclusively. 

935.  High  School  Text-Books.  In  the  adoption  of  high  school 
text-books  the  unit  of  adoption  shall  be  the  county.  The  county  high 
school  text-book  committee  is  composed  of  the  county  superintendent, 
the  superintendent  of  the  largest  city  or  town  school  in  the  county, 
and  three  high  school  teachers  or  principals.  The  adoption  in  each 
county  must  be  made  from  a  State  approved  multiple  list  of  books 
which  is  recommended  to  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc¬ 
tion  by  a  State  high  school  text-book  committee  consisting  of  five 
members  appointed  by  the  State  Superintendent.  The  list,  in  order 
to  be  adopted,  must  be  approved  by  the  State  Superintendent, 

936.  Text  Books  Rented  by  School  Boards.  County  boards  of 
education,  or  boards  of  trustees  in  any  special  tax  district,  are  author¬ 
ized  to  rent  public  school  text  bookjs  to  children  at  a  rental  price 
not  to  exceed  fifty  per  cent  of  the  publisher’s  contract  with  the  .State. 

VII.  School  Census  and  Health. 

937.  School  Census.  The  school  committee  is  required  to  furnish 
annually  to  the  county  superintendent  a  census  report  of  all  the 
children  in  the  township  or  district  by  name,  age,  date  of  birth,  sex 
and  race,  and  the  names  of  their  parents  or  guardians. 

Census  reports  must  show  also  the  number  of  children  of  com¬ 
pulsory  attendance  age,  and  the  committee  shall  furnish  the  attend¬ 
ance  officer  a  separate  list  of  all  children  subject  to  compulsory  at¬ 
tendance,  giving  age,  date  of  birth  and  race  of  each,  and  the  names 
of  their  parents  or  guardians.  The  census  report  must  also  show  the 
number  of  persons  betv/een  the  ages  of  twelve  and  twenty-one  who 
cannot  read  and  write,  and  the  names  of  persons  over  twenty  one 
who  cannot  read  and  write.  The  names  of  deaf,  and  blind  children, 
between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one,  with  the  names  of  their 
parents,  must  also  be  reported.  Blanks  for  these  reports  are  fur¬ 
nished  by  the  county  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 


Par.  938 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


The  school  committee  may  designate  the  teacher  or  some  other 
competent  person  to  take  the  school  census.  The  school  census  mnst 
be  reported  to  the  teacher,  who  is  required  to  record  it  in  her  register. 

Committeemen  or  other  persons  taking  the  census  are  allowed  a 
sum  not  exceeding  three  cents  per  name  for  names  of  all  persons 
between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one  reported. 

938.  Physical  Examination  of  Pupils:  The  State  Board  of  Health 
and  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  make  rules  and 
regulations  governing  the  physical  examination  of  school  children. 
These  examinations  must  be  made  by  teachers,  and  each  child  must 
be  examined  at  least  once  every  three  years.  A  record  of  the  teacher’s 
examination  must  be  sent  to  the  State  Board  of  Health  on  blank 
forms  furnished  by  the  Board.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  Health 
to  examine  the  record  sent  in  by  the  teacher,  and  to  notify  the  parent 
or  guardian  of  every  child  whose  card  shows  a  serious  physical  de¬ 
fect,  to  bring  such  child  before  an  agent  of  the  Board  of  Health  on 
a  day  designated,  for  the  purpose  of  having  the  child  thoroughly  ex¬ 
amined.  Failure  to  bring  the  child  before  the  agent  of  the  Board 
without  good  cause  shown  renders  a  parent  or  guardian  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor  and  subject  to  fine  or  imprisonment.  Provided  that  the 
distance  the  child  must  be  carried  shall  not  exceed  ten  miles.  No 
pupil  shall  be  compelled  to  submit  to  medical  examination  or  treat¬ 
ment  whose  parent  or  guardian  makes  written  objection. 

938  A.  I’ree  Dental  Treatment:  Fifty  thousand  dollars  per  year 
is  set  aside  from  the  State  Public  School  Fund  for  the  purpose  of 
providing  free  dental  treatment  for  as  many  children  as  possible  each 
year. 

939.  School  Privies:  By  the  laws  of  1919  C.  .213,  S.  1  it  is 
required  that  in  each  county  the  board  of  education  provide  two  privies 
at  each  public  school  house,  one  for  boys  and  one  for  girls.  Twenty- 
five  per  cent  of  these  have  to  be  installed  before  September  1919, 
and  twenty-five  per  cent  in  each  year  following,  the  whole  to  be  com¬ 
pleted  before  tSeptember  1922.  The  county  superintendent  and  the 
county  board  of  education  are  held  responsible  for  the  execution  of 
this  law  and  are  legally  liable  for  failure  to  carry  out  its  terms. 
The  local  district  or  township  committeemen  are  required  to  keep 
the  privies  in  a  sanitary  condition. 

VIII.  Compulsory  Attendance  at  Schools. 

940.  General  Compulsory  Attendance  Law.  (Chap.  100  Acts  of 
1919.)  Parents  or  guardians  in  charge  of  children  between  the  ages  of 
eight  and  fourteen  years  are  required  to  keep  such  children  in  school 
continuously  for  a  period  equal  to  the  time  which  the  public  school 
in  the  district  in  which  the  child  resides  shall  be  in  session.  The 


EDUCATION 


Par.  961 


principal  or  teacher  in  charge  of  the  school  has  the  right  to  excuse 
a  child  for  temporary  absence  on  account  of  sickness  or  distance  of 
residence  from  school,  or  other  unavoidable  cause  which  does  not  cons¬ 
titute  truancy.  Truancy  is  defined  by  the  State  Board  of  Education 
as  “being  absent  from  school  on  the  part  of  the  child  without  the 
consent  of  the  parent  or  guardian.” 

Violation  of  the  compulsory  school  attendance  law  subjects  the 
parent  or  guardian  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  twenty-five  dollars,  and 
upon  failure  to  pay  the  fine,  imprisonment  not  exceeding  thirty  days 
in  the  county  jail. 

940  A.  Compulsory  Attendance  of  Indigent  Children.  If  it  is 
found  by  the  attendance  officer  that  a  child  of  compulsory  attendance 
age  cannot  attend  school  because  his  assistance  is  needed  in  the  sup¬ 
port  of  himself  or  of  the  family,  then  the  juvenile  court  shall  find  and 
state  whatever  is  necessary  for  the  family  to  enable  them  to  comply 
with  the  compulsory  attendance  law.  The  court  shall  transmit  its 
findings  to  the  county  board  of  education  or  to  the  city  school  board 
according  to  where  the  case  arises. 

The  county  board  of  education  in  its  discretion  must  appropriate 
from  its  incidental  fund  a  sum  not  exceeding  $10.00  per  month  for 
such  child  during  the  compulsory  attendance  period,  and  shall  require 
the  attendance  officer  to  see  that  the  money  is  used  for  the  purpose 
for  which  it  is  appropriated. 

940  B.  Compulsory  Attendance  of  Deaf  Children.  Deaf  children 
between  the  ages  of  seven  and  seventeen  must  be  sent  by  their  parents 
or  guardians  to  some  school  for  the  instruction  of  the  deaf  children, 
at  least  five  teians  of  nine  months  each. 

940  C.  Compulsory  Attendance  or  Blind  Children.  Blind  child¬ 
ren  between  the  ages  of  seven  and  seventeen  must  be  sent  to  some 
school  for  the  instruction  of  the  blind  at  least  eight  terms  of  nine 
months  each.  Parents  failing  to  send  such  child  to  school  are  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 


B.  Institutions  and  Agencies. 

951.  The  University  of  North  Carolina.  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C..  The 
University  was  established  in  1776  in  obedience  to  the  first  Constitu¬ 
tion  of  the  State.  It  was  opened  in  1795.  Starting  with  one,  the  Old 
East  Building,  the  University  now  comprises  twenty-six  buildings. 
The  campus  contains  forty-eight  acres  of  land.  Contiguous  to  the 
campus  are  five  hundred  acres  of  forest  land  owned  by  the  Univer¬ 
sity.  Government:  “The  University  is  governed  by  a  board  of  trus¬ 
tees  elected  by  the  Legislature  and  is  free  from  sectionalism,  sec¬ 
tarian  or  political  control.  The  Governor  of  the  State  is  ex-officio  Pres- 


Par.  951-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


ident  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.”  Location.  The  seat  of  the  University 
is  Chapel  Hill,  Orange  County,  twenty-eight  miles  northwest  of  Ra¬ 
leigh.  Two  daily  passenger  trains  run  between  Chapel  Hill  and  Univer¬ 
sity  Junction  a  station  on  the  Southern  Railway.  A  regular  automobile 
service  is  maintained  between  Durham  and  Chapel  Hill,  leaving  Dur¬ 
ham  at  9:30  a.  m.,  12:40  p.  m.,  and  8:00  p.  m.  The  site  for  the  institution 
was  selected  because  of  its  healthfulness,  its  freedom  from  malaria, 
its  supply  of  pure  water,  its  beautiful  scenery,  and  its  central  loca¬ 
tion  in  the  State.  Courses  and  Degrees:  The  University  offers 

courses  in  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts,  School  of  Applied  Science, 
School  of  Education,  School  of  Commerce  and  Finance,  School  of  Law, 
School  of  Medicine,  School  of  Pharmacy.  It  confers  the  degrees  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of 
Science,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  Bachelor  of  Laws,  Bachelor  of  Arts 
and  Laws,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Commerce,  Graduate  of  Pharmacy, 
Doctor  of  Pharmacy,  and  Pharmaceutical  Chemist.  Admission,  (a) 
By  certificate  from  accredited  schools,  (b)  by  examination.  The  Uni¬ 
versity  accepts  uniform  exa.mination  papers  of  the  Association  of  Col¬ 
leges  and  preparatory  Schools  of  the  Southern  States.  It  also  accepts 
the  certificate  from  the  college  entrance  examination  board.  Fifteen  un¬ 
its  are  required  for  unconditioned  entrance.  At  the  discretion  of  the 
committee  on  entrance  certificates,  the  student  is  admitted  on  thirteen 
units.  Units  in  vocational  subjects  are  accepted — two  units  on  entrance 
into  the  college  of  Liberal  Arts,  three  on  entrance  to  the  School  of  Ap¬ 
plied  .Science.  R.  O.  T.  C.  The  War  Department  has  established  at  the 
University  an  Infantry  Unit  of  the  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps. 

951  A.  Student  Aid.  The  University  lists  in  its  catalogue  a 
number  of  scholarships  and  fellowships  which  are  open  to  all  students 
except  those  in  the  departments  of  law,  medicine  and  pharmacy.  Ap¬ 
plications  must  be  made  on  blanks  prescribed  by  the  University,  and 
be  in  the  office  of  the  President  by  September  the  first.  Loan  Funds 
of  the  University  are  limited  in  amount  and  are  loaned  only  on  securi¬ 
ty  to  young  men  of  merit  who  need  financial  assistance  in  order  to 
complete  their  college  course.  Applications  must  be  filed  in  the  office 
of  the  President  on  or  before  September  fifteenth.  Free  Tuition. 
Tuition  is  free  to  students  of  the  ministry,  to  the  sons  of  ministers, 
to  young  men  of  bodily  infirmity,  to  teachers,  to  young  men  preparing 
to  teach  on  condition  that  they  agree  to  teach  in  North  Carolina  for 
two  years.  Self  Help.  The  faculty  committee  on  Self  Help  assists  stu¬ 
dents  in  securing  positions  in  the  University  and  in  the  town.  A  limited 
number  of  students  are  appointed  as  waiters  in  Swain  Hall.  Other¬ 
wise,  all  the  opportunities  available  in  the  University  and  town  must 
be  secured  by  the  personal  efforts  of  the  individuals,  or  with  the 
assistance  of  the  Faculty  Committee  on  Self  Help. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  951-B 


951  B.  University  Extension  Service.  (.Some  sections  of  this 
subject  will  be  found  dealt  with  under  Chaps,  II  and  V.)  The  Bureau 
of  Extension  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill  was 
organized  in  1912  under  Dr.  Louis  R.  Wilson  as  director.  It  attempts 
to  answer  all  inquiries  directed  to  it  in  one  of  the  following  ways: 
(1)  by  asking  some  member  of  the  University  Faculty  or  depart¬ 
ment  or  school,  who  is  an  expert  in  the  particular  field,  to  give  the 
information  sought:  (2)  by  referring  the  inquirer  to  a  state  or 
national  agency:  (3)  by  furnishing  material  from  the  University  Li¬ 
brary  or  a  departmental  library,  or  (4)  by  sending  a  representative 
ofi  the  University  to  give  information  in  person.  No  charges  are  made 
for  service  except  when  a  representative  is  sent  or  material  is  loaned. 
In  these  cases  the  traveling  expenses  of  the  representatives,  and 
the  postal  charges  on  library  material,  are  borne  by  the  person  or 
organization  to  whom  the  service  is  rendered.  The  Bureau  also  offers 
particular  service  through  the  following  divisions: 

(a)  Public  Discussion  and  Debate.  The  High  School  Debating 
Union  is  an  organization  under  this  Division.  A  handbook,  published 
annually,  and  package  libraries  on  subjects  of  public  interest  are 
furnished.  Mr.  E.  R.  Rankin,  Secretary,  is  in  charge  of  this  Division. 
The  following  publications  have  been  issued:  Woman  Suffrage,  The 
Initiative  and  Referendum,  Enlargement  of  the  Navy,  Government 
Ownership  of  Railways,  Compulsory  Arbitration  of  Industrial  Dis¬ 
putes,  Immigration  Restriction,  Public  Discussion  and  Debate. 

(b)  Home  Study.  Courses  in  elementary  school,  secondary 
school,  and  college  subjects  are  offered  through  correspondence.  A 
statement  of  courses  offered,  together  with  fees  charged,  is  issued 
annually.  Dr.  L.  A.  Williams  is  in  charge  of  this  Division. 

(c)  Lectures.  A  lecture  service  is  maintained,  through  which 
services  of  members  of  the  Faculty  may  be  secured  for  single  lectur¬ 
ers,  lectures  in  series,  and  addresses  for  school  commencements  and 
other  special  occasions.  A  particular  effort  is  made  to  furnish  lectures 
relating  to  community  activities.  The  traveling  expenses  of  the  lec- 
tiarer  are  met  by  the  organization  securing  his  services.  A  list  of 
the  lectures  offered  is  issued  annually.  Dr.  W.  W.  Pierson,  Jr.  is 
in  charge  of  this  Division. 

(d)  Social  and  Economic  Survey.  Special  investigations  and 
surveys  concerning  economic  and  social  conditions  are  undertaken 
through  this  Division.  The  following  publications  have  been  issued: 
Cooperative  Institutions  among  Farmers  of  Catawba  County,  Syl¬ 
labus  of  Home-County  Club  Studies,  Country  Life  Institutes,  Local 
Study  Clubs,  North  Carolina  Club  Year  Books  1915-16,  16-17,17-18, 
and  the  University  News  Letter,  issued  weekly.  Economic  and  social 
studies  have  been  issued  for  the  following  counties:  Wake,  Sampson, 


Par.  951-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Durham,  Rockingham,  and  Rutherford.  Dr.  E.  C.  Branson  is  in 
charge  of  this  Division. 

(e)  Municipal  Reference.  See  Chap.  V.  Par.  518. 

(f)  Educational  Information  and  Assistance.  The  School  of 
Education  Service  is  a  clearing  house  for  information  concerning  city 
and  county  school  systems,  courses  of  study,  educational  tests  and 
measurements,  school  consolidation,  and  all  other  matter  in  the  partic¬ 
ular  field  of  education.  Surveys  and  special  investigations  are  made 
upon  request,  and  special  educational  meetings  are  furnished.  The 
following  publications  have  been  issued:  A  Professional  Library  for 
Teachers  in  Secondary  Schools;  Addresses  on  Education  for  use  in 
declaiming,  essay  writing,  reading  and  teaching  of  county  geography; 
measurements;  and  a  study  of  the  public  schools  in  Orange  County. 
Inquiries  concerning  these  subjects  should  be  addressed  to  the  Bureau 
of  Extension. 

(g)  Good  Roads  Institute.  In  cooperation  with  the  State  High¬ 
way  Commision,  the  North  Carolina  Geological  and  Economic  Survey, 
and  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering,  the  Bureau  holds  an  annual 
Good  Roads  Institute  for  the  benefit  of  road  commissioners,  engin¬ 
eers,  and  all  persons  interested  in  the  development  of  better  roads. 
Inquiries  should  be  addressed  to  the  Bureau  of  Extension.  See  also 
Chapter  II.  Par.  265  c. 

(h)  Programs  for  Women’s  Clubs.  Programs  of  study  for  the 
North  Carolina  Federation  of  Women’s  Clubs  are  prepared  annually, 
books  are  loaned  from  the  Library,  lectures  are  supplied  for  special 
discussions  or  programs,  and  suggestions  for  the  preparation  of  papers 
are  made  upon  request.  A  small  charge  is  made  for  copies  of  printed 
programs.  Books  are  loaned  and  lecturers  are  sent  upon  the  usual 
conditions.  Programs  have  been  issued  upon  the  following  subjects: 
Latin  America,  Literary  and  Historical  Background  of  the  Great 
War,  What  to  Read,  Americanization  and  Citizenship.  Miss  Nellie 
Roberson  is  in  charge  of  this  Division.  Cf.  Chap.  V,  Par.  526. 

(i)  Community  Music.  See  Chap.  V.  Par.  535. 

(j)  Community  Drama.  See  Chap.  V.  Par.  534. 

(k)  Community  Playgrounds  and  Recreation.  The  Department 
of  Physical  Education  offers  assistance  in  the  planning  and  equipping 
of  gymnasiums  and  playgrounds,  and  in  suggesting  forms  of  outdoor 
exercise  for  schools  and  municipalities.  The  Library  maintains  a 
special  collection  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  these  and  related  sub¬ 
jects.  A  leaflet  entitled  Physical  Education,  containing  a  list  of 
books  which  may  be  borrowed,  has  been  issued.  Professor  T.  J. 
Browne  is  in  charge  of  this  Division.  See  aiso  Chap.  V.  Par.  532. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  952 


(L)  Country  Home  Comforts  and  Conveniences.  See  Chap.  II. 
Par.  265  A. 

(m)  Package  Library  Service.  See  below,  Par.  966-C 

(n)  List  of  Free  Publications:  The  Bureau  maintains  the  fol¬ 
lowing  publications,  any  of  which  will  be  furnished  to  residents  of  the 
State  free  of  charge.  Extension  Bulletins,  Extension  Circulars,  Ex¬ 
tension  Leaflets,  and  the  University  News  Letter.  Inquiries  regard¬ 
ing  these  should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  Louis  R.  Wilson  at  the  University. 
The  list  of  free  publications  to  date  includes: 


) 


EXTENSION  SERIES  RI.CORDS. 

A  Professional  Library  for  Teachers  in  Secondary  Schools. 

Addresses  on  Education  For  Use  in  Declaiming. 

The  Initiative  and  Referendum. 

Cooperative  Institutions  Among  Farmers  of  Cawtaba  County. 

Syllabus  of  Home-County  Club  Studies. 

The  Teaching  of  County  Geography. 

The  Enlargement  of  the  Navy. 

Country  Life  Institutes. 

North  Carolina  Year  Book,  1915-1916. 

Government  Ownership  of  Railways. 

Measurement  of  Achievement  in  the  Fundamental  Elementary  School 
Subjects. 

Public  Discussion  and  Debate. 

North  Carolina  Club  Year  Book,  1916-1917. 

Local  Study  Clubs. 

Compulsory  Arbitration  of  Industrial  Disputes. 

Standard  Educational  Tests  and  Measurements  As  a  Basis  for  Cooper¬ 
ative  Research  Plan. 

Comparative  Results  of  a  State-Wide  Use  of  Standard  Tests  and  Meas¬ 
urements. 

North  Carolina  Club  Year  Book,  1917-1918. 

Compulsory  Military  Training. 

A  Study  of  the  Public  Service  in  Orange  County,  North  Carolina. 
Immigration  Restrictions. 


No. 

1. 

No. 

2. 

No. 

5. 

No. 

8. 

No. 

9. 

No. 

12. 

No. 

14. 

No. 

16. 

No. 

17. 

No. 

19. 

No. 

21. 

No. 

22. 

No. 

23. 

No. 

25. 

No. 

26. 

No. 

27. 

No. 

29. 

No. 

30. 

No. 

31. 

No. 

32. 

No. 

34. 

(2)  EXTENSION  CIRCULARS. 

No.  1.  Our  Country  Church  Problems. 

No.  2.  Our  Carolina  Highlanders. 

No.  3.  County  Government  and  County  Affairs. 
No.  4.  Outline  Studies  of  the  County  Church. 


(3)  EXTENSION  LEAFLETS. 

Vol.  I,  No. 11.  Selections  for  Speaking  in  the  Public  Schools:  The  Present  Crisis. 
Vol.  I,  No.  12.  American  Ideals  in  American  Literature — ASyllabus. 

Vol.  I,  No.  14.  National  Ideals  in  British  and  American  Literature. 

Vol.  II,  No.  7.  Studies  in  the  Social  and  Industrial  Conditions  of  Women  As 
Affected  by  the  War. 

Vol.  II,  No.  8.  A  Course  On  Americanization. 

Vol.  II,  No.  9.  Sanitation  In  the  South. 

Vol.  II,  No.  10.  America’s  Creed. 

Vol.  Ill,  No.  1  Citizenship  for  Women. 

Vol.  III.  No.  2.  County  Home  Comforts  and  Conveniences. 

Vol.  III.  No.  5.  Community  Music. 


(4)  COUNTY  STUDIES. 

No.  1.  Sampson  County:  Economic  and  Social. 

No.  2.  Wake  County:  Economic  and  Social. 

No.  3.  Durham  County :  Economic  and  Social. 
No.  4.  Rutherford  County :  Economic  and  Social. 
No.  5.  Rockingham  County:  Economic  and  Social. 


952.  The  State  College  of  Agriculture  and  Engineering,  West  Ra¬ 
leigh,  N.  C.  (See  also  Chap.  II,  Par.  255.) 


Par.  952-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Admission.  Each  applicant  for  admission  must  be  sixteen  years 
of  age,  and  must  bring  a  certificate  of  good  moral  character  from 
school  last  attended.  Begining  September  1920,  the  applicant  must 
submit  fourteen  units  of  credit,  eight  and  a  half  of  which  are  specified. 
Admission  may  be  secured  by  certificates  from  preparatory  schools  oj^ 
approved  standing.  Courses  of  Study:  (a)  Agriculture.  Four  years 
course  in  general  agriculture;  four  year  specialized  courses;  two 
year  course  in  practical  agriculture;  a  winter  course  of  three  weeks, 
(b)  Engineering,  Mechanic  Arts  and  Chemistry;  four  year  course 
in  chemical  engineering;  four  in  civil  engineering;  four  in  electrical 
engineering;  four  in  mechanical  engineering;  a  two  year  course  in 
mechanic  arts,  (c)  Textile  Courses.  Four  year  course  in  textile 
chemistry  and  dyeing;  a  two  year  textile  course.  The  degree  of  Bach¬ 
elor  of  Science  or  of  Engineering  is  conferred  upon  those  who  com¬ 
plete  the  four  year  course.  The  short  courses  do  not  lead  to  a  degree, 
and  are  intended  for  students  who  desire  the  manual  training. 

952  A.  Student  Aid.  Students  may  receive  financial  assistance 
by  one  of  the  following  means: 

(1)  Scholarships.  Of  these  there  are  (a)  regular  scholarships 
covering  tuition,  to  one  hundred  and  twenty  young  men  of  good  char¬ 
acter  who  are  unable  to  pay  for  their  education;  appointments  are  made 
by  the  President  of  the  College,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  are  distributed 
among  the  different  counties;  (b)  Agricultural  scholarships.  The 
Legislature  of  1913  authorized  College  Trustees  to  give  a  limited 
number  of  Agricultual  scholarships  to  students  who  agree  to  teach 
for  two  years  in  an  agricultural  school,  or  to  serve  in  an  agricultural 
experiment  station,  or  to  farm  in  the  State  for  two  years  after 
graduation.  Applicants  must  furnish  proof  of  their  inability  to  pay 
their  own  expenses,  and  evidence  of  moral  worth;  (c)  Textile 
scholarships.  Fifteen  scholarships  have  been  awarded  by  cotton  mills 
and  individuals  as  an  encouragement  to  young  men  to  take  the  textile 
course.  The  recipient  of  one  of  these  scholarships  must  have  a  good 
record  both  in  scholarship  and  deportment. 

(2)  Loan  Funds,  (a)  The  Finley  Loan  Fund  is  a  National 
Foundation  to  William  Wilson  Finley,  established  by  the  Southern 
Railway  Company  for  needy  ’  students  in  agriculture.  The  fund  is 
administered  by  the  Bureau  of  the  College,  and  the  beneficiaries  are 
named  by  the  college,  (b) .  Students  Loan  Fund.  The  Alumni  Asso¬ 
ciation  of  the  college  established  this  fund  to  be  lent  to  needy  students. 
The  loans  are  at  six  per  cent,  and  good  security  is  required.  The  fund 
is  administered  by  the  Bureau  of  the  college  and  the  President. 

(3)  Self  Help.  There  is  an  opportunity  for  a  limited  number  of 
students  to  earn  part  of  their  expe'^.ses  in  college  by  doing  work  at 
odd  hours  on  the  farm,  in  the  orchard,  the  bam,  and  the  dairy,  also 
in  the  dining  room  and  elsewhere. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  955-A 


952  B.  Extension  Service.  The  extension  work  which  the  College 
carries  on  in  connection  with  the  Department  of  Agriculture  is 
described  in  Chapter  II. 

953.  The  North  Carolina  College  for  V/omen.  (The  State  Nor¬ 
mal  College.)  Greensboro,  N.  C.  The  College  was  established  by 
Act  of  the  General  Assembly  of  1891,  and  was  opened  for  students  in 
1892.  The  chief  purpose  is  to  train  teachers,  but  instruction  is  also 
offered  in  other  branches.  The  institution  has  grown  steadily,  and 
has  now  eighteen  buildings  with  accomodation  for  575  boarders,  and 
a  staff  of  93.  Admission:  Applicants  must  be  sixteen  years  old,  and 
must  have  completed  the  State  high  school  course  of  North  Carolina 
or  its  equivalent,  that  is,  must  present  fourteen  units.  Entrance  may 
be  secured  by  certificates  or  by  examination.  At  the  discretion  of 
the  committee  on  secondary  schools  students  are  admitted  with  two 
units  conditioned.  These  conditions  must  be  removed,  however,  at 
the  begining  of  the  sophomore  year.  Courses  and  Degrees.  The  col¬ 
lege  offers  five  courses  of  study  conferring  degrees  of  Bachelor  of 
Education,  Bachelor  Arts>  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Home  Economics,  Bachelor  of  Music.  In  addition  to  the  regular  college 
course,  the  Institution  offers  short  courses  for  teachers,  for  nurses,  and 
for  business  training. 

953  A.  Student  Aid.  .Scholarships  include  the  Esther  Marks 
Scholarship:  the  Sarah  and  Evelyn  Bailey  Scholarship;  six  scholar¬ 
ships  of  about  $75.00  each,  offered  by  the  United  Daughters  of  the 
Confederacy  to  the  descendants  of  Confederate  veterans;  scholarships 
for  post  graduate  work  maintained  by  the  Alumnae.  There  are  also 
a  number  of  loan  funds.  Certain  money  prizes  are  offered  each  year 
by  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  Free  Tuition:  Free  tuition  is 
given  to  young  women  ‘‘who  signify  their  intention  to  teach,  upon 
such  conditions  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Directors.” 

954.  Other  State  Colleges  for  the  White  Race.  The  State  also 
maintains  (a)  The  Cullowhee  Normal  School,  Cullowhee,  N.  C.  (b) 
The  Appalachian  Training  School,  Boone,  N.  C.  (c)  The  East  Carolina 
Teachers'  Training  School,  Greenville,  N.  C. 

For  information  apply  to  the  Information  Service  of  the  American 
Red  Cross,  or  to  the  Colleges  direct. 

955.  State  Institutions  for  the  Colored  Race:  These  include: 

(a)  Negro  Agricultural  and  Technical  College,  Greensboro,  N.  C. 

(b)  State  Colored  Normal  School,  Elizabeth  City,  N.  C.  (c)  State 
Colored  Normal  School,  Fayetteville,  N.  C.  (d)  State  Normal  and 
Industrial  .School,  Winston-Salem,  N.  C. 

955  A.  The  Negro  Agricultural  and  Technical  College  of  North 
Carolina,  Greensboro,  N.  C.  Established  in  1891  and  generally  known 
as  the  A.  and  T.  College,  this  institution  has  for  its  main  object  in- 


Par.  955-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


struction  in  practical  agriculture,  the  mechanic  arts  and  kindred  sub¬ 
jects,  The  government  is  in  the  hands  of  a  Board  of  Trustees  con¬ 
sisting  of  fifteen  members  elected  by  the  General  Assembly  or  ap¬ 
pointed  by  the  Governor.  Admission:  “Applicant  must  be  sixteen 
years  old,  must  understand  fairly  well  the  forms  and  rules  of  the 
English  language,  must  know  addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and 
division  of  whole  numbers,  and  have  a  knowledge  of  geography  and 
history.”  Students  who  have  completed  the  eighth  grade  are  admitted 
v/ithout  examination.  For  admission  to  the  Freshman  class  ten  units 
of  secondary  school  work  must  be  offered,  six  of  which  are  specified. 
Expenses:  For  the  first  month  about  $26.50,  and  for  subsequent 
months  from  $12.00  to  $14.00.  Free  tuition  is  limited  to  one  student 
for  each  county  representative  of  the  Legislature.  Free  tuition  is 
also  allowed  any  student  for  one  year  following  a  year  in  which  he 
is  on  the  Honor  Roll  for  three  consecutive  terms.  Student  Aid.  A 
number  of  scholarships  are  awarded  each  year  on  Commencement  Day. 
The  college  offers  opportunities  for  work  to  those  students  who  wish 
to  defray  their  expenses.  Courses  and  Degrees.  In  agriculture  there 
is  a  four-year  preparatory  course,  a  two-year  course,  a  three  months’ 
winter  course,  and  a  one  week’s  course.  In  the  Mechanic  Arts  there 
is  a  four-year  course  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science; 
and,  in  cooperation  with  the  iSmith-Hughes  Act,  various  Trade  School, 
Shop  Teacher  and  Auto  Mechanics  courses,  for  which  certificates  are 
granted.  Reserve  Officers  Training  Course.  This  is  under  the  charge 
of  a  U.  S.  Anny  Officer.  The  course  is  for  four  years  and  quali¬ 
fies  for  commissions  in  the  Army  Reserve  Corps.  The  U.  S.  Gov¬ 
ernment  furnishes  students  taking  this  course  with  free  uniform, 
hat  and  shoes  each  year,  and  in  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  $100  in 
cash  for  board  and  lodging. 

955  B.  The  State  Normal  Schools  for  Negroes.  These  schools 
are  for  the  purpose  of  training  men  and  women  teachers  for  the 
public  schools.  Tuition  is  free  to  those  who  intend  to  teach  in  the 
public  schools  of  the  State.  For  others  the  tuition  fee  is  $10.00. 
Board  and  laundry  expenses  run  to  about  $12.00  a  month.  All  students 
are  required  to  give  at  least  one  hour  of  service  daily,  or  its  equiva¬ 
lent,  to  the  institution.  Some  of  the  women  students  may  reduce 
their  expenses  by  washing  dishes  and  waiting  tables.  There  are  nor¬ 
mal,  industrial,  and  musical  departments. 

956.  State  Normal  School  for  Indians.  The  Indian  Normal 
School  at  Pembroke,  in  Robeson  County  is  a  tState  institution  for  the 
training  of  teachers  for  the  Indian  Schools. 

957.  Denominational  Colleges.  The  educational  standards  of  these 
colleges  vary  considerably,  some  of  them  approximating  to  that  of 
the  State  University,  others  falling  beneath  it.  Information  on  stand¬ 
ards,  entrance  requirements,  courses  of  study,  scholarships,  loan  funds. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  957 


etc  may  be  had  from  the  colleges  direct  or  from  the  Information  Serv¬ 
ice  of  the  American  Red  Cross,  249  Ivy  St.,  Atlanta,  Ga.  The  colleges 
may  be  classified  as  follows: 

(a)  Male  and  Coeducational. 

Atlantic  Christian  College,  Wilson. 

Belmont  Abbey  College,  Belmont. 

Catawba  College,  Newton. 

^  Concordia  College,  Conover. 

Daridson  College,  Davidson. 

Elon  College,  Elon  College. 

Guilford  College,  Guilford. 

Lenoir  College,  Hickory. 

Rutherford  College,  Rutherford. 

Trinity  College,  Durham. 

Wake  Forest  College,  Wake  Forest. 

(b)  Female 

Carolina  College,  Maxton. 

Chowan  College,  Mufreesboro. 

Davenport  College,  Lenoir. 

Flora  MacDonald  College,  Red  Springs. 

Greensboro  College  for  Women,  Greensboro. 
Louisburg  College,  Louisburg. 

Meredith  College,  Raleigh. 

Mitchell  College,  Statesville. 

Normal  and  Collegiate  Institute,  Asheville. 

Oxford  College,  Oxford. 

Peace  Institute,  Raleigh. 

Queens  College,  Charlotte. 

Salem  Female  Academy  and  College,  Winston-Salem. 
St.  Mary’s  School,  Raleigh. 

(c)  Prominent  Colleges  and  Schools  for  Negroes: 

Albion  Academy,  Franklinton. 

Allen  Industrial  Home  and  School,  Asheville. 

Bennett  College,  Greensboro. 

Biddle  University,  Charlotte. 

)  Christian  College,  Franklinton. 

Eastern  Normal  and  Industrial  Institute,  Edenton. 
Eastern  N.  C.  Industrial  Academy,  New  Bern. 
Gregory  Institute,  Wilmington. 

Henderson  Normal  School,  Henderson. 

Immanuel  Lutheran  College,  Greensboro. 

Joseph  K.  Brick  Normal  and  Industrial  Institute, 
Bricks. 

Kent  Home,  Greensboro. 


Par.  958 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Kinston  College  Kinston. 

Kittrell  College,  Kittrell. 

Lanrinburg  Normal  and  Industrial  Institute,  Laurin- 
burg. 

Lincoln  Academy,  Kings  Mountain. 

Livingston  College,  Salisbury. 

Mary  Potter  School,  Oxford. 

National  Training  .School,  Durham. 

Normal  and  Industrial  Institute.  High  Point. 

Palmer  Memorial  School,  Sedalia. 

Peabody  Academy,  Troy. 

Roanoke  Collegiate  Institute,  Elizabeth. 

Rich  Square  Academy,  Rich  Square. 

Scotia  Seminary,  Concord. 

Shaw  University,  Raleigh. 

St.  Augustine  School,  Raleigh. 

St.  MichaeTs  Training  and  Industrial  School,  Char¬ 
lotte. 

Thompson  Institute,  Lumberton. 

Waters  Normal  Institute,  Winton. 

(d)  County  Training  Schools  for  Colored  Teachers. 

Anson  County  Training  School,  Wadesboro. 

Berry  O’Kelly  Training  School,  Method. 

Bertie  County  Training  School,  Powellsville. 
Bi-unswick  County  Training  School,  Shelby. 

Columbus  County  Training  .School,  Whiteville,  R.  F.  D 
Gates  County  Training  School,  Sunbury. 

Greene  County  Training  School,  Snow  Hill. 

Halifax  County  Training  School,  Print. 

Hyde  County  Training  School,  Sladesville. 

Johnson  County  Training  School,  Smithfield. 

Martin  County  Training  School,  Chapel  Hill. 

Pamlico  County  Training  School,  Bayboro. 

Pender  County  Training  School,  Rocky  Point. 

Pitt  County  Training  School,  Grimesland. 

Sampson  County  Training  School,  Clinton. 

958.  Professional  Schools. 

(a)  Law  Schools.  University  of  North  Carolina,  L.  P.  McGehee, 
Dean;  Trinity  College,  Durham,  S.  F.  Mordecai,  Dean;  Wake  Forrest 
College,  N.  Y.  Gulley,  Dean. 

(b)  Schools  of  Medicine.  University  of  North  Carolina,  G.  H. 
Manning,  Dean;  Wake  Forrest  College,  W.  L.  Poteat,  Dean;  Colored 
— Shaw  University,  Raleigh,  G.  H.  Stoddard,  Dean. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  959 


(c)  Schools  of  Pharmacy.  University  of  North  Carolina,  E.  V. 
Howell,  Dean.  Colored — Shaw  University,  G.  H.  Stoddard,  Dean. 

959.  Southern  Association  of  College  Women.  The  S.  A.  C.  W. 
was  organized  at  the  University  of  Tennessee  in  1902.  The  object 
of  the  Association,  as  stated  in  its  Constitution,  is  “first,  to  unite 
college  women  in  the  South  for  the  higher  education  of  women;  second, 
to  raise  the  standard  of  education  for  women;  third,  to  develop 
preparatory  schools  and  to  define  the  line  of  demarcation  between 
preparatory  schools  and  colleges.”  The  Association  is  trying  to  create 
such  public  sentiment  as  will  demand,  throughout  the  South,  College 
Work  for  College  degrees;  a  larger  appropriation  for  rural  and 
city  schools,  better  trained  teachers,  and  better  salaries  for  teachers, 
better  buildings,  more  effective  supervision  of  the  physical  welfare 
of  children,  and  an  increased  attendance. 

(a)  Standing  Committees.  These  comprise  (1)  Committee  on 
College  Day.  To  arouse  an  interest  in  attending  college  by  organizing 
college  clubs  and  by  establishing  college  day  exercises  in  city  and 
rural  high  schools.  (2) .  Committee  on  Scholarships.  To  secure 
scholarships  in  the  leading  colleges  for  women  to  be  awarded  high 
school  students  on  the  basis  of  competitive  examination.  (3) Commit¬ 
tee  on  College  Standards.  To  investigate  the  standards  of  southern 
colleges,  and  to  inform  the  public,  especially  the  prospective  college 
girl,  of  the  actual  standing  of  all  institutions  in  the  South  bearing 
the  name  “College  for  Women.”  (4)  Joint  Committee.  Representa¬ 
tives  of  the  (Southern  Association  of  College  Women  with  a  committee 
from  the  Association  of  Secondary  Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  South¬ 
ern  States  form  a  Joint  Committee  whose  purpose  is  to  work  for 
legislation  restricting  the  granting  of  charters  with  degree-conferring 
privileges. 

(b)  Membership.  Members  must  be  graduates  of  colleges  re¬ 
cognized  by  the  Association  of  Collegiate  Alumnae,  Carnegie  Founda¬ 
tion,  or  the  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  of  the 
Southern  States. 

(c)  Colleges  Recognized.  The  Association  recognizes  graduates 
of  (a)  Colleges  belonging  to  the  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary 
Schools  of  the  Southern  States,  which  require  a  minimum  of  four 
units  of  foreign  language  for  entrance,  and  a  mininium  of  six  hours 
of  foreign  language  for  graduation;  (b)  colleges  on  the  accepted  list 
of  the  Carnegie  foundation;  (c)  colleges  recognized  by  the  Associa¬ 
tion  of  Collegiate  Alumnae;  (d)  specially  approved  colleges  from 
outside  the  territory  covered  by  group  (a)  and  not  included  in  groups 
(b)  and  (c). 

(d)  Graduates  from  the  following  colleges  are  eligible:  Georgia, 
Agnes  Scott;  the  University  of  Georgia;  North  Carolina:  The  Uni- 


Par.  960 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


versity  of  North  Carolina;  Trinity  College.  South  Carolina:  Con 
verse  College.  Tennessee:  Durham  University  of  Chattanooga; 
George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  University  of  Tennessee,  Van¬ 
derbilt  University.  Florida:  Florida  State  College. 

960.  The  Commission  on  Accredited  Schools  of  the  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  of  the  Southern  States.  Created  by 
the  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  of  the  Southern 
States  in  annual  session  at  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama  November,  1911, 
the  Commissions  is  composed  of  three  members  from  each  state  in 
the  Association.  One  member  is  the  State  Inspector  of  Secondary 
Schools,  another  is  a  representative  of  some  college  belonging  to  the 
Association;  both  are  appointed  by  the  executive  committee  of  the 
Association  for  a  term  of  three  years.  These  two  members  appoint 
a  third  member,  who  shall  be  connected  with  a  secondary  school  ac¬ 
credited  by  the  Association.  Duties.  The  duties  of  the  Commission 
are  to  agree  upon  a  uniform  blank  to  be  used  for  reports  by  high 
school  principals;  to  prepare  a  uniform  certificate  blank  for  admis¬ 
sion  to  college;  and  to  describe  and  define  unit  courses  of  study  in 
the  various  secondary  programs  based  upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Carnegie  Foundation  and  the  rules  of  the  Association. 

960  A.  Minimum  Standard  for  Crediting  Schools.  To  be  accred¬ 
ited  a  school  must  require  for  graduation  a  four-year  high  school 
course  embracing  fifteen  units  as  defined  by  the  Association.  Three- 
fourths  of  the  secondary  school  teachers  of  academic  subjects  must 
have  scholastic  attainment  equivalent  to  graduation  from  a  college 
belonging  to  the  Association,  or  approved  by  the  Commission,  and 
teachers  should  have  had  professional  training  or  one  year’s  exper¬ 
ience.  The  number  of  daily  periods  of  class  instruction  given  by  any 
teacher  should  not  exceed  five  per  day.  The  laboratory  and  library 
facilities  must  be  adequate  for  the  needs  of  instruction  in  the  courses 
taught.  The  library  should  have  five  hundred  volumes  exclusive  of 
duplicates  and  government  publications.  The  physical  features  of  the 
plant  should  be  such  as  to  insure  hygienic  conditions  for  both  pupils 
and  teachers.  The  school  must  have  at  least  four  teachers  of  academic 
subjects  giving  their  full  time  to  high  school  instruction.  Not  more 
than  thirty  pupils  should  be  taught  by  one  teacher  at  one  time.  The 
Commission  recommends  nine  hundred  dollars  as  the  minimum  salary 
for  teachers.  The  time  for  which  schools  are  accredited  is  limited 
to  one  year,  dating  from  the  time  of  the  adoption,  of  the  list  by  the 
Association. 

960  B.  List  of  Accredited  Schools.  Each  State  Committee  pre¬ 
pares  a  list  of  accredited  schools  of  its  State  according  to  the  condi¬ 
tions  of  accrediting,  and  furnishes  the  list  to  the  Commission  at  its 
annual  meeting.  From  the  lists  thus  submitted  the  Commission  at 
its  annual  meeting  makes  up  the  list  of  Southern  Accredited  Schools. 


EDUCATION 


Par.  961 


The  Secondary  Schools  in  North  Carolina  that  are  Accredited  by 
the  Association  are: 

Asheville  School,  Asheville. 

Bingham  School,  Asheville. 

City  High  School,  Asheville. 

Normal  and  Collegiate  Institute,  Asheville. 

St.  Genevieve’s  Academy,  Asheville. 

High  School,  Burlington. 

High  School,  Chapel  Hill. 

Homer  Military  School,  Charlotte. 

City  High  School,  Charlotte. 

City  High  School,  Durham. 

Trinity  Park  School,  Durham. 

High  School,  Edenton. 

High  School,  Elizabeth  City. 

High  School,  Goldsboro. 

High  School,  Greensboro. 

High  School,  Greenville. 

Blue  Ridge  .School  for  Boys,  Hendersonville. 
Fassifern  School,  Hendersonville. 

City  High  School,  Hendersonville. 

High  School,  Kinston. 

High  School,  Laurinburg. 

Mars  Hill  College.  Mars  Hill. 

High  School,  Monroe. 

Oak  Ridge  Institute,  Oak  Ridge. 

High  School,  Raleigh. 

High  School,  Rocky  Mount. 

High  School,  Scotland  Neck. 

High  School,  Smithfield. 

High  School,  Tarboro. 

High  School,  Wilmington. 

High  School,  Wilson. 

City  High  School,  Winston-Salem. 

Salem  Academy,  Winston-Salem. 

961.  Vocational  Education  under  the  Smith-Hughes  Act.  The 
passage  of  the  Smith-Hughes  Act  by  Congress  in  February  of  1917, 
made  it  possible  for  the  states  in  the  Union  to  secure  certain  federal 
funds  for  the  promotion  of  vocational  education  provided  the  states 
matched  the  federal  fund  dollar  for  dollar.  The  law  restricts  the  use 
of  these  funds  to  the  promotion  of  vocational  education  in  agriculture, 
trades  and  industries,  and  home  economics,  and  apportions  the  money 
to  the  states  on  a  basis  of  population.  The  funds  may  be  used  for 
three  distinct  purposes  (1)  Agriculture.  The  fund  available  for 
paying  the  salaries  of  teachers  and  supervisors  of  Vocational  Agri- 


Par.  961-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


culture  in  schools  of  less  than  college  grade  is  apportioned  on  the 
basis  of  the  ratio  the  lairal  population  of  the  state  bears  to  the  total 
rural  population  of  the  United  States.  (2)  Trades  and  Industries  and 
Home  Economics.  The  fund  available  for  salaries  of  teachers  of  trades 
and  industries  and  home  economics  in  classes  of  less  than  college  grades 
is  apportioned  on  the  basis  of  the  ratio  of  the  urban  population  of 
the  state  to  the  total  urban  population  of  the  United  *States  (3) 
Teacher  Training.  The  fund  available  for  teacher  training  depart¬ 
ments  maintained  in  colleges  is  apportioned  on  the  basis  of  the  ratio 
of  the  total  population  of  the  state  to  the  total  population  of  the 
United  States. 

961  A.  General  Conditions.  The  law  provides  for  all-day  schools 
and  classes,  part-time  and  general  continuation  part-time  classes,  and 
evening  classes.  The  time  of  the  student  is  divided  between  the  class¬ 
room  work  in  technical  and  related  topics  and  the  practical  work.  The 
amount  of  time  given  to  each  subject  varies  in  the  particular  field  of 
vocational  work  studied,  and  is  proportioned  by  the  State  Board  of  Vo¬ 
cational  Education.  The  following  requirements  are  conditions  of  the 
grant.  (1)  The  instruction  must  be  under  public  supervision  and  control. 
(2)  The  controlling  purpose  must  be  fit  for  useful  employment.  (3) 
The  instruction  must  be  less  than  college  grade.  (4)  The  instruction 
must  be  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  persons  over  fourteen  years  of 
age  who  have  entered  upon  or  who  are  preparing  to  enter  upon  em¬ 
ployment.  (5)  Every  dollar  of  federal  funds  must  be  matched  by 
a  dollar  of  local  or  state  funds,  or  both.  (6)  Federal  funds  can  be 
expended  only  for  salaries  of  teachers  and  maintenance  of  teacher 
training  departments. 

961  B.  State  Organization  for  Vocational  Education.  By  the  law 
of  1919  the  administration  of  vocational  education  is  in  charge  of  the 
State  Board  of  Vocational  Education.  (See  above.  Par.  902  C.). 

The  Executive  Staff  consists  of  a  State  Director  of  Vocational 
Education  and  special  supervisors  for  agriculture,  trades  and  indus¬ 
tries,  and  home  economics.  The  duty  of  the  State  Director  is  to  aid 
in  coordinating  the  vocational  work  in  the  schools  with  other  work,  and 
in  advising  the  supervisors  as  to  location  of  classes,  plans  and  methods, 
and  in  such  other  ways  as  may  tend  to  bring  into  the  school  activities. 

961  C.  Progress  of  North  Carolina  in  Vocational  Education.  In 
the  three  years  which  have  passed  since  the  Smith-Hughes  Act  went 
into  force,  much  progress  has  been  made  in  entering  into  the  oppor¬ 
tunity  thus  created,  but  the  fignares  given  below  represent  only  a  be- 
gining,  and  the  next  few  years  will  probably  see  a  great  extension  of 
the  work.  Since  North  Carolina  is  primarily  a  mral  state,  agricul¬ 
tural  education  has  naturally  received  most  attention.  The  chief  need 
in  every  branch  is  qualified  teachers.  If  the  supply  of  these  were 
anything  like  equal  to  the  demand  the  work  of  carrying  out  the  pro- 


EDUCATION 


Par.  961-F 


gram  of  vocational  education  in  every  part  of  the  State  might  be 
accomplished  much  more  rapidly. 

961  D.  Agricultural  Education.  Agriculture  is  taught  in  two 
distinct  types  of  school,  the  farm  life  school,  and  the  rural  high 
school.  In  the  former  there  must  be  at  least  fifty  areas  of  arable  land 
with  live  stock,  farm  machinery,  and  laboratory  apparatus;  in  the 
latter  there  must  be  a  small  plat  of  land  of  about  an  acre,  also  labora¬ 
tory  apparatus,  reference  books  and  periodicals.  In  all  the  types  of 
schools  aided  by  the  Smith-Hughes  Act,  half  the  pupil’s  time  is  devoted 
to  vocational,  and  half  to  non-vocational  subjects.  The  practical  work 
may  be  carried  on  at  home  as  well  as  on  the  school  farm.  In  1920 
thiidy-one  schools  for  whites  were  in  operation.  Of  these  twelve  were 
farm  life  schools,  and  the  remainder  departments  of  agriculture  in 
high  schools.  Among  the  negroes,  the  work  was  carried  on  in  eleven 
of  the  training  schools.  The  training  of  teachers  for  vocational  edu¬ 
cation  in  agriculture  is  carried  on  at  the  .State  Colleges.  Nineteen 
white  and  seven  colored  students  were  enrolled  in  1.919-20. 

96!  E.  Tredes  and  Industries.  These  are  lausght  in  ev'ening 
schools  or  classes,  and  in  part  time  schools  or  classes.  Because  of 
the  fact  that  the  cotton  mills  and  furniture  factories  are  the  dominant 
industrial  plants  in  North  Carolina,  the  intention  of  the  Board  is  to 
give  vocational  training  in  these  subjects  special  proiuinence.  In  the 
evening  schools  the  minimum  age  is  sixteen.  \n  adequate  equip¬ 
ment  is  required.  The  instructioTi  is  intended  to  suppunnent  the  daily 
employment.  In  the  part-time  school  the  boy  or  girl  must  be  over  four¬ 
teen.  The  plant  and  equipment  of  the  shop  or  factory  may  be  used 
for  the  actual  shop  work,  the  school  board  supplying  the  necessary 
classrooms.  The  length  of  the  term  must  be  at  least  144  hours,  and 
may  be  divided  so  as  to  give  four  to  six  hours  a  week  or  twelve  hours 
a  week,  alternating.  In  1919-20  seventy-three  evening  classes  and  one 
part-time  class  were  conducted,  and  the  following  subjects  taught: 
cotton  manufacturing,  auto  mechanics,  house  wiring,  industrial  motors, 
industrial  chemistry,  dynamo-electric  machinery,  hydraulic  turbines, 
power-plant  operation,  blue-print  reading,  mechanical  drawing,  sketch¬ 
ing  for  machinists,  roof  framing,  printing,  air-brake  operation.  In 
most  cases  the  teacher  is  selected  from  among  the  tradesmen  found 
in  the  mill  or  local  community. 

961  F.  Home  Economics:  Home  economics  under  the  Smith- 
Hughes  Act  is  taught  in  evening  classes,  part-time  schools  or  classes, 
and  day  schools  or  classes.  In  evening  schools  the  minimum  age  is 
sixteen,  and  a  certain  equipment  is  necessary.  The  object  is  to  sup¬ 
plement  the  work  of  the  home.  Such  subjects  as  the  following  are 
taught:  millinery,  plain  sewing,  care  and  repair  of  clothing,  reno¬ 
vating  and  remodeling,  starches  and  sugars,  fruits,  vegetables  and 
cereals,  care  of  sick  room,  furnishing  the  house.  During  1919-20  Home 


Par.  962 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Economic  courses  were  given  in  twenty-three  day  schools  and  in  fifteen 
evening  schools. 

962.  Organizations  for  the  Promotion  of  Education  Among  Ne¬ 
groes.  Provisions  for  the  education  of  the  colored  race  in  North  Caro¬ 
lina  may  thus  be  summarized.  They  include:  (1)  The  public  ele- 
mentai’y  schools  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  N.  C.  Newbold,  Raleigh, 
assisted  by  supervising  teachers  in  forty-two  counties  salaried  by  The 
Jeanes  Fund;  (2)  Training  in  vocational  subjects  in  thirteen  county 
training  schools  under  Mr.  T.  E.  Browne,  Director,  Raleigh,  and  in 
farm  and  home  demonstration  work,  by  seventeen  field  agents  under 
Dr.  B.  W.  Kilgore,  Director  of  Farm  Extension,  Raleigh;  (3)  Eigh¬ 
teen  county  training  schools  for  colored  teachers;  (4)  The  three 
State  Normal  Schools,  and  the  State  AgTicultural  and  Technical  Col¬ 
lege;  (5)  Some  thirty  institutions  for  higher  education  and  profes¬ 
sional  training  supported  mainly  by  private  philanthropy.  (See  above 
Par.  955.). 

962  A.  The  County  Training  Schools.  The  county  training 
schools  for  colored  teachers  are  established  by  the  County  Board  of 
Education  on  the  recommendation  of  the  county  superintendents,  and 
are  supported  by  the  public  school  authorities,  the  Slater  fund,  the 
colored  people  of  the  county,  and  the  local  white  friends  of  negro 
education. 

The  regular  State  public  school  course  of  study  is  followed  in  all 
the  schools  through  the  seven  elementary  grades.  In  the  eighth  and 
ninth  grades,  where  there  is  a  ninth  grade,  the  State  high-school 
course  is  followed  with  negro  history  substituted  in  most  cases  for 
ancient  history  and  simple  teacher  training  and  industrial  work  for  the 
classics.  An  effort  is  made  to  teach  home  industries  throughout  the 
school.  These  consist  of  cooking,  sewing,  housekeeping,  laundry  work, 
gardening,  manual  training,  and  the  like. 

962  B.  The  Anna  T.  Jeanes  Foundation.  This  is  an  endowment 
established  in  perpetuity  for  the  maintenance  and  assistance  of  ele¬ 
mentary  schools  for  negroes  in  the  southern  states.  The  fund  is  ad¬ 
ministered  by  a  Board  of  Trustees,  Dr.  James  H.  Dillers,  President. 
The  Negro  Rural  School  Fund  of  the  foundation  is  administered  by 
Dr.  Dillard  for  maintenance  of  supervising  teachers,  and  of  summer 
schools  for  the  extension  of  school  terms.  These  supervisors  are  known 
among  the  negroes  as  walking  teachers  and  work  under  the  direction  of 
the  county  superintendents  of  education.  The  purpose  of  these  super¬ 
visors  is  to  introduce  into  the  small  country  schools  simple  home  in¬ 
dustries,  and  to  give  talks  on  sanitation  and  personal  cleanliness  to 
the  school  children  and  community  groups;  to  encourag’e  the  improve¬ 
ment  of  school  houses  and  school  grounds;  and  to  conduct  gardening 
clubs  and  other  kinds  of  clubs  for  the  betterment  of  the  school  and 
the  neighborhood.  The  supervisors  are  appointed  by  the  county  sup- 


EDUC  ATION 


Par.  962-E 


erintendent  and,  as  far  as  possible,  during  the  winter  session  of  the 
school  their  salary  is  paid  by  the  negro  people-  among  whom  they 
work.  Home  Makers  Clubs:  The  General  Education  Board  pays  the 
salaries  of  the  Jeanes  supervisors  during  the  summer  months,  at  which 
time  these  young  women  give  demonstrations  in  canning,  preserving, 
cooking,  and  the  proper  care  of  the  home  to  the  negro  women  in  the 
county..  State  Supervisors  The  Jeanes  Foundation  supports  a  State 
Worker  whose  duty  it  is  to  supervise  all  of  the  industrial  teachers. 
Her  salary  and  traveling  expenses  are  paid  in  part  by  the  General 
Education  Board. 

962  C.  The  Rosenwald  Fund  for  Colored  Rural  School  Buildings. 
Mr.  Julius  Rosenwald,  of  Chicago,  offers  through  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  of 
that  city  $25,000.00  to  every  city  in  the  United  .States  which  will  raise 
by  public  subscription  $75,000.00  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  a  Y.  M. 
C.  A.  building  for  colored  men  and  boys;  the  total  cost  of  the  land, 
building,  and  furaiture  to  be  not  less  than  $100,000. 

To  assist  in  the  erection  of  rural  schools  for  negroes  in  the  South 
Mr.  Rosenwald  offers,  through  the  Tuskegee  Institute,  to  donate  a 
sum  not  greater  than  $400.00  for  a  one-teacher  school,  and  $500.00 
for  a  two-teacher  school,  provided  that  the  community  where  the 
school  is  to  be  located  has  previously  secured  from  public  funds,  or 
raised  by  subscription,  a  sum  equivalent  to,  .or  larger  than,  the  amount 
to  be  donated.  In  addition  it  is  stipulated  that  the  total  sum  be  suf¬ 
ficient  to  complete  the  school  house,  and  that  the  school  term  be  at 
least  five  months. 

In  those  schools  erected  under  this  plan  whose  term  is  less  than 
seven  months,  grants  of  not  less  than  $30.00  per  annum  may  be  made 
for  the  purpose  of  lengthening  the  term,  provided,  as  above,  that 
the  community  matches  that  sum.  Where  the  maximum  term  is 
seven  months,  the  joint  contribution  made  is  applied  to  the  salary  of 
the  teacher  or  teachers. 

962  D.  The  John  F.  Slater  Fund.  Secretary,  Miss  G.  C.  Mann, 
Box  418,  Charlotesville,  Va.,  Treasurer,  The  Metropolitan  Trust  Co. 

This  is  a  trust  fund  of  a  million  dollars  created  to  assist  public 
or  private  negro  schools  of  the  South,  where  proper  standards  of 
efficiency  are  maintained,  and  where  there  are  normal  and  industrial 
departments.  The  purpose  of  this  fund  is  to  prepare  teachers  and  to 
provide  education  in  the  industries. 

962  E.  The  General  Education  Board.  61  Broad  St.  N.  Y.  City. 

The  Board  is  empowered  to  assist  in  the  improvement  of  primary, 
industrial,  technical,  and  normal  schools,  training  schools  for  teachers, 
institutions  of  higher  learning,  and  schools  of  any  other  grade.  As 
the  work  of  the  Board  in  North  Carolina  is  devoted  chiefly  to  the 
colored  population,  it  is  listed  in  this  section.  The  following  are  among 


Par.  962-F  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


its  activities:  (a)  Contribution  to  Higher  Education.  The  General 
Education  Board  maintains  a  Department  of  Secondary  Education  in 
the  State  University.  The  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  at  the 
State  University  acting  through  the  Department  of  Education  serves 
as  High  School  Inspector,  (b)  .  State  Agents  for  Negro  Rural  Schools. 
The  Board  pays  the  salaries  and  traveling  expenses  of  the  State 
Agents  for  negro  rural  schools.  These  agents  work  under  the  county 
superintendent  or  education  in  carrying  out  the  definite  program  which 
is  outlined  by  the  State  Department  of  Education,  (c) .  Supervising 
Industrial  Teachers.  It  contributes  to  the  Negro  Rural  School  Fund 
of  the  Anna  T.  Jeanes  Foundation  in  order  to  assist  counties  in  the 
employment  of  competent  supervising  industrial  teachers,  (d) 
County  Training  Schools.  It  contributes  to  the  John  F.  Slater  Fund 
in  developing  and  maintaining  County  Training  Schools  for  negroes. 
These  schools  propose  to  cover  two  or  three  years  of  high  school  work 
and  offer  to  the  graduating  class  a  simple  course  in  teacher  training 
to  equip  the  members  of  the  class  for  teaching  small  rural  schools. 

(e)  Home  Makers  Club.  It  defrays  the  expenses  of  the  county  sup¬ 
ervising  industrial  teachers  (Jeanes  Industrial  Teachers)  during  the 
summer  months.  The  purpose  of  the  Jeanes  Club  Agents  is  to  teach 
the  negroes  in  the  rural  communities  better  habits  of  daily  living. 

(f)  Summer  Schools:  Through  the  State  Department  of  Education, 
it  assists  in  conducting  summer  schools  for  negro  teachers. 

962  F.  The  State  Association  of  Negro  Teachers.  President, 
Dr.  James  E.  Shepard,  Durham,  N.  C.,  Secretary,  Prof.  S.  D.  McRae, 
Reidsville,  N.  C. 

Its  purpose  is  to  advance  educational  interests  by  improvement  of 
schools  and  quickening  of  professional  standing,  and  to  promote  the 
general  v/elfare  of  the  teaching  profession.  The  Association  was  in¬ 
strumental  in  establishing  the  mral  school  commission  out  of  which 
developed  the  Rosenwald  Agenqy;  the  railroad  commission,  out  of 
which  developed  the  organization  for  better  traveling  accomodations. 
The  Association  cooperates  with  the  State  Department  of  Education, 
private  donors,  and  Mr.  Rosenwald,  of  Chicago,  in  supporting  a  visit¬ 
ing  field  supervisor  for  negro  public  schools  of  the  State — Mr.  C.  H. 
Moore,  232  Mebane  St.,  Greensboro;  and  with  the  Jeanes  Fund  direc¬ 
tors  and  the  State  education  authorities  in  the  direction  of  the  Jeanes 
industrial  teachers  and  the  home-makers  clubs. 

962  G.  The  State  Association  of  Negro  High  School  Principals. 
R.  E.  Malone,  president,  A.  and  T.  College,  Greensboro,  N.  C.,  W.  M. 
Cooper,  secretary,  Smithfield,  N.  C.  The  purpose  is  to  standardize 
and  promote  the  efficiency  of  the  Negro  High  .Schools  of  North  Caro¬ 
lina;  to  help  place  a  high  school  for  Negroes  in  every  county  in  the 
State;  to  provide  the  negro  with  secondary  educa.tion  at  home.  The 
Association  has  succeeded  in  having  the  same  curriculum  as  is  used 
in  the  white  schools  of  the  State  adopted  for  use  in  negro  schools. 


EDUC  ATION 


Par.  963 


963.  Educational  Facilities  for  Ex-Service  Men.  Under  the  Fed¬ 
eral  Board  for  Vocational  Education,  the  discharged  soldier,  sailor  or 
marine  is  free  to  choose  the  occupation  for  which  he  desires  training 
unless  expert  opinion  shows  this  choice  to  be  inadvisable.  After 
thorough  training  is  given,  he  is  further  assisted  in  securing  perma- 
ment  employment,  and  after  he  goes  to  work,  his  case  is  followed  up 
to  insure  that  the  employment  is  satisfactory.  In  cases  where  it  is 
impossible  to  determine  the  best  course  of  training  for  a  man  to  pursue, 
a  try-out  preparatory  course  is  provided  in  either  a  school  or  shop, 
f  Those  eligible  for  training  are  thus  defined  by  Section  2  of  the 

Vocational  Rehabilitation  Act,  as  amended  July  11,1818:  “every  per¬ 
son  enlisted,  enrolled,  drafted,  inducted  or  appointed  in  the  military 
or  naval  forces  of  the  United  States,  including  members  of  training 
camps  authorized  by  law,  who,  since  April  7,1917,  has  resigned  or  has 
been  discharged  or  furloughed  therefrom  under  honorable  conditions, 
having  a  disability  incurred,  or  aggravated  while  a  member  of  such 
forces,  or  later  developing  a  disability  traceable  in  the  opinion  of  the 
board  to  service  with  such  forces,  and,  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Federal  Board  for  Vocational  Education,  is  in  need  of  vocational  re¬ 
habilitation  to  overcome  the  handicap  of  such  disability,  shall  be  fur¬ 
nished  by  the  said  board,  where  vocational  rehabilitation  is  feasible, 
such  course  of  vocational  rehabilitation  as  the  board  shall  prescribe 
and  provide.” 

There  are  two  classes,  men  eligible  under  Section  2  of  the  law, 
and  men  eligible  under  Section  3.  By  the  regulations  now  in  force, 
the  former  receive  $80.00  a  month  while  under  training,  and  a  further 
provision  graded  according  to  the  number  of  their  dependents,  but  not 
exceeding  $150.00  in  all;  the  latter  receive  payment  for  their  instruc¬ 
tion  and  the  expense  incidental  thereto,  but  no  maintenance  fund  for 
themselves  or  dependents. 

To  be  eligible  for  training  under  Section  2  a  man  must  be  able 
to  meet  the  following  conditions:  “(a)  He  must  have  been  separated 
from  the  military  or  naval  forces  of  the  United  States  under  honorable 
conditions  since  April  7,  1917.  (b)  He  must  have  a  disability  that 

was  incurred,  increased,  or  aggravated  while  a  member  of  such  forces, 
or  that  is  traceable,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board  to  service  with  such 
forces,  (c)  His  disability  must,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Federal  Board, 
be  of  such  a  nature  as  to  cause  him  to  be  in  need  of  vocational  re¬ 
habilitation  to  overcome  the  handicap  of  such  disability,  (d)  His 
physical  and  mental  condition  must  be  such  as  to  make  vocational 
rehabilitation  feasible.” 

To  be  eligible  for  training  under  Section  3  a  man  must  have  been 
awarded  compensation  for  at  least  a  temporary  period  by  the  Bureau 
of  War  Risk  Insurance. 

In  the  case  of  men  receiving  training  under  Section  3,  payments 
from  the  Bureau  of  War  Risk  Insurance  are  unaffected  by  the  fact 


Par.  963-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


of  this  training.  In  the  case  of  men  under  Section  2,  payments  from 
the  Bureau  cease  during  the  period  of  training  unless  the  man  is 
entitled  to  receive  more  from  the  Bureau  than  is  being  paid  him  under 
the  Federal  Board,  in  which  event  he  is  due  to  receive  the  difference 
from  the  Bureau. 

963  A.  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Scholarships  for  Returned  Soldiers. 

Representative  for  North  Carolina,  G.  A.  Huntington,  Central  Y. 
M.  C.  A.  Charlotte,  N.  C.  The  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Scholarship  Fund  is  prorated 
to  the  individual  states  by  National  Headquarters  The  purpose  is 
to  help  ex-soldiers  to  carry  on  their  education.  The  scholarships  are 
from  fifty  to  two  hundred  dollars  in  value,  and  are  open  to  white  and 
colored  men  equally.  Applications  are  dealt  with  in  the  first  instance 
through  county  committees,  and  are  then  forwarded  by  the  tState  rep¬ 
resentative  to  National  Headquarters.  Up  to  the  end  of  September, 
1920,  707  scholarships  had  been  assigned  in  North  Carolina,  repre¬ 
senting  an  expenditure  of  $61,268.  Of  those  who  have  received  scholar¬ 
ships,  64  elected  to  study  in  Y.  M.  C.  A.  schools,  183  in  other  schools, 
289  in  colleges,  and  261  through  Home  Study  courses.  A  “rolling 
college”  or  traveling  automobile  is  engaged  in  distributing  information 
through  the  rural  districts  of  the  State,  and  in  interviewing  men. 

963  B.  Knights  of  Columbus  War  Activities  Schools. 

Secretaiy,  A.  B.  Cummings,  Southeastern  Department  of  K.  of 
C.  Atlanta.  There  are  schools  for  service  and  ex-service  men.  Tuition 
is  free,  and  books  and  other  equipment  are  furnished.  An  employ¬ 
ment  bureau  is  run  in  connection.  Civilians  are  also  admitted  to  these 
schools,  provided  they  qualify  in  certain  subjects.  North  Carolina  has 
two  such  schools,  one  at  Charlotte,  and  one  at  Wilmington.  In  addi¬ 
tion  the  Knights  of  Columbus  carry  on  welfare  work  in  the  U.  S.  P. 
H.  S.  Hospital  at  Asheville. 

964.  Educational  Work  in  the  Mountain  Districts.  A  number  of 
churches  carry  on  more  or  less  extensive  mission  work  in  the  great 
mountain  region  of  the  Appalachians.  Part  of  the  territory  covered 
lies  in  North  Carolina.  The  work  is  varied  in  character,  but  much  of 
it  is  educational.  In  the  total  region  some  200  schools  are  main¬ 
tained,  both  elementary  and  secondary.  These  are  generally  coeduca¬ 
tional  and  aim  at  giving  some  vocational  training.  Among  the 
churches  which  are  active  in  this  work  are  the  Southern  Baptists, 
Northern  and  Southern  Presbyterians,  Northern  Methodists,  Congrega- 
tionalists.  Episcopalians  and  Disciples.  Some  of  the  schools ‘are  very 
well  equipped,  and  by  affording  dormitory  facilities  at  a  cheap  rate, 
enable  children  from  isolated  mountain  farms  to  receive  a  good  edu¬ 
cation.  In  addition  to  schools,  colleges  and  orphanages,  district  nurses, 
hospitals,  clinics  and  community  workers  are  maintained,  and  encour¬ 
agement  given  to  such  activities  as  home  industries,  cooperative  asso- 


EDUCATION 


Par.  966-A 


ciations,  the  building  of  roads,  and  the  improvement  of  housing  and* 
agriculture.  For  a  list  of  all  schools  carried  on  by  denominational  and 
private  agencies  in  the  Southern  Highlands  and  a  full  account  of  their 
work,  the  reader  is  referred  to  a  book  by  the  late  Mr.  John  C.  Camp¬ 
bell  of  the  Russell  Sage  Foundation  now  in  process  of  publication. 

965.  The  Junior  Red  Cross  in  the  Schools.  (See  Chap.  XVII  Par. 
1703  C.) 

• 

The  Junior  Red  Cross  is  in  a  medium  for  bringing  to  the  minds  of 
the  children,  and  enabling  them  to  put  into  practice,  sound  ideas  on  citi¬ 
zenship,  health,  and  helpfulness  towards  others.  In  all  cases  the  unit 
of  membership  is  the  school.  No  school  is  approached  except  by  per¬ 
mission  of  the  Superintendent.  The  organization  can  be  made  an 
instrument  for  raising  the  tone,  and  quickening  the  sense  of  community 
interest  in  the  school. 

966.  Libraries.  North  Carolina  has  fifty- two  public  libraries, 
two  of  which  are  for  the  colored  population.  There  are  in  addition 
thirty-two  college  libraries,  eight  of  which  are  attached  to  negro  in¬ 
stitutions.  The  largest  library  in  the  State  is  that  of  the  University 
of  North  Carolina  with  over  88,000  volumes.  Next  in  size  come  the 
library  of  Trinity  College  with  55,000  volumes;  the  .State  library 
with  46,000;  Davidson  College  with  27,000;  the  Supreme  Court 
library  with  22,000;  and  Wake  Forrest  College  with  22,000.  These 
are  the  only  libraries  which  at  present  number  more  than  20,000  books. 

966  A.  The  North  Carolina  Library  Commission,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 
The  objects  of  the  Library  Commission  are  to  encourage  and  aid  in 
the  establishment  of  new  libraries,  to  increase  the  efficiency  of  those 
already  established,  to  serve  as  a  central  office  or  clearing  house  for 
information  relating  to  books  and  libraries,  and  to  send  out  traveling 
and  package  libraries  to  rural  communities.  Mary  B.  Palmer  is  Secre¬ 
tary  and  Director. 

(a)  Service  to  Towns  and  Cities.  For  towns  and  cities  planning 
to  establish  public  libraries,  the  Library  Commission  furnishes  infor¬ 
mation  regarding  library  campaigns,  library  laws,  building  plans, 
equipment  and  furniture,  etc.  Whenever  it  is  desired,  the  Director 
participates  personally  in  the  campaign. 

The  Commission  renders  assitance  also  to  libraries  already  es¬ 
tablished,  giving  advice  to  small  libraries,  and  to  those  without  a 
trained  librarian,  regarding  the  selection  and  purchase  of  books,  clas¬ 
sification,  cataloging,  and  other  administrative  problems. 

(b)  Free  Traveling  Libraries.  If  every  town  in  North  Carolina 
had  free  library  facilities,  there  would  remain  in  the  rural  districts  a 
large  majority  of  the  people  of  the  State  who  had  no  access  to  books. 
The  rural  school  libraries  (see  above  Par.  923.),  for  which  the  State 


Par.  966-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


appropriates  $7,500  biennially,  do  something  to  meet  this  need.  The 
traveling  library  system  of  the  N.  C.  Library  Commission  is  another 
contribution  to  the  same  end.  These  traveling  libraries  are  made  up 
in  sets  of  about  forty  volumes,  and  are  selected  according  to  the 
object  in  view,  schools,  general  community  reading,  or  some  special 
interest.  They  are  sent  free  to  rural  districts  and  small  towns  in 
which  some  society  or  individual  is  willing  to  assume  responsibility 
for  their  distribution.  They  may  be  kept  three  months,  and  renewed 
once  for  the  same  period. 

Another  branch  of  the  same  service  is  the  Package  Library.  These 
are  small  collections  of  books  and  magazine  articles,  or  magazine  ar¬ 
ticles  only,  bearing  on  a  single  subject,  which  are  sent  by  mail  to 
organizations  and  individuals  not  having  other  library  facilities.  They 
include  debate  libraries  for  rural  schools  and  debating  societies;  study 
club  collections;  The  Farmer’s  Library,  a  collection  of  twelve  vol¬ 
umes  on  agriculture  and  county  life;  special  collections  on  child  wel¬ 
fare,  social  work,  agriculture,  the  South,  and  household  arts.  Materials 
on  a  wide  variety  of  additional  subjects  are  supplied.  No  charge  is 
made  except  for  postage.  For  further  information  apply  to  the  Library 
Commission,  Raleigh. 

966  B.  Legislative  Reference  Library.  See  Chap.  V,  Par.  511. 

966  C.  Library  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina.  The  Bureau 
of  Extension,  through  the  general  library  of  the  University,  the 
special  Library  of  Rural  Economics,  and  also  the  other  departmental 
libraries,  offers  books  and  pamphlets  on  subjects  connected  with  the 
Extension  work.  It  is  also  prepared  to  loan  any  book  from  the  general 
library  which  is  not  in  use  at  the  time  the  request  is  made,  and  which 
is  not  governed  by  special  regulations  which  require  it  to  be  kept 
constantly  in  the  building.  It  is  also  able  to  furnish  books  upon  the 
following  special  subjects:  North  Carolina  History  and  Literature, 
Public  Health, Public  Welfare,  Rural  Social  Science,  and  Schools.  Re¬ 
quests  for  library  material  should  be  addressed  to  the  Bureau  of  Ex¬ 
tension  of  the  University,  rather  than  to  the  particular  division. 

966  D.  Library  Service  for  Public  Health  Nurses.  State  Library 
center  for  North  Carolina,  University  of  N.  C.  Chapel  Hill,  Dr.  Louis 
R.  Wilson,  Librarian.  The  National  Organization  for  Public  Health 
nurses  provides  library  facilities  for  its  members  in  the  following 
ways:  (a)  By  means  of  the  State  Library  Center.  From  this,  by 
paying  postal  charges,  material  on  any  phase  of  public  health  nurs¬ 
ing  may  be  boiTOwed  and  kept  as  long  as  needed,  (b)  Through  the 
Central  Library  at  156  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York.  From  this  also  a 
package  of  pamphlet  material  may  be  borrowed  and  kept  as  needed. 
The  Central  Library  maintains  as  well  a  collection  of  reference  books, 
(c)  The  Librarian  of  the  National  Organization  publishes  a  special 


EDUCATION 


Par.  966-D 


article  each  month  in  the  “Public  Health  Nurse”  giving  information 
about  new  books,  pamphlets,  bibliograhies,  etc.  (d)  Selected  arti¬ 
cles  are  reprinted  each  month  from  the  “Public  Health  Nurse”  and 
offered  for  sale  at  a  cheap  rate,  (e)  Booklets,  posters,  and  other 
propaganda  material,  designed  to  help  the  nurse  to  educate  her  public, 
are  supplied  free  to  members  of  the  organization  in  limited  allot¬ 
ments  for  distribution. 


t-b  * 


.  ’> 


W- .  — 


.*■  -.  "' ' '  ' 


..-V^ 

I 


m 


i<«>st.  «>-  /.4  .  _ L  .  _ f firfvK ^'OI^iI'PIHI^BB 


.  t- 


SV 


■Vf 


■! 


.  .■  nt-ftnci;  of  I'tsf  >?»!!!ir.  :i(ity^M  ^  JtVri  i^.*  rjH.  ry,  •  -i? 

V*iA  .«  *  <  .<4^%  t  ^  It  -*  ■  i".  .  I'  ■  4  --.■*^r  **  *  .*/! 


a.« We^lid^ ilijiiru*  .f.,r  wr?  •pJ'iSSi**  1,^ 

•  '  ^  ^  •-&!/:''■«'  !S»^  8mv>Hcrf,  ''i«*,«ihRfj^ri#^^^ 


:■  *  *  /'J  t’ft^  I  Cii>r  ,i 

-  ’••  ^  9-‘i4.‘iV^^'<tiV;*i.  jt,  JUfA, 

•Pf‘  ^  ifftM  >  t\rfk^  r-J|^j^iS.__ 

%1, ,  ' ,.  vVar^f/  v'uv^ivijim  }i>K|4>r^  •.'■*4  t  ta'ft?»tva)?ti^‘*Jllif^ 

‘  ■  ■-  )^t  vA  vik-  liviftin 

•ji-.  w-5vl5r>*\  {•.■#■- r  ■:■♦■<,  -^.  ►t  _  .4 _ ■  ■  .  ■  .  _..  .  '■•-.O'  V  .mh^w-'  - 


.•*k  —  '  • '  ^  ^  »>t  v*iv  ■  ••  •  tiJ  %i  ^ 

ifc:cisr>t\  ?'f  t.-ifr-  raihct  th^ir^  t-4'ibi-ji'5ii»t^i^y  d|v*'3fW"S  *  -*- 

■  •  •'  ;*  n1  ^  ■.  “  i 

^  t  i'/l  .  f  H 

- 


ri^y.^«'br43r7n-«red  u/  thW 

f^' , 'C.  r:.^'‘l,>jtn:^ry  it  Avw^  Y*-^  tioia  '  ,^ 

7'.*»ir^ii|*\  f  pro*>|*h4*nt  ^n^ktoHal  ^  ‘.«edci^^^  .  s  *? 

.  .  »y^  ‘4ii  ,fn».*»y  ‘,^;j  ^  ?t.fff#V3<v>e1>oo 

<^\  .  *-.^‘  5dfi4?  V4  ih<j' NiHicioaj  C>r3^ifc?4ivt|i>i?.  a  spt?viixS  ''i 


V-. 
.<’■  *  ■ 


.  vJ* 


i.. 


I .  Lftws  for  DeMors  and 


iilOt,  IntTvt^xitihiM  Of  the  Ijr^ /iffwtitjjif  family tKora 

vn  fJjJs  chf^tpT  fall  the  tvco  h^HV^is  ‘'Tabt*"  ar,4  *4co5jt4- 

ir»tir* ,  nxti  litijj^njTft  i»t  U»<«lr  'Wn^«  on  ibt* 

nr  ^i>^e  dealing  with  ^  m»rn«»o  Hft\d  <JJrer.  e,  of 

cfmOn'rt.^jni^^c  betiitli.  iht  Wuit  K«  WktxJ  fo** 

ht  f>:p;i(p5pKft>i^a'e  "  '' 

V,'.-  n-:.  ■  •  %  ~i  !-  ■;' 

'■*  A^iiifi  for  Oehtl^  Th?i*t  gr«  IhTeg  cso^i?  in  •whi^ii  «Cp 

ih*m  tti^Ty  b«  Miforeodv  *  ^t,  *,  •  •  >  « 

u)i  the  (b^  also  Chap.  I,  Pay-.  H>4  E  (b)/i. 

h;»y0  jurisaietion  a?  elvll  action#,  founded  on  coair^H 
damj^aded  riot  exceed  |^0  and  oo  title  to  real 
ia^  io  <ft&i}trovTiTP»y;  In  hU  CBiipti  is  a  r%bC  of  app^  frunn 
lh.v  '  of  tcopyts  to  the  SupJiHiyr  CkmiH:,' hot  the  iu(t;?p 

’  aot  -vacated  Qxc  Approx  %  hXkpctspdooB  bond. 

U|vhtk  tlwj  ffWng  of  thfe  hotid  c^on  may  afc«j  be  ntiyvd  witboiit 
if)  ai*t?bnfi?  foimdftd  on  if  prayed  for  at  ibo  trial  hy 

the  doferulant?^  aif  ^Xh^^dfirnient  t&  not  ftyc  tlmn  |25  00. 


one  iwOTU’h;  if  abo  and  moia  tltun  lj?60,0f»,  tbroc^  toiondr«i‘; 

if  above  450.00  and  not ^ex4>jedfr;^  $1^00.00,  fdjf  Ktontha.  Jtid^rm'n'  -^ 
oX  tlte^  Courts  ’ may  hft^doc1sdioi>  in '-Has  oiiifo  of  the  ci«h.  of  the 
Sttp<  rl»>  CiAXt.  nnd  ttv4^4w»m**  jt^d^rraentt  of  ihi*  Superior  Cnurt  for 


all  of  execaUdh  mh!  atv.  m^dn  by  «  utafcaie  a  igen  pjK.o  nil 

ih# ‘rfjtl  pvoperiy  of  thS!;^.<l«?fc^a»t}^  Appeals  from  this  cotiri  ^jaj*p 
hf»arU  4e  Ttfryo  ■?»  th^e  Supyj^r  Coni-t./  .  ‘  v  ,  a 

^  (b)  45ttp^inr.C^r|<^^.,<Por  oripanlaofc^^  and  jufiafectwm  life©- 
"Ch&p.  fi).  Jn  prdeedto^  imra^raph  jod^'^lrU  of 

the  isouri  ^«r?ay  ho  niisi^  a  lien  .on  tW  imal  ►ittate  of  the  defc<ntJfiTit. 
Pfpvi^Jon  13  msflr*  r  tb*;  S>t5*,jtute  fisi  tranarndpia  of  iiTd4finetit  to 
K-  Jaifiiajd  at  tt'5a«st  of  the  plalntif-f  and  <i£i<.k«tiid  m  juhy  ottitr,Cviibn% 
of  ih*  8tat^  ia  whfth  plamcifi  ipay  to  hav.  tt  <locketed.  and 

wbeif  ’^K'kytiMf  ft  becomea  iiktvr^e  a  iter,  the  defoiidaiit^g 
e^tau'  in  ^hat  t  .i.aty.  Kxceutlon  ^pon  a  Jinijraieiit  of  the  Saperior 
Court  US  a  of  oyaree,  at^>fty  thne,  wK^a  ihren  yiam 

of  its  rhidirlon.  tf  tbyi^  tyive  elapsed^  howevr^r,  tb&  i%  issutvs 
o^'iy  ufte  .npphcatk»r*  by  af/idavil  of  noivpayTi^eBd  amJ 

n»  Atc^t  t*  ’  ‘he  ^deXeadant  of  such  c^pplicfttioti.  AppenliJ  ajrtsvtxken  <ii- 
re>.U\  fW^  ^tUeise  courts  ^  tb*»  SiaYri^mr  Cwti.  hut  eniy  ii?<^  mattera^ 
of  law  InfiBrvne^:  Krocul^n  ,i3. 'i^i  gUytd  oj^  .thSe  ;*>- 

peals  UiWs  A  )xjrd  la  bie«i. 

.  ,  (e>  Ibe  likipr^e  Court  cenaf'jtli  Ja^  sits  only  at 


u 


''*•  A'i 
•  jf-r 


isdj^ik- 


iai ' 


.'J' 


<■  » 
*  .'* 


I)  < 


:v?;" 


f 


,ft 


CHAPTER  X 

Family  Welfare 

I.  Laws  for  Debtors  and  Decedents 


Par.  1002 


1001.  Introduction:  Of  the  laws  affecting  family  welfare,  those 
given  in  this  chapter  fall  under  the  two  heads  of  ‘debt’  and  ‘deced¬ 
ents’.  Other  laws  not  less  important  in  their  bearing  on  the  home, 
such  as  those  dealing  with  marriage  and  divorce,  guardianship  of 
children,  public  health,  dependency  and  the  like  must  be  looked  for 
in  the  appropriate  chapters. 

1002.  Actions  for  Debt:  There  are  three  courts  in  which  ac¬ 
tion  may  be  enforced  :- 

(a) .  Justice  of  the  Peace  (see  also  Chap.  I,  Par.  104  E  (b).). 
These  courts  have  jurisdiction  of  civil  actions  founded  on  contract 
wherein  the  sum  demanded  does  not  exceed  $200  and  no  title  to  real 
estate  is  in  controversy.  In  all  cases  there  is  a  right  of  appeal  from 
the  judgments  of  these  courts  to  the  Superior  Court,  but  the  judg¬ 
ment  is  not  vacated  unless  the  appellant  files  a  supersedeas  bond. 
Upon  the  filing  of  this  bond  execution  may  also  be  stayed  without 
appeal  in  actions  founded  on  contracts  if  prayed  for  at  the  trial  by 
the  defendants  as  follows:  if  the  judgment  is  not  for  more  than  $25.00, 
one  month;  if  above  $25.00  and  not  more  than  $50.00,  three  months; 
if  above  $50.00  and  not  exceeding  $200.00,  six  months.  Judgmrncj 
of  these  courts  may  be  docketed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  of  the 
Superior  Court  and  thus  become  judgments  of  the  Superior  Court  for 
all  purposes  of  execution  and  are  made  by  a  statute  a  lien  upon  all 
the  real  property  of  the  defendant.  Appeals  from  this  court  are 
heard  de  novo  in  the  Superior  Court. 

(b)  Superior  Courts.  (For  organization  and  jurisdiction  see 
Chap.  I.  104  D).  As  stated  in  preceding  paragraph  judgments  of 
the  court  may  be  made  a  lien  on  the  real  estate  of  the  defendant. 
Provision  is  also  made  in  the  Statute  for  transcripts  of  judgment  to 
be  issued  at  request  of  the  plaintiff  and  docketed  in  any  other  county 
of  the  State  in  which  plaintiff  may  desire  to  have  it  docketed,  and 
when  docketed  it  becomes  likewise  a  lien  upon  the  defendant’s  real 
estate  in  that  county.  Execution  upon  a  judgment  of  the  Superior 
Court  issues  as  a  matter  of  course  at  any  time  within  three  years 
of  its  rendition.  If  three  years  have  elapsed,  however,  then  it  issues 
only  upon  application  accompanied  by  affidavit  of  non-payment  and 
notice  to  the  defendant  of  such  application.  Appeals  are  taken  di¬ 
rectly  from  these  courts  to  the  Supreme  Court,  but  only  upon  matters 
of  law  or  legal  inference.  Execution  is  not  stayed  upon  these  ap¬ 
peals  unless  a  supersedeas  bond  is  filed. 

(c)  The  Supreme  Court  consists  of  five  judges  and  sits  only  at 


Par.  1003 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


the  Capital  of  the  State,  Raleigh.  The  right  of  appeal  to  it  is  not 
limited  by  the  amount  involved.  Its  decisions  in  particular  cases 
are  certified  to  the  court  below  from  which  the  appeal  was  taken, 
and  judgment  is  there  entered  upon  such  certificate.  (See  also  Chap. 
I,  Par.  104  C). 

1003.  Exemption  Laws. 

(a)  Personal  Exemption.  Personal  property  of  any  resident 
of  the  State  to  the  value  of  $500.00  to  be  selected  by  such  resident 
is  exempted  from  sale  under  execution  or  other  final  process.  This 
right  is  personal. 

(b)  Homestead  and  Insurance.  Every  homestead  and  the 
dwelling  and  buildings  used  therewith  not  exceeding  in  value  $1,000.00, 
is  exempt  from  sale  under  execution  or  other  final  process.  This 
right  of  exemption  remains  attached  to  the  homestead,  in  case  of  the 
death  of  the  homesteader,  until  his  youngest  child  becomes  of  age,  if 
he  leaves  children;  or  if  he  leaves  no  child,  then  during  the  widow¬ 
hood  of  his  widow.  The  husband  may  insure  his  life  for  the  benefit 
of  his  wife  and  children  and  in  case  of  his  death  the  amount  of 
such  insurance  shall  be  free  from  claim  of  any  of  his  creditors. 
(Constitution,  Article  10).  See  below  Par.  1005. 

(c)  Property  of  Married  Woman.  The  real  and  personal  prop¬ 
erty  of  a  woman  acquired  before  her  marriage  and  all  property  to 
which  she  may  become  entitled  after  shall  remain  her  sole  and  sepa¬ 
rate  estate;  and  is  not  liable  for  any  debts,  obligations,  or  engage¬ 
ments  of  the  husband;  and  may  be  devised  and  bequeathed;  and, 
with  the  written  consent  of  her  husband,  conveyed  by  her  as  if  she 
were  unmaiTied.  (Constitution,  Article  10,  Sec.  6).  See  also  Chapter 
VIII  Par.  806. 

1004.  Landlord  and  Tenant  Laws.  There  is  no  lien  for  rent 
except  in  case  of  agricultural  leases,  and  no  common  law  distress 
for  rent  in  arrears.  Rent  is  apportioned  in  case  of  death,  and  the 
landlord  is  given  the  right  of  summary  ejectment.  Notices  to  quit 
are  as  follows:  from  year  to  year,  one  month  or  more  before  the 
end  of  the  cuiTent  year  of  the  tenancy;  from  month  to  month,  by 
a  like  notice  of  seven  days;  from  week  to  week,  by  notice  of  two 
days.  (Code  1905,  Sec.  1984-87). 

1004  A.  Agricultural  Tenancy.  The  lands  are  rented  or  leased 
by  agreement,  written  or  oral.  For  agricultural  purposes  any  and 
all  crops  raised  on  the  land  shall  be  deemed  to  be  vested  in  posses¬ 
sion  of  the  lessor  until  the  rents  are  paid,  all  stipulations  in  the 
lease  are  performed,  and  until  the  lessor  is  paid  for  all  advancements 
made  and  expenses  incurred  in  making  and  saving  the  crops.  Re¬ 
moval  or  disposition  of  crops  by  a  tenant  without  these  payments 
having  been  made  is  a  misdemeanor,  and  unlawful  seizure  by  the 
landlord  is  also  a  misdemeanor.  (Code  1905,  Sec.  1993).  See  also 
Chap.  XIII,  Par.  1304  D. 


FAMILY  WELFARE 


Par.  1008-C 


1005.  Chattel  Mortgages.  Before  these  can  be  valid,  they  must 
be  registered  in  the  county  where  the  mortgagor  resides.  They  are 
not  valid  at  all  upon  household  or  kitchen  furniture  if  executed  by  a 
married  man  and  his  wife  does  not  join  with  privy  examination  in 
their  execution.  The  statute  provides  a  short  form  with  cheap  regis¬ 
tration  where  the  debt  secured  does  not  exceed  $300.00.  (Code  1905, 
Sec.  1039,  1941). 

1006.  Loan  and  Usury  Laws.  The  legal  rate  of  interest  is  6 
per  cent.  More  than  this  directly  or  indirectly  reserved  or  paid  con¬ 
stitutes  usury.  Such  reserving  or  charging  a  greater  rate  of  inter¬ 
est  than  6  per  cent,  when  knowingly  done,  constitutes  a  forfeiture 
of  the  entire  interest.  If  a  greater  rate  of  interest  has  been  actually 
paid,  the  person  paying  it  may  recover  double  the  amount  of  inter¬ 
est  paid  by  way  of  a  penalty.  A  few  Morris  Plan  Banks  have  been 
chartered  in  the  State  to  make  small  loans,  and  they  are  permitted  to 
charge  a  nominal  fee  of  $1.00  to  pay  the  expense  of  an  investigation 
into  the  character  of  the  applicant. 

1007.  Imprisonment  for  Debt.  There  is  no  imprisonment  for 
debt  except  in  case  of  fraud. 

1008.  Intestacy  Laws.  The  following  are  the  laws  and  proced¬ 
ure  in  the  case  of  a  person  dying  intestate. 

1008  A.  Appointment  of  an  Administrator.  A  suitable  person 
is  appointed  as  administrator  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  of 
the  county  in  which  decedent  was  domiciled  at  the  time  of  his  ‘death. 
Preference  in  the  appointment  is  given  to  the  next  of  kin  but  no  person 
resident  without  the  iState  can  be  appointed. 

1008  B.  Order  in  Which  Debts  Must  be  Paid.  Debts  of  decedent 
are  payable  in  the  following  order:  1st,  debts  which  by  law  have  a 
specific  lien  on  property  to  an  amount  not  exceeding  the  value  of  the 
property;  2nd,  funeral  expenses;  3rd,  taxes;  4th,  dues  to  the  United 
States;  5th,  judgments;  6th,  wages  due  domestic  servant  or  laborer 
which  became  due  within  one  year  of  the  death,  and  also  medical 
services  for  the  same  period;  7th,  all  other  debts  and  demands. 

1008  C.  Order  in  which  Heirs  Inherit.  Order  of  distribution 
of  surplus  of  personal  property  is  as  follows:  Where  there  is  one 
child  and  a  widow,  the  child  takes  two-thirds  and  the  widow  one-third. 
In  all  other  cases  the  widow  takes  a  child’s  part.  If  there  are  no 
children,  or  representative  of  a  deceased  child,  the  widow  takes  half 
and  the  next  of  kin  the  balance.  If  there  is  neither  widow  nor  children, 
the  surplus  is  distributed  equally  to  all  next  of  kin  who  are  in 
equal  degree  and  those  who  legally  represent  them.  If  a  child  dies 
v/ithout  leaving  issue,  with  his  father  and  mother  surviving  him, 
the  father  and  mother  take  equal  shares  in  his  estate.  If  only  one 
parent  survives,  that  parent  takes  the  whole  of  it.  If  the  decedent 


Par.  1009 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


leaves  no  child  nor  legal  representative  of  such  child,  nor  any  next  of 
kin,  then  his  widow  takes  the  whole. 

1009.  Execution  of  Will.  There  are  three  kinds  of  wills. 

(a)  A  paper  written  by  decedent  or  someone  under  his  direction 
with  intent  that  it  should  be  his  last  will  and  testament,  and  signed 
by  him  in  the  presence  of  two  witnesses  who  sign  as  witnesses  in 
his  presence; 

(b)  A  holograph  will  written  v/holly  by  himself  and  signed  by 
himself  and  deposited  among  his  valuable  papers  or  lodged  in  the 
hands  of  some  other  person  for  safekeeping; 

(c)  A  nuncu putative  will.  By  the  last,  only  personal  property 
can  be  bequeathed.  The  testator,  in  his  last  sickness  and  in  his  own 
habitation,  may  specially  require  at  least  two  credible  witnesses  to 
bear  witness  to  the  fact  that  he  then  and  there  disposes  of  personal 
property  as  he  tells  them.  This  verbally  expressed  will  must  be  re¬ 
duced  to  writing  within  ten  days  after  it  is  declared.  The  testator 
appoints  his  own  executor  in  the  will. 

1009  A.  Probate  of  Will.  This  is  usually  done  by  the  executor 
named  in  the  will,  accompanied  by  the  witnesses  thereto,  presenting 
the  same  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  of  the  county  in  which 
testator  is  domiciled  at  the  time  of  his  death.  Resident  executors 
do  not  usually  execute  the  bond  required  by  law  of  administrators, 
whereas  non-resident  executors  do.  This  bond  must  be  in  double  the 
amount  of  the  estimated  value  of  the  personal  property  of  the  de¬ 
ceased,  and  both  executors  and  administrators  have  to  qualify  by  tak¬ 
ing  an  oath  of  office  before  they  can  legally  meddle  with  the  estate. 

1010.  Rules  for  Descent  of  Real  Property. 

1.  Every  inheritance  lineally  descends  forever  to  the  issue 
of  the  person  who  died  last  seized,  entitled,  or  having  any  interest 
therein,  but  does  not  lineally  ascend,  except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

2.  Females  inherit  equally  with  males,  and  younger  with  older 
children. 

3.  The  lineal  descendants  of  any  person  deceased  represent 
their  ancestor,  and  stand  in  the  same  place  as  the  person  himself 
would  have  done  had  he  been  living. 

4.  On  failure  of  lineal  descendants,  and  where  the  inheritance 
has  been  transmitted  by  descent  from  an  ancestor,  or  has  been  de¬ 
rived  by  gift,  devise,  or  settlement  from  an  ancestor,  to  whom  the 
person  thus  advanced  would  in  the  event  of  such  ancestor’s  death, 
have  been  the  heir  or  one  of  the  heirs,  the  inheritance  descends 
to  the  next  collateral  relations,  capable  of  inheriting,  of  the  person 
last  seized,  who  were  of  the  blood  of  such  ancestor,  subject  to  the  two 
preceding  rules. 

5.  On  failure  of  lineal  descendants,  and  where  the  inheritance 


FAMILY  WELFARE 


Par.  1051 


has  not  been  transmitted  by  descent  or  derived  as  aforesaid  from  an 
ancestor,  or  where  if  so  transmitted  or  derived,  the  blood  of  such  an¬ 
cestor  is  extinct,  the  inheritance  descends  to  the  next  collateral 
relation,  capable  of  inheriting,  of  the  person  last  seized,  whether  of 
the  paternal  or  maternal  line,  subject  to  the  second  and  third  rules. 

6.  Collateral  relations  of  the  half  blood  inherit  equally  with 
those  of  the  whole  blood,  and  the  degrees  of  relationship  are  com- 
■puted  according  to  the  rules  which  prevail  in  descents  at  common 
law;  Provided,  that  in  all  cases  where  the  person  last  seized  leaves 
no  issue  capable  of  inheriting,  nor  brother,  nor  sister,  nor  issue  of 
such,  the  inheritance  shall  vest  in  the  father,  and  mother,  as  tenants 
in  common  if  both  are  living,  and  if  only  one  of  them  is  living,  then 
in  such  survivor. 

7.  No  inheritance  shall  descend  to  any  person,  as  heir  of  the 
person  last  seized,  unless  such  person  shall  be  in  life  at  the  death 
of  the  person  last  seized  or  shall  be  born  within  ten  lunar  months 
after  the  death  of  the  person  last  seized. 

8.  When  any  person  dies  leaving  none  who  can  claim  as  heir 
to  him,  his  widow  is  deemed  his  heir,  and  as  such  inherits  his  estate. 

9.  Every  illegitimate  child  of  the  mother,  and  the  descendants 
of  any  such  child  deceased,  shall  be  considered  an  heir;  Provided, 
however,  that  where  the  mother  leaves  legitimate  and  illegitimate 
children,  such  illegitimate  child  or  children  shall  not  be  capable  of 
inheriting  of  such  mother  any  land  or  interest  therein  which  was  con¬ 
veyed  or  devised  to  such  mother  by  the  father  of  the  legitimate  child 
or  children;  but  such  illegitimate  child  or  descendant  shall  not  be 
allowed  to  claim,  as  representing  such  mother,  any  part  of  the  estate 
of  her  kindred,  either  lineal  or  collateral. 

10.  Illegitimate  children  are  considered  legitimate  as  between 
themselves  and  their  representatives,  and  estates  descend  accordingly 
in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  were  born  in  wedlock.  And  in  case 
of  the  death  of  any  such  child  or  his  issue,  without  leaving  issue, 
his  estate  descends  to  such  person  as  would  inherit,  if  all  such  chil¬ 
dren  had  been  born  in  wedlock:  Provided  that  when  any  illegitimate 
child  dies  without  issue,  his  inheritance  shall  vest  in  the  same  man¬ 
ner  as  is  provided  in  rule  six  above. 

1011.  Inheritance  Taxes.  See  Chap.  XVI. 

II.  Agencies 

1051.  Introductory.  In  dealing  with  this  subject  it  has  to  be 
kept  in  mind  that  many  of  the  agencies  which  affect  family  welfare 
most  intimately  are  to  be  found  under  other  heads,  such  as.  Agencies 
for  Child  Welfare,  (Chapter  IV.);  Agencies  for  care  of  the  Poor, 
(Chapter  VII.);  the  American  Red  Cross  (Chapter  XVII.);  Those 
chapters  should  also  be  consulted. 

'  Of  the  institutions  given  below  some  are  nation  wide  in  their 


Par.  1052 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


field  of  action;  others  merely  local.  Of  the  latter  only  those  are 
mentioned  whose  work,  in  character  and  operation  seems  to  be  of 
more  than  local  interest.  Family  Welfare  work  as  here  understood, 
relates  merely  to  assistance  rendered  families  found  to  be  in  need 
of  material  relief  or  of  advice  for  the  purpose  of  general  rehabil- 
tation  to  normal  financial  and  social  functioning.  Agencies  are  listed 
regardless  of  whether  they  have  been  passed  upon  by  any  standardiz¬ 
ing  agency  in  reference  to  the  quality  of  their  work.  The  appear¬ 
ance  or  non-appearance  of  any  agency  in  this  chapter  has  no  rela¬ 
tion  to  endorsement  of  its  activities. 

1052.  Associated  Charities.  There  are  organizations  of  Associat¬ 
ed  Charities  in  the  following  towns:  Asheville,  Charlotte,  Durham, 
(combined  with  the  office  of  .Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare),  Gas¬ 
tonia,  Goldsboro,  (consolidated  with  the  Red  Cross),  Greensboro, 
(combined  with  office  of  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare),  High 
Point,  King’s  Mountain,  (consolidated  with  the  Red  Cross),  Mount 
Airy,  Morganton,  North  Wilkesboro,  Raleigh,  Salisbury,  (work  done 
by  Superintendent  of  Public  Welfare),  Wilmington,  Winston-Salem, 
Statesville,  Hendersonville,  New  Bern. 

All  except  five  have  paid  employees. 

1053.  Hebrew  Charities.  Goldsboro,  Greensboro  and  Raleigh 
have  local  organizations  for  the  care  of  Hebrew  dependents.  They 
work  in  co-operation  with  the  Associated  Charities  in  those  cities, 
relieving  the  latter  of  responsibility  for  Jewish  cases. 

1054.  The  Salvation  Army.  International  organization  with 
Headquarters  at  101  Queen  Victoria  Street,  London.  National  Head¬ 
quarters  at  120  Fourteenth  Street,  New  York  City.  The  South  Atlantic 
Division  covers  the  States  of  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia, 
and  Florida,  and  has  Headquarters  in  Atlanta.  Activities  in  the  Sal¬ 
vation  Army  are  varied  but  may  be  grouped  under  the  following  heads : 
Ministerial;  Employment  Bureau;  Prison;  Relief  and  Hospital  Vis¬ 
itation;  Anti-Suicide  Bureau;  and  Inquiry  Departments.  The  local 
unit  of  the  organization  is  the  corps.  The  work  of  the  Salvation 
Army  in  North  Carolina  falls  into  the  following  Divisions: 

1.  Corps.  In  the  following  places:  Asheville,  Charlotte,  Durham, 
Greensboro,  High  Point,  Kinston,  New  Bern,  Raleigh,  Wilmington, 
Winston-Salem  and  Salisbury. 

2.  Emergency  Homes  for  Women.  In  the  following  places: 
Asheville,  28  South  Ann  Street;  Charlotte,  507  North  Brevard  Street; 
Durham,  101  Morris  Street;  Greensboro,  630  South  Elm  Street;  New 
Bern,  27  Hancock  Street;  Raleigh,  412  South  Bloodworth  Street;  Wil¬ 
mington,  Front  &  Dock  Streets;  Winston-Salem,  33  Burk  Street. 

'  1055.  St.  Vincent  de  Paul  Society.  ' 

A  layman’s  organization  within  the  Catholic  church.  It  operates 
in  the  local  parishes  for  the.  purpose 'of  giving  relief  to  distressed 


FAMILY  WET.FARE 


Par.  1059 


Catholics  or  other  needy  persons.  It  is  generally  found  active  in  all 
communities  containing  a  Catholic  church  of  reasonably  large  mem¬ 
bership. 

1056.  International  Order  of  Odd  Fellows. 

In  cities  in  which  the  order  is  represented  by  a  number  of  Lodges, 
these  combine  in  maintaining  a  General  Relief  Committee,  the  object 
of  which  is  to  provide  relief  and  assistance  for  distressed  Odd  Fel¬ 
lows,  their  wives,  widows,  and  orphans.  For  information  apply  to 
member  or  secretary  of  the  local  lodge. 

1057.  Masonic  Board  of  Relief. 

In  the  larger  centers,  the  Masonic  Order  maintains  a  Board  of 
Relief  for  distressed  Masons,  their  wives,  widows  and  orphans.  For 
information  apply  to  the  local  lodge. 

1058.  Legal  Aid. 

There  is  no  State  lav/  providing  legal  aid  for  the  poor,  but  the 
Associated  Charities  receive  all  necessary  legal  advice  gratis  from 
lawyers  in  their  communities.  Any  lawyer  who  is  affiliated  with 
the  home  service  work  of  the  Red  Cross  or  any  other  charities  will  as¬ 
sist  with  advice  when  necessary. 

1059.  Local  Institutions. 

The  majority  of  relief  agencies  are  local  in  character,  being  at 
tached  to  churches  and  other  community  organizations.  The  social 
worker  should  make  acquaintance  with  those  in  his  neighborhood. 


X 


V -T.  ■  w 


•  «» 


r*  - 


tr. 


[■^r  r> 


yj  r-V'tS-r  ’*  K^v4.'f..v5'-,tx  ,  4  .■  V 

'•  •:  \v  '  *  *  ♦■■„-;* 

—  '  -i  *  *'■  T  '  “T^*-  , 

■"  ■‘(i . ,  '  •  •  '• 

'  *1  ■'  .*  -  i 


.  ..  J  0v  :  ni.  1  \x ’rrlim4r,'Jvioa.  • 

'■  ;»(  ir.  U#  a,vf  c. 'T.j  t4i^ ''*  *  W*ii44f/- *iti  •  ■'•>>  v.r;i 


(X^l^  ^  y  <^  4^  -  :•  ‘  '4^  vV^v:«5vri. 


'■y- 

A  I 


r  M,f 


'  -h  .*  TU  ''■.*'  iirlBfir  v  :•  I??  '*■“  '' 


-5  ^.  ,  . 


l  ; 


’'I.'* 


,Y  ■■>  T 

•  ^  I 


'.  (t 


»>' 

.  ♦*". 


m,  Ap>  ' 


|S^’>  ■  V'^i/'-  ><  -i  1  '-,. 

r>  L  h  •  v.-,-  cyi-fU,-!  iv  ;  'V'- 


■  •*■,  ■■  -■■ 

''  'i  '  Vfho  .P- 

*'%  u  .‘' in- i  ••;;:•  I,::f  i 

■  v;  ,.  #'  T- *  {»^  '  ilk  ■.'  -  -'•■,i4<y|,  J  ’, 

:>' .Tn '  '<>i*  'fjjs!’!?'#  3#_'.ikuo'>  • -f’?8f  t  •♦  !?*:  ,tvf.,<^- 

f;  kW/Jif  f  If  ^.c  r<4«.  U)  t.-  :5. 

•  r»  j  ■  ■ 


•*'  'Uvc 


<■4 
"J! 


‘•a 


f‘‘" '  ^  v/^jip,|iy4_^jV  M  »,  .Iijj  f^:;it.  •■!£•; 


1»»»  »* 


k  ^  Ik  ^  ,  tif-  ^  _  . 


t '  - 
*  *1 


‘i.  \i>  *(.■&  'iji.  ti'-  ,* 

it.  ?'tss’4ir. 

>vi  *'-c  V-..-.'  I ;#'l&j^|f|pitl^i.y,  4Sil¥<-,  ‘'a-  i'xAtiw^  . 

IK  J  c  »»»-iv  *'■  ,  'i‘  »' 

1^  ';r  :  ,**  Slo  r?  dfe;-; .  .^(!k  f3SB 

■  'i<t  *  ‘ '-•) .v^kjFy  *  ^  t;;  ..  r>  ■  -■r  .  •  ;  si  w  »jr ;  4  > 

‘«i.!"  «►*>>  'S'*:'  ■  .f  #  -  .  »)f  i4?  - 

rV.'-.-  •  ^  ■  ■■'•A  V  ,  Ijjp  ^ 

pewl^'  -y ji*qi44;gt,  #'•*»«  •  iV't  *  >1  -■  .'iimW'  5 n  t?  c.-t 

■-  Ji^V  4*5^  '.-v-i  ,  .  .-  M 

;*v.  ’’  .  '  • .  *  'i*'b-iPu.,  ^ii  ’  i-  .^.. 

i»L_|f5^.--  ‘  “T,  -  .'  w  t.\r.  >v'i, 'v;t %  t;r*'tok 

,  f  .  V  -‘  ♦ 


► 


'*r"  ^ . 


I 


2 


•.Ak 


1. 


CHAPTER  XL 

Health 

I.  Laws  and  Administration. 

1101  Introductory.  Most  of  the  laws  dealing  with  health  mat¬ 
ters  in  the  State  are  to  be  found  in  the  Consolidated  Statutes  under 
Chapter  117,  “Public  Health;”  Chapter  118,  “Public  Hospitals;”  and 
Chapter  109,  “Medicine  and  Allied  Occupations-” 

For  treatment  of  this  subject  so  far  as  it  relates  to  mental  de¬ 
fectives  and  insane,  and  to  the  physically  handicapped  see  below. 
Chapters,  XIV  and  XV. 

1102.  The  State  Board  of  Health.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  117,  Art. 
1.)  The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health  is  charged  with  the  pro¬ 
tection  of  the  public  health  and  the  administration  of  the  laws  enacted 
by  the  General  Assembly  relative  to  the  same.  It  was  created  by 
Public  Laws  of  1879,  in  accordance  with  which  it  was  organized  on 
May  21,  1879. 

The  personnel  of  the  Board  consists  of  nine  members;  four  are 
elected  from  its  membership  by  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of 
North  Carolina;  five  are  appointed  by  the  Governor.  Of  the  ap¬ 
pointees  of  the  Governor,  one  is  required  to  be  a  sanitary  engineer. 
The  terms  are  for  six  years. 

The  State  Board  of  Health  is  required  to  employ  a  secretary- 
treasurer  from  the  registered  physicians  of  the  State,  to  be  the  execu¬ 
tive  officer  of  the  Board,  and  who,  under  its  direction,  devotes  his 
entire  time  to  public  health  work,  and  is  known  as  State  Health  Officer. 

1102  A.  Duties  of  the  State  Board.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Board 
of  Health  to  look  after  the  general  health  interests  of  the  poeple,  and 
to  be  medical  advisor  to  the  Government.  They  must  direct  the 
attention  of  the  State  to  such  sanitary  matters  as  in  their  judgment 
affect  the  lives  and  welfare  of  the  people,  and  -as  a  consequence, 
the  industries  and  prosperity  of  the  State.  To  this  end  they  must 
investigate  the  causes  of  diseases  dangerous  to  the  public  health, 
especially  epidemics;  the  sources  of  mortality,  the  effect  of  locations, 
employments  and  conditions;  and  must  distribute  among  the  people 
such  information  as  will  help  in  the  prevention  of  disease.  Second, 
it  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  to  advise  the  Government  in  regard  to 
the  location,  sanitary  construction,  and  management  of  all  State  Insti¬ 
tutions,  and  once  a  year  to  make  an  inspection  of  such  institutions 
including  all  convict  camps  under  control  of  the  State’s  Prison,  report 
on  their  sanitary  condition,  and  make  suggestions  and  recommendations 
to  their  respective  boards  of  directors  or  trustees.  Third,  in  times 
of  epidemics  of  smallpox,  yellow  fever,  scarlet  fever,  diptheria,  typhus 


Par.'1102-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


fever,  bubonic  plague,  and  cholera,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  Board  to 
exercise  sanitary  jurisdiction  in  all  cities  and  towns  not  having  regu¬ 
larly  organized  local  boards  of  health,  and  to  make  all  such  regulations 
as  they  may  deem  necessary  to  protect  the  public  health- 

1102  B.  Organization  of  the  Board  of  Health.  For  the  purposes 
of  its  work,  the  Board  is  composed  of  a  general  executive  and  nine 
separate  bureaus  or  departments.  The  executive  office  is  at  Raleigh 
in  charge  of  Dr.  W.  S.  Rankin,  the  State  Health  Officer,  who  is 
also  secretary- treasurer  of  the  Board.  Each  of  the  Bureaus  is  in 
charge  of  a  special  piece  of  health  work  of  such  importance  as  to 
require  a  separate  force,  often  with  special  training.  Below,  an 
account  is  given  of  the  activities  of  each  of  these,  bureaus  and  some 
of  the  laws  under  which  they  operate  or  which  are  closely  related 
to  their  work. 

1103.  The  State  Laboratory  of  Hygiene.  (Consol.  Stat.  Chap. 
117,  Art.  2).  This  makes  diagnostic  examinations  for  diphtheria  bacilli 
for  tubercle  bacilli,  for  gonococci,  for  malaria,  for  intestinal  parasites, 
and  Widal  reaction.  It  also  makes  Wassermann  tests. 

The  Laboratory  is  required  to  make  periodic  analyses  of  water 
from  sources  of  public  supply,  and  water  from  mineral  springs  that 
is  offered  for  public  sale. 

It  makes  examination  of  sputum  for  tuberculosis,  blood  for  ma¬ 
laria,  blood  for  typhoid,  throat  swabs  for  diptheria,  pus  for  gonnorhea, 
brains  for  rabies,  intestinal  parasites,  tissue  for  cancer,  urine  and 
blood  for  syphillis.  This  service  is  without  charge. 

There  is  manufactured  for  distribution  to  the  people  of  the 
State  typhoid  vaccine,  diptheria  antitoxin,  whooping-cough  vaccine, 
smallpox  vaccine,  tetanus  antitoxin,  material  for  the  Cohick  test, 
and  tuberculin.  A  charge  of  twenty-five  cents  per  package,  regard¬ 
less  of  size  of  unit,  is  made  for  diptheria  antitoxin.  The  others  are 
distributed  free.  The  Pasteur  treatment  is  given  free  at  the  labora¬ 
tory,  or  the  treatment  furnished  patient  at  his  home.  Dr.  C.  A. 
Stone  is  Director  of  the  State  Laboratory  of  Hygiene. 

1104.  The  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  117, 
Art.  13).  The  State  Board  of  Health  has  direction  over  the  State  San¬ 
atorium  for  the  Treatment  of  Tuberculosis.  The  law  authorizes  the 
Board  to  maintain  a  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis.  This  Bureau  has  super¬ 
intendence  of  all  measures  looking  to  the  stamping  out  of  the  disease. 
It  receives  reports  of  cases,  and  keeps  a  register,  which  is  confidential, 
of  all  persons  in  the  State  affected  with  Tuberculosis.  It  maintains 
a  correspondence  school  with  such  persons.  Physicians  and  hospi¬ 
tal  officials  are  bound  to  report  all  cases  of  which  they  have  knowl¬ 
edge  on  blanks  issued  by  the  ^Bureau.  The  governing  bodies  of 
towns  and  cities  and  the  board  of  commissioners  in  counties  are 


HEALTH 


Par  1105-A 


authorized  to  send  their  indigent  tubercular  patients  to  the  State 
Sanatorium  and  pay  for  their  treatment  there  a  sum  not  exceeding 
one  dollar  a  day.  From  its  inception  the  Bureau  has  received  full 
support,  financial  and  otherwise,  from  the  State  Tuberculosis  Asso¬ 
ciation.  Dr.  L.  B.  McBrayer,  Superintendent  of  the  State  Sanatorium, 
is  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis. 

1104  A.  Tuberculosis  Among  Prisoners.  (See  also  Chap.  VI  Par. 
655  and  661).  It  is  the  duty  of  the  sheriff  to  have  any  prisoner  sus¬ 
pected  of  tuberculosis  examined,  and  if  found  to  be  infected  lodged 
in  a  separate  cell.  Cells  thus  occupied  must  be  fumigated  before 
being  inhabited  by  other  prisoners.  No  prisoner  suffering  with  tuber¬ 
culosis  may  be  kept  in  any  county  convict  camp,  or  on  any  public 
or  private  works,  or,  except  when  awaiting  trial,  in  any  jail,  but 
must  be  sent  to  the  State  Farm  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the 
diagnosis  has  been  made,  provided  he  has  given  his  consent  thereto 
in  writing.  Suitable  provision  for  such  prisoners  must  be  made  on 
the  State  Farm  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Central  Prison 
and  State  Farm,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  State  Board  of  Health. 
Tubercular  prisoners  may  not  be  transferred  without  full  report  being 
made  to  the  State  Board  of  Health.  Further,  they  must  be  pro¬ 
vided  with  such  extra  food,  and  do  only  such  work  as  the  prison  phy¬ 
sician  recommends. 

1105.  The  Bureau  of  Engineering  and  Inspectfon.  This  Bureau 
seeks  to  safeguard  the  public  health  in  the  matter  of  water  supply 
and  sewage.  It  enforces  the  law  by  which  all  towns  and  cities  are 
required  to  have  for  each  residence  or  place  of  business  a  sanitary 
privy  of  a  type  approved  by  the  Board  of  Health.  (See  Chap.  XIII, 
Par.  1302  D.)  Dr,  H,  E,  Miller,  C.  E.  is  Director  of  this  Bureau. 

1105  A.  Protection  of  Water.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  117,  Art. 
8).  The  State  Board  of  Health  has  general  oversight  and  care  of 
all  inland  waters,  may  examine  their  sources  and  surroundings,  test 
their  value  for  drinking  purposes,  and  make  reasonable  rules  and 
regulations  to  prevent  their  contamination.  The  Board  must  be  con¬ 
sulted  by  all  State  institutions,  towns,  etc.  before  they  proceed  to 
install  any  water  or  sewage  system;  and  all  plans  for  such  must 
receive  its  approval.  Surface  water  supplies  must  be  inspected 
quarterly  and  in  case  of  large  creeks  or  rivers,  the  area  to  be  in¬ 
spected  includes  the  fifteen  miles  of  watershed  above  the  intake. 
In  case  in  the  opinion  of  the  local  health  board  there  is  reason  to 
suspect  any  particular  locality  as  d,  source  of  ir^ection,  the  water 
company  concerned  must  make  an  inspection  of  that  spot  at  least 
once  a  week.  Inspectors  have  authority  to  enter  buildings  situated 
on  the  watershed,  and  persons  living  there  must  carry  out  any 
reasonable  instructions.  No  unpurified  sewage  may  be  allowed  to  enter 


Par.  1105-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


above  the  intake  of  any  stream  used  for  water-supply;  no  cemetery 
may  be  established  on  the  watershed  nearer  than  500  yards  to  the 
source  of  supply,  and  villages  and  hamlets  within  the  limits  must  con¬ 
form  to  sanitary  regulations  imposed  by  the  Board  of  Health. 

1105  B.  Provision  as  to  Sanitary  Privies.  (Laws  of  1919,  Chap. 
71.)  The  Bureau  of  Engineering  and  Inspection  is  entrusted  with  the 
carrying  out  of  what  is  known  as  the  State  Sanitary  Privy  law.  The 
purpose  of  this  law  is  to  prevent  the  spread  of  typhoid  fever,  diarrheas, 
dysentery,  hookworm  and  other  fecal  borne  diseases  from  open,  insan¬ 
itary  privies  by  requiring  the  privies  in  towns  and  villages  to  be 
constructed  and  maintained  in  a  sanitary  manner.  If  this  purpose  is 
to  be  achieved,  it  is  necessary  to  exclude  flies,  and  prevent  the  polu- 
tion  of  the  surrounding  soil  with  the  eggs  and  larvae  of  hookworm; 
and  to  this  end  the  sanitary  protection  of  the  privies  which  now  exist 
is  no  less  important  than  new  constmction  of  a  more  hygenic  type. 
The  law  requires  that  in  the  towns  and  villages  of  the  State,  every 
residence  which  is  located  within  ^300  yards  (fly  range)  of  another 
residence  must  be  provided  with  a  sewer  connection  or  a  sanitary 
privy;  and  that  every  such  privy  be  maintained  in  a  sanitaiy  manner 
and  be  open  to  inspection  by  the  Bureau.  This  supervision  is  carried 
out  by  a  force  of  ten  sanitary  inspectors,  provision  for  which  is  made 
by  a  tax  of  40  cents  on  each  privy. 

1106.  The  Bureau  of  Vital  Statistics  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  117, 
Art.  7.)  Accurate  vital  statistics  are  absolutely  essential  to  the  pub¬ 
lic  welfare,  to  show  where  health  work  is  needed  and  to  test  its 
results;  they  are  no  less  necessary  for  the  individual  to  enable  him 
to  trace  his  ancestry  or  prove  his  age.  The  law,  therefore,  requires 
the  more  important  facts  concerning  the  birth  and  death  of  every 
citizen  of  the  State  to  be  Recorded,  and  from  these  records  card  indices 
and  tabular  classifications  are  prepared  in  order  that  information  on 
the  following  points  may  be  readily  available  on  inquiry:  (1)  The 
total  number  of  deaths  occuring  annually  in  the  State.  (2)  The 
rate  per  1,000  population.  (3)  Deaths  from  most  important  causes 
by  races,  ages,  and  by  months.  (4)  The  birth  rate  of  the  State  per 
1,000  population  by  races.  Number  of  still-births,  number  of  illi- 
gitimate  births.  Comparing  birth  and  death  rates  so  that  the  net 
gain  in  population  can  be  told.  Each  city,  incorporated  town,  and 
township  constitutes  a  local  registration  district.  The  Secretary  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health  is  State  Registrar.  The  present  incumbent  of 
this  office  is  Dr.  F.  M.  Register. 

,  ,1106  A,,  , Requirements  as. to  Births  .  Births  must  be  reported 

within .  five ,  days  to  the,  local  registrar  on  blanks .  furnished,  by  the 
State  Board  of  Health.  Each  still-birth  must  be  reported  both  as  a 
birth  and  death,  and  twins  must  have  a  certificate  of  each  twin.  The 


HEALTH 


Par.  1107 


duty  of  reporting  attaches  to  the  physician,  midwife,  or  person  acting 
as  midwife,  or  in  case  none  was  present,  then  to  the  father  or  mother 
of  the  child,  householder  or  owner  of  the  premises,  or  the  manager  or 
superintendent  of  the  institution  where  the  birth  occurred. 

1106  B.  Requirement  as  to  Deaths.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  under¬ 
taker  or  person  acting  as  such  to  file  a  certificate  of  death  with  the 
local  registrar  in  whose  district  the  death  occurred,  and  to  obtain 
from  him  a  burial  or  removal  permit.  The  certificate  must  contain 
required  personal  and  statistical  particulars  from  the  person  best 
qualified  to  supply  them,  evidence  from  the  attending  physician  or 
coroner  as  to  the  cause  of  the  death,  and  the  date  and  place  of  the  burial. 

No  body  of  any  person  dying  or  found  dead  within  the  State  may 
be  buried  or  otherwise  disposed  of  without  such  permit  from  a  regis¬ 
trar.  All  casket  dealers  must  report  to  the  Bureau  monthly  all  sales 
of  coffins  and  caskets. 

1106  C,  Duties  of  State  Registrars.  The  State  Registrar  must 
issue  all  the  blank's  necessary  to  registration,  fully  examine  the  certi¬ 
ficates  received  monthly,  and  maintain  systematic  card  indices  of  a 
permanent  nature.  He  must  inform  local  registrars  what  diseases  are 
to  be  considered  communicable  and  dangerous  to  the  public  health  in 
order  that  when  deaths  occur  from  such  diseases,  proper  precautions 
may  be  taken  to  prevent  their  spread.  Any  cemetery  company,  church, 
society  or  individual  possessing  vital  statistic  records  is  invited  to 
file  them  with  the  State  Registrar  for  permanent  keeping. 

1107.  Bureau  of  Epidemiology  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  117,  Art.  9.) 
This  Bureau  operates  under  two  laws,  one  for  the  control  of  conta¬ 
gious  and  infectious  diseases,  the  other  for  the  prevention  of  blindness 
in  infants.  Dr.  J.  S.  Mitchener  is  Director. 

(a)  Control  of  Epidemic  Diseases.  The  law  requires  physicians, 
teachers,  parents  and  guardians  to  report  communicable  diseases  to 
the  county  quarantine  officer  within  twenty-four  hours,  and  not  to 
allow  the  infected  person  to  attend  school  or  go  to  any  public  place. 
The  quarantine  officer  is  elected  every  four  years  by  the  county  board 
of  health.  It  is  his  duty  to  receive  these  reports,  and  further  them 
promptly  to  the  State  Board  of  Health.  The  law  makes  special  pro¬ 
visions  for  the  quarantine  of  infected  travelers,  the  transportation  of 
bodies  of  persons  dying  of  infectious  diseases,  and  for  preventive 
measures  against  smallpox,  diptheria,  hydrophobia  and  tuberculosis. 

(b)  Prevent'  n  of  Blindness.  To  prevent  blindness  in  the  new¬ 
born  due  to  gonorrheal  infection,  and  to  improve  the  practice  of 
midwifery,  the  law  requires  the  Bureau  to  secure  an  accurate  regis¬ 
tration  of  midwives  and  physicians;  to  distribute  free  of  cost  a  1% 
solution  of  silver  of  nitrate  and  see  that  this  is  used  as  a  preventive 


Par.  1108 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


on  the  eyes  of  the  newborn;  to  secure  reports  of  cases  “of  any 
inflamation  or  swelling  of  the  eyes  of  an  infant  occurring  within  two 
weeks  after  birth,”  and  to  keep  a  record  of  such  cases. 

All  physicians  and  midwives  are  required  to  register  with  the 
State  Board  of  Health,  use  the  silver  nitrate  solution,  and  notify  the 
county  health  officer  of  any  case  of  inflamed  eyes  in  infants. 

1108  The  Bureau  of  Venereal  Diseases.  (Chap.  206,  Pub.  Laws 
1919).  All  cases  of  venereal  disease  are  required  by  law  to  be  reported 
to  the  Director  of  this  Bureau.  Under  its  supervision  free  clinics 
for  the  treatment  of  venereal  diseases  are  conducted  in  all  the  larger 
cities  of  the  State.  The  laws  for  the  prevention  of  venereal  dis¬ 
eases  and  the  repression  of  vice  are  administered  by  this  Bureau. 
The  present  Director  is  Dr.  Millard  Knowlton. 

The  duty  of  this  Bureau  is  to  carry  out  the  provisions  of  the 
Act  for  Prevention  of  Venereal  Diseases  which  is  contained  in  Chapter 
206  of  the  Public  Laws  of  1919.  By  this  law  exposure  of  another 
to  venereal  disease  b  /  an  infected  person  is  made  illegal;  physicians 
and  managers  of  n.edical,  penal  or  charitable  institutions  are  required 
to  report  cases  c  ming  to  their  knowledge;  supects  must  submit  to 
examination,  and  persons  infected  to  treatment  and  isolation  or  quar¬ 
antine;  all  prisoners  must  submit  to  examination  and,  if  infected,  to 
treatment,  and  prison  authorities  are  required  to  make  available  such 
portion  of  any  State,  county,  or  city  prison  as  may  be  necessary  for 
a  clinic  or  hospital  for  the  treatment  of  venereal  cases.  The  Board  of 
Health  is  authorized  to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  for  the  en¬ 
forcement  of  the  act  as  it  deems  necessary,  and  its  officers  are  re¬ 
quired  to  cocp'^:'ate  with  those  whose  duty  is  the  repression  of  prosti¬ 
tution.  The  ri  les  and  regulations  adopted  under  the  above  provision 
in  1920  include  the  following:  Persons  under  arrest  for  sex  offenses 
are  to  be  considered  proper  subjects  for  examination.  No  person 
may  issue  a  certificate  of  freedom  from  venereal  disease  in  such 
form  that  it  may  be  used  for  purposes  of  solicitation.  The  word 
‘isolate’  is  held  to  mean  restriction  of  the  infected  person  to  his  or 
her  home  or  domicile,  with  the  exclusion  of  all  other  persons  except¬ 
ing  medical  officers  and  the  immediate  family.  The  word  ‘quarantine’ 
is  held  to  mean  detention  in  a  place  other  than  the  infected  person’s 
usual  home,  and  quarantine  rather  than  isolation  shall  be  the  pro¬ 
cedure  used  for  pimps  and  prostitutes.  Persons  isolated  or  quaran¬ 
tined  may  apppeal  to  the  Board  of  Health  for  another  examination, 
in  which  case  they  may  be  required  to  deposit  with  the  written  appeal 
the  sum  of  $10  to  cover  expenses.  Rules  for  Patients.  Any  person 
knowing  or  suspecting  that  he  or  she  is  infected  with  venereal  dis¬ 
ease  is  required  to  place-  himself  or  herself  under  the  care  of  a  physi¬ 
cian  or  the  health  officer  and  to  continue  under  treatment  until  pro- 


HEALTH 


Par.  1108-A 


nounced  non-infectious  according  to  standards  laid  down  by  the  Board 
of  Health.  No  person  infected  with  syphillis  in  communicable  form 
may  engage  in  any  occupation  which  involves  intimate  contact  with 
children.  Rules  for  Physicians.  Cases  for  venereal  disease  are  to  be 
reported  within  forty-eight  hours  of  diagnosis  on  blanks  prepared  by 
the  State  Board  of  Health.  Doctors  who  are  willing  to  assume 
responsibility  that  a  patient  will  not  expose  others  to  infection  may 
report  such  cases  by  number  without  disclosure  of  the  name.  Doctors 
are  required  to  give  to  persons  diagnosed  as  having  venereal  disease 
a  pamphlet  of  instructions  furnished  by  the  State  Board  of  Health. 
They  must  also  report  the  name  and  address  of  any  patient  refus¬ 
ing  or  discontinuing  treatment  before  becoming  non-infectious. 
Rules  for  Health  Officer.  It  is  enjoined  that  all  reports  of  venereal 
disease  must  be  regarded  as  strictly  confidential.  Officers  must  im¬ 
mediately  investigate  cases  reported  to  them,  and  if  the  investigation 
reveals  the  presence  of  communicable  disease,  must  issue  a  written 
order  for  carrying  out  one  of  three  procedures,  treatment  till  non-in¬ 
fectious,  isolation  with  placarding  of  house,  or  detention  under  quaran¬ 
tine.  This  order  shall  be  issued  to  the  infected  person,  or  to  the 
parent  or  guardian  in  case  of  a  child  under  sixteen,  and  specify  the 
course  which  the  diseased  person  must  follow.  Twenty  four  hours 
notice  of  intention  to  move  must  be  given  by  a  person  thus  under 
surveillance. 

The  burden  of  paying  for  the  treatment  of  indigent  patients  is 
placed  upon  the  counties.  When  no  other  suitable  place  of  quarantine 
is  available,  a  jail  or  prison  may  be  used.  The  penalty  for  violating 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  is  a  fine  of  from  $25  to  $50  or  im¬ 
prisonment  for  not  more  than  thirty  days. 

1108  A.  Sale  of  Venereal  Disease  Remedies  must  be  Reported. 
Chap.  214  of  the  public  laws  of  1919  contains  an  act,  the  purpose  of 
which  is  to  obtain  information  concerning  persons  infected  with  vene¬ 
real  diseases  from  druggists  who  sell  remedies  for  such  diseases. 
This  information  is  desired  primarily  in  order  that  infected  persons 
may  be  instructed  in  regard  to  the  importance  of  proper  treatment 
and  the  necessity  for  protecting  others  from  infection.  Also  a  knowl¬ 
edge  of  the  sales  of  venereal  disease  remedies  by  druggists  is  an  aid 
in  estimating  the  prevalence  of  such  diseases.  For  these  reasons 
druggists  are  required  to  make  weekly  reports  of  their  sales  of  vene¬ 
real  disease  remedies  to  the  State  Board  of  Health,  and  to  keep  pre¬ 
scriptions  calling  for  such  remedies  on  separate  files.  This  act  also 
makes  it  unlawful  for  any  person  other  than  a  licensed  physician  to 
prescribe  or  give  away  any  medicine  for  the  treatment  of  venereal  dis¬ 
ease.  The  giving  of  a  false  name  or  address  to  a  physician  or  drug¬ 
gist  when  seeking  treament  or  remedies  for  venereal  disease  is  pro- 


Par.  1108-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


hibited.  The  penalty  for  violation  is  a  fine  of  from  ten  to  fifty  dollars, 
or  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  thirty  days. 

1108  B.  Measures  for  the  Repression  of  Prostitution. 

(a)  The  Legislature  of  1919  passed  an  act  (Chap.  215)  which 
is  designed  to  place  in  the  hands  of  law  enforcing  officials  more  ef¬ 
fective  means  for  combating  prostitution  in  its  various  forms.  The 
object  is  two-fold:  first,  to  make  the  law  so  broad  as  to  prohibit  the 
use  of  any  building  or  any  act  that  may  favor  the  practice  of  prosti¬ 
tution  or  assignation,  and  second  to  provide  graded  punishment  for  a 
sufficient  length  of  time  to  deter  persons  from  repeating  such  acts. 
The  law  defines  in  a  very  comprehensive  manner  certain  acts  of 
prostitution  or  assignation  that  are  declared  to  be  unlawful.  The  terms 
“prostitution’’  and  “assignation”  are  themselves  defined  in  such  a 
manner  as  will  contribute  towards  the  enforcement  of  the  laws.  Of¬ 
fenders  are  divided  into  two  classes.  (1)  Those  violating  two  or  more 
provisions  within  one  year  are  deemed  guilty  in  the  first  degree,  and 
are  subject  to  imprisonment  in,  or  commitment  to,  any  penal  reforma¬ 
tory  institution  in  the  .State  for  not  less  than  one,  or  more  than  three 
years.  Reformatory  sentences  are  indeterminate  and  the  prisoner 
may  be  paroled.  (2)  Those  persons  committing  a  single  violation 
of  the  law  are  deemed  guilty  in  the  second  degree,  and  are  subject 
to  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  one  year,  any  part  of  which 
sentence  may  be  suspended  and  the  prisoner  placed  on  probation  in 
the  care  of  a  probation  officer.  Probation  or  parole  may  be  granted 
to  a  person  infected  with  venereal  disease  only  on  such  terms  as 
shall  insure  medical  treatment  and  prevention  of  the  spread  of  the 
disease.  No  girl  or  woman  may  be  placed  on  probation  or  parole 
except  under  the  charge  of  a  v/oman  probation  officer. 

(b)  Under  “an  act  to  prevent  the  depraving  of  public  morals” 
(Chapter  761,  Pub.  Local  Laws  of  1913  as  amended  by  Chap.  288, 
Laws  of  1919.)  the  following  are  forbidden: 

(1)  The  Sale  of  Narcotics.  (See  below.  Par.  1120  B.) 

(2)  Prostitution.  The  law  forbids  prostitution,  the  keeping  of  a 
house  for  immoral  purposes,  detention  of  any  female  by  force,  fraud,  or 
intimidation,  allowing  any  unmarried  female  under  eighteen  to  live, 
board  or  room  in  a  house  where  prostitution  is  practiced,  the  partici¬ 
pation  in  any  obscene  or  immoral  play,  exhibition  or  entertainment. 

(3)  Official  Corruption.  Any  city  prosecuting  attorney,  sheriff, 
police  officer  or  constable  can  be  removed  from  office  by  the  judge 
of  the  superior  court,  if  proved  guilty  of  one  or  more  of  the  follow¬ 
ing  offenses:  Wilful  or  habitual  neglect  of  duty,  wilful  misconduct, 
or  maladministration,  corruption,  extortion,  conviction  of  felony,  in¬ 
toxication. 


HEALTH 


Par.  1109-A 


(4)  Use  of  Buildings  for  Immoral  Purposes.  The  use  or  leas¬ 
ing  of  any  building  for  immoral  purposes  such  as  prostitution,  gamb¬ 
ling,  or  the  illegal  sale  of  intoxicating  liquors  is  declared  to  be  a 
public  nuisance.  The  building  itself,  as  well  as  the  furniture  and 
fixtures  therein,  is  also  made  a  public  nuisance.  Two  methods  of 
abatement  are  provided.  In  the  first  place  if  the  existence  of  such 
nuisance  is  established  in  criminal  procedure,  the  court  is  required 
to  order  its  abatement  as  a  part  of  the  judgment  in  the  case.  In 
the  second  place,  civil  action  may  be  brought  in  the  name  of  the 
State,  by  a  prosecuting  attorney  or  solicitor  or  by  any  citizen  of  the 
State,  for  the  abatement  of  such  nuisance.  In  the  trial  of  such  action, 
upon  adequate  proof  that  a  nuisance  exists,  the  court  is  required  to 
order  its  abatement.  This  means  the  removal  from  the  building  or  place 
for  sale  by  the  sheriff  of  all  fixtures,  furniture,  musical  instruments 
or  movable  property.  The  building  in  which  the  nuisance  has  been 
committed  must  be  closed  and  kept  closed  for  one  year  unless  sooner 
released. 

1109.  The  Bureau  of  Public  Health  Nursing  and  Infant  Hygiene. 

The  Director  of  this  Bureau  is  given  supervision  of  all  Public 
Health  Nurses  employed  by  counties  and  Red  Cross  Chapters  in  the 
State.  Nurses  employed  by  industrial  corporations  and  municipali¬ 
ties  are  free  to  call  on  the  State  Bureau  for  consultation  and  help. 
They  are  encouraged  to  send  in  monthly  reports  through  the  organi¬ 
zation  for  which  they  v/ork,  and  when  this  is  done  the  nurses’  ser¬ 
vice  is  considered  to  be  affiliated  with  the  State  Bureau  of  Public 
Health  Nursing.  The  Bureau,  through  its  nurses,  cooperates  closely 
with  all  other  Bureaus  in  the  State  Board  of  Health.  Miss  Rose  M. 
Ehrenfeld  R.  N.  is  the  present  Director. 

The  Bureau  of  Public  Health  Nursing  and  Infant  Hygiene  special¬ 
izes  in  infant  care  and  service  to  expectant  mothers.  A  registry  of 
babies,  under  two  years,  and  of  expectant  mothers  is  kept  in  the 
office.  Cases  are  reported  by  physicians,  nurses,  social  workers,  home 
demonstration  agents,  midwives  and  women’s  clubs.  To  each  ex¬ 
pectant  mother  there  is  sent  a  series  of  pre-natal  letters,  giving  care¬ 
ful  advice  regarding  the  care  of  herself  and  baby,  the  need  for  early 
medical  advice,  the  employment  of  midwives,  etc.  Letters  are  also 
sent  to  mothers  of  young  babies,  and  a  series  of  diet  lists  for  children 
up  to  six  years  is  provided.  All  information  on  pre-natal  and  infant 
care  is  indorsed  by  the  consultant  pediatrician  who  is  appointed  by  the 
State  Board  of  Health. 

1109  A.  Agreement  Between  the  State  Board  of  Health,  and  the 
American  Red  Cross  with  Regard  to  Public  Health  Nursing. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  little  more  than  a  beginning  has  been  made 
in  most  States  in  the  development  of  public  health  nursing,  the  Amer- 


Par.  1109-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


ican  Red  Cross  has  made  it  one  of  its  chief  immediate  aims  to  con¬ 
tribute,  through  its  Chapters,  to  this  development  whenever  State 
Departments  of  Health  are  willing  to  receive  its  cooperation.  In  of¬ 
fering  this  service  the  Red  Cross  maintains  that  public  health  nursing 
will  and  should  become  a  public  service  conducted  by  the  State,  count¬ 
ies  and  municipalities,  through  their  regular  officials,  and  looks  for¬ 
ward  to  the  full  assumption  of  this  responsibility  by  the  State.  Ac¬ 
cepting  this  offer  in  its  purpose  and  spirit,  the  State  Board  of  Health 
of  North  Carolina  has  entered  into  a  working  agreement  with  the  Red 
Cross,  having  in  view  the  attainment  of  the  following  objects: 

(a)  To  develop  both  public  health  nurses  and  public  health 
nursing;  to  place  as  large  a  number  as  possible  of  the  former,  to  de¬ 
velop  the  latter  on  a  county  basis  and  obtain  public  health  results  in 
rural  communities, — the  bureau  assuming  such  supervision  of  local 
service  as  may  be  assigned  to  it  by  the  Executive  Health  Officer  of 
the  State. 

(b)  To  correlate  the  nursing  activities  and  the  other  agencies  in 
the  .State,  such  as  the  Red  Cross  and  State  Tuberculosis  Association. 

(c)  To  study  public  health  nursing  needs  in  the  State  and  assist 
in  meeting  these  needs,  as  well  as  in  coordinating  independent  effort 
and  assisting  municipalities  and  other  agencies  in  organizing  public 
health  nursing  upon  the  basis  of  established  principles. 

(d)  To  encourage  and  secure  the  cooperation  of  Red  Cross 
Chapters  for  development  of  this  work  by  Chapters  throughout  the 
State  in  conformity  with  the  plans  of  the  State  Board  of  Health. 

(e)  To  render  definite  service  to  prospective  mothers  (advising 
through  correspondence  and  proper  literature  and  by  the  county  and 
other  public  health  nurses)  in  minimizing  the  dangers  of  childbirth 
and  in  making  preparation  for  confinement. 

(f)  To  render  service  to  mothers  of  babies  (through  correspond¬ 
ence  and  proper  literature,  such  a  diet  slips,  and  through  the  local 
public  health  nurses)  in  demonstrating  and  teaching  proper  care  of 
babies,  as  well  as  care  of  the  big  group  of  children  of  pre-school 
age  who  have  not  heretofore  shared  the  benefits  of  the  infants  or 
school  children. 

(g)  To  assist  reported  cases  of  tuberculosis  and  their  families. 

1109  B.  Plan  of  Operation  Under  this  Agreement. 

The  above  agreement  was  consummated  in  November  1919.  So 
far  as  the  Red  Cross  is  concerned,  it  follows  the  general  principles 
laid  down  by  its  National  Headquarters  for  cooperation  between  State 
Departments  of  Health  and  the  Red  Cross  in  the  matter  of  public 


HEALTH 


Par.  1109-B 


health  nursing.  The  following  is  the  plan  as  formally  agreeed  upon 
and  now  being  carried  into  practical  effect  as  means  and  opportunity 
offer. 


I.  State  Machinery  and  Functions.  The  State  Board  of  Health 
has  established  a  bureau  of  public  health  nursing  consisting  of  a 
State  supervising  nurse,  two  assistant  supervising  nurses,  a  steno¬ 
grapher,  and  a  clerk.  The  State  supervising  nurse  is  nominated  and 
employed  by  the  State  Health  Officer,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
American  Red  Cross.  The  other  personnel  of  the  bureau  are  appoint¬ 
ed  by  the  State  supervising  nurse,  with  the  approval  of  the  two 
participating  agencies.  Funds :  For  the  maintenance  of  the  bureau  of 
public  health  nursing,  funds — not  to  exceed  $12,000  annually — are  con¬ 
tributed  jointly  by  the  North  Carolina  .State  Board  of  Health  and 
the  American  Red  Cross.  The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health 
agrees  to  furnish,  exclusive  of  its  part  of  the  above  sum,  office  room, 
light,  water  and  fuel.  Functions:  The  aim  of  the  bureau  of  public 
health  nursing  is  (1)  to  carry  on  a  statewide  educational  plan  of  work 
directed  to  the  improvement  of  maternal  and  infant  hygiene,  and  (2) 
to  assist  in  the  establishment  of  adequate  public  health  nursing  ser¬ 
vices  in  the  counties  of  North  Carolina  in  accordance  with  plans  here¬ 
inafter  designated  “A”  and  “B”. 

II.  County  Machinery  and  Functions.  The  agreement  plans  to 
appoint,  in  so  far  as  it  is  possible  to  obtain  funds  and  to  properly 
supervise,  one  or  more  county  public  health  nurses  in  each  of  the 
counties  of  North  Carolina.  These  nurses  are  appointed  by  the  State 
Supervisor  of  Public  Health  Nursing,  with  the  approval  of  the  State 
Health  Officer  and,  if  Chapter  funds  are  used,  the  American  Red 
Cross.  In  each  county  employing  a  county  public  health  nurse,  there 
is  organized  an  advisory  council  of  public  health  nursing  to  advise 
and  assist  the  county  nurse.  This  advisory  council  is  composed  of 
members  of  the  county  board  of  health  and  the  local  Red  Cross  Com¬ 
mittee  on  Nursing  Activities.  Funds:  For  the  support  of  the  county 
public  health  nurse,  or  nurses,  funds  may  be  contributed  by  the  county 
authorities  or  by  the  local  Red  Cross  Chapter,  or  both.  Functions:  It 
is  understood  that  the  greatest  value  of  the  county  public  health  nurse 
lies  in  actual  educational  work  in  the  field  rather  than  in  routine 
work  in  the  office,  and,  in  accordance  with  this  general  principle,  the 
work  of  the  county  nurse  is  devised  to  assist  in  the  development  of, 
or  to  develop,  the  following  plans  of  work: 

A.  Plan  for  Counties  Having  a  Health  Department. 

At  the  time  of  the  agreement,  there  were  sixteen  counties  in  North 


Par.  1109-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Carolina  with  health  departments  established  for  from  one  to  three 
years  by  written  contracts  between  the  county  authorities,  the  North 
Carolina  State  Board  of  Health,  the  International  Health  Board,  and 
the  United  States  Public  Health  Service.  Funds  for  the  work  in  these 
counties  were  contributed  by  the  participating  agencies.  While  it 
w'as  impossible  for  the  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health  to  alter 
its  contract  without  the  consent  of  the  parties  to  the  contract,  the 
State  Board  of  Health  engaged  to  bring  about,  if  possible,  a  co¬ 
ordination  of  the  nursing  service  in  these  counties  in  accordance  with 
plan  “A”  as  hereinafter  set  forth. 

According  to  this  plan  the  work  of  the  county  public  health 
nurse  is  under  the  direction  of  the  county  health  director  and  the 
supervision  of  the  State  Supervisor  of  Public  Health  Nursing.  The 
work  includes  five  units:  infant  hygiene,  tuberculosis,  quarantine, 
the  medical  inspection  of  schools,  and  soil  pollution. 

1.  Infant  Hygiene  Unit.  The  infant  hygdene  unit  consists  of 
(1)  the  organization  and  instruction,  by  lectures  and  demonstrations, 
0?  mothers’  clubs  and  other  groups  of  people  in  the  essentials  of 
home  sanitation,  pre-natal  and  postnatal  care,  and  especially  in  the 
feeding  of  infants,  in  accordance  with  a  course  of  lectures  to  be  pre¬ 
pared  or  approved  and  furnished  by  the  North  Carolina  State  Board 
of  Health.  In  connection  with  these  clubs  there  is  made,  in  accordance 
v/ith  forms  and  instructions  furnished  by  the  State  Board  of  Health 
and  approved  by  the  American  Red  Cross,  physical  examinations  and 
records  of  the  children  of  the  community  which  are  brought  in  by 
their  mothers  for  examination  and  advice.  In  this  way,  mothers’ 
clubs  are  utilized  to  develop  a  more  intelligent  and  closer  oversight  of 
children  by  parents.  (2)  A  tack  map  of  the  county  is  kept  showing 

(а)  breastfed  children,  (b)  bottle-fed  children,  (c)  children  under  two 

years  of  age  suffering  from  digestive  disturbances  or  diarrheal  dis¬ 
eases.  (3)  The  nurse,  as  far  as  possible,  visits  and  personally  con¬ 
fers  with  the  parents  of  homes  where  there  are  “(b)”  and  “(c)”.  (4) 

Provisions  are  made  at  the  office  of  the  nurse,  at  the  county  town 
and  at  other  appointed  places,  and  dates  arranged  for  conference  with 
expectant  mothers.  These  conferences  may  embrace,  among  other 
things,  the  simplest  tests  of  urinary  analysis  and  pelvimetric  meas¬ 
urements.  Any  important  information  elicited  in  these  conferences  is 
reported  on  regularly  prescribed  forms,  with  the  permission  of  the 
expectant  mother,  to  the  family  physician.  Prenatal  letters  are  sent 
out  each  month  by  the  nurse;  (5)  Endeavor  is  made  to  secure  the 
adoption  for  the  county  of  standard  regulations  for  the  control  of  mid¬ 
wives,  as  submittted  by  the  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health 
and  as  provided  for  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina. 

(б)  This  unit  also  aims  at  organization  and  instruction  of  the  mid- 


HEALTH 


Par.  1109-B 


wives  of  the  county,  and  the  regulation  of  the  practice  of  midwifery 
in  such  a  way  as  to  make  the  employment  of  midvnves  by  obstetrical 
cases  as  safe  as  possible. 

2.  Tuberculosis  Unit.  The  scope  of  this  unit  includes  the  fol¬ 
lowing:  (1)  Securing  the  names  of  all  persons  in  the  county  who 
are  afflicted  with  tuberculosis;  (2)  Carefully  recording  the  cases 
of  tuberculosis  in  the  county  and  deaths  from  tuberculosis  in  the 
county  on  a  tack  map,  as  prescribed  by  the  North  Carolina  State 
Board  of  Health;  (3)  Visiting  the  homes  of  persons  afflicted  with 
tuberculosis  as  often  as  may  be  necessary  to  give  the  patient 
such  nursing  attention,  and  the  household  such  instructions,  as  to 
enable  them  to  utilize  the  best  means  of  treatment  and  those  sanitary 
measures  of  safety  necessary  for  the  prevention  of  th^  spread  of  the 
disease  to  others.  (4)  Investigating  the  general  health  of  members 
of  families  where  tuberculosis  exists  or  has  existed  within  three  years 
preceding;  (5)  Visiting  every  discharged  soldier,  sailor  or  nurse 
discharged  from  the  army  or  navy  on  account  of  tuberculosis,  and 
carrying  out  in  their  behalf  the  instructions  of  the  North  Carolina 
State  Board  of  Health;  (6)  Making  such  other  investigations  in 
regard  to  the  presence  of  tuberculosis  in  the  county  as  may  be  nec¬ 
essary  and  not  inconsistent  with  the  symmetrical  development  of  the 
plan  of  work  for  the  county  health  nurse  as  outlined  in  this  agree¬ 
ment.  It  also  includes:  (7)  A  campaign  of  education,  especially  in 
the  country  schools,  through  lectures,  classes,  lantern  slides,  moving 
pictures  and  the  distribution  of  suitable  literature,  the  publication  of 
newspaper  articles,  to  be  submitted  or  approved  by  the  Bureau  of 
Tuberculosis,  and  the  offering  of  suitable  prizes  to  school  children 
for  essays  on  the  subject  of  tuberculosis;  (8)  Arrangements  for 
clinics  for  the  examination  of  persons  with  suspicious  evidences  of 
tuberculosis  infection, — the  medical  examiner  to  be  used  in  the  clinic 
to  be  furnished  by  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis  of  the  North  Carolina 
State  Board  of  Health.  In  such  cases  the  nurse  confers  with  persons 
suspected  of  tuberculosis  infection,  secures  certain  general  information 
regarding  their  condition,  submits  it  to  the  State  Sanatorium,  and 
later  arranges  for  six,  eight,  ten  or  twelve  such  persons,  as  suggested 
by  the  Sanatorium,  to  meet  at  some  set  time  and  place  for  a  thor¬ 
ough  examination  by  a  specialist  from  the  State  Sanatorium. 

3.  Quarantine  Unit.  The  county  health  nurse  assists  the  county 
health  director  in  p'^rforming  the  duties  required  of  him  by  the  State 
law,  for  the  control  of  communicable  diseases,  and  the  rules  and 
regulations  of  the  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health. 

4.  Medical  Inspection  of  Schools  Unit.  The  nurse  assists  the 
county  health  director  in  recording  and  classifying  the  school  children 


Par.  1110 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


of  the  county  afflicted  with  the  common  defects  of  childhood,  and, 
through  educational  means  carried  on  with  families  collectively  and 
individually,  secures,  so  far  as  possible,  proper  treatment  for  these 
children. 

5.  Soil  Pollution  Unit.  The  nurse  assists  the  county  health  di¬ 
rector  in  finding  and  treating  children  afflicted  with  hookworm  dis¬ 
ease,  and  by  educational  means,  seeks  to  bring  about  the  wide-spread 
adoption  and  use  of  sanitary  privies  at  the  homes  of  the  people. 

6.  Records  and  Reports.  The  county  public  health  nurse  is  ex¬ 
pected  to  maintain  such  a  system  of  records  and  make  such  reports 
as  are  prescribed  by  the  two  agencies  to  this  agreement. 

B.  Plan  for  Counties  not  Having  a  Health  Department. 

Under  this  plan  the  county  public  health  nurse  (or  nurses)  is 
under  the  direction  of  the  State  Supervisor  of  Public  Health  Nursing 
and  is  expected  to  carry  out  the  following  units  of  work. 

].  Infant  Hygiene  Unit.  To  be  developed  as  described  under 
this  unit  in  plan  “A”. 

2.  Tuberculosis  Unit.  To  be  developed  as  described  under  this 
unit  in  plan  “A”. 

3.  Quarantine  Unit.  The  county  public  health  nurse  should  assist 
the  county  quarantine  officer,  in  accordance  with  the  arrangements 
between  that  officer  and  the  State  .Supervisor  of  Public  Health  Nurs¬ 
ing,  in  the  control  of  communicable  diseases,  as  provided  for  in  the 
laws  of  the  State,  and  under  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State 
Board  cf  Hea  .li. 

4.  Medical  Inspection  of  Schools  Unit.  The  nurse  should,  in 
accordance  with  instructions  from  the  State  Supervisor  of  Public 
Health  Nursing,  carry  out  such  measures  of  school  nursing  and  pro¬ 
visions  for  the  treatment  of  defective  school  children  as  are  practicable. 

5.  Soil  Pollution  Unit.  The  nurse  should  endeavor  to  find  the 
children  of  the  county  who  are  suffering  from  hookworm  infection, 
arrange  for  the  proper  treatment  of  these  children,  and  persuade  the 
families  of  the  county  to  provide  against  further  soil  infection  by  the 
installation  and  maintenance  of  sanitary  privies. 

6.  Records  and  Reports.  As  in  Plan  “A”. 

1110.  The  Bureau  of  Medical  Inspection  of  Schools. 

This  Bureau  operates  under  the  law  of  1919,  Chap.  192,  entitled 
“An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Physical  Examination  and  Treatment  of 


HEALTH 


Par.  1111 


the  School  Children  of  the  State  at  Regular  Intervals.'’  The  object 
of  the  law  is  to  locate  every  school  child  suffering  from  one  or  more 
common  rhysical  defects,  and  to  have  the  defect  removed  before  the 
child’s  health  is  irreparably  damaged.  A  second  object  is  to  improve 
the  character  of  classroom  work,  through  medical  attention  to  defec¬ 
tive  children,  and  the  lowering  thereby  of  the  number  of  repeaters. 

See  also  Chap.  IX,  Par.  938. 

1110  A.  Methods  o:  Procedure.  The  law  requires  each  teacher  in 
every  school  of  the  State  to  make  a  practical,  physical  examination  of 
each  child  enrolled,  and  record  the  results  together  with  the  family, 
school  and  medical  history  on  special  cards  furnished  by  the  State 
Board  of  Health.  Spaces  on  these  cards  are  provided  for  height, 
weight,  chest  expansion,  hearing,  vision  with  glasses,  teeth  (number 
missing,  number  of  fillings),  use  of  tooth  brush,  enlarged  tonsils, 
mouth  breathing,  skin  eruptions, pediculosis,  other  defects.  This  exami¬ 
nation  must  be  made  at  least  once  in  every  three  years,  and  the  cards 
forwarded  to  the  State  Board  of  Health.  Full  and  lucid  information 
is  sent  to  the  teachers  to  enable  them  adequately  to  carry  out  their 
instructions. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  State  Board  of  Health  to  follow  up  the 
teachers’  examination  by  sending  into  each  county  a  special  agent  to 
re-examine  all  children  reported  by  the  teachers  as  having  suspected 
physical  defects.  The  defects  most  commonly  found  are  decayed  teeth 
and  diseased  tonsils  and  adenoids.  To  remedy  these  a  corps  of 
dentists,  trained  nurses  and  specialists  is  employed  for  conducting 
clinics.  Traveling  dental  clinics  are  operated  from  county  to  county 
for  the  free  treatment  of  the  teeth.  A  nominal  charge  of  $12.50  is 
made  for  operations  for  the  removal  of  tonsils  or  adenoids,  or  the 
operations  are  provided  free  in  cases  where  necessary.  The  law  re¬ 
quires  parents  to  bring  their  children  to  the  special  agents  of  the 
Board  upon  notification,  provided  the  distance  does  not  exceed  ten 
miles. 

The  provisions  made  by  the  law  should  allow  for  the  examination 
free  to  parents  of  some  50,000  selected  defective  children  annually,  and 
the  supplying  of  free  dental  treatment  to  about  20,000.  County  au¬ 
thorities  may  be  required  to  pay  triennially  a  sum  not  exceeding  ten 
dollars  per  hundred  children  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  in  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  miscellaneous  defects  other  than  dental. 

1111.  The  Bureau  of  County  Health  Work.  The  business  of  this 
Bureau,  which  is  sometimes  known  as  the  Bureau  of  Rural  Sanitation, 
is  to  develop  county  health  work,  and  especially  to  direct  and  super¬ 
vise  health  activities  in  those  counties  which  cooperate  with  the  State 
Board  in  maintaining  whole-time  health  departments  with  trained  men 
as  health  officers.  This  bureau  also  cooperates  closely  vdth  the  Inter- 


Par.  1112 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


national  Health  Board,  formerly  known  as  the  Rockefeller  Founda¬ 
tion.  Dr.  K.  E.  Miller  is  director  of  the  Bureau  of  County  Health 
Work. 

The  aim  of  the  Bureau  is  to  get  every  county  in  the  State  to 
maintain  whole-time  health  departments  in  cooperation  with  the  State 
Board.  The  situation  in  November,  1920  is  as  follows:  Nineteen 
counties  have  health  departments  working  under  the  .State  Board. 
Five  counties  have  whole-time  health  officers  working  independently 
of  the  State  Board.  Seventy-six  counties  have  only  part-time  county 
physicians,  who  serve  also  as  quarantine  officers.  The  list  of  county 
health  officers  is  appended. 


Whole  Time  County  Health  Officers. 
(Cooperating  With  State  Board  of  Health) 


County 

Health  Officer 

Address 

Beaufort 

Dr.  John  H.  Janney 

Washington 

Bertie. 

Dr.  Hugo  Muench,  Jr. 

Windsor 

Chatham 

Dr.  J.  E.  Brooks 

Pittsboro 

Cumberland 

Fayetteville 

Davidson 

Dr.  R.  V.  Yokeiey 

Lexington 

Edgecombe 

Dr.  Chas.  L.  Outland 

Tarboro 

Forsyth 

Dr.  A.  C.  Bulla 

Winston-Salem 

Granville 

Dr.  J.  A.  Morris 

Oxford 

Halifax 

Dr.  P.  C.  Carter 

Weldon 

Lenoir 

Dr.  D.  C.  Absher 

Kinston 

Northampton 

Dr.  P.  G.  Parker 

Jackson 

Pitt 

Dr.  P.  J.  Chester 

Greenville 

Robeson 

Dr.  E.  Hardin 

Lumberton 

Rowan 

Dr.  C.  W.  Armstrong 

Salisbury 

Surry 

Dr.  L.  L.  Williams 

Mt.  Airy 

Vance 

Dr.  E.  J.  Kehoe 

Henderson 

Wake 

Dr.  E.  F.  Long 

Raleigh 

Wayne 

Dr.  Hickman  Ray 

Goldsboro 

Wilson 

Dr.  Jack  Smith 

Wilson 

(Not  Cooperating  With  State  Board  of  Health) 


Buncombe 
Durham 
Guilford 
New  Hanover 
Sampson 


Dr.  R.  G.  Wilson  Asheville 

Dr.  Arch  Cheatham  Durham 

Dr.  W.  M.  Jones  Greensboro 

Dr.  R.  A.  Herring  Wilmington 

Dr.  E.  T.  HollingsworthClinton 


1112.  The  County  Board  of  Health.  (Consol.  Statutes  Chap  117, 
Art.  3.) 


(a)  Organization.  The  chaiimian  of  th  board  of  county  com¬ 
missioners,  the  mayor  of  the  county  town,  (or  in  the  county  towns 
where  there  is  no  mayor  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court,)  and  the 
county  superintendent  of  schools  elect  from  the  regularly  registered 
physicians  of  the  county  two  physicians  who,  with  themselves,  con¬ 
stitute  the  county  board  of  health.  The  chairman  of  the  county  com- 


HEALTH 


Par.  1113 


misioners  is  chairman  of  the  board,  and  the  presence  of  three  members 
at  any  regular  or  called  meeting  constitares  a  quorum.  The  term  of 
office  of  members  is  for  two  years.  While  on  duty  they  receive  foar 
dollars  per  diem,  to  be  paid  by  the  county.  The  board  elects  a  county 
l'di\sician  or  county  health  officer,  the  former  being  a  part-time,  the 
latter  a  whole-time  public  servant. 

(b)  Powers.  The  county  board  of  health  has  the  same  authority 
in  adopting  rules  and  regulations  and  enforcing  them  for  the  protec¬ 
tion  of  the  public  health  of  the  county  as  the  Legislature  has  for  the 
State.  Any  person  violating  these  provisions  is  guilty  of  a  misde¬ 
meanor  and  liable  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $50.00  or  imprisonment  not 
exceeding  30  days.  The  county  health  officer  is  to  the  county  what 
the  State  Officer  is  to  the  State  Board  of  Health,  namely,  the  execu¬ 
tive  officer. 

1112  A.  Duties  of  the  County  Health  Officer.  Tn  addition  to  per¬ 
forming  the  duties  of  county  physician  and  quarantine  officer,  the 
health  officer  must  make  a  sanitary  examination  during  the  summer 
months  of  every  public  school  building  and  grounds  in  the  county; 
and  no  school  may  be  used  without  his  certificate.  He  must  also 
examine  each  child  previously  examined  by  the  teacher  and  reported 
by  her  as  probably  defective  in  the  condition  of  its  eyes,  ears,  nose 
or  throat,  and  the  feces  of  any  child  suspected  of  hookworm,  and 
must  notify  the  parents  of  children  requiring  treatment.  He  must 
cooperate  with  the  county  board  of  education,  superintendent  and 
teachers  in  seeing  that  the  children  are  instructed  in  matters  of  health; 
and  through  the  public  press,  lectures  and  other  means,  must  seek 
to  educate  the  people  of  the  county  to  set  a  higher  value  upon  health 
measures. 

1112  B.  Duties  o:  the  County  Physician.  The  duties  of  the  county 
physician  are  to  make  the  medico-legal,  post-mortem  examinations  for 
the  coroner’s  inquests,  to  make  examination  of  lunatics  for  commit¬ 
ment,  to  render  professional  service  to  the  sick  inmates  of  the  convict 
camp,  jail  and  county  home,  upon  request  of  the  superintendent  or 
the  keeper  of  these  institutions,  and  to  determine  the  nature  of  any 
particular  disease,  upon  the  request  of  the  quarantine  or  deputy- 
quarantine  officer. 

1113.  Municipal  Physician  or  Health  Officer:  (Consol.  Stat¬ 
utes,  Chap.  117,  Art.  4.)  Any  city  or  town  may  elect  a  municipal 
physician  or  health  officer.  His  duties  are  identical  with  those  of 
the  county  physician  or  health  officer  except  so  far  as  these  relate 
to  the  jail,  convict  camp,  or  county  home.  He  may  be  assigned  the 
duties  of  quarantine  officer.  If  employed  to  devote  his  entire  time  to 
the  health  interests  of  his  city  or  town,  he  is  known  as  the  munici- 


Par.  1114 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


pal  health  officer  and  must  discharge  all  duties  pertaining  to  the 
public  schools,  and  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  him  by  the 
municipal  board  of  health. 

1114.  County  Quarantine  Officer:  (Consol.  Statutes,  Chap.  117, 
Art.  3,  Sec.  23.)  The  county  physician,  county  health  officer,  munici¬ 
pal  physician  and  municipal  health  officer  are  all  eligible  for  the  posi¬ 
tion  of  quarantine  officer.  For  his  duties  see  above.  Par.  1107. 

1115.  Abatement  of  Nuisances.  (Consol.  .Statutes,  Chap.  117, 
Art.  3,  Sec.  24-27.)  Whenever  a  nusiance  exists  which  in  the  opinion 
of  the  county  physician  or  county  health  officer  is  dangerous  to  public 
health,  it  is  his  duty  to  notify  the  parties  responsible  and  suggest 
means  for  its  abatement.  When  a  party  makes  affirmation  on  oath 
that  compliance  with  this  order  is  beyond  his  or  her  power,  it  shall 
be  executed  at  the  public  expense.  Nuisances  in  seaport  towns  caused 
by  the  action  of  the  tides  are  especially  enumerated  in  the  law. 

1116.  State  Funds  for  Rural  Health  Work.  By  Chap.  145,  Sec. 
20  of  the  laws  of  1919,  an  annual  appropriation  of  $27,500  is  made 
to  the  State  Board  of  Health  for  the  development  and  maintenance  of 
rural  health  work.  In  order  to  avail  itself  of  this  fund  a  imral  district 
mast  raise  not  less  than  three  dollars  for  each  dollar  granted  by  the 
State. 

1117.  Special-Tax  Sanitary  Districts.  (Consol.  Statutes,  Chap. 
117,  Art.  6.)  Special-tax  sanitary  districts  may  be  formed  by  the 
county  board  of  health  in  any  county  without  regard  for  township 
lines  when  a  majority  of  the  tax  payers  in  the  proposed  district  petit¬ 
ion  for  an  election  on  the  question,  and  the  election  is  carried.  Such 
a  district  has  a  sanitary  committee  of  three  appointed  by  the  county 
board  of  health.  It  is  the  business  of  this  committee  to  be  responsi¬ 
ble  for  the  health  interests  of  the  district,  and  to  make  such  expendi¬ 
tures  and  pass  such  regulations  as  may  be  necessary.  The  committee 
may  appoint  a  health  officer  for  the  district. 

1118.  The  Practice  o:  Medicine.  (Consol.  Statutes,  Chap.  109, 
Art.  I.)  The  Medical  Society  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  is  a 
corporate  body  established  by  law  for  the  proper  regulation  o*f  medi¬ 
cine  and  surgery.  The  executive  consists  of  a  board  of  examiners 
of  seven  members  which  must  meet  at  least  once  a  year  in  Raleigh 
for  the  examination  of  applicants.  To  prevent  delay  and  inconven¬ 
ience,  two  members  of  the  Board  may  grant  a  temporary  license  to  any 
applicant  satisfying  the  requirements  of  graduation,  and  report  the 
matter  to  the  next  regular  meeting  for  further  consideration.  Where 
local  conditions  seem  to  demand  it,  the  Board  may  grant  what  is 
known  as  a  “limited  license,”  which  allows  a  doctor,  whose  training 


HEALTH 


Par.1120 


falls  short  of  the  requisite  standard,  to  practice  within  a  certain  dis¬ 
trict  but  not  beyond  it.  Such  licenses  may  be  revoked  after  due 
notice.  Where  any  applicant  exhibits  proof  of  having'  graduated  from 
a  medical  school  of  good  standing,  the  Board  may  issue  license  with¬ 
out  examination.  Any  license  may  be  revoked  on  proof  of  grossly 
immoral  conduct.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  one  to  attempt  to 
practice  medicine  or  surgery  without  obtaining  a  license,  or  with¬ 
out  having  registered. 

1119.  The  Practice  of  Dentistry.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109,  Art. 
2.)  The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  is  appointed 
by  law  to  regulate  all  matters  relating  to  dentistry  in  the  State.  The 
Board  consists  of  six  members  elected  by  the  North  Carolina  Dental 
.Society.  It  is  empowered  to  examine  applicants  and  grant  licenses, 
and  also,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Medical  Boa.rd,  to  grant  temporary  or 
limited  licenses,  and  at  its  discretion  revoke  them.  Licenses  may  be 
revoked  for  fraud,  gross  immorality,  the  habitual  use  of  intoxicants 
or  drugs,  malpractice,  ignorance,  incompetence  or  wilful  negligence, 
the  employment  of  unlicensed  persons  to  perform  work  for  which 
qualification  is  necessary,  the  use  of  false  advertisements  and  making 
of  misleading  claims. 

1120.  The  Pract'ce  of  Pharmacy.  (Consol.  Statutes,  Chap.  109, 
Art.  3.)  The  North  Carolina  Pharmaceutical  Association  is  consti¬ 
tuted  by  law  a  body  corporate  and  politic.  The  Object  of  the  Asso¬ 
ciation  is  stated  to  be  “to  unite  the  pharmacists  and  druggists  of  the 
State  for  mutual  aid,  encouragement,  and  improvement,  to  encour¬ 
age  scientific  research,  develop  pharmaceutical  talent,  to  elevate  the 
standard  of  professional  thought,  and  ultimately  restrict  the  practice 
of  pharmacy  to  properly  qualified  druggists  and  apothecaries.”  The 
Board  of  Pharmacy  consists  of  five  members,  who  hold  office  for  five 
years.  One  member  is  elected  each  year  by  the  Association  and  com¬ 
missioned  by  the  Governor.  The  board  must  meet  at  least  once  a  year 
for  the  examination  of  candidates  and  other  business.  The  minimum 
requirement  for  license  is  four  years  experience  including  not  less  than 
nine  months  attendance  at  a  reputable  college  of  pharmacy.  Licenses 
must  be  renewed  annually,  and  must  be  kept  displayed.  Practicing 
physicians  in  villages  of  less  than  five  hundred  inhabitants  are  per¬ 
mitted  to  conduct  a  pharmacy  or  drug  store  under  license. 

Sellers  of  drugs,  chemicals,  and  medicines  are  responsible  for  the 
quality  of  the  goods  sold  or  dispensed,  with  the  exception  of  those 
sold  in  original  packages  of  the  manufacturers.  Prescriptions  must 
be  kept  for  five  years,  and  a  true  copy  furnished  upon  request  to  the 
prescribing  physician  or  person  for  whom  it  was  dispensed. 

It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  attempt  to  sell  or  compound  drugs  or  fill 
prescriptions  without  a  license,  or  to  employ  an  unqualified  person 


Par.  1120-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


for  these  purposes.  It  is,  however,  permissible  for  legally  registered 
physicians  to  compound  their  own  prescriptions.  It  is  also  permissible 
for  unlicensed  persons  to  retail  non-poisonous  domestic  remedies,  and 
patent  proprietary  preparations  which  do  not  contain  poisonous  in¬ 
gredients,  and,  when  properly  marked,  packages  containing  poison  for 
use  as  insecticides.  The  Board  of  Pharmacy  is  authorized  to  define 
and  designate  non-poisonous  domestic  remedies. 

1120  A.  Sale  of  Poisons.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap,  109,  x4.rt.  3,  Sec. 
67.)  Before  selling  any  virulent  poison,  a  list  of  which  is  enumerated 
in  the  law,  the  seller  must  ascertain  that  the  buyer  intends  to  use  it 
for  a  lawful  purpose,  that  he  understands  its  nature,  and  that  it  is 
properly  labeled,  and,  in  the  case  of  certain  specified  articles,  the 
druggist  must  record  particulars  of  the  sale  in  a  book  kept  for  the 
purpose.  Articles  dispensed  on  the  order  of  a  physician  or  dentist 
are  excluded.  Exception  is  also  made  in  favor  of  certain  substances 
used  for  paint. 

1120  B.  Sale  of  Narcotics.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109,  Art.  3. 
Sec.  68-76.)  Stringent  provisions  are  made  regulating  the  sale  and 
use  of  the  following  drugs:  cocaine,  alpha  or  beta  eucaine,  novocaine, 
opium,  morphine,  heroin,  codine,  and  any  salt,  compound  or  prepara¬ 
tion  containing  these  substances.  The  sale  of  what  is  known  as 
Jamaica  ginger  is  also  regulated. 

1120  C.  Sale  or  Advertising  of  Certain  Patent  Cures  Forbidden. 
It  is  unlawful  to  sell  or  offer  for  sale  or  advertise  any  proprietary  or 
patent  medicine  or  remedy  purporting  to  cure  cancer,  consumption, 
diabetes,  paralysis,  Bright^s  disease,  or  any  other  disease  for  which 
no  cure  has  been  found;  or  any  mechanical  device  whose  claims  for 
the  cure  or  treatment  of  disease  are  false  or  fraudulent.  It  is  the 
duty  of  all  registered  pharmacists  to  report  immediately  any  violation 
of  this  law  to  the  Board  of  Pharmacy. 

1120  D.  Department  of  Agriculture  to  Analyze  Patent  Medicines. 
Under  rules  and  regulations  presented  by  the  Board  of  Pharmacy,  and 
upon  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Board,  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
chemists  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  to  analyze  all  samples  of 
drugs,  preparations,  and  compounds  sold  or  offered  for  sale  in  vio¬ 
lation  of  the  above  law. 

1121.  The  Practice  of  Optometry.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109,  Art. 
4.)  The  law  creates  a  board  styled  the  “North  Carolina  State  Board 
of  Examiners  in  Optometry,’^  consisting  of  five  members  chosen  from 
the  Optometric  Society,  whose  duty  it  is  to  examine  candidates  and 
grant  licenses  for  the  practice  of  optometry.  Licenses  are  renewable 
•aiiRually,  must  be  CQnspicuously  displayed,  and  may  be  revoked  for 


HEALTH 


Tar.  1124 


cause.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  unlicensed  person  to  engage  in 
the  measurement  of  eye  sight,  adaptation  of  lenses,  and  other  opto- 
metric  practice. 

1122.  The  Practice  of  Osteopathy.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109,  Art. 
5.)  The  law  recognizes  the  North  Carolina  Osteopathic  Society,  and 
defines  osteopathy  as  the  science  of  healing  without  the  use  of  drugs. 
It  authorizes  the  creation  of  a  State  Board  of  Osteopathic  Examination 
and  Registration  for  the  examination  of  candidates  and  their  certifi¬ 
cation.  All  non-drug-giving  practitioners  except  chiropractors,  Chris¬ 
tian  Scientists,  and  masseurs  come  under  this  provision. 

Osteopathic  physicians  are  subject  to  all  State  and  municipal 
regulations  relating  to  the  control  of  contagious  diseases,  the  report¬ 
ing  and  certifying  of  births  and  deaths,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to 
public  health,  the  same  as  physicians  of  other  schools  of  medicine,  and 
such  reports  must  be  accepted  by  the  office  or  department  to  whom 
they  are  made.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  unlicensed  person  to 
practice  osteopathy  or  fraudulently  use  any  diploma,  title  or  letters 
attached  to  the  practice  thereof. 

1123.  The  Practice  of  Chiropractic.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109, 
Art.  6.)  The  law  defines  chiropractic  as  “the  science  of  adjusting  the 
cause  of  disease  by  realigning  the  twenty-four  movable  vertebrae  of 
the  spine,  releasing  pressure  on  nerves  radiating  from  the  spine  to  all 
parts  of  the  body,  and  allowing  the  nerves  to  carry  their  quota  of 
health  current  from  the  brain  to  all  parts  of  the  body.”  The  law 
provides  for  the  creation  of  a  State  Board  of  Examiners  with  powers 
to  make  examinations  and  grant  licenses.  Chiropractors  are  subject 
to  all  State  and  municipal  regulations  relating  to  the  control  of  con¬ 
tagious  and  infectious  diseases. 

1124.  Profession  of  Nursing.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  109,  Art.  7.) 
The  law  provides  that  there  shall  be  a  Board  of  Examiners  of  Trained 
Nurses,  composed  of  five  members — two  physicians  and  three  regis¬ 
tered  nurses.  The  Board  is  elected  by  the  Medical  Society  and  State 
Nurses’  Association,  each  member  serving  on  three  year  terms.  The 
Board  must  meet  at  least  once  a  year,  and  at  any  time  that  ten  or 
more  applicants  notify  the  secretary  that  they  desire  an  examination. 
Graduate  nurses  applying  for  licenses  must  be  over  twenty-one  years 
of  age,  of  good  moral  character,  and  have  received  at  least  one  year  of 
high  school  education  or  its  equivalent.  They  must  have  graduated 
from  a  training  school  for  nurses  connected  with  a  general  hospital 
where  there  is  given  a  systematic  course  of  practical  and  theoretical 
instruction  covering  a  period  of  three  years,  or  from  a  training  school 
connected  with  small  or  special  hospitals  and  sanatoria  meeting  the 
requiremepts  by  affiliation  with  one  or  more  training  schools. 


Par.  1124-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


The  Board  has  authority  to  issue  licenses  without  examination 
to  nurses  registered  in  other  .States  maintaining  an  equivalent  stand¬ 
ard. 

All  “trained,”  “graduate,”  licensed”  or  “registered”  nurses  before 
practicing  their  profession  in  the  State,  and  using  the  abbrevation 
“R.  N.,”  must  obtain  a  certificate  of  registration  from  the  clerk  of 
the  Superior  Court  of  some  county.  The  Board,  however,  has  power 
to  make  exceptions  in  favor  of  nurses  practicing  their,  profession  in 
the  State  before  the  passing  of  this  act,  and  applying  for  registration 
before  June  1,  1917. 

The  Board  has  power  to  revoke  the  license  of  any  registered 
nurse  convicted  of  gross  incompetence,  dishonesty,  intemperance,  or 
any  act  derogatory  to  the  morals  or  standing  of  the  profession  of 
nursing. 

1124  A.  Training  School  for  Nurses  at  Sanatorium.  The  State 
Sanatorium  located  at  Sanatorium,  North  Carolina,  is  authorized  to 
organize  and  conduct  a  training  school  for  nurses.  The  superintendent 
is  ex-officio  dean  of  this  school. 

1124  B.  Colored  Nur'^es  for  Colored  Patients.  In  every  public 
and  private  hospital,  sanatorium,  and  institution  in  North  Carolina 
where  colored  patients  are  admitted  for  treatment,  and  where  nurses 
are  employed,  it  is  mandatory  upon  the  management  to  employ  colored 
nurses  to  care  for  and  wait  upon  colored  patients. 

1125.  Procedure  for  Establishment  of  Public  Hospitals.  (Consol. 
Stat.,  Chap  118,  Art.  2.)  Any  county,  township,  or  town  may  establish 
a  public  hospital  on  petition  of  two  hundred  of  its  freeholders  to  the 
governing  body  to  raise  special  taxation  for  building  and  maintenance 
of  a  hospital,  followc  l  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  electorate.  There¬ 
after  it  becomes  the  duty  of  the  governing  body  to  appoint  seven 
trustees,  three  of  whom  may  be  v/omen,  to  further  the  project  and 
hold  office  until,  at  the  general  election  succeeding,  the  people  elect 
a  board  of  hospital  trustees  of  like  number.  This  board  chooses  from 
its  num.ber  a  chairman  and  secretary,  but  has  as  its  treasurer  the 
treasurer  of  the  county,  city  or  township.  The  members  of  the  board 
serve  without  pay.  The  tax  voted  may  be  for  a  term  not  exceeding 
twenty  years,  and  bonds  may  be  issued  against  it. 

1125  A.  Powers  and  Duties  of  the  Hospital  Board  of  Trustees. 
The  Board  has  authority  to  make  such  rules  and  regulations  as  they 
deem  expedient,  appoint  a  matron  or  superintendent  or  both,  control 
the  expenditure  of  money,  the  purchase  of  sites,  the  erection  or  pur¬ 
chase  of  buildings,  the  care  of  the  grounds  and  so  forth.  They  must 
meet  at  least  once  a  month,  keep  a  record,  visit  the  hospital  regularly 
and  report  their  proceedings,  expenditures  and  estimates  to  the  gov- 


HEALTH 


Par.  1151 


erning  body.  They  may  request  that  condemnation  proceedings  be 
instituted  for  the  acquisition  of  property  desired  for  hospital  purposes. 
They  are  authorized  to  accept  gifts  and  donations. 

1125  B.  General  Conditions  Governing  Public  Hospitals.  Every 
hospital  established  as  above  shall  be  for  the  benefit  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  county,  township  or  town  which  makes  provision  for  it.  The 
board  decides  what  charges  will  be  made  for  persons  able  to  pay,  the 
conditions  as  to  free  treatment,  and  on  what  terms,  if  any,  persons 
from  outside  the  territorial  limits  may  be  admitted.  No  discrimination 
may  be  made  against  practitioners  of  any  school  of  medicine  recog¬ 
nized  by  the  law,  and  all  such  legal  practitioners  have  equal  privileges 
in  treating  patients  in  the  hospital.  The  patient  has  the  absolute 
right  to  employ,  at  his  own  expense,  his  own  physician,  and  the 
physician  in  such  case  has  exclusive  charge  over  the  patient,  and  nurses 
are  subject  to  his  directions.  The  board  of  trustees  may  establish  a 
training  school  for  nurses  in  connection  with  the  hospital.  It  may  also 
establish  a  department  for  tubercular  patients.  The  law  requires 

V 

that  when  the  hospital  is  situated  at  the  county  seat,  a  suitable  room 
shall  be  provided  for  the  detention  and  examination  of  persons  who 
are  brought  before  the  commissioners  of  insanity  for  the  county. 

1126.  Procedure  for  the  Establishment  of  County  Tuberculosis 
Hospitals.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  118,  Art.  2)  The  board  of  county 
commissioners  may,  on  a  majority  vote  of  the  board  or  upon  petition 
of  one-fourth  of  the  freeholders  of  the  county,  order  an  election  for 
the  purpose  of  issuing  bonds  not  to  exceed  $100,000  for  the  erection  or 
purchase  and  equipment  of  a  tuberculosis  hospital.  If  the  election  is 
carried,  the  county  commissioners  must  proceed  to  elect  a  board  of 
managers  of  five  members.  The  county  health  officer,  where  such 
exists,  is  ex-officio  a  member  of  this  board.  Patients  may  be  treated 
without  charge  or  for  such  charges  as  may  be  deemed  just  in  each 
particular  case.  No  person  outside  the  county  may  be  treated  at  less 
than  cost. 

The  State  Board  of  Health  must  approve  all  plans  for  the  erection 
of  county  or  tubercular  sanatoria.  (Consol.  Stat.,  Chap.  188,  Art  1, 
Sec.  27.) 

II.  Institutions  and  Agencies 

1151.  Educational  Work  of  the  State  Board  of  Health.  In  addition 
to  administering  the  laws  which  are  entrusted  tc  its  care,  the  State 
Board  of  Health  is  engaged  in  carrying  on  through  all  of  its  bureaus 
a  campaign  of  education.  This  is  not  the  least  important  part  of  its 
task,  as  success  in  public  health  work  is  to  he  attained  only  thi'ough 
the  intelligent  cooperation  of  all  the  people.  The  chief  educative 
medium  of  the  Board  is  the  “Public  Health  Bulletin,”  a  monthly  pub¬ 
lication  distributed  free  of  charge,  v/hich  goes  to  50,000  persons  and 
institutions.  In  addition,  the  Board  issues  other  special  bulletins,  and 


Par.  1151-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


press  notices,  and  employs  illustrated  lectures  and  traveiinj?  motion 
pictures. 

1151  A.  Statistics  Showing  the  Need  for  Health  Education.  A 
few  statistics  are  given  here  to  show  the  task  which  lies  before  the 
Board  of  Health: 

There  are  some  34,500  deaths  in  North  Carolina  each  year.  Of 
these,  according  to  Dr.  Washburn,  40  per  cent  are  preventable;  30  per 
cent  are  among  children  under  five  years  of  age;  20  per  cent  are  from 
degenerative  diseases;  12  per  cent  are  from  pollution  diseases;  10  per 
cent  are  from  tuberculoisis;  4  per  cent  are  from  acute  infections.” 

Dr.  W.  S.  Rankin  reckons  that  while  out  of  every  70  persons  one 
dies  each  year,  of  the  remaining  sixty-nine  not  more  than  four  or 
five  enjoy  what  by  medical  tests  can  be  called  vigorous  health  and  only 
one  perfect  health. 

Dr.  G.  M.  Cooper,  in  the  Bureau  of  Medical  Inspection,  has  found 
that  out  of  the  800,000  school  children  of  North  Carolina,  640,000  have 
defective  teeth,  which  need  immediate  attention,  and  less  than  five  per 
cent  of  these  go  to  a  dentist  in  time  to  save  their  first  permanent  teeth. 
Five  to  fifteen  per  cent,  according  to  the  school  visited,  suffer  from 
defects  in  eye,  ear  or  throat. 

According  to  Miss  Vaughn,  of  the  Bureau  of  Infant  Hygiene,  575 
women  die  each  year  in  childbirth,  three-fourths  of  which  deaths  are 
preventable;  3,151  babies  are  still  born;  2,064  die  before  one  month  of 
age,  and  2,626  of  diarrheal  diseases  under  two  years  of  age.  Untrained 
midwives,  unsanitary  conditions,  improper  food  and  food  improperly 
prepared  are  responsible  for  a  very  large  number  of  these  deaths. 

1152.  The  International  Health  Board.  The  International  Health 
Board  was  the  first  organization  of  national  scope  to  assist  State 
Health  Departments  in  the  study  and  solution  of  specific  health  prob¬ 
lems.  The  eradication  of  hook-worm  and  other  soil-bome  diseases 
was  the  first  objective  of  the  organization,  and  the  representative  of 
the  International  Flealth  Board  was  always  identified  with  the  State 
Board  of  Health.  From  this  initial  step  the  v/ork  was  soon  expanded 
to  the  development  of  county  health  departments.  The  service  was 
made  possible  by  joint  contributions  from  the  International  Health 
Board,  the  State  and  the  county.  The  plan  of  county  health  work  out¬ 
lined  by  the  Board  has  been  adopted  in  modified  form  by  all  county 
departments,  and  is  as  follows: — 

"■'(1)  An  education  for  every  citizen  in  the  fundamentals  of  health 
preservation;  (2)  an  accurate  health  survey  of  the  county  as  a  v/hole; 
(3)  a  health  map  locating  every  home,  with  symbols  to  show  the  dis¬ 
eases  that  have  occurred  at  each  home  in  the  past  five  years;  (4)  the 
medical  inspection  of  every  school  child  with  treatment  for  those  who 


HEALTH 


Par.  1154 


require  it;  (5)  examination  for  hook-worm  disease  and  treatment  of 
those  infected;  (6)  a  fly-proof  latrine  at  every  home  to  prevent  soil 
pollution  and  its  attendant  diseases,  such  as  hook-worm  disease, 
typhoid  fever,  diarrhea,  and  dysentery;  (7)  infant  welfare  work;  (8) 
free  typhoid  and  smallpox  vaccination,  and  (9)  the  establishment  of  a 
permanent  health  departme*nt. 

North  Carolina  is  among  the  leaders  in  county  health  work.  Be¬ 
ginning  in  June,  1917,  with  the  organization  of  a  department  of  health 
in  Wilson  county,  the  work  has  since  developed  until  in  November, 
1920,  there  are  in  North  Carolina  nineteen  county  health  departments. 
In  one  year  the  State  appropriation  for  health  work  was  increased 
approximately  by  $75,000.  This  was  largely  due  to  the  demonstration 
work  done  by  the  International  Health  Board. 

In  each  State  the  co-ordination  of  the  separate  county  health  de¬ 
partments  is  effected  through  a  central  bureau  of  county  health  work, 
or  rural  sanitation,  which  is  an  integral  part  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health. 

1153.  The  North  Carolina  Tuberculosis  Association.  The  Asso¬ 
ciation  works  through  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis,  whose  activities  it 
helps  to  finance  and  enlarge.  Its  work  is  first  educational — the  dis¬ 
semination  of  better  knowledge  by  means  of  pamphlets,  lectures,  news¬ 
paper  articles,  lantern  slides,  moving  pictures  and  personal  correspond¬ 
ence.  In  1921  it  will  issue  a  monthly  bulletin  of  50,000  copies.  It 
finances  the  work  among  the  colored  population,  an  account  of  which 
is  contained  below,  Pa.  1155A,  paying  the  salary  of  the  Director  of 
Health  Education,  part-time  services  of  the  Industrial  Supervisors,  and 
other  expenses.  It  makes  appropriations  for  public  health  nursing  in 
towns  among  both  white  and  colored,  and  has  recently  instituted  a 
scholarship  fund  for  registered  nurses  who  take  a  course  in  the  tuber¬ 
culosis  branch  of  public  health  nursing. 

The  association  is  interested  in  occupational  therapy  and  has  pro¬ 
vided  a  building  at  the  State  Sanatorium  for  the  use  of  patients  in  this 
work. 

It  entirely  finances  the  traveling  tuberculosis  diagnostic  clinics 
which  are  held  at  any  point  where  six  persons  or  more  desire  examina¬ 
tion.  These  examainations  are  usually  held  under  the  direction  of  the 
county  health  officer  or  where  there  is  none,  the  public  health  nurse. 
From  one  to  two  weeks  are  devoted  to  each  county.  At  these  clinics 
the  Clinic  Physician  lectures  on  the  care  and  prevention  of  tuberculosis. 
As  one  result  of  this  work,  two  counties  have  been  interested  in  estab¬ 
lishing  sanatoria. 

1154.  Hospital  Accommodation  for  Tubercular  Patients  In  North 
Carolina,  Exclusive  of  the  large  Public  Health  Service  Hospital  at 
Oteen  for  ex-service  men  and  nurses  suffering  from  tuberculosis,  there 


Par.  1155 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


are  available  for  white  tuberculous  patients  438  private  beds  and  162 
public  beds.  Of  the  latter,  130  are  at  the  State  Sanatorium,  and  32 
in  county  sanatoria.  For  colored  tuberculous  patients,  there  are  30 
private  beds  and  32  public  beds  located  in  Wilmington,  Winston-Salem 
and  Wilson.  Below  is  a  list  of  the  Sanatoria  having  permanent  licenses 
and  of  the  boarding  houses  which  take  tuberculous  patients: 

SANATORIA  HAVING  PERMANENT  LICENSES. 

The  Pines,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Pearson  Drive. 

Edgewood  Cottage,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Sunset  Drive. 

Hillside  Cottage,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Sunset  Drive. 

Roy  Cottage,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Sunset  Drive. 

St.  Joseph’s  Sanatorium,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Biltmore  Avenue. 

The  Winyah,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  East  Street. 

Swannanoa  Hill  Sanatorium,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Biltmore  Avenue. 

Craigmont,  Black  Mountain. 

Woodcock  Sanatorium,  Black  Mountain. 

Edgemont  Sanatorium,  Hendersonville. 

HOUSES  LICENSED  TO  TAKE  TUBERCULOUS  PATIENTS. 

Miss  Julia  B.  Coyler,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  153  and  159  Broadway. 

Mrs.  G.  L.  Hall,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  88  Penland  Street 

Miss  Amy  Moore,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  41  Victoria  Road. 

Mrs.  B.  C.  Knight,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  “Elmermar,”  Victoria  Road. 

Mrs.  C.  L.  Corcoran,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  62  Broadway. 

Mrs.  Campell,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  74  and  84  Oakland  Road. 

1155.  Health  Work  Among  the  Negroes.  A  plan  of  education 
for  the  colored  race  was  started  in  1917  by  Dr.  L.  B.  McBrayer,  direc¬ 
tor  of  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis,  and  Mr.  N.  C.  Newbold,  state  agent 
for  the  Jeanes  Fund.  The  merit  of  this  plan  is  that  it  utilizes  the 
forces  already  on  the  field,  namely,  the  Industrial  Supervisors,  who 
operate  in  forty-five  counties  of  the  State  under  the  Jeanes  Fund,  the 
county  superintendents  of  education,  and  other  agencies.  In  these 
forty-five  counties,  in  each  colored  community  having  a  school,  there 
has  been  organized  a  Negro  Community  League,  consisting  of  a  presi¬ 
dent,  secretary,  treasurer  and  executive  committee,  and  a  membership 
open  to  all.  Every  league  has  three  committees — one  on  education,  one 
on  agriculture  and  one  on  health.  The  educational  committee  works  to 
improve  the  school  and  raise  the  educational  standard;  that  on  agri¬ 
culture  deals  with  the  pig,  corn,  canning  and  other  club  work  among 
the  children;  the  health  committee  looks  after  sanitation  around  the 
home,  school  and  church,  visits  the  sick,  distributes  literature,  espe¬ 
cially  on  tuberculosis,  and  inculcates  elementary  health  principles,  such 
as  the  value  of  fresh  air,  screened  porches,  segregation,  and  the  like. 
Already  by  the  end  of  1919,  nearly  500  of  these  community  leagues, 
with  some  15,000  members,  had  been  established.  The  educational  rural 
community  work  is  under  Mrs.  Annie  W.  Holland,  Jeanes  Fund,  State 
Supervisor.  The  health  work  is  under  Mrs.  Florence  Chapman  Wil- 


HEALTH 


Par.  1158-A 


liams.  State  Director  of  Health  Education  and  Org’anization  among; 
Negroes. 

1155  A.  The  Campaign  Against  Tuberculosis  Among  Negron's. 
The  greatest  educational  work  is  being  done  against  tuberculosis.  By 
adding  a  little  to  the  salaries  of  the  forty-five  industrial  supervisors, 
the  North  Carolina  Tuberculosis  As^^ociation  secures  from  them  part- 
time  service,  by  which  they  undertake  to  report  to  the  Association  all 
cases  of  tuberculosis  in  their  county.  Lectures  also  are  made  at  regu¬ 
lar  intervals,  literature  distributed  and  specific  instructions  given  to 
the  tuberculous  sick.  In  addition,  the  supervisors  are  responsible  for 
the  sale  of  Tuberculosis  Christmas  Seals  among  the  colored  people  of 
their  county.  During  the  fiscal  year  ending  July  31st,  1920,  the 
director  of  health  education,  with  the  assistance  of  the  industrial  super¬ 
visors,  gave  lectures  on  health  subjects  to  over  250,000  people  and 
lantern  slide  exhibitions  to  over  15,000. 

With  the  money  obtained  through  the  sale  of  Christmas  seals,  a 
moving  picture  truck  was  purchased  and  put  into  operation  in  March. 
1920.  This  car  spends  one  week  in  each  county  giving  exhibitions  of 
an  educational  and  entertaining  nature  on  such  subjects  as  the  conser¬ 
vation  of  health  and  prevention  of  disease.  A  lecturer  who  accom¬ 
panies  the  car  explains  the  pictures. 

1156.  Public  Health  Service  Hospitals.  The  Public  Health  Serv¬ 
ice  have  two  important  hospitals  in  North  Carolina:  (a)  P.  H.  S.  Hos¬ 
pital  No.  5,  at  Biltmore,  N.  C.  This  is  a  general  hospital  containing 
800  or  400  beds  and  a  full  equipment  of  every  kind.  There  are  a 
few  beds  for  tubercular  patients,  (b)  P.  H.  S.  Hospital  No.  60,  at 
Oteen,  N.  C,  This  hospital  is  exclusively  for  tuberculosis.  It  formerly 
belonged  to  the  U.  S.  Army,  and  has  now  been  taken  over  by  the  Pub¬ 
lic  Health  Service.  In  situation,  climatic  conditions,  construction  and 
equipment  this  hospital  is  designed  to  confer  the  utmost  benefit  on 
ex-soldiers  suffering  from  tuberculosis.  There  is  accommodation  for 
about  1,000  patients,  but  the  present  shortage  of  nurses  seriously  limits 
the  number  that  may  be  received. 

At  both  Biltmore  and  Oteen  Hospitals,  the  Red  Cross  maintains  a 
hospital  service  unit.  See  Chap.  XVII,  Par.  1703  I. 

1156  A.  Public  Health  Service  Contract  Hospitals.  In  addition 
to  its  own  special  hospitals,  the  Public  Health  Service  has  contracts 
with  a  large  number  of  hospitals  and  sanatoria  in  North  Carolina,  by 
which  these  institutions  pledge  themselves  to  reserve  a  specified  num¬ 
ber  pf  beds  for  P.  H.  .S. -patients  at  fixed  rates.  In  the  list  of  North 
Carolina  hospitals  given  below,  those  marked  with  an  asterisk  have, 
at  the  time  of  publication,  contracts  with  the  Public  Health  Service: 


Par.  1156-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


LOCATION 

Goldsboro 

Morganton 

Raleigh 

Raleigh 

Raleigh 

Sanatorium 


Private  and  Public 

Hospitals 

LOCATION 

HOSPITAL 

CHARACTER  OF 

No,  of 

HOSPITAL 

BEDS 

Asheville 

Appalachian  Hall 

Nervous  and  Mental,  Nar- 

cotic  and  Alcoholic 

86 

Asheville 

Asheville  Mission  Hospital 

Private ;  General 

85 

Asheville 

*Fairview  College  &  Sanitarium  Tuberculosis 

30 

Asheville 

Highland  Hospital,  Inc. 

Private :  Nervous  &  Men- 

tal  diseases  &  habit  cases  75 

Asheville 

*McRae  Sanatorium 

Tuberculosis 

Asheville 

Merriwether  Hospital  and 

Training  School 

General 

60 

Asheville 

*St.  Joseph’s  Sanitarium 

Tuberculosis 

60 

Asheville 

Winy  ah  Sanatorium 

Private :  Tuberculosis 

126 

Beaufort 

Elton  Court  Rest 

Health  Resort 

16 

Biltmore 

Clarence  Barker  Memorial  and 

■  - 

Dispensry 

General 

60 

Black  Mountain 

*Craigmont 

Tuberculosis 

25 

Black  Mountain 

Fellowship  Sanatorium 

(Fraternal) 

30 

Black  Mountain 

*Wood8ide  Sanatorium 

•  • 

Burlington 

Rainey  Hospital 

General 

25 

Caroleen 

Caroleen  Hospital 

Private :  Surgical  only 

29 

Charlotte 

Crowell  Sanatorium 

Nervous,  Alcoholic  and 

Drug  Cases 

112 

/harlotte 

Good  Samaritan  Hospital  (col) 

20 

Charlotte 

Mercy  General  Hospital 

Public 

22 

Charlotte 

New  Charlotte  Sanatorium 

Private :  General 

50 

Charlotte 

*Presbyterian  Hospital  and 

Training  School 

Public :  General 

125 

Charlotte 

*St.  Peter’s  Hospital 

Public  :  Private  :  General 

60 

Charlotte 

Tranquil  Park  Sanatorium 

Nervous  and  Mental 

20 

Duke 

Good  Hope  Hospital 

General 

25 

Durham 

Lincoln  Hospital  (col.) 

Public :  General 

60 

Elizabeth  City 

Elizabeth  City  Hospital 

Surgical 

60 

Fayetteville 

Cumberland  General  Hospital 

Private :  General 

33 

Fayetteville 

*High  smith  Hospital 

Private :  General 

76 

Franklin 

Lyle’s  Hospital 

22 

Gastonia 

City  Hospital 

•  * 

Goldsboro 

Goldsboro  Hospital 

Public :  General 

40 

Goldsboro 

Spicer  Sanatorium 

General 

30 

Greensboro 

Glenwood  Park  Sanatorium 

Private :  Nervous  &  Men- 

tal,  Alcoholic  &  Drug  oases  25 

Greensboro 

Greensboro  Private  Infirmary 

Private 

8 

Greensboro 

Reaves  Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and 

Throat  Infirmary 

Private 

16 

State  Hospitals 


NAME  OF  No.  of 

HOSPITAL  BEDS 

*State  Hospital  for  Colored  Insane  950 

*State  Hospital  for  Insane  1876 

Soldiers’  Home  Hospital  40 

*State  Hospital  for  Insane  1160 

State  Hospital  for  Dangerous  Insane  60 

State  Sanatorium  for  Tuberculosis  170 


HEALTH  Par.  1166-A 


LOCATION 

HOSPITAL 

CHARACTER  OF 

No.  of 

HOSPITAL 

BEDS 

Greensboro 

*St.  Leo’s  Hospital 

General 

80 

Greensboro 

Wesley  Long  Hospital 

General 

36 

Greensboro 

Williams-Oliver  Sanatorium 

Private :  Nervous  &  Men^ 

tal.  Narcotic  &  Alcoholic  16 

Hamlet 

Hamlet  Hospital 

Private  :  General 

35 

Hamlet 

Moncure  Hospital 

General 

10 

Hendersonville 

Dixon  Health  Resort 

Medical 

60 

Hendersonville 

Edgemont  Sanatorium 

Tuberculosis 

80 

Hendersonville 

Dr.  Morse’s  Sanatorium 

Private :  Tuberculosis 

20 

Hendersonville 

Patton  Memorial  Hospital 

Public :  General 

26 

Hickory 

Richard  Baker  Hospital 

General 

20 

Highlands 

Highlands  Camp  Sanatorium 

Tiib^rculosis 

60 

High  Point 

High  Point  Hospital 

General 

40 

Kinston 

Robert  Bruce  McDaniel  Memo 

« 

rial  Hospital 

Private 

•  • 

Lenoir 

Foot  Hills  Sanatorium 

General 

20 

Lincolnton 

Lincoln  Hospital 

General 

22 

Lumberton 

Thompson  Hospital 

Private :  General 

20 

Maxton 

Maxton  Hospital 

General 

16 

Monroe 

Quality  Hill  Sanatorium 

General 

10 

Morehead  City 

*Morehead  City  Hospital 

General 

20 

Morganton 

Broad  Oaks  Sanatorium 

Nervous  &  Mental,  Alco- 

holic  & —  Drug  cases 

50 

Morganton 

Grace  Hospital,  In. 

Private :  General 

30 

Mt.  Airy 

Martin  Memorial  Hospital 

Private 

20 

New  Bern 

Fairview  Newbern  Hospital 

General 

25 

New  Bern 

St.  Luke's  Hospital 

General 

30 

Raleigh 

Mary  Elizabeth  Hospital  (osteo 

• 

path) 

General 

20 

Raleigh 

*Rex  Hospital 

Public  :  Private  :  General 

75 

Raleigh 

St.  Agnes  Hospital  (col) 

General 

96 

Roanoke  Rapids 

Roanoke  Rapids  Hospital 

Private :  General 

16 

Rocky  Mount 

Atlantic  Coast  Line 

Railroad  Hospital 

Private :  General 

35 

Rocky  Mount 

Parkview  Hospital 

General 

36 

Rocky  Mount 

Rocky  Mount  Sanatorium 

General 

40 

Rutherford 

Rutherford  Hospital 

Private :  Surgical  only 

70 

Salisbury 

Wheathead-Stokes  Sanatorium 

Private :  General 

65 

Saluda 

Infants’  and  Children’s  Sana- 

torium 

Children 

74 

Sanford 

Central  Carolina  Hospital 

General 

25 

Southern  Pines 

Moore  County  Hospital 

Private 

20 

Southern  Pines 

Southern  Pines  Sanatorium 

Private :  Tuberculosis 

25 

Spencer 

Southern  Railway  Y.  M.  C.  A. 

Private:  Accidents:  For 

Hospital 

Railway  Employees 

2 

Statesville 

Billingsley  Hospital 

(white  and  col.) 

30 

Statesville 

Gibson  Sanatorium 

General 

10 

Statesville 

Dr.  Long’s  Sanatorium 

Private :  Surgical  only 

64 

Tarboro 

Edgecomb  General  Hospital 

General 

50 

Wadesboro 

Anson  Sanatorium 

General 

20 

Washington 

R.  S.  Fowle  Memorial  HospitalPrivate :  General 

15 

Washington 

Washington  Hospital 

Private 

35 

Waynesville 

Waynesville  Hospital 

•  * 

West  Durham 

*  Watts  Hospital 

General 

100 

Wilkesboro 

Wilkes  Hospital 

General 

10 

Par.  1166-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


LOCATION 

?IOSPITAL 

CHARACTER  OF 

No.  of 

Wilmington 

*  James  Walker  Memorial  Hos 

HOSPITAL 

BEDS 

pital 

Public  :  Private  :  General 

160 

Wilmington 

Red  Cross  Hospital  for  Tuber¬ 
culosis 

Tuberculosis 

30 

Wilmington 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Service 
Hospital 

General 

30 

Wilson 

Moore-Herring  Hospital 

General 

27 

Wilson 

Wilson  Hospital  and  Tuber¬ 
culosis  Home  (col.) 

26 

Wilson 

Wilson  Sanatorium 

Private :  General 

34 

Winston-Salem 

*City  Hospital 

Public :  General 

110 

Winston-Salem 

'■■Forsythe  County  Tuberculosis 
Hospital 

Tuberculosis 

24 

OiAt‘'r£i{  yn  ■, 


iAsuranoe  <inJ  Panslons  ^'^  ■  ■. 


>•«. 

i  *  ^ ' 

L.”  .  . 


A 


J^,X'  It  ’ '  ‘’f  »■'•.■  ' 

^  lH.‘  ut  Autisi  lu, 


’ij;»‘«‘'t 'h>'  -'  *  *  '^  ;■  '  ^'  ■ '■  .  ''  I 

v’^\  Jy '•  '  ■'  ■  '' “*V'  '’‘'’••4*-'  *’•'’'  ■'  ^''  *  •.- 

y •  r^n n^*  r-tuVrffTfe  :bbi't:<«t  lu  ir,.C,‘ 

l*;V. '*: »  ni|Mi  h>^.'*|Ui,  .x'  ^  frv' 'Ut  ^  i;d 


V  -  iil  >0' 4  t  ••  : 


w>r^ 


V 


r, 


VtJfv^th  »»t^  ^ii-  M  .  f  i.he  'nr.^ir 

‘C,  ,  r;  'll!  *"' »  j^.:*' r  J'"®  iwrt  (f^ai^*-\  ?**►-  c.'p*/tie.jnlt.- 


i'^:r  .  jjWIn-  .  v  is 4k 

1^/'  ■  ,: .  •  -  .r  '  ’■■  <■*  ^ 


>  -,!ts  1^ 

r  >  Ur^.^bW:  . '!  .1  I ,'. '  ih^  Kv«r^* • 

Rpv'  n'-vv^rnkT  ♦  .r  '■  ■>*i''x7»*  ..•  'vv^^‘  l^*  i*  i'*-'- 

^  ^  1.1c  Brtr.vJU  V  C»^‘vicc;ie 

udb  ' »' -kr.  I3K?.CK^. 


ijL-  .-  .  '■•  ,  Ji^^/  lj|^  nl  ir. .  !^<-'J'^'nig  ..>id‘'- 

JOCi  ciV'  f>*^>’4  ?»«  S^/»4  4  Ar.(t 


:»  .rX*  ■ 


f  ▼  ' 


•  r''! 


•  *  iV  fi  in  tiA.  «r*: . 4,#^Vk  ho*  tlUi^f  \  ji.*-*<J  Hs  ' 

‘  ui' ■  :K/VSvr.  :iT^‘:v>  >-4  %i  vfcio;'.  *kno 


i 


.  ._.  ,  .  .  .  .......  |viitf  vfcio;'.  *kno 

c.W^h^  y  _}(}  ,  tifif  ^  6{9(c^rv  V.'?  V  'SW^r'  * 

V ’  fjr  i4  ewia^-"  t'  '  ‘«rf‘'j<.t-9H'  vk'.,--!,  'fij^cn: 

.'■A  r:0^'  K  'M  \r  ihH*x  ti;i9 

•  ‘  "  ^v  )\  '4  j- Ifirt*  *'i^  vW  t->  •  tl.'l^ 

■'•  ”^Tt^iii;<tip'H.  -‘4tH  1.  ^xiT'  t(>  I  .(Ti^.-ri fire  uij*  :r:.  ..?o 

'44^  d  tr  *  d5«  ‘  * 

•■  'i*^  r'^^r-iifey  ro\!-/  1^^,  W/.-^irvi-u  l>W(fjy(j*> 


n>. 


’  ’  *> 

* 

9>  * 


•*  .ib»  r.  .  .k 


MEMORANDUM 


V  '  .  '.K 

1  iW-  f 


■■ff 


1 


•t 


'is 


-AH 

,  ■  I 


•  •  A 

■  y:J 

•  * 


A 


.  ..  A 


Pat.  1206 


CHAPTER  XII 

Insurance  and  Pensions 

I.  Insurance 

1201.  Department  of  Insurance:  In  1899  the  legislature  creat¬ 
ed  a  Department  of  Insurance  giving  to  a  Commissioner  of  Insurance 
powers  of  supervision  and  authority  to  make  regulations.  Subsequent 
General  Assemblies  have  from  time  to  time  increased  the  duties  of 
the  Commissioner  and  enlarged  his  power. 

1202.  Duties  of  the  Commissioner  of  Insurance:  The  Commis¬ 
sioner  has  supervisory  control  over  many  matters  relating  to  fire, 

life,  casualty,  health,  and  fidelity  insurance,  security  investment  and 
promotion  companies,  Building  and  Loan  Associations,  Land  and  Loan 
Associations,  and  the  like.  These  duties  embrace  superintending  the 
carrying  out  of  the  Fire  Waste  law  which  includes  Educational  work 
in  fire  and  accident  prevention,  and  under  which  the  Commissioner 
was  appointed  Fire  Marshal;  the  inspection  of  buildings  for  safe 
wiring,  flue  construction,  electrical  and  wire  installments;  the  plac¬ 
ing  of  fire  escapes  in  all  schools,  public  buildings,  hotels,  and  thea¬ 
tres;  the  approval  of  all  plans  for  the  erection  of  schools  or  other 
State  buildings,  and  seeing  that  proper  safeguards  against  fire  are 
included;  in  case  children  are  to  be  part  or  whole  time  occupants 
of  such  buildings,  insistance  upon  the  erection  of  the  Double  Tower 
type  of  fire  escape.  (In  1919,  200  of  these  towers  were  erected,  and 
there  are  now  2,000  public  and  private  buildings  equipped  with  fire 
escapes).  It  is  further  the  business  of  the  Commissioner  to  see  that 
all  the  State  buildings  are  insured;  and  to  collect  from  fire  insurance 
companies  the  special  tax  for  the  relief  of  firemen  and  to  distribute 
the  same  under  the  Blue-Sky  law;  he  must  also  supervise  bond  sell¬ 
ing;  investigate  and  license  security  and  promotion  companies  and 
their  agents,  and  lightening-rod  manufacturers  and  their  agents. 

1203.  Growth  of  the  Department:  The  growth  of  the  Insur¬ 
ance  Department  and  its  'activities  has  been  gradual  and  continuous. 

The  same  Commissioner,  Mr.  James  R.  Young,  has  held  office  since 
its  inception  in  1899. 

1204.  Revenue:  Prior  to  the  creation  of  the  Insurance  Depart¬ 
ment,  the  State  revenue  for  insurance  was  $85,000.  In  1919,  after  dis- 
frihuting 'a  special  $20,000  to  the  firemen,  the  revenue  was  $650,000. 
In'  this  same  year  the  adrhinistration  cost  was  $27,000. 

1205.  Increase  of  Insurance  in  North  Carolina:  Building  and 
Loan  Associations  increased  from  49  in  1904  to  160  in  1919,  and 
their  aggregate  working  capital  from  two  and  a  half  to  nineteen  mil- 


Par.  1206 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


lion  dollars.  Life  Insurance  increased  from  fifteen  million  in  1899 
to  two  hundred  and  thirty-six  million  in  1919.  Insurance  companies 
now  licensed  in  the  State  number  500. 

1206.  Investigations  and  Convictions  for  Incendiarism:  Since 
1899,  2,003  official  investigations  have  been  made  of  suspicious  fires, 
and  300  persons  have  been  convicted  and  punished  for  incendiarism. 

1207.  Insurance  Laws:  Laws  in  regard  to  the  organization  of 
insurance  companies  are  to  be  found  in  a  pamphlet  issued  by  the  In¬ 
surance  Department,  Raleigh,  N.  C.  The  following  is  a  selection  of 
the  regulations  in  force. 

1207  A.  Insurance  Corporations  Require  Certificate  of  Author¬ 
ity.  (Laws  1913,  Chapter  182):  Any  Insurance  Corporation  seeking 
to  do  business  in  the  State  must  first  make  application  for  a  certifi¬ 
cate  of  authority  from  the  Insurance  Department.  Such  certificate 
is  renewable  annually  and  can  at  any  time  be  revoked.  Before  grant¬ 
ing  a  certificate,  the  Commissioner  is  required  to  satisfy  himself  on 
the  following  points;  the  plans  and  purposes  of  the  Corporation  mak¬ 
ing  application,  its  general  condition,  the  amount  of  its  securities,  the 
price  at  which  such  securities  are  to  be  sold,  the  manner  in  which 
the  money  is  required  to  be  paid,  the  rate  of  commission  and  salaries 
allowed  by  the  Company,  the  trustworthiness  of  its  officers  and  di¬ 
rectors. 

1207  B.  All  Advertising  Matter  Must  be  Submitted:  No  printed 
matter  may  be  used  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  insurance  unless 

it  has  been  first  approved  in  writing  by  the  Insurance  Commissioner. 
No  misstatements,  whether  written  or  oral,  may  be  made  on  the 
financial  status  of  any  insurance  corporation. 

1207  C.  Restrictions  on  Purchase  and  Conveyance  of  Real  Es¬ 
tate:  No  insurance  company  is  permitted  to  purchase,  hold,  or  con¬ 
vey  real  estate  except  for  its  immediate  accommodation  in  the  trans¬ 
action  of  its  business,  or  except  it  come  into  its  possession  as  a 
mortgage  by  way  of  security  for  loans  previously  contracted  or 
money  due,  or  be  conveyed  to  it  in  satisfaction  of  debts,  or  be  pur¬ 
chased  at  sales  upon  judgments,  decrees,  or  mortgages  obtained  or 
made  for  such  debts.  All  real  estate  not  required  for  office  pur¬ 
poses  must  be  sold  within  five  years  unless  it  was  acquired  prior  to 
March  6,  1899,  or  unless  the  Commissioner  of  Insurance  grant  an  ex¬ 
tension  of  time  to  save  the  company  from  pecuniary  loss. 

1207  D.  Capital  Stock  Must  be  Paid  Before  Policies  are  Issued: 
When  a  new  company  is  formed,  the  capital  stock  must  be  paid  in 
cash  within  twelve  months  from  the  date  of  the  charter  or  certificate 
of  organization,  and  no  certificate  of  full  shares  and  no  policies  shall 
be  issued  until  the  whole  capital  is  paid  in. 

1207  E.  How  Capital  May  be  Invested:  Capital  can  be  in¬ 
vested  only  as  follows: 

(1).  In  first  mortgage  of  real  estate  in  North  Carolina. 


INSURANCE  AND  PENSIONS 


Par.  1213 


(2)  In  bonds  of  the  United  States,  or  of  any  of  the  states 
whose  bonds  do  not  sell  for  less  than  par. 

(3) .  In  the  bonds  or  notes  of  any  city,  county  or  town  of  the 
State  whose  net  indebtedness  does  not  exceed  five  per  cent  of  the 
last  valuation. 

II.  Pensions 

1208.  Introductory:  The  Pension  Laws  are  to  be  found  in  the 
Consolidated  Statutes,  chapter  90,  as  amended  by  Public  Laws  1919. 
They  are  published  in  pamphlet  form.  A  condensed  account  will  be 
found  in  Chapter  VII,  Par.  707  of  this  handbook. 

1209.  The  State  Board:  The  Governor,  Attorney-general,  and 
Auditor  constitute  a  State  Board  of  Pensions  whose  duty  it  is  to  ex¬ 
amine  each  application  for  a  pension.  The  Auditor  must  transmit  to 
the  clerks  of  the  Superior  Court  of  the  several  counties  a  correct 
list  of  the  pensioners  with  their  post  offices. 

1210.  The  County  Board:  The  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  to¬ 
gether  with  three  reputable  ex-Confederate  soldiers  or  sons  of  ex- 
Confederate  soldiers,  appointed  by  the  State  Auditor,  constitute  a 
county  board  of  pensions  for  their  county.  All  persons  who  are  en¬ 
titled  to  pensions,  but  not  drawing  any,  should  appear  before  this 
board  on  or  before  the  first  Monday  of  July  of  each  year  for  exami¬ 
nation  and  classification.  If  physically  unable  to  appear,  a  medical 
certificate  should  be  obtained.  On  or  before  the  first  Monday  of  July, 
the  board  must  revise  and  purge  the  roll. 

1211.  Persons  Entitled  to  Pensions:  All  persons  who  may 
have  been  disabled  by  wounds  in  the  militia  service  of  the  State,  or 
rendered  incapable  thereby  of  procuring  subsistence  for  themselves 
and  their  families,  and  the  widows  and  orphans  of  such  persons,  are 
entitled  to  pensions. 

1212.  Amount  of  Pensions:  For  blindness,  the  loss  of  both 
hands  or  feet,  or  of  one  arm  or  leg,  the  pension  is  $120.00  a  year. 
For  total  incapacity  to  work,  and  to  blind  Confederate  widows  $100.00 
For  the  loss  of  a  leg  above  the  knee,  or  an  arm  above  the  elbow$90.00. 
For  the  loss  of  leg  below  the  knee,  or  arm  below  the  elbow,  or  for  an 
arm  or  leg  rendered  useless  by  wound  or  injury,  $70.00.  For  the  loss 
of  one  eye,  and  to  all  soldiers  and  the  widows  of  soldiers  who  for 
any  cause  are  now  unable  to  perform  manual  labor,  $60.00. 

1213.  Persons  not  Entitled  to  Pensions:  These  include  inmates 
of  the  Soldiers’  Home  at  Raleigh;  persons  confined  in  an  asylum; 
persons  receiving  a  pension  from  another  State  or  from  the  United 
States;  office  holders  in  receipt  of  a  salary  or  fees  of  an  annual 
value  of  $300.00;  deserters  or  the  widows  of  such;  persons  re¬ 
ceiving  aid  from  the  .State  under  any  act  providing  for  the  relief 
of  soldiers  who  are  blind  or  maimed;  owners  of  property,  in  their 
own  right  or  that  of  their  wives,  v/hose  tax  valuation  exceeds  $500.00. 


Par.  1214 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AIMD  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


To  this  last  regulation  the  county  board  may  make  exceptions  in  ' 
special  cases, 

1214.  Form  of  Application:  Every  officer,  soldier,  sailor,  or 
widow,  or,  in  case  of  insanity,  the  guardian  or  receiver  of  such,  must 
make  out  in  person  the  application  form  issued  by  the  State  Auditor, 
and  attach  to  it  the  affidavit  of  one  or  more  credible  witnesses. 
This  application,  when  approved  by  the  county  board,  is  forwarded 
to  the  Auditor  by  the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court  to  be  passed  upon 
by  the  State  Board.  The  Auditor  then  issues  his  warrant  on  the 
State  Treasurer  for  the  pension  money.  After  a  pension  has  once 
been  granted,  it  is  only  necessary  for  the  pensioner  in  succeeding 
years  to  obtain  a  certificate  from  the  clerk  of  the  Superior  Court 
stating  that  the  pensioner’s  condition  is  the  same  as  in  the  briginal 
application.  This  certificate  is  sent  to  the  State  Auditor. 

1215.  Warrants:  Pensions  are  payable  twice  a  year,  in  June 
and  December.  The  warrant  is  mailed  to  the  pensioner  by  the  clerk 
of  the  Superior  Court  of  his  county,  and  is  cashed  on  the  payee’s 
endorsement.  In  case  of  the  death  of  a  pensioner,  a  warrant  will  be 
issued  for  the  balance  due  him  on  receipt  of  an  affidavit  testifying 
to  his  decease;  such  warrant  being  payable  to  his  widow  or  next  of 
kin. 

1216.  Pensions  Paid  to  Widows  for  One  Year:  A  widow  con¬ 
tinues  to  receive  her  husband’s  pension  for  one  year  after  his  death, 
but  the  amount  paid  cannot  exceed  a  widow’s  pension  as  prescribed 
by  law. 

1217.  State  Pension  Tax:  Pensions  are  provided  for  by  a 
special  annual  tax.  The  total  appropriation  must  not  exceed 
$650,000  a  year.  The  whole  appropriation  must  be  divided  each 
year  among  the  pensioners  on  a  pro-rata  basis  even  if  such  pro¬ 
cedure  involve  exceeding  the  stipulated  pension  amounts.  If  any 
money  should  be  left  over  after  paying  the  warrants,  such  money 
shall  revert  to  the  pension  fund  of  the  State  and  be  paid  out  in  the 
following  year. 

1218.  Speculating  in  Pension  Claims:  Anyone  so  doing  is  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor. 

1219.  Burial  by  County  of  Ex-Confederate  Soldiers  or  Widows: 
See  Chapter  VII,  Paragraph  708. 

1220.  Permission  to  Peddle  without  a  License:  Ex-Confeder¬ 
ate  soldiers  who  are  without  means  of  support  and  are  incapacitated 
for  manual  labor  for  any  reason  other  than  that  of  vicious  habits, 
may  receive  permission  from  the  county  board  of  pensions  to  peddle 
drugs,  goods,  wares,  and  merchandise  in  any  of  the  counties  of  the 
State  without  a  license. 


.'iiyii  b  fait  ii 


:  x'* 


■I  I 

•  ■iv’i*' 

!(•. 

th  v>' 

i 


;  _ -S 

M  < ; 


V*,n 


ivntintf 


^  •  r*^ 

A'  • 


V. 


. 

\  K  ..'tVi: .  '  ■  > 


ii  ^ 

I  i  -  ^ 

t:Wr* 


A 


St 


n 


.  X.  »!• 


^  ;  t  I  . 

-  •  P*  I  » 

'  .  J  /. 

.1'; 

V*.:‘. 

.  '  * 

j‘J  -  iif  tT  - 


'  ‘  ••_  •  ,s 

c.-i  t:  i:iJo  ■  •‘•i.'  \'.\K 

>■'  •  -  ui  .,:>x  •  x‘. 

'  ■  .  *•;•;. t". ! 

*  ^  ,  ''A ^ 

•':  .  ■  •■;  .  >  .  J:rK? 


v; 


>  1 1 


-I*. 


f  1.  •■■  :  U*r^  x.Xci 

U  -w. 


.*  •  i 

.'i*  * 

.  V 


'  f-1  r 


4  . 


f 


.  pnv. 


:..  If- 

...  .X"  I  •'  ?  )•:  urr 

k  •  ■  f  Jisi  ,  '1  1 1  • 


1/ 


,  tfefj'.l  >• 

■  i 

>ffr. 1  ‘ 

’  .  *•  .,- 1 

«  f  ^  w 

.  : '  '■  ■  ■'  i  ■*• 

■  .i..nv 

’  ■“  ■  ■  •  r  'd!’'?i.  .' 

• 

^  J  ‘  ^ 

'  x:!-  x'- 

* 

s  <’ 

1  .  •  '  » 

• ». 

riv  '  rrtv- 

t*  ,  ’  .  ; 

in^s 

. .  /  ■  1 

■  1  ■ 

’  •♦  ••  1  . 
j  ^  •>*  •  • 

k 

i  •» 

f  .  y  *  1- 

'r-jr.U'.fW'  f  '■■ 

• 

■  -  / 

J  ',i  iJ  s'-i  •  1 

.  .. 

.  .  .  iu  i.  ' 

ri)  i 

.•X  .  ':hv'.  X 

■  '■  Vik-?*  ’  • 

•  ■•  '■  ■  .‘■-  ‘  'i.'-',  'X 

Vv'-ty 

-  •'i 

»  ,  1  •  y  n  x  ■.  ;•■!' 

'Ae^k.vi' 

.  •'/  '•'  t'. ■ 

iX.''rC;{;V 

.x.*.:'’-,  ■'•-•  -i" 

Am  . 

t*  • 

»■'■■  ■  -'i  x.  ^'y 

i  <•:*  ^:.y 

v'J  :>•-  -. .  ■/  .•  r- 

1  LX/t  a.it'i 


..A 


4?  &  t”  .. 


in  ^^x„•  Qe'.  •'irK  ■.  .  .  rax'-ilv'  •^, 


Ilf 


.<  k,. 


.  I  T  .  ( 


tioriii  Iv/  »  ,  ■ .. 

.vfv  ■•',  •' 


■  j  .  \>  .f. 


•.o 

hi/;  0-::-^ 


JIL. 


;i  .  2''  i. 

’■  j' ■  .I-' 


.  i  -  i  \  X-ri;). 

I  *•  '  '  '  fc**  •  1  *  f  * 

I  -I 

.  !•''«•  A  *'jt  V-‘ 

•'  '  '■  Uti  i* 


or 


•4:» 


<-\ 


-.  .  .  t  v  ,  , 

«  <  f,  • 

l.'-'i  i  .-I  .  I.r  y 

t  .  1  ,  t’. ,  .  »  *  .. 


’  '-1  r-,  .  '  . . 

■  ,  .  •  •:•  *y 

.  •>’  •.',  v.'iui  -;v  '*• 

’.  -  tw  « 


-Lt 


'•'/  ■/  fill’  *• 


.*>• 


i.  *.1 


>. 


1.  i-  itSi 

'4  • 

.>^•4 


•  fi*  *< 


<  iiv  ^4  * 


<  » 


Par.  1302-A 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

Labor. 

1301.  The  Department  of  Labor  and  Printing.  The  powers  of 
this  department  are  vested  in  a  Commissioner  of  Labor  and  Printing 
elected  by  the  people  for  a  term  of  four  years,  and  an  Assistant  Com- 

)  missioner  appointed  by  the  Commissioner.  The  Commissioner  must 

be  a  practical  printer.  The  Assistant  is  required  to  perform  the  duties 
of  the  Commissioner  in  his  absence,  or  in  case  of  a  vacancy.  The 
office  is  in  Raleigh.  (Rev.  S.  3909;  1919,  C.  314,  S.  4.) 

1301  A.  Duties  of  the  Commissioner.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Com¬ 
missioner  and  his  assistant  to  collect  and  collate  information  and  sta¬ 
tistics  on  the  following  (a)  labor  and  its  relation  to  capital,  the 
hours  of  labor,  the  earnings  of  laborers,  their  educational,  moral,  and 
financial  condition,  and  the  best  means  of  promoting  their  mental, 
moral,  and  material  welfare;  (b)  the  various  mining,  milling,  and 
manufacturing  industries  in  the  State,  their  location,  capacity,  and 
actual  output  of  manufactured  products,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  raw 
material  annually  used  by  them,  and  the  capital  invested;  (c)  the 
location,  estimated  and  actual  horse-power,  and  condition  of  valuable 
water-powers  developed  and  undeveloped;  (d)  farm  lands  and  farm¬ 
ing,  the  kinds,  character,  and  quantity  of  the  annual  farm  products; 
(e)  timber  lands  and  timbers,  truck  gardening,  dairying,  and  such 
other  information  and  statistics  concerning  the  agricultural  and  in¬ 
dustrial  welfare  of  the  citizens  as  he  may  deem  to  be  of  interest  and 
benefit  to  the  public. 

He  must  perform  the  duties  of  mine  inspector  as  prescribed  by 
law.  (See  below.  Par.  1314,  A.) 

He  has  charge  of  the  public  printing  of  the  State. 

Each  year  he  is  required  to  publish  an  annual  report  embodying 
such  information  and  statistics  on  the  above  subjects  as  he  deems 
proper;  and  to  send  a  copy  to  every  newspaper  in  the  ♦State,  each 
member  of  the  General  Assembly,  each  State  and  County  officer,  each 
labor  organization,  and  to  any  citizen  who  applies.  He  must  also 
^  make  a  full  report  to  the  Governor,  embodying  such  recommendations 

J)  as  he  thinks  advisable. 

1302.  General  Labor  Regulations  for  the  Protection  of  theWork- 
er.  Regulations  making  for  the  comfort,  health,  and  safety  of  the 
worker,  and  the  protection  of  his  interests  include  the  following: 

1302  A.  Seats  for  Women  Employees.  Rest  seats  must  be  pro¬ 
vided  by  all  establishments  employing  female  labor.  Failure  to  pro¬ 
vide  them  or  permit  their  use  is  a  misdemeanor.  (1909,  C.  857,  SS  1, 
2.) 


Par.  1302-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


1302  B.  Medic-I  Cl.csts.  Any  shop  or  factory  employing  more 
tlian  twenty-five  workers;  and  using  machinery  other  than  elevator, 
heating,  or  hoisting  apparatus,  must  keep  in  the  premises  a  medical 
or  surgical  chest,  the  contents  of  w^hich  are  specified. 

Failure  to  do  so  is  a  misdemeanor.  (1911,  C.  57.) 

1302  C.  Shelter  at  Railway  Division.?.  Railway  companies  must 
provide  roof  covering  and  shelter  over  the  track  or  tracks  where  rail¬ 
way  cars,  trucks,  and  other  equipment  are  constructed  or  repaired. 
The  corporation  commission  is  empowered  to  direct  the  points  at 
which  such  shall  be  raised,  and  their  character.  (1913,  C.  65;  1913, 
C.  117.) 

1302  D.  Separate  Toilets  for  Sexes  and  Races.  Any  business 
employing  more  than  two  males  and  females,  in  towns  or  cities  con¬ 
taining  more  than  a  thousand  people,  and  requiring  its  employees  to 
do  chiefly  indoor  work,  must  provide  separate  toilets,  clearly  marked, 
for  white  and  colored,  male  and  female,  (1913,  C.  83,  S.  1.) 

In  buildings  to  be  erected  after  the  passing  of  this  law,  toilets 
for  the  opposite  sexes  are  to  be  located  in  different  parts  of  the 
building:  in  buildings  already  constructed  they  must  at  least  be 
separated  by  substantial  partitions.  Any  employee  intruding  into 
another  toilet  not  intended  for  his  or  her  sex  or  color  is  guilty  of  a 
misdemeanor.  (S.  4.) 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  police  in  towns  to  inspect  places  of  business 
for  the  carrying  out  of  this  law,  and  to  prosecute  for  any  violation  of 
it.  (S.  3.)  In  factories  etc.  situated  outside  of  towns,  this  duty  de¬ 
velops  upon  the  sheriff.  (S.  5.) 

The  following  counties  are  exempted  from  this  law:  Sampson, 
Harnett,  Lee,  Johnston,  Northampton,  Cleveland,  Rutherford,  Polk, 
and  Henderson.  (S.  6.) 

1302  E.  Blacklisting  Employees,  (a)  Persons  or  firms  dis¬ 
charging  an  employee  may  not  prevent  or  attempt  in  any  way  to  pre- 
V'ent  him  from  securing  employment  elsewhere.  This  must  not  be 
taken  to  mean,  hov/ever,  that  they  may  not  furnish  in  writing,  when 
requested  to  do  so  by  some  other  person  or  firm,  a  true  statement  of 
the  reason  for  his  discharge.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  42,  Sec.  4477.) 

(b)  It  is  unlawful  for  two  or  more  persons  to  agree  together  to 
blacklist  any  discharged  employee;  or  to  attempt,  by  words  or  writ¬ 
ing  or  any  other  means  v/hatever,  to  prevent  him,  or  any  employee 
who  may  have  voluntarily  left  the  service  of  his  employer,  from  ob¬ 
taining  employment  with  any  other  person  or  company.  (Con.  Stat, 
utes  Art.  42,  Sec.  4478.) 

1303.  The  Child  Welfare  Commission.  The  State  Superintend¬ 
ent  of  Public  Instruction,  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Health, 


LABOR 


Par.  1304-B 


and  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Welfare  are,  by  the  law  of  1919  C. 
100,  S.  7,  constituted  a  State  Child  Welfare  Commission;  and  are  em¬ 
powered  and  directed  to  make  i*ules  and  regulations  for  the  enforcing 
and  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  relating  to  child  welfare,  also  of 
the  laws  relating  to  seats  for  women  employees,  and  separate  toilets. 

1303  A.  Agents  of  the  Child  Welfare  Commission.  The  Commis¬ 
sion  may  appoint  and  employ  agents  for  carrying  out  its  purposes, 
and  may  use  in  this  service  the  county  superintendents  of  public  wel¬ 
fare,  or  chief  school  attendance  officers,  or  truant  officers;  and  for 
the  object  of  inspection,  the  Commission  and  its  agents  have  authority 
to  enter  and  inspect  at  any  time  all  premises  designated  in  the  laws. 
(1919  C.  100.  S.  8.  and  9.) 

1303  B.  Laws  Governing  Child  Labor.  For  the  ages  and  condi¬ 
tions  under  which  it  is  unlawful  to  employ  children,  and  the  law  con¬ 
cerning  age  certificates,  see  Chap.  IV,  Par.  410.  Bona  fide  boys’  and 
girls’  canning  clubi,  recognized  by  the  State  Agricultural  Department, 
are  specially  exempted.  For  the  compulsory  attendance  laws  see 
Chaps,  IV  and  IX. 

1303  C.  Enticing  of  Minors  Outside  the  State  for  the  purpose  of 
employment,  and  without  the  written  consent,  duly  authenticated,  of 
the  parent  or  guardian,  is  a  misdemeanor,  and  entails  upon  conviction 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $500,  and  not  more  than  $1,000,  for  each  of¬ 
fense.  (Rev.  S.  3630;  1891,  C.  45.) 

1303  D.  Failure  to  Pay  Minors.  Any  person  contracting  to  do 
a  piece  of  work  and  employing  a  minor  to  assist  him,  and  wilfully 
failing  to  pay  him  for  his  share  in  the  work,  whether  done  by  the 
day  or  by  the  job,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor.  (Rev.  S.  3428  A;  1893, 
C.  309.)  See  also  Chap.  IV  Par.  402  (j). 

1304.  Laws  for  the  Protection  of  Wages.  These  include  :- 

1304  A.  Claim  for  Wages  after  Death  of  Employer:  Wages  due 
to  any  domestic  servant,  or  mechanical  or  agricultural  laborer  for  a 
period  of  not  more  than  one  year  prior  to  the  death  of  the  employer 
of  such  servant  or  laborer,  rank  sixth  in  the  order  of  payment  of  debts. 

(Rev.  S.  87.)  See  Chap.  X.  Par.  1008  B. 

1304  B.  Meclianics’,  Laborers’,  and  Material  Men’s  Liens,  (a) 
On  Buildings  and  Property,  Real  and  Personal.  Every  building  built, 
rebuilt,  repaired,  or  improved,  together  with  the  necessary  lots  on 
which  such  building  is  situated,  and  every  lot,  fai’ni,  or  vessel,  or  any 
kind  of  property,  real  or  personal,  not  hei^ein  enumerated,  is  subject  to 
a  lien  for  the  payment  of  all  debts  contracted  for  work  done  on  the 
same,  or  material  furnished.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  1,  Sec.  2433.) 


Par.  1304-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(b;  Buildings  on  Married  Woman’s  Land.  The  preceding  sec¬ 
tion  applies  to  property  of  a  married  woman  when  it  appears  that 
such  building  ^vas  built  or  repaired  on  her  land  with  her  consent  or 
procurement.  In  such  case  she  is  deemed  to  have  contracted  for  such 
improvements.  (Con.  Statutes  of  N.  C.,  1920,  Art.  1,  Sec.  2434.) 

(c)  On  Personal  Property  Repaired:  Any  mechanic  or  artisan 
who  makes,  alters,  or  repairs  any  article  of  personal  property  at  the 
request  of  the  owner  or  legal  possessor  has  a  lien  on  such  property 
for  his  just  and  reasonable  charge  for  his  work  done  and  material 
furnished,  and  may  retain  possession  of  it  until  charges  are  paid;  and 
if  not  paid  for  within  thirty  days  after  the  work  is  done  if  the  sum 
does  not  exceed  fifty  dollars,  (or  within  ninet37’  days  if  over  fifty  dol¬ 
lars)  such  mechanic  or  artisan  may  proceed  to  sell  the  property  so 
made,  altered,  or  repaired  at  public  auction,  by  giving  two  weeks 
public  notice  of  such  sale  in  some  newspaper  in  the  county  in  which 
the  work  was  done,  or  if  there  is  no  such  newspaper,  then  by  posting 
up  notice  in  three  of  the  most  public  places  in  the  county,  town,  or 
city;  and  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  shall  be  applied  first  to  the  dis¬ 
charge  of  the  lien  and  the  expenses  and  costs  of  keeping  and  selling 
the  property,  and  the  remainder,  if  any,  shall  be  paid  over  to  the 
owner  thereof.  (Con.  .Statutes,  Art.  1,  Sec.  2435.) 

(d)  I^aborer’s  Lien  on  Lumber  and  its  Products:  Every  person 
doing  the  work  of  cutting  or  sawing  logs  into  lumber,  getting  out  wood 
pulp,  acid  vrood,  or  tai\bark,  has  a  lien  upon  the  lumber  for  the  amount 
of  v/ages  due  him,  and  this  lien  has  priority  over  all  other  claims  or 
liens,  except  as  against  a  person  who  purchases  the  lumber  for  full 
value  and  without  receiving  notice  of  the  lien.  Provided  that  the 
laborer  who  is  due  wages  for  thirty  days  or  less  must  file  notice 
of  his  claim  before  the  nearest  justice  of  the  peace,  and  within  five 
days  after  send  a  copy  of  this  notice  to  the  owner;  or,  in  case  the 
ovmer  cannot  be  located,  attach  his  notice  to  the  lumber,  wood  pulp, 
etc.  upon  which  his  labor  was  performed.  Any  person  buying  the 
material  after  such  notice  has  been  filed  makes  himself  responsible 
for  the  lien;  but  to  secure  his  claim  on  the  owner  or  purchaser,  the 
laborer  must  commence  action  within  thirty  days  after  serving  notice. 
(Con.  Statutes,  Art.  1,  Sec.  2436.) 

(e)  Liens  and  Rights  of  Sub-Contractors  against  Owners  of 
Real  Estate.  All  sub-contractors  and  laborers  who  are  employed  to 
furnish  or  who  do  furnish  labor  or  material  for  building,  repairing, 
or  altering  any  house,  or  other  improvement  on  real  estate,  have  a 
lien  on  the  house  and  real  estate  for  the  amount  pf  the  labor.,  done 
or  material  furnished.  This  has  preference  over,  the  mecha,nics’  liem, 
when  due  notice' has  been  given,  (see  next  paragraph);,  but  the  sum 
total  of  all  liens  "due  subcontractors  and  material  men  must  not  exceed 


LABOR 


Par.  1304-B 


the  amount  clue  the  original  contractor  at  the  time  of  notice  given. 
(Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec.  2437.) 

(f)  Notice  to  Owners  of  Real  Estate.  Any  subcontractor,  labor¬ 
er,  or  material  man,  who  claims  a  lien  as  provided  in  the  preceding 
section,  may  give  notice  to  the  owner  or  lessee  of  the  real  estate 
who  makes  the  contract  at  any  time  before  the  settlement  with  the 
contractor;  and  if  the  owner  or  lessee  refuses  or  neglects  to  retain 
out  of  the  amount  due  the  contractor  under  the  contract  as  much 
as  is  due  or  claimed  by  the  subcontractor,  laborer,  or  material  man, 
he,  the  sub-contractor  etc.  may  proceed  to  enforce  his  lien;  and  after 
such  notice  is  given,  no  payment  to  the  contractor  shall  be  a  credit  on 
or  discharge  of  the  lien  herein  provided.  (Con.  .Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec. 
2438.) 

(g)  Contractor, s  Must  Furnish  Owners  With  Statement  of  Their 
Indebtedness.  Before  receiving  any  part  of  the  contract  price,  a  con¬ 
tractor  must  furnish  th^;  owner  or  his  agent  with  an  itemized  state¬ 
ment  giving  the  amoui.t  due  to  any  laborer,  mechanic,  or  artisan  fer 
wori^  perfoimed,  or  to  any  person  for  materials  furnished;  and  the 
owner  must  then  deduct  this  sum  from  the  money  due  the  contractor 
and  pay  it  directly  to  the  laborer,  etc.  This  itemized  statement  may  also 
be  furmshed  by  the  laborer  himself,  in  which  case  he  becomes  entit¬ 
led  to  all  the  liens  and  benefits  conferred  by  law  as  fui'y  as  if  the 
statement  were  iurnisljed  by  the  contractor.  (Con.  Statutes  of  N.  C., 
1920,  Art  2,  Sec.  2439 ).  It  is  not  necessary  to  file  such  a  lien  before 
a  justice  of  the  peace  cr  the  superior  court.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2, 
Sec.  2441.) 

(h)  Paynunt  Fro  Rata  in  Contracts  Carried  out  at  a  Loss.  If 
tLo.  amount  due  the  contractor  by  the  owner  is  insufficient  to  ])ay 
in  full  the  laborer,  mechanic,  or  artisan  for  his  labor,  and  the  material 
man  for  materials  furnished,  it  is  the  duty  of  the  owner  to  distribute 
the  amount  pro  rata  among  the  several  claimaints,  as  shown  by  the 
itemized  statement  furnished  him,  or  of  which  notice  has  been  given 
him  by  the  claimant.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec.  2442.) 

(i)  Laborer  or  Railroad  Contractor  may  Sue  Company.  V\^hen 
a  contractor  for  the  construction  of  part  of  a  railroad  is  indebted  to 
a  laborer  for  thirty  days  labor  or  less,  or  for  more  than  thirty  days 
to  any  person  furnishing  material;  such  laborer,  or  material  man  may 
give  notice  in  writing  to  the  company  of  such  indebtedness,  the  laborer 
within  twenty  days,  and  the  material  man  within  thirty  days  of  the 
service  rendered.  The  railway  -company  is  then  liable  for  the  sum 
due  provided  that,  if  action  at  law  is  taken,  it  is  commenced  within 
ninety  days  after  the  notice  is  served.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec. 
2444.) 

(j)  Laborer’s  Rights  under  Municipal  Contract.  Every  county, 
city,  town,  or  other  municipal  corporation  which  lets  a;  contract  for 


Par.  1304-C  SO^TAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


building,  repairing,  or  altering  any  building,  public  road,  or  street 
is  required  to  have  the  contractor  execute  a  bond  in  an  amount 
specified  according  to  the  value  of  the  contract.  Any  laborer  doing 
v/ork  on  such  building,  or  person  furnishing  material  for  it,  has  the 
right  to  sue  on  this  bond;  ?.nd  any  number  of  laborers  or  material 
men,  whose  claims  are  unpaid,  may  combine  in  one  suit  for  recovery 
of  the  amounts  due  them  respectively.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec. 
2445.) 

1304  C.  Liens  of  Dock  Laborers:  All  subcontractors  and  labor¬ 
ers  employed  in  discharging  or  loading  any  vessel  are  protected  by 
liens  on  the  vessel,  its  tackle,  apparel,  and  furniture,  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  laborers.  Notice  is  served  to  the  master,  agent,  or 
owner.  Enforcement  of  the  lien  is  a  summons  against  the  contractor 
or  stevedore,  and  also  against  the  master,  agent,  or  owmer  who  made 
the  contract.  Masters  and  owners  should  see  that  the  wages  due  the 
laborers  are  paid  before  they  make  final  settlement  with  the  con¬ 
tractor.  A  contractor  or  stevedore  making  false  oath  with  intent  to 
defraud  the  laborer  is  punishable  for  perjury.  Stevedores  must  be 
licensed,  pay  an  annual  tax  of  fifty  dollars,  and  execute  a  bond  in 
the  sum  of  two  thousand  dollars  conditioned  for  the  faithful  perform¬ 
ance  of  their  duties,  and  the  lawful  payment  of  all  sums  due  to 
laborers  assisting  in  the  loading  and  the  unloading  of  vessels.  (Con. 
Statutes,  Art.  8,  Sec.  2448.) 

1304  D.  Agricultural  Liens: 

(a)  Advance  for  Making  Crops:  Anyone  making  an  advance 
either  in  money  or  supplies  to  a  person  engaged  in  farming  has  a 
lien  on  the  crops  made  in  that  year,  in  preference  to  all  other  liens 
except  the  laborer’s  and  the  landlord’s.  Before  the  advance  is  made, 
an  agreement,  limiting  the  amount,  must  be  entered  into  in  writing, 
and  registered.  This  applies  also  to  mortgagors  and  trustors 
who  advance  money  or  supplies  for  the  cultivation  of  lands  mortgaged 
to  them  or  conveyed  in  trust.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2480.) 

(b)  Ten  Per  Cent  Allowed  on  Advances:  The  articles  advanced 
may  be  charged  for  at  ten  per  cent  above  the  retail  selling  price  in 
lieu  of  interest  on  the  advance,  but  if  more  is  charged,  the  lien  becomes 
null  and  void  as  to  the  article  or  articles  on  which  such  overcharge 
is  made.  The  cultivator  is  entitled  to  a  memorandum  showing  the 
cash  prices  paid.  In  case  of  dispute,  “cash  prices”  for  a  retail  mer¬ 
chant  mean  his  regular  sale  prices  for  cash;  for  a  landlord  or  other 
person,  the  average  struck  between  the  prices  of  two  neighboring  mer¬ 
chants,  of  whom  each  of  the  parties  may  select  one.  Any  attempt  at 
agreement  between  a  merchant  and  the  person  making  the  advance 
to  raise  the  price  of  the  articles  to  the  .cultivator  above  the  author- 
izezd  ten  per  ,  cent,  makes  the  lien  as  to  these  articles  null  and  void. 


LABOR 


Par.  13J4-E 


In  the  case  of  a  money  advance,  a  commission  of  not  more  thc.n 
ten  per  cent  in  lien  of  interest  may  be  added  to  the  snm  to  be  repaid 
(Con.  Statutes,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2482-3.) 

(c)  Credit  Unions  Making  Advances:  Where  the  money  is  ad¬ 
vanced  by  a  Credit  Union,  the  commission  goes  to  pay  for  the  inter¬ 
est  on  the  money  borrowed  by  the  Union  on  behalf  of  its  members, 
and  for  losses  and  running  expenses  incurred  by  it.  After  these 
have  been  met,  the  balance,  if  any,  must  be  returned  to  the  borrowers 
)  at  the  end  of  the  year.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2486.) 

<;d)  Liens  Valid  for  Face  Value:  All  liens  or  mortgages  made 
as  above  are  valid  for  their  face  value  in  the  hands  of  purchasers 
even  before  maturity,  though  the  charges  made  are  in  excess  of 
those  allowed;  but  in  such  cases  the  party  to  whom  the  advances 
are  made  has  the  right  to  recover  from  the  party  making  the  ad¬ 
vances  any  sum  he  may  be  compelled  to  pay  a  third  party  in  excess 
of  the  charges  allowed.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2487.) 

(e)  Forced  Sale  of  Crop  to  Recover  Advances:  In  case  a  cul¬ 
tivator  attempts  to  sell  his  crop  without  meeting  his  obligation  for 
advances,  the  person  holding  the  lien  may  make  affidavit  con¬ 
cerning  his  unpaid  claim  to  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court,  and  it  is 
then  lawful  for  the  clerk  to  issue  a  warrant  to  the  sheriffs  for  the 
seizure  of  the  crop,  and,  after  due  notice,  its  sale.  This  proceeding 
cannot  affect  the  rights  of  landlords  or  laborers.  Notice  to  the  sher¬ 
iff  within  thirty  days  of  such  sale,  and  affidavit  that  the  claim  is 
unjust,  constitutes  authority  to  the  sheriff  to  retain  the  proceeds  of 
the  sale  until  the  case  is  settled  in  the  succeeding  term  of  the  superior 
court  of  the  county.  (Con.  .Statutes,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2488.) 

(f)  Failure  to  Cultivate  Crop  Covered  by  Lien:  .  If  a  person  who 
has  given  a  lien  on  his  crops  for  advances  received,  fails  to  cultivate 
his  lands,  or  does  any  other  act  calculated  to  impair  the  security 
given,  then  the  person  holding  the  lien  is  relieved  from  any  further 
obligation  to  furnish  supplies,  and  the  advances  he  has  already  made 
become  collectable  at  once,  and  he  may  take  possesion  of,  cultivate, 
and  harvest  the  crops;  and,  after  ten  days  notice,  sell  the  other 
property  described  in  the  deed  of  agreement.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  9, 
Sec.  24  91.) 

(g)  Form  for  Agricultural  Liens:  The  majority  of  counties  in 
North  Carolina  have  agreed  to  a  legal  form  covering  a  lien  on  crops, 
a  chattel  mortgage  as  additional  security  thereto,  and  the  securing 
of  a  pre-existing  debt.  The  board  of  commissioners  of  these  counties 
is  authorized  to  keep  a  supply  of  these  forms  for  public  use.  (Con. 
Statutes  of  N.  C.  1920,  Art.  9,  Sec.  2490.) 

1304  E.  Lien  on  Assets  of  a  Corporation:  In  case  of  the  in- 


Par.  1304-F  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


solvency  of  a  corporation,  all  persons  doing  labor  or  service  of  what¬ 
ever  character  in  its  regular  employment  have  a  lien  upon  the  assets 
for  the  amount  of  wages  due  them  for  services  rendered  within  two 
months  of  time  preceding  the  institution  of  action  for  insolvency. 
This  lien  has  precedence  over  all  other  liens  against  the  assets.  (Con. 
Statutes,  Art.  8,  Sec.  1197.) 

1304  F.  Payment  by  Trustees:  A  tmstee,  after  paying  the  nec¬ 
essary  costs  of  the  administration  of  the  trust,  must  pay  as  speedily 
as  possible  (1)  all  debts  which  are  a  lien  upon  any  of  the  trust  prop¬ 
erty  in  his  hands,  to  the  extent  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the  property 
upon  which  such  debt  is  a  lien;  (2)  wages  due  to  workmen,  cl6rks, 
ti’aveling  or  city  salesmen,  or  servants,  which  have  been  earned  within 
three  months  before  registration  of  the  deed  of  trust  or  deed  of  as¬ 
signment,  and  (3)  all  other  debts  equally  ratable.  (Con.  Statutes, 
Art.  1,  Sec.  1618.) 

1304  G.  Issuing  Nontransferrable  Scrip  to  Laborers.  It  is  a 
misdemeanor  to  issue  in  payment  to  a  laborer  employed  by  the  day, 
week,  or  month  any  ticket,  certificate,  or  scrip  which  is  not  trans¬ 
ferable  by  him,  or  to  refuse  to  cash  any  such  paper  for  him  at  its 
face  value. 

1304  H.  Protection  of  Earnings  of  Employees  in  Interstate  Com¬ 
merce.  Employees  engaged  in  interstate  commerce  may  not  have  their 
earnings  garnished  or  attached  for  debt  by  action  in  tribunals  out¬ 
side  of  the  State,  but  are  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  courts  of  the 
State. 

1304  I.  Railway  Employees  Must  be  Paid  twice  a  Month.  All 
railway  corporations  operating  in  the  State  must  pay  their  employees 
at  least  twice  in  gach  month,  such  payment  to  be  made  either  in  cash, 
or  negotiable  cash  order,  or  check.  Exception  is  made  in  the  case  of 
repair  shops  employing  less  than  ten  persons. 

1305.  Laws  Regulating  Hours  of  Labor.  The  maximum  labor 
week  is  sixty  hours.  No  woman  or  minor  may  be  employed  longer 
than  that  time;  and,  without  extra  compensation,  no  adult  male.  Ex¬ 
ceptions  are  made  in  favor  of  engineers,  firemen,  switchmen,  and  re¬ 
pairers  of  breakdown.  (1915,  C.  148,  S.  2.) 

1305  A.  Sunday  Labor,  (a)  “On  the  Lord’s  day,  commonly 
called  Sunday,  no  tradesman,  artificer,  planter,  laborer,  or  other  per¬ 
son,  shall,  upon  land  or  water,  do  or  exercise  any  labor,  business,  or 
work  of  his  ord'uary  calling,  works  of  necessity  and  charity  alone*  ex¬ 
cepted;  nor  employ  himself  in  hunting,  fishing,  or  fowling,  nor  any 
game,  sport,  or  play,  upon  pain  that  every  person  so  offending,  being 
of  the  age  of  fourteen  years  and  upwards,  shall  forfeit  and  pay  one 
dollar.”  (Con.  Statutes,  Chap.  75,  Sec.  3955.) 


LABOR 


Par.  1305-C 


(b)  Operation  of  Trains  on  Sundays.  No  railroad  company  may 
peimiit  the  loading  or  unloading  of  any  freight  car  on  Sunday;  nor 
may  it  permit  any  car,  train  of  cars,  or  locomotive  to  be  run  on  Sun¬ 
day  on  any  railroad,  save  in  case  of  accident,  except  such  as  may  be 
run  (1)  for  the  purpose  of  transporting  the  United  States  mails, 
passengers  with  their  baggage,  and  ordinary  express  freight  in  ex¬ 
press  cars  exclusively,  and  (2)  for  the  purpose  of  transporting  fruits, 
vegetables,  live  stock,  and  perishable  freights.  Where  there  are  not 
sufficient  cars  of  live  stock  or  other  perishable  freights  to  make  a 
)  complete  train,  the  company  may  add  other  cars  to  complete  the 
same.  Solid  trains,  made  up  of  through  freight  cars,  reaching  on 
Sunday  any  point  upon  any  railroad  in  North  Carolina,  may  be  con¬ 
tinued  as  a  solid  through  freight  train  along  the  line  of  such  railroad 
through  the  State  of  North  Carolina,  without  stopping  the  train  for 
other  purposes  than  to  take  on  fuel  and  receive  necessary  running 
orders.  The  word  Sunday  in  this  section  can  be  construed  to  embrace 
only  that  portion  of  the  day  between  sunrise  and  sunset.  Trains  which 
started  on  Saturday,  may,  in  order  to  reach  the  terminus  or  shops, 
run  until  nine  o’clock  a.  m.  on  Sunday,  but  not  later,  nor  for  any 
other  purpose  than  to  reach  the  terminus  or  shops.  Any  railroad 
company  violating  the  provisions  of  this  section  is  guilty  of  a  mis¬ 
demeanor  in  each  county  in  which  such  car,  train  of  cars,  or  locomo¬ 
tive  runs,  or  in  which  any  such  freight  car  is  loaded  or  unloaded,  and 
upon  conviction  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  five  hundred  dollars  for 
each  offense.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  8,  Sec.  3480.) 

1305  B.  Public  Holidays.  The  first  day  of  January,  the  nine¬ 
teenth  of  January,  the  twenty-second  of  February,  the  Twelfth  of 
April,  the  tenth  of  May,  the  twentieth  of  May,  the  fourth  of  July,  the 
first  Monday  in  September,  the  eleventh  day  of  November,  the  Tues¬ 
day  after  the  first  Monday  in  November  when  a  general  election  is 
held,  the  day  appointed  by  the  Governor  as  a  thanksgiving  day,  and 
the  twenty-fifth  day  of  December  of  each  and  every  year,  are  de¬ 
clared  to  be  pubiic  holidays,  and  whenever  any  such  holidays  fall  upon 
Sunday  the  Monday  following  shall  be  a  public  holiday.  (Con.  Stat¬ 
utes,  ch.  75,  Sec.  3959.) 

1305  C,  Pdaximum  Hours  of  Service  for  Railway  employees.  It 
is  unlawful  for  any  common  carrier  to  require  or  permit  an  employee 
to  remain  on  duty  more  than  sixteen  consecutive  hours;  or  a  tele¬ 
phone  operator,  or  anyone  dealing  with  the  dispatch  of  trains,  for 
more  than  nine  consecutive  hours  in  any  twenty-four  hour  period,  in 
towns,  offices,  and  stations  operated  continuously  day  and  night;  or 
for  more  than  thirteen  hours  in  those  operated  only  during  the  day 
time.  In  case  of  emergency,  four  hours  may  be  added  to  these  periods 
in  each  twenty-four  hours,  but  not  on  more  than  three  days  in  any 
single  week.  Exceptions  are  also  made  for  cases  of  delay  due  to 


Par.  1306 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


unavoidable  accideiit,  and  for  the  crews  of  wrecking  and  relief  trains. 

1306.  Liability  of  Railroads  for  Injuries  to  Employees.  If  an 
employee  of  any  railioad  company  operating  in  North  Carolina  suf¬ 
fers  injury  or  death  in  the  service  of  the  company  owing  to  the  negli¬ 
gence,  carelessness,  or  incompetence  of  another  employee,  or  a  de¬ 
fect  in  the  machinery,  ways  or  appliances  of  the  company,  he,  or  in 
case  of  death,  his  representative,  is  entitled  to  maintain  an  action 
for  damages.  Any  contiact  or  agreement,  expressed  or  implied,  made 
by  an  employee  to  waive  the  benefit  of  this  section  is  null  and  void. 
(Con.  Statutes,  Art.  7,  Sec.  3465.) 

1306  A.  Assumption  of  Risk  as  Defense  Invalid.  The  fact  that 
an  employee  assumed  the  risk  of  his  employment  may  not  be  pleaded 
against  him  in  a  suit  for  damages.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  7,  Sec.  3468.) 

1306  B.  No  Contract  or  Rule  May  Exempt  Common  Carrier 
From  Liability.  All  such  contracts  or  rules  are  void.  A  common 
carrier,  however,  may  set  off  any  sum  it  has  contributed  for  the  in¬ 
surance,  or  relief  benefit  of  the  injured  person  or  his  representa¬ 
tive,  or  any  indemnity  it  has  paid  him.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  7,  Sec. 
33469.) 

1306  C.  Logging  Roards  and  Tramroads  Included  in  Liability. 
The  above  provisions  apply  to  these  also.  (Con.  Statutes,  Art.  7, 
3470.) 

1307.  Mining  Laws.  The  interests  of  the  owner  and  the  worker 
are  safeguarded  in  the  following  laws:- 

1307  A.  Lessor  not  Partner  of  Lessee.  No  lessor  of  property 
for  mining  purposes  can  be  held  as  a  partner  of  the  lessee  unless  it 
be  so  stipulated  in  the  contract  between  them. 

1307  B.  Operator  Must  Furnish  Timber.  The  owner,  agent,  or 
operator  of  every  coal  mine  must  keep  a  supply  of  timber  constantly 
on  hand,  and  deliver  the  same  to  the  working  place  of  the  miner;  and 
no  miner  can  be  held  responsible  for  an  accident  resulting  directly 
or  indirectly  from  the  failure  to  deliver  such  timber.  (Rev.,  S.  4932.) 

1307  C.  Unused  Mines  must  be  Fenced.  All  underground  entrances 
to  any  place  not  in  actual  course  of  w^orking  or  extension  must  be 
properly  fenced  across  the  whole  width  so  as  to  prevent  persons  from 
inadvertently  entering  the  same. 

1307  D.  Every  Seam  of  Coal  must  have  two  Outlets.  No  owner 
or  agent  of  any  coal  mine  worked  by  shaft  may  permit  any  person 
to  work  therein  unless  there  are,  to  every  seam  of  coal  worked  in 
such  mine,  at  least  two  outlets,  separated  by  natural  strata  of  not 
less  than  one  hundred  feet  in  breadth,  by  which  shafts  or  outlets 


LABOR 


Par.  1307-J 


distinct  means  of  ingress  and  egress  are  always  available  to  the  per¬ 
sons  employed  in  the  mine;  but  it  is  not  necessary  for  the  two  out¬ 
lets  to  belong  to  the  same  mine.  Exceptions  are  made  in  the  case 
of  opening  a  new  mine,  or  abandoning  an  old  one,  where  less  than 
twenty  men  are  employed.  Escapement  shafts  must  be  fitted  with 
safe  and  available  appliances  and  always  kept  in  good  working 
condition. 

1307  E.  Precautionary  Regulations  for  Hoisting-Engines.  These 
must  be  in  charge  of  experienced,  competent,  and  sober  engineers 
and  not  more  than  six  persons  may  ride  in  any  cage  or  car  at  any 
one  time,  and  no  person  on  a  loaded  cage  or  car. 

1307  F.  Ventilation.  Ventilation  of  not  less  than  one  hundred 
cubic  feet  per  minute  per  person  employed  in  the  mine  must  be  cir¬ 
culated  throughout  the  mine  in  such  manner  as  to  dilute,  render 
harmless,  and  expel  the  poisonous  and  noxious  gases  from  every 
working  place  in  the  mine. 

1307  G.  Daily  Examinations.  Every  working  place  must  be  ex¬ 
amined  every  moming  with  ,a  safety  lamp  by  a  competent  person 
before  any  workmen  are  allowed  to  enter  the  mine.  Safety  lamps 
must  be  the  property  of  the  operator,  under  competent  charge,  kept 
clean,  and  securely  locked,  unless  permission  be  given  to  the  mine 
foreman  to  have  the  lamps  used  unlocked. 

1307  II.  Reports  to  the  Inspector  of  Mines.  These  include  (1) 
weekly  measurements  of  ventilation  to  be  returned  on  the  first  of 
each  month;  (2)  notice  of  opening  a  new  shaft,  slope,  or  mine, 
abandonment  of  mine,  recommencing  of  work,  any  squeeze  or  crush 
which  affects  the  safety  of  the  workers,  or  the  occurence  of  a  fire; 
(3)  any  accident  or  explosion,  such  report  being  v/ithin  twenty-four 
hours  of  the  occurence,  and  containing  names  of  persons  injured  or 
killed,  and  extent  and  nature  of  the  damage;  (4)  before  the  thir¬ 
teenth  of  November  of  each  year,  a  correct  return  giving  up  to  the 
end  of  September,  the  quantity  of  coal,  iron  ore,  fire-clay,  limestone, 
or  other  mineral  product  obtained  during  the  year,  and  the  number 
of  persons  ordinarily  employed,  both  above  ground  and  below. 

1307  I.  Idabrlity  for  Injuries.  For  any  injury  to  person  or  prop¬ 
erty  occasioned  by  any  wilful  violation  of  the  above  provisions,  or 
wilful  failure  to  comply  with  them,  the  party  injured,  or,  in  case  of 
death,  his  representative,  has  the  right  to  bring  an  action  at  law. 

1307J.  Faiiishment  for  Violation.  Any  violation  of  the  regula¬ 
tions  of  the  mining  laws,  or  any  wilful  neglect,  or  interference,  or 
refusal  to  obey  orders,  vdiich  endangers  the  safety  of  others,  consti- 
jtutes  a  misdemeanor. 


Par.  18(>7-K  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


1307  K.  Duties  of  the  Inspector  of  Mines.  The  Commissioner 
of  Labor  and  Printing  is  also  Mine  Inspector,  (cf.  Par.  1301  A.)  It 
is  his  duty  to  examine  all  the  mines  in  the  .State  as  often  as  possible, 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  the  law  are  strictly  executed;  and 
for  this  purpose  he  is  authorized  to  entei'  a  mine  at  any  reasonable 
time.  When  an  accident  occurs,  resulting  in  death,  he  must  at  once 
go  to  the  mine  where  it  occurs  or  send  his  representative,  and  make 
a  written  report  on  the  accident.  He  must  keep  a  record  of  his  ex¬ 
amination  of  mines,  and  embody  as  much  of  this  as  he  considers  to 
be  of  public  interest,  in  his  annual  report.  In  case  of  dispute  with 
the  owner  or  operator  of  a  mine  he  may  call  upon  the  Governor  for 
counsel.  He  must  institute  action  in  the  name  of  the  State  when 
necessary  to  compel  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the  law. 

1308.  Laws  for  Protection  of  Employers,  and  the  Public.  Under 
this  head  the  following  may  be  included. 

1308  A.  Inducing  Employees  to  Leave  their  Service. 

(a)  It  is  a  misdemeanor  for  any  person  to  entice  away  and  pro¬ 
cure  any  servant  who  has  contracted  orally  or  in  writing  to  serve  an¬ 
other  employer;  or  knowingly  to  harbor  and  detain  a  servant  who 
has  unlawfully  left  the  service  of  his  employer. 

(b)  Enticing  Seaman  from  Vessel.  It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  in¬ 
duce  any  seaman  in  the  ports  of  North  Carolina  who  is  in  the  em¬ 
ployment  of  any  domestic  or  foreign  vessel,  to  leave  his  vessel  before 
his  term  of  service  has  expired. 

(c)  Secreling  or  Harboring  Deserting  Seamen.  It  is  a  misde¬ 
meanor  to  secrete  or  harbor  any  deserting  seaman;  and  if  such  sea¬ 
man  is  found  concealed  on  any  person’s  premises,  this  fact  is  deemed 
prima  facie  evidence  that  such  person  knew  the  man  to  be  a  deserter. 

A  justice  of  the  peace  is  authorized  to  issue  a  search  warrant  to 
look  for  a  deserting  seaman  whenever  a  credible  witness  makes  com¬ 
plaint  on  oath  that  such  deserter  is  being  concealed  on  the  premises 
of  any  person. 

1308  B.  Influencing  Employees  to  Violate  Duties. 

(a)  Offering  or  accepting  gratuity  or  commissions.  Any  person 
who  gives,  offers,  or  promises  to  an  agent,  employee,  or  servant  any 
gift  or  gratuity  whatever  with  intent  to  influence  his  action  in  re¬ 
lation  to  his  principal’s,  employer’s,  or  master’s  business;  and  any 
agent,  employee,  or  servant  who  requests  or  accepts  such  gift,  offer, 
or  promise  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  punishable  at  the  discre¬ 
tion  of  the  court.  It  is  likewise  a  misdemeanor  for  any  agent  or 
employee-authorized  to  -  purchase  material  -or  -employ '-labor -for- his 
principal- to  accepl  directly  or  indirectly  a  commission,  discount,-or 
bonus  from  the  person  making  the  sale,  furnishing  the  'material,  or 


LABOR 


Par.  1308-E 


performing  the  labor,  or  for  such  person  to  give  or  offer  the  same. 

(b)  Witness  Required  to  Give  Self-Incriminating  Evidence  in 
Regard  to  Gratuities  or  Commissions.  No  person  may  be  excused 
from  attending,  testifying,  or  producing  books,  papers,  contracts, 
agreements,  and  other  documents  before  any  court  having  jurisdic¬ 
tion  of  the  crime  denounced  in  the  preceding  section,  on  the  ground 
that  his  evidence  may  incriminate  him  and  subject  him  to  penalty; 
but  such  cannot  involve  him  in  liability  for  other  suits,  civil  or  criminal. 

1308  C.  Operating  Trains  and  Street  Cars  While  Intoxicated. 
Any  train  dispatcher,  telegraph  operator,  engineer,  fireman,  flagman, 
brakeman,  switchman,  conductor,  motorman,  or  other  employee  of 
any  steam,  street,  suburban,  or  interurban  railway  company,  who  is 
intoxicated  while  engaged  in  running  or  operating,  or  assisting  in 
running  or  operating  any  railway  train,  shifting  engine,  or  street 
or  other  electric  car,  is  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
shall  be  fined  or  imprisoned,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court.  (Rev. 
3758;  Code  s.  1972;  1891,  c.  114;  1871-72,  c.  138,  s.  38;  1907,  c.  330.) 

1308  D.  Tax  upon  Emigrant  Agents.  Every  person,  firm,  or 
corporation  engaged  in  procuring  laborers  for  employment  out  of  the 
State,  must  pay  an  annual  license  tax  of  two  hundred  dollars  for  each 
county  in  which  such  person,  firm,  or  corporation  does  business,  the 
same  to  be  collected  by  the  sheriff.  (For  interpretations  of  this  law 
see  Lane  v.  Comrs.  134-443.  State  v.  Roberson,  136-587.  State  v. 
More,  113-697.) 

1308  E.  Persons  Exempted  from  Jury  Duty.  All  practicing  phy¬ 
sicians,  licensed  druggists,  telegraph  operators  who  are  in  the  regular 
employ  of  any  telegraph  or  railroad  company,  train  dispatchers  who 
have  the  actual  handling  of  either  freight  or  passenger  trains,  regu¬ 
larly  licensed  pilots,  regular  ministers  of  the  gospel,  officers  or  em¬ 
ployees  of  a  State  hospital  for  the  insane,  active  members  of  a  fire 
company,  funeral  directors  and  embalmers,  printers  and  linotype  op¬ 
erators,  all  millers  of  grist  mills,  all  United  .States  railway  postal 
clerks  and  rural  free  delivery  mail  carriers,  locomotive  engineers  and 
railroad  conductors  in  active  service,  and  all  members  of  the  National 
Guard  of  North  Carolina  who  comply  with  and  perform  all  duties 
required  of  them  as  members,  are  exempt  from  service  as  jurors. 
(Con.  Statutes,  Art.  2,  Sec.  2329.) 


I 


I 

► 

( •' 


r. 


rt  :Y  ^  ^ 


■  ij  A;:  •  ’;<'i  lo  ,  .v’ ! 


-io  ^  v  .  f  : 

r;f  ootnlii  i  i  y  '  j!inimi-:'<r'!-V.  i'^  ‘.  '•f;.!  a  ?  -  ; 


r 

•Ay..  ■  ■ 

vt’r.r 

[  r,( 

-■■il";/';  k' 

1  Vt 

( ■/  . 

li.rucs'm 

Off] 

r*C  :■ 

•  »v-  t 

fif:' 

.t  '  fi'  ’iM 

>■■ 

•h  ji il’i  ■  / 

,  ,  Y  ) 

•» ' . ;« 

A  n 

1  -■  « 

^ '  '*  -‘n  '>  ''i  •''  t’  i-  “i ;  ff'  h  ■■  :T  ?  A  f(. 

in. 


'.d'  ’;.• 

,  ■'  j-.iL 


A  ■  •VA  ‘r 

•>  ■  '  *  ■ 

e:  oK’^/  ,’.:/ii5o  Y'ctv  y/vw 


j!  A 

''  ;<■  ,-1 

.{  ■t/lcV'.ri 

hit; 

•••<  *.-T  ' 

■^rrr*  Y-  >  ‘ 

*  t.j  i:  *\  * 

; 

■'!;  ;:iv*  -:'  '..rr'A 

rTftYr^  ' 

■'  .  A  •  'Y.-'  •  '* 

7  r’;j<f'*r'Ti.rf;r 

■'.A  ,.'■!«*.<' 

A;t4 

P.':0 

<  ..?  f>A 

[•!■  ."Y Y-.A, 

■ii;^7  V" 

'■  T-y'-.'-.x-Jl 

.V  r.  ir  {‘r  .-■'■■  ' 

'A'i'^  aiiiJ  2u  ■  :• 

•>r  ^  'v  . 


"j  y  ’l 

A  :' '  ;■  >c  '■'  7A*t?®  to 

>-.ho 

:  -f  *  "ff  Ihi-iii 

,  .,  r  :  ’A  _ 

:..a: 

1'.  ?K'  :> 

,  ,  ,'i »  t  *7 ^  ■  .  t*  f  • 

q  ai  h 

-fi.>  rstj. 

'  •  f-r  " 


p7. 
iX.'  - 

.  % 


•V'/Vh  J  iuoA  51/ fK--JJvr 

< 'ji::"  .-j  soci  .-■  f  ^  :j:v-  »  ^  m  t 

• .a3:7iV*^iVo  -  ‘'-q  .y.-:i^y''i'.  .y.hx-r  '.,  i-.- 'i.:5?r!r' 

■'  •!  ■'  I  Jffo  ^rt^rn'/ "it'fTT'  -r’^-  '■  .•■'.:•• 

•io'^  ■'4'V  ijf;;  ,, .: 

:•  i  ^  •r'frtr-- :  ■(.>  i  , 

rr'  ‘  '  ■  ■' 

■  .■;  .•;:<i:"  "..rjo  A  .v  - 

-  'V^cj  ,?][': a  .yJiKi  y’rj'f  .H 

''■*• '-f'- '  A  j1<.  ^  •■>•:•;  ^A■■ 

(-•':/  •-/  J*- 

--.'Y, yt  ..•,.^:(n;’ '.  ,  v,^-  Ai 

-.  •  1y  .  '  C;7r>;>  V*-.  ••'■'«■•:< t'.'^i,'.'-  v '■ 

h  7o  ft*r7*Kn*'r.i  vria  ■,  7  ’  . 

•  ffi->  t>A ?;  Y.7‘3'irrp;'!  .?•  •.  'ii- *.  ., 

fnr-.'q  yr-7/f'}.v>  »;[•.•:  /  ^j.tn  > 

^  *fi5 

;.'yVOftpy.  ^Jiif  gT4^A;rA^;f  f'-t;  f,rrH  •:'  'V, ’*  . 

'"■  .0 


rvV 


■‘i' 


"*  ■ ;  *1 

Vy  /  Y  •**  '  ;'f4‘ 

■  ■.liiS'rf. 

'  fxi'?A»s  ^ 'd  ■^y$4- 

i^AI'  -.Y)'. 

d:  r'f  V‘Y(.' 

'  A  ,  •:» 

I'M  ',•: 

'•.■  'A:  . 

■■■,..  i  '  '  '• 

'  f,.-  '--'  hc  > 

r::-  '  •: 

.Av*rH/A:, 

.’  [j-i.  "fi./r!*  *■'«;  r’  .'■  •,  ,  ;  ■!,x<>7  t' 

."'•rtur  i5ff  f<ioiv'5  >-  *•}»:•(  -  0  • 


ifrx  >ui,  art'  ; 


I  • 


••  . 


M  E  M  O  R  a: 


-  yirr 


Ml,."'''.*  i  i  ■ 


•ft;. 


■  *  ^  t 


T\. 


» 


v>/. 

;i 


,•  r'r 


.*•  •  I 


■  ,  u-  ■  7  S  '; 


j  •  '  '■  ; 


r-.  .,t.‘ 


■V,'  ;,1  • 

•  V..  '.■  I 


%i>.\  V^'itTi 


\?  -  •  ’  1  '.t  i; 

n/‘i 

fA%jf!o;VS*iV  jr  tr;  : 

1  "  T-  . 

.  •  .  ;  Vi' 


'  f  '■••  ; 

<|t«v  ''A' 


■  t  ;,f  -  ■*  ' 


*  J  't  { .  ^ 


:',yty  ■'■  n  c. 


ft- 


vr 


.  ^  .f  ■  I '  s  K>'.  ii.mx'«3  : 

Sjr  *--;  “■'  -v''  -  ' 


•r ,  Jakx«it«-i;-K 


'iir 

mi. 


;•  ■  '.)  y 
r  .v.»i" 


1.- 

•  I 


■■  fa-  ■'■^r.  '■ 

_ ^tc  tin.  • 

'  -  ‘  •  '  '  • 
ibi!- '  (  ■  ;■*■  tc)  ^•'  •■■J 4.  I'r  i'or-  ' 

-  . .  .i'-  - 1  A‘.  .  :  .  -.h,:  *?-: .  ;  i  -  v 

1  t  ■  -’•.•'tv  ' 


:  .. 
.. '  »••  • 


ti 


1.  .Ill, 


■^1,  --j 


aA«i  W-.- 


■•.< .  • 
1  ) 


T;,  , 


t  f  *  <  ^ 

Ccttn. 


Kt- 


MEMO  R"a  N  D  U  M  L 


V*-. 


I 


A  . 

■  ■ 


A  « 


r  rv 


CHAPTER  XIV 

Mental  Defectives  and  Insane 


Par.  1401 


I.  Law  and  Administration 


1401.  Commitment  of  the  Insane:  The  methods  of  arrest,  con- 
finement,  and  detention  of  insane,  feeble-minded,  epileptic  and  alco¬ 
holics,  and  the  principal  laws  relative  to  the  admission  of  a  patient 
to  the  State  hospitals  are  as  follows: 

(a).  Affidavit  of  Insanity:  Some  respectable  citizen,  residing 
in  the  county  of  the  alleged  insane  person,  shall  make  before  and 
file  with  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  of  the  county  an  affidavit  in 
writing,  which  shall  be  substantially  in  the  following  form: 

State  of  North  Carolina, . County. 

The  undersigned,  residing  in  said  county,  makes  oath  that  he  has 

carefully  examined  . and  believes  him  to  ba 

an  insane  person,  and  to  be,  in  the  opinion  of  the  undersigned,  a  fit 
subject  for  admission  into  a  hospital  for  the  insane. 


Dated .  day  of 


Sworn  and  subscribed  before  me. 


,A.  D . 

. Affiant. 


Clerk  Superior  Court. 

(Par.  4575  Rev.  1905). 

(b).  Order  for  Examination:  Whereupon,  unless  the  pei*son  in 
whose  care  or  custody  the  insane  person  is,  will  agree  to  bring  him  be¬ 
fore  the  clerk  without  a  warrant,  or  unless  the  clerk  is  of  the  opinion 
that  it  will  be  injurious  to  the  insane  person  to  be  brought  before  him, 
the  clerk  shall  issue  a  precept,  directed  to  the  sheriff  or  other  lawful 
officer,  substantially  in  the  following  form: 

State  of  North  Carolina,  to  the  Sheriff  or  other  lawful  offi¬ 
cer  of . County — 

Greeting: 

Whereas,  information  on  oath,  has  been  laid  before  me  that 

. is  insane,  you  are  hereby  commanded  to  bring 

him  before  me  within  the  next  ten  days  that  necessary  proceedings 
may  be  had  thereon. 

Given  under  my  hand . day  of . .  A.  D . 


(Par.  4576  Rev.  1905). 


Clerk  Superior  Court. 


Par.  1402 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(c) .  Examination  before  Clerk.  If  the  alleged  insane  person  be 
confined  in  jail  otherwise  than  for  crime,  the  sheriff  shall  remove  him 
from  the  jail  upon  the  order  from  the  clerk.  Upon  his  being  brought 
before  him,  the  clerk  shall  call  to  his  assistance  the  county  physician, 
or  some  other  licensed  and  reputable  phycisian,  resident  of  the  State, 
and  shall  proceed  to  examine  into  the  condition  of  mind  of  the  alleged 
insane  person.  He  shall  take  the  testimony  of  at  least  one  licensed 
physician,  resident  of  the  State;  and,  if  possible,  of  a  member  of  the 
family,  or  some  friend  or  person  acquainted  with  the  alleged  insane 
person,  who  has  had  opportunities  to  observe  him  after  such  insanity 
is  said  to  have  begun.  (Par.  4577  Rev.  1905). 

(d) .  Discharge  or  Commitment.  If  the  clerk,  <af ter  the  examina¬ 
tion  and  hearing  of  the  testimony,  shall  decide  that  the  person  is 
sane,  he  shall  forthwith  discharge  him.  If  he  shall  decide  that  the 
person  is  insane,  and  some  friend,  as  he  may  do,  will  not  become  bound 
with  good  security,  in  an  amount  to  be  fixed  by  the  clerk,  to  restrain 
him  from  committing  injuries,  and  to  keep,  support  and  take  care  of 
him  until  the  cause  for  confinement  shall  cease,  he  shall  direct  the  in¬ 
sane  person  to  be  removed  to  the  proper  hospital  as  a  patient,  and  to 
that  end  he  shall  direct  a  warrant  to  the  sheriff,  or  other  officer, 
and  at  the  same  time  shall  transmit  to  the  proper  board  of  directors 
the  examination  of  the  witness,  and  the  statement  of  such  facts  as 
he  shall  deem  pertinent  to  the  subject  matter,  which  warrant  shall 
be  substantially  as  follows; 

State  of  North  Carolina,  to  the  Sheriff  or  other  lawful  officer 
of . County — 

Greeting: 

Whereas,  it  has  been  made  to  satisfactorily  appear  to  me 
.  clerk  of  the  superior  court  of  said  county, 

that  . .  a  citizen  of  the  State,  is  an 

insane  person,  that  he  has  a  legal  settlement  in  said  county,  and  is 
a  fit  subject  for  a  State  hospital,  and  that  his  being  at  large  is 
injurious  to  himself  and  disadvantageous  if  not  dangerous  to  the 

community,  you  are  hereby  commanded  to  take  the  said . 

. ,  and  convey  him  to  the  proper  hospital,  and  there 

deliver  him  to  the  superintendent  thereof  for  safe-keeping. 

Given  under  my  hand  this . day  of . ,  A.  D . 


Clerk  of  Superior  Court. 

(Par.  4578  Rev.  1905). 

1402.'  Patient  may  be  Examined  at  his  Home:  If  the  clerk  of 
the  court  be  of  the  opinion  that  it  may  be  injurious  to  the  alleged 
insane  person  to  be  brought  before  him,  he  shall  proceed  to  his  resi¬ 
dence  and  take  the  examination  there  (Par.  4579,  Rev.  1905.) 


MENTAL  DEFECTIVES  AND  INSANE 


Par.  1408 


1403.  Justice  of  the  Peace  may  Examine  instead  of  Clerk':  In 
a  case  of  emergency,  when  for  any  reason  the  clerk  of  the  court  can 
not  go  or  is  absent  from  the  county,  then  any  justice  of  the  peace  is 
authorized  to  proceed  in  like  manner  by  taking  the  testimony  of  the 
physician  and  other  witnesses,  and  to  report  the  same  to  the  clerk. 
If  the  clerk  is  satisfied  that  the  alleged  insane  person  is  a  fit  subject 
for  a  hospital  for  the  insane,  he  shall  issue  an  order  for  his  commit¬ 
ment. 

1404.  Justice  may  Commit  in  Emergency:  In  case  of  great 
emergency  or  inconvenience,  a  justice  of  the  peace  may  commit  a 
patient  to  a  hospital  for  the  insane,  and  the  superintendent  is 
authorized  to  receive  him,  but  the  justice  shall  procure  an  order  from 
the  clerk  to  be  forwarded  to  the  superintendent  within  thirty  days. 

1405.  Clerk  to  keep  a  Record:  The  clerk  must  keep  a  record 
of  all  examinations  of  persons  alleged  to  be  insane,  giving  a  brief 
summary  of  the  proceedings  and  of  his  findings,  and  whenever  a 
justice  of  the  peace  shall  transmit  to  the  clerk  a  report  of  his  pro¬ 
ceedings.  when  he  shall  have  examined  a  person  under  the  powers 
granted  him.  the  clerk  shall  make  a  record  of  these  also.  Furthermore 
he  shall  keep  a  record  of  ah  probations  and  discharges. 

1406.  Superintendent  in  doubt  as  to  Receiving  Patient:  When¬ 
ever  an  insane  person  be  conveyed  to  any  hospital,  and  the  superin¬ 
tendent  is  in  doubt  as  to  the  pronriety  of  his  admission,  he  may 
convene  any  three  of  the  board  of  directors  of  his  hoepital,  who  shall 
constitute  a  board  for  the  purpose  of  examining  and  deciding  if  such 
person  is  a  proper  subject  for  admission;  and  if  a  majority  of  the 
board  so  decide,  then  he  shall  be  admitted;  but  a  like  board  may  at 
any  time  thereafter  deliver  him  to  any  friend  who  will  become  bound 
with  good  surety  to  restrain  him  from  committing  injuries,  and  to 
keen,  maintain,  and  take  care  of  him,  in  the  same  manner  as  he 
might  have  become  bmmd  under  the  authority  of  the  clerk  of  the 
court.  (Par.  4590  Rev.  1905). 

1407.  Superintendent  may  refuse  to  Receive  Patient  Exposed 
to  Disease:  The  superintendent  of  the  hospital  may  refuse  to 
receive  a  patient  when  he  shall  have  reliable  information  that  the 
patient  has  recently  been  exposed  to  infectious  or  contagious  disease, 
or  has  come  from  a  quarantined  community.  Whenever  a  patient  is 
rejected  for  these  reasons,  the  superintendent  shall  make  a  record  of 
the  application,  and  as  soon  as,  in  his  opinion,  the  danger  has  been 
removed,  he  shall  notify  the  sheriff  of  the  county,  and  admit  the 
patient  into  his  hospital. 

(Par.  4591  Rev.  1905). 

1408.  Preparation  of  Patient  for  Admission  to  Hospital: 
Every  sheriff  t>r  other  person  bringing  a  patient  to  a  hospital  shall 


Par.  1409 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


see  that  he  is  clean,  free  from  contagious  disease  and  vermin,  and 
that  he  has  clothing  proper  for  the  season  of  the  year,  and  in  all 
cases  two  full  suits  of  underclothing. 

1409^.  Admission  of  Patilent  on  own  Application:  Any  person 
believing  himself  to  be  of  unsound  mind,  or  threatened  with  insanity, 
may  voluntarily  commit  himself  to  the  proper  hospital.  The  applica¬ 
tion  for  commitment  shall  be  in  the  form  following: 

State  of  North  Carolina,  County  of . 

I,  . a  resident  of . 

county.  North  Carolina,  being  of  mind  capable  of  signifying  my  wishes, 
do  hereby  solicit  admission  as  a  patient  in  the  State  hospital  at 

. for  such  a  period  of  time  as  the  board 

of  directors  and  the  superintendent  may  deem  necessary;  and  I  agree 
in  all  respects  to  conform  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  said  institu¬ 
tion  during  the  period  which  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  superintend¬ 
ent  and  board  of  directors. 


Attest . 

This  application  shall  be  accompanied  by  the  certificate  of  a  li¬ 
censed  physician,  which  certificate  shall  state  that  in  the  opinion  of  the 
physician  the  applicant  is  a  fit  subject  for  admission  into  a  hospital, 
and  that  he  recommends  his  admission..  .  The  certificate  of  the  clerk 
of  the  superior  court  need  not  accompany  this  application.  The  super¬ 
intendent  may,  if  he  think  it  a  proper  application,  receive  the  patient 
thus  voluntarily  committed,  and  treat  him  until  the  next  meeting  of 
the  board  of  directors,  or  of  the  executive  committee,  and  shall  re¬ 
port  the  application  and  admission  to  the  first  meeting  of  either  of 
these  boards,  and  if  either  of  them  approve  his  admission,  the  patient 
shall  be  considered  as  having  been  regularly  committed,  and  shall 
in  all  respects  be  treated  as  such.  No  report  need  be  made  to  the 
clerk  of  the  court  of  his  county  for  settlement.  The  superintende-^'" 
and  board  of  directors  shall  have  the  same  control  over  patients  who 
commit  themselves  voluntarily  as  they  have  over  those  committed 
under  the  regular  proceedings  hereinbefore  provided;  and  no  vol¬ 
untary  patient  shall  be  entitled  to  a  discharge  until  he  shall  have 
given  the  superintendent  ten  days’  notice  of  his  desire  to  be  discharged. 
(Par.  4593  Rev.  1905). 

1410.  Commitment  of  Insane  to  Jail:  When  any  person  is  found 
to  be  insane  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  and  he  cannot  be 
immediately  admitted  to  the  proper  hospital,  and  when  he  is  also 
found  to  be  subject  to  such  acts  of  violence  as  threaten  injury  to  him¬ 
self  and  danger  to  the  community,  and  he  cannot  otherwise  be  prop¬ 
erly  restrained,  he  may  be  temporarily  committed  to  the  county  jail 
until  a  more  suitab^  provision  can  be  made  for  his  case.  (Par.  4594 


MENTAL  DEFECTIVES  AND  INSANE 


Par.  1416 


Rev.  1905;  see  also  Consol  Statutes,  Chap.  101  Sec.  57  1919). 

1411.  Idiots  not  Admitted:  No  idiot  shall  be  committed  to  any 
State  hospital,  and  for  the  purpose  of  this  chapter  an  idiot  is  defined 
to  be  a  person  born  deficient  in  mind. 

1412.  Priority  Given  to  Indij^ent  Patients;  Payment  Required 
from  Others:  In  the  admission  of  patients  to  any  State  hospital, 
priority  of  admission  shall  be  .^iven  to  the  indigent  insane;  but  the 
board  of  directors  may  resrulate  admissions,  having  in  view  the  cur¬ 
ability  of  patients,  the  welfare  of  the  institutions,  and  the  exigencies 
of  particular  cases.  The  board  of  directors  may,  if  there  be  suffi¬ 
cient  room,  admit  other  than  indigent  patients  upon  the  payment  of 
proper  compensation.  If  any  inmate  of  a  State  hospital  require  private 
apartments,  extras,  or  private  nurses,  the  directors,  if  practicable; 
shall  provide  the  same  at  a  fair  price  to  be  paid  by  such  patient. 
Upon  the  death  of  any  non-resident  patient,  the  .State  hospital  may 
maintain  an  action  against  his  estate  for  his  support  and  mainten¬ 
ance  for  a  period  of  five  years  prior  to  his  death. 

1413.  Attendant  to  Convey  Patient  to  Hospital:  Whenever  any 
insane  person  shall  be  entitled  to  admission  into  any  of  the  hospitals 
of  the  State,  and  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court,  justice  of  the  peace, 
or  other  officer  authorized  by  law  to  find  such  person  insane  has  so 
found,  and  has  been  notified  that  he  will  be  admitted  into  the  hospital, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerk  or  justice  of  the  peace  forthwith  to 
notify  the  superintendent,  giving  the  race,  name,  sex,  and  age  of  the 
patient,  and  it  shall  then  be  the  duty  of  the  superintendent  to  send 
an  attendant  to  convey  him  to  the  hospital.  Such  an  attendant  shall 
have  all  such  rights  as  the  sheriff  or  other  officer  heretofore. 

1414.  Person  Conveying  Patient  to  Hospital  without  Authority: 

No  sheriff  or  other  person  shall  convey  a  patient  to  any  hospital  with¬ 
out  having  ascertained  that  the  patient  will  be  admitted,  and  if  any 
sheriff  or  other  person  shall  carry  a  patient  to  a  hospital  without  hav¬ 
ing  ascertained  that  the  patient  will  be  admitted,  and  the  patient  is 
not  admitted,  he  shall  be  required  to  convey  the  patient  back  to  the 
county  of  his  settlement,  and  he  shall  not  be  repaid  by  the  county  or 
hospital  for  the  expenses  incurred  in  carrying  him  to  and  from  the 
hospital. 

1415.  Appointment  of  Guardians  for  Inmates  of  State  Hospitals: 
Upon  the  hearing  before  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  of  an  appli¬ 
cation  for  the  appointment  of  a  guardian  for  the  person  or  estate  of 
any  person  alleged  to  be  insane,  the  certificate  of  the  superintendent 
of  any  State  hospital  certifying  under  oath  before  any  notary  public 
or  clerk  of  court,  that  the  alleged  lunatic  is  an  inmate  of  his  hospital, 
and  that  he  believes  that  he  is  an  insane  person,  shall  be  sufficient 
evidence  upon  which  the  clerk  of  the  court  may  adjudge  •  him  to  be 


Par.  1416 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  FORTH  CAROLINA 


insane,  and  appoint  a  guardian  for  his  property  or  person,  or  for 
both,  and  in  such  cases  an  inquest  of  lunacy  shall  not  be  necessary. 
(Par.  4609  Rev.  1905). 

1416.  Insanity  among  Non-Residents  and  Aliens: 

(a)  Resident  of  Another  County:  If  a  man  becomes  suddenly 
or  violently  insane  in  another  county  than  his  own,  the  proper  author¬ 
ities  shall  send  him  to  that  hospital  to  which  he  would  have  been 
sent  had  he  been  taken  ill  at  his  home,  and  the  expenses  of  his 
examination  and  commitment  shall  be  borne  by  the  county  of  his  resi¬ 
dence.  (Par.  4582,  4583  Rev  1905). 

(b)  Resident  of  Another  State:  In  the  case  of  the  resident  of 
another  State  being  found  insane,  the  clerk  of  the  court  shall  notify 
the  governor  of  the  state  to  which  he  belongs,  and  in  the  meantime 
the  insane  person  shall  be  confined  or  restrained  in,  but  not  commit¬ 
ted  to  a  state  hospital.  If  his  state  fail  to  send  for  him,  the  county 
commissioners  concerned  shall  cause  him  to  be  conveyed  thither  and 
delivered  to  the  sheriff  of  his  own  county,  or  to  the  superintendent  of 
any  State  hospital,  and  the  county  in  which  he  has  been  found  insane 
shall  bear  the  cost  of  this  removal  and  commitment.  (Par.  4584; 
Rev.  1905). 

(c)  Resident  of  a  Country  other  than  the  United  States:  In  the 
case  of  a  person  who  is  not  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  being  found 
insane,  the  clerk  of  the  court  shall  notify  the  Governor,  conveying 
such  information  as  is  pertinent  to  the  case  together  with  a  copy  of 
the  examination,  and  the  Governor  shall  transmit  the  same  to  the 
Secretary  of  State  at  Washington,  D.  C.,  with  the  request  that  he 
inform  the  minister  resident  or  plenipotentiary  of  the  country  of 
which  the  insane  person  is  supposed  to  be  a  citizen.  (Par.  4595j 
Rev,  1905.) 

1417.  None  but  Bona  Fide  Residents  Admitted  to  Hospitals:  No 
clerk  of  the  court  or  justice  of  the  peace  shall  commit  to  a  hospital 
any  person  who  is  not  a  bona  fide  citizen  and  resident  of  the  State; 
and  no  person  who  has  removed  into  North  Carolina  from  another 
state  while  insane  shall  be  deemed  a  resident  or  citizen,  and  no  length 
of  residence  in  the  state  of  a  person  who  was  insane  at  the  time  he 
moved  into  it  shall  be  sufficient  to  make  that  person  a  citizen  or  resi¬ 
dent  of  North  Carolina  within  the  meaning  of  the  law.  (Par.  4587, 
Rev.  1905). 

1418.  Clerk’s  Duty  to  Ascertain  Legal  Residence  of  Patient: 
In  every  examination  of  an  alleged  insane  person,  it  shall  be  the  duty 

of  the  clerk  or  justice  of  the  peace  to  inquire  particularly  whether 
the  party  examined  is  a  resident  of  North  Carolina,  and  he  shall  state 

his  findings  upon  the  subject  in  his  report  to  the  superintendent  of 
the  hospital. 


MENTAL  DEFECTIVES  AND  INSANE 


Par.  1452 


1419.  Where  Legal  Residence  Cannot  be  Ascertained:  If  it  is 
not  possible  to  ascertain  the  legal  residence  of  the  alleged  insane 
person,  and  the  clerk  or  justice  of  the  peace  be  of  the  opinion  that 
he  is  a  resident  of  the  State,  within  the  meaning  of  the  law,  he  shall 
state  that  he  was  unable  to  ascertain  the  legal  residence  in  question, 
and  shall  commit  him  to  the  hospital  of  his  district.  (Par.  4588 
Rev.  1905). 

1420.  Concerning  Patients  Released  on  Bond:  Whenever  it  is 
made  to  appear  to  the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  of  the  county  of 
settlement  of  an  insane  person  released  on  bond  that  the  conditions 
of  the  bond  are  not  faithfully  complied  with,  he  shall  send  him  back 
to  the  proper  hospital,  unless  some  other  responsible  and  discreet 
friend  will  undertake  to  fulfil  the  duties  of  caring  for  him  under 
bond.  When  an  insane  person  is  thus  sent  back,  he  cannot  be  delivered 
on  any  new  bond  of  the  defaulting  obligor.  (Par.  4592  Rev.  1905). 

1421.  Duty  to  Discharge:  It  is  the  duty  of  the  board  of  county 
commissioners,  by  proper  order  to  that  effect,  to  discharge  any  ascer¬ 
tained  insane  person  in  their  county,  not  admitted  to  the  appropriate 
hospital,  and  not  committed  for  crime,  when  it  shall  appear  upon  the 
certificate  of  two  respectable  physicians,  and  the  chairman  of  their 
board,  that  such  insane  person  ought  to  be  discharged  from  a  hospital. 

1422.  Commitment  of  Children  Mentally  Defective:  (See  Chap¬ 
ter  IV.  Par.  103  P.) 

1423.  Commitment  of  Epileptics:  White  epleptics  are  sent 
from  all  over  the  .State  to  the  State  hospital  at  Raleigh  in  the  same 
manner  as  insane  persons.  Such  colored  epileptics  as  there  is  room 
for  are  sent  to  the  Goldsboro  hospital. 

II  Institutions  and  Agencies 

1451.  state  Hospitals  and  their  Government:  There  are  State 
hospitals  at  Morgantown,  Raleigh,  and  Goldsboro,  and  the  Caswell 
Training  School  at  Kinston.  These  are  all  under  the  same  board  of 
managers  composed  of  twelve  members;  each  institution  being  repre¬ 
sented  by  three  members.  This  board  meets  twice  yearly;  once  in  No¬ 
vember  and  once  in  April.  The  three  members  are  known  as  the  Exe¬ 
cutive  committee  for  their  respective  institution,  and  meet  at  that  in¬ 
stitution  monthly.  The  twelve  men  who  constitute  the  board  of  Mana¬ 
gers  are  appointed  in  six  year  term  by  the  Governor  with  the  ap¬ 
proval  of  the  Senate.  The  present  Chairman  of  the  board  is  Mr.  Jo¬ 
seph  G.  Brown,  Citizens  National  Bank  Building,  Raleigh- North  Car¬ 
olina. 

1452.  State  Hospital,  Raleigh,  N.  C., — Superintendent:  Dr.  Albert 
Anderson.  Purpose:  Established  in  1856  as  a  State  institution  for 


Par.  1453 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLLNTA' 


the  care  of  insane  and  epileptics.  Capacity:  About  1150.  Popu¬ 
lation:.  The  last  biennial  report  to  November  30, 1918  gives  the  average 
daily  population  as:  Males  538,  females  618,  total  1,156.  Included 
in  this  are  patients  of  the  Epileptic  Department,  numbering  males 
90,  females  88,  total  178.  Buildings:  The  plant  consists  of  fourteen 
buildings  for  housing  patients  with  other  out  buildings  such  as  boiler- 
house,  shops,  laundry,  store-house,  and  daily.  Work  and  Recreation: 
There  is  an  art  room  for  the  patients  where  basketry,  needle  work, 
and  rug-making  are  taught;  a  sewing-room,  carpenter  shop,  and  can¬ 
nery;  also  a  garden  and  farm.  The  value  of  the  produce  of  these 
last  in  1918  was  $79,502.  There  is  a  weekly  dance;  and  drives  are 
given  in  a  large  truck  kept  for  that  purpose.  Correspondence:  Pa¬ 
tients’  mail,  both  out-going  and  in-coming,  is  read.  Filing  System: 
A  complete  record  of  each  patient  is  kept,  including  commitment 
papers,  laboratory  reports,  history,  and  copies  of  correspondence. 
Charges:  The  law  allows  a  charge  of  $20  a  month  to  be  made  for 
non-indigent  patients.  Drug  and  Alcoholic  Cases:  The  law  allows  a 
limited  number  of  these  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  three  months, 
and  at  a  charge  of  $50  per  month.  Probation:  Patients  are  probated 
or  discharged  at  the  discretion  of  the  superintendent. 

1453.  State  Hospital  for  the  Dangerous  Insane:  Established 
1898.  This  is  a  part  of  the  State  Prison  at  Raleigh,  and  has  capacity 
for  fifty  patients.  Dr.  A.  W.  Knox,  prison  physician. 

1454.  State  Hospital,  Morgantown,  N.  C., — Superintendent:  Dr. 
John  McCampbell.  Purpose:  Care  of  the  insane.  Established  by 
a  special  act  of  the  Legislature  in  1875  but  was  not  ready  for  opening 
until  1883.  Capacity:  1500,  Population:  The  last  biennial  report 
to  November  30,  1918  gives  a  population  of  1489,  including  paroled 
patients.  Buildings:  The  plant  consists  of  thirteen  buildings  for 
housing  patients  with  other  buildings,  such  as  dining  room,  amusement 
hall,  boiler  houses,  store  room,  laundry,  shops,  and  barns.  Work  and 
Recreation:  Fai-m,  garden,  lawn,  shoe  shop,  carpenter  shop,  laundry, 
mattress  factory,  sewing  room,  and  needle  work,  basketry,  etc.  in  the 
wards;  weekly  dances,  moving  picture  shows,  billiards,  cards  and 
other  games,  tennis,  bowling,  walking  and  other  outdoor  recreation. 
Correspondence:  Patients  are  allowed  great  freedom  in  writing  to 
their  relatives  and  friends.  Out-going  mail  is  inspected,  but  in-com¬ 
ing  is  not  read.  Filing  System:  A  record  of  each  patient  is  kept 
including  commitment  papers,  laboratory  reports,  history,  etc. 
Charges:  The  average  per  capita  cost  of  maintenance  is  charged  in 
individual  cases  where  the  estate  or  guardian  is  able  to  pay.  This 
amounts  to  about  $20  per  month.  Otherwise  no  charge  is  made.  Drug 
and  alcoholic  cases:  The  law  provides  for  the  admission  of  this  class 
of  cases  on  the  same  footing  as  insane;  but  owing  to  lack  of  room 
during  the  past  few  years,  they  have  been  practically  excluded.  Pro- 


MENTAL  DEFECTIVES  AND  INSANE 


Par.  1467 


bation:  Patients  are  rather  freely  probated  by  the  superintendent 
subject  to  approval  by  the  Board  of  Directors. 

1455.  State  Hospital,  Goldsboro,  N.C., — Superintendent:  Dr.  W. 
W.  Faison.  Purpose:  Established  in  1880  for  colored  insane  and 
epileptics  from  all  parts  of  the  State.  Capacity:  960.  Population: 
August  1920;  in  residence  956;  home  on  trial  60.  Description:  The 
plant  includes  a  four  story  administration  building;  four  large  build¬ 
ings  for  insane  patients;  two  buildings  for  epileptics,  two  for  tuber¬ 
cular  patients,  and  out  houses.  The  grounds  cover  730  acres,  450 
of  which  are  under  cultivation  and  200  in  pasturage.  The  value  of 
the  farm  and  garden  produce  for  1918  amounted  to  $28,785.  Besides 
out-door  work  the  patients  engage  in  sewing,  mending,  canning,  and 
other  pursuits. 

1456.  Richard  Caswell  Training  School,  Kinston,  N.  C.  ..Main¬ 
tenance:  The  State.  Purpose:  To  care  for  feeble-minded  white  boys 
and  girls  between  the  ages  of  six  and  twenty-one,  and  feeble  minded 
women  between  the  ages  of  twenty-one  and  thirty.  Established: 
1914.  Capacity:  Eighty.  Present  Population:  Eighty.  Admission: 
Committed  by  the  courts.. Education:  Kindergarten,  primary,  grammar 
grades,  and  music  class.  Description:  The  school  is  located  on  a  nine 
hundred  acre  farm,  twenty-five  feet  above  surrounding  country  and 
near  the  town  of  Kinston.  Buildings  of  brick.  Two  of  the  buildings 
were  burned  recently.  A  comprehensive  and  enlarged  plan  has  been 
approved  and  re-building  is  under  headway.  Superintendent:  Dr.  C. 
S.  McNary. 

■1 

1457.  Private  Hospitals  For  Nervous  And  Mental  Cases.  The 
following  are  private  hospitals  in  the  State  for  nervous  and  mental 
cases: 

(1) .  Appalachian  Hall,  Asheville,  N.  C.,  Established  1916;  for 
nervous  and  mental  disease,  drug  and  alcohol  addictions;  capacity 
fifty  beds;  rates  $35.00  to  $75.00  per  week.  William  Ray  Griffin, 
M.  C.,  Bernard  R.  Smity,  M.  D.,  physicians  in  charge. 

(2) .  Broad  Oaks  Sanatorium,  Morganton,  N.  C.  Established 
1901;  for  nervous  and  mental  disease,  alcoholic  and  drug  addiction 
cases;  fifty  beds;  charges  $25.00  per  week  for  ordinary  cases  of  men¬ 
tal  and  nervous  diseases;  for  drug  and  alcoholic  cases,  $150.00  for  four 
weeks  and  $25.00  per  week  thereafter.  Cases  of  this  kind  not  accepted 
for  less  than  four  weeks.  Superintendent  Dr.  Isaac  M.  Taylor. 

(3)  Glenwood  Park  Sanatorium,  Greensboro,  North  Carolina: 
Established  1907;  for  nervous  and  mild  mental  diseases,  alcoholic  and 
drug  addiction  cases;  twenty-five  beds;  rates  $15.00  to  $75.00  per  week. 

(4)  Highland  Hospital,  Asheville,  N.  C.:  Established  1904;  for 
mental,  nervous  and  nutritional  cases;  seventy-five  beds;  rates  $35.00 
to  $100.00  per  week.  Robert  S.  Carroll,  Medical  Director. 


Par.  1468 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(5)  Hillcrest  Manor,  Asheville,  N.  C.:  Established  1919;  for 
treatment  of  neurosis  and  psycho-neurosis,  (insane  not  received);  ca¬ 
pacity  ten  beds.  Dr.  Louis  E.  Bisch,  Superintendent. 

(6)  Tranquil  Park  Sanatorium,  Charlotte,  N.  C.:  For  the  treat¬ 
ment  of  functional  nervous  cases,  (insane  not  received);  twenty-five 
beds;  rates  $30.00  to  $75.00  per  week.  John  Myers,  M.  D.,  Medical 
Director. 

1458.  Private  and  Local  Institutions  Subject  to  Board  of  Chari¬ 
ties  and  Public  Welfare:  It  is  lawful  for  any  person  or  corporation 
to  establish  private  hospitals,  homes,  or  schools  for  the  cure  and  treat¬ 
ment  of  insane  persons,  idiots,  and  feeble-minded  persons,  and  in¬ 
ebriates,  but  license  must  first  be  obtained  from  the  Board  of  Chari¬ 
ties  and  Public  Welfare;  and  the  institution  must  at  all  times  be 
subject  to  the  visitation  of  the  Board  or  any  member  thereof,  and 
must  make  to  it  a  semi-annual  report  on  the  first  days  of  January 
and  July  of  each  year. 

The  Board  may  bring  an  action  in  the  Superior  Court  of  Wake 
County  to  vacate  and  annul  any  license  when  in  their  judgment  the 
managers  of  any  private  hospital,  home,  or  school  have  been  guilty 
of  gross  neglect,  cruelty,  or  immorality.  (Cf.  Chap.  VII.). 

1459.  Local  Institutions  for  Idiots  and  Feeble-Minded  Persons: 
North  Carolina  has  at  present  no  public  institutions  for  idiots  and 
feeble-minded  persons,  but  the  law  provides  that  any  county,  city 
or  town  may  establish  a  hospital  for  the  maintenance,  care  and  treat¬ 
ment  of  such  insane  persons  as  cannot  be  admitted  into  a  State  hos¬ 
pital,  and  of  idiots  and  feeble-minded  persons,  upon  like  conditions 
and  requirements  as  are  above  prescribed  for  the  institution  of  private 
hospitals.  The  need  is  great  for  institutions  of  this  kind. 

1460.  Society  for  Mental  Hygiene:  President,  Dr.  W.  L.  Pe- 
teat.  Wake  Forest,  N.  C.,  Secretary  Dr.  Albert  Anderson,  State  Hos¬ 
pital,  Raleigh,  N.  C.  This  society  has  not  been  active  recently. 

1461.  National  Committee  for  Mental  Hygi/ene.  The  National 
Committee  for  Mental  Hygiene  is  at  present  engaged  in  making  a 
survey  of  the  State.  The  work  is  under  direction  of  Dr  William  Mc¬ 
Donald,  Jr,  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  It  is  hoped  that  this  survey 
will  result  in  arousing  throughout  the  State  more  interest  in  the 
proper  care  of  the  mentally  sick. 


■  <  Z 

■T  t.i 


K’’ 


rk . 

3fr 

i 


"O 

%  , 


Fh  ^ci^oily  /^an^i¥cofpp#^rf 

>>r 


ajgiife*  e^<*4vW#.  ;'«'r/;h5*  '.•i3(i*f  i'lj'nil  >n  1^*  St>-Uv.. 


•  i* 
« 


“^  V  isJtA  <1(^.1  <er-'.t  Vor  i.yl 

.•M  I®*  M' •*23Ni  ^t;.W.  1%-  'AiJ^  , 

)  1--  n\T^l» A  i  ‘^’^>4  ti  ,*  V  rt  -•Uj,-*-  ''>-'  *>  i-r^*  | 

/  A-  »'«_:]i<l  tht*  »1-  ?3t'n)»i-f’r»';*-V"-l  -vr,,-.  iri.  '.‘'ric  P; 

.....  "m_  •"0'V»  ’J  ^/. -*  •  cm 

-w-ijL'V.  V^i^t  fii^Mif- 


I  U.J'r 


iiv  vh«i  g4i^iii'ytT»i»kT:t^U:v«c^t*ii>  -  ^  t^y^  ^oc^ipy  .a.^ 
irf  .H?tl^?i:li  * 


y  ^  ^  ‘ 


*1 

1.% 

"<4| 


't*j»,7.  x:.!-  '%  l'*  i^V«‘V  i-^(/'‘’  •u*  t^TS-Jf^Vi  >f 

tr  ^'**'A*Tr?  tY'Vv  *  I' 

pap^i^* '  ( .'*  ftjjft.-x-'k;  ,' '  *  ’-^  ■'' '  ■  * '''' 


<  "m 


'-".  rt^^f  v*->. "'t’  i-k  sff  r^i'^  r''«'^7 


..■>J*.s 


I  .*  T 

'^'  ■•  *»  -  .f< 


.<krt;w_*-rf‘y;'t.‘4i  *-•  !<•>> 


»v--i 
». 

•tfjAtl, 


fs; 

•.v-<iirb>*^,"'f^.  n. 


.>^-'|v^‘-.  A'^C‘>\U  ojf  ti*>k  ^^*’^'•1^.  ‘  ,  T&'g»- i^/tu  •-■ 


*  w 

■:4 


ti'/' -Vi  rc^,' ' :  tr* 


} 


.mi 


.-OI#' /’«»ni  t^ti  t.>7' r,?y^:J3y>/i?':\‘«v'An*  P^):  P>Vn 


'V  ,-'.  3U'l»s  l?v^- MfOol  4KJk^t^i?\ri^'W‘,  ^0Liy  *k  ♦Mi* 


.v 


^  ,p^y^  4tf«  v<^y'ivti  ^  *!iU  YA  flHflViMi'  ■>*^ 

|& ;  Xtjf  *4 ttiiia.  y-Kr  afijii ’• .  ' 

P  'teft  Von,-/?  u?  to;.t....(:>f^  'J.f;^./i5nwii  ^•'‘  tti#» 


"  I # itl^r. 4  o.f:  .:«  I* 

ij«l'/^i-..-Ma,  '"rL,  -'^V'v.  »/,<«' .if 


:;  s 
1‘  ►' 

■  » 


fj'  ■  <''i 
*•  1  » 


1 


.  .1  -• 


•  -*  *  ,  t  '  <  .* 

>  » 


♦  •>  V- 


.9  ’  StV’  b'^ 

I  *1 


X 


•  “•  I  w 


r'  *  ' 


ST' . 


**  i 

V 


r-j  -,*  • .  -t  ,^5v  .'  ,• ' 

*  ♦  V  .  • 

f  r  ■:  %  i*.  4*J<v-jL 


::  J 


(  *  :l 


<»r 

;  '  •'  -  *“ 


I 


'  .“<  •-  1'  *  ’•  ■ 

^  '.'Vwtrv^' 


'V 


:/5aJ 


'■  I  :»  t;  • 
.  -fc-"  ‘‘  A 


"  ^  ur> 


•  r«  -V  ."i 


m 


I  • 


%  -• 


Par.  1603 

CHAPTER  XV. 

Physically  Handicapped 

1501.  State  School  for  the  Blind  and  Deaf,  Raleigh,  N.  S.  Pur¬ 
pose.  To  provide  education  for  the  deaf,  dumb  and  blind  of  the  State. 
There  are  two  branches,  one  for  white,  and  one  for  colored  children. 
Maintenance.  The  State.  The  annual  appropriation  is  $85,000.  Ad¬ 
ministration.  A  board  of  eleven  directors  appointed  by  the  Governor. 
The  Board  elects  the  Superintendent  whose  term  of  office  is  for  three 
years.  Admission.  The  Board  of  Directors  are  required  to  receive  on 
application  all  white  blind  children  and  all  colored  deaf  mutes  and  blind 
children,  who  are  between  the  ages  of  seven  and  twenty-one  years, 
and  who  are  of  sound  mind,  good  character,  and  not  incapacitated  by 
physical  infirmity.  Population.  1918:  White,  boys  86,  girls  61;  colored, 
boys  90,  girls  68.  Education.  The  school  grades  together  with  voca¬ 
tional  training.  Description.  The  White  Department  occupies  one  city 
sguare  in  the  residential  section  of  Raleigh.  This  situation  allows  of 
small  space  for  playgrounds  and  campus.  The  schoolrooms  and  girls' 
dormitories  are  in  the  administration  building.  The  boys  occupy  a 
separate  fire-proof  building.  The  Colored  Department  is  situated  In 
the  negro  section  of  Raleigh.  It  consists  of  separate  buildings  of  the 
congregate  type  for  boys  and  girls,  and  an  industrial  building  con¬ 
taining  laundry,  heating  plant,  and  workrooms  for  vocational  training. 
Provision  for  Indigent  Children.  In  the  case  of  orphan  or  needy  chil¬ 
dren,  the  auditor  is  authorized  to  provide  clothing  to  the  limit  of  $3o 
per  annum  and  transportation  to  and  from  the  institution,  and  to 
collect  same  from  the  county. 

1502.  New  School  for  the  White  Blind.  This  is  now  in  process 
of  construction.  It  is  on  the  cottage  plan  and  will  cover  85  acres 
near  the  city  of  Raleigh. 

1503.  The  North  Carolina  School  for  the  Deaf,  Morgantown,  N.  C. 
Superintendent,  E.  McK.  Goodwin,  M.  A.  Purpose.  To  provide  educa¬ 
tion  for  deaf  white  children  of  sound  mind  and  good  character,  who 
have  been  residents  of  the  State  for  at  least  two  years.  The  institu¬ 
tion  is  not  a  hospital  for  treatment  of  deafness  nor  is  it  designed  to 
care  for  delinquent  or  feeble  minded  children.  It  is  a  school  where 
deaf  children  of  from  eight  to  twenty-three  years  old — the  age  pres¬ 
cribed  by  the  school  attendance  law — ^may  be  enabled  to  cover  the 
public  school  course,  and  receive  a  full  mental,  moral  and  physical 
training.  Maintenance.  The  State.  The  annual  appropriation  is  novr 
$80,000.  Administration.  A  board  of  seven  directors  appointed  by  tne 
Governor.'  The  board  elects  the  superintendent  who  is  ex  officio  secre¬ 
tary  of  the  board  and  whose  term  of  office  is  for  three  years.  Popula¬ 
tion.  Enrollment,  1918, 3B1.  E-ducation.  The  ordinary  school  grades,’ 


Par.  1504 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


Both  the  oral  and  manual  methods  are  used,  but  chiefly  the  former* 
Vocational  Training.  The  boys  receive  elementary  instruction  in 
woodwork  and  carpentry,  printing,  typesetting  and  linotype  wor’ 
shoemaking,  tailoring,  farming  and  gardening.  No  attempt  is  made  t( 
teach  the  girls  a  trade,  but  all  of  them  are  taught  sewing  and  dress¬ 
making,  ironing  and  general  domestic  work.  Description.  Four  large 
well  equipped  buildings,  to  which  has  recently  been  added  a  hospital. 
The  boys  and  girls  occupy  opposite  wings  of  the  main  structure.  The 
school  and  industrial  work  are  carried  on  in  separate  buildings.  The 
situation  is  among  the  foothills  of  the  Blue  Ridge  Mountains  on  327 
acres  of  land,  100  acres  of  which  are  under  cultivation. 

Traveling  Expenses  of  Children.  In  case  of  indigent  children  the 
county  will  pay  traveling  expenses  to  and  from  the  school. 

1504.  The  North  Carolina  Orthonaedic  Hospital.  Babington 
Heights,  Gastonia,  N.  C.  President  and  Founder,  R.  B.  Babington. 
This  hospital,  the  only  one  in  the  State  devoted  to  crippled  children,  is 
still  in  course  of  construction.  The  expectation  is  that  it  will  b'^ 
opened  by  the  beginning  of  1921.  The  General  Assembly  of  1917  ap¬ 
propriated  $20,000  for  building  purposes,  but  most  of  the  money  has 
been  supplied  by  private  charity. 

Purpose.  To  provide  scientific  treatment  and  healing  for  orphan 
and  destitute,  crippled  and  deformed  children  of  sound  mind.  It 
estimated  that  there  are  between  five  and  six  thousand  such  crippled 
children  in  North  Carolina. 

Maintenance.  $75,000  was  appropriated  by  the  Assembly  of  1919 
for  annual  maintenance. 

Administration.  A  board  of  trustees  appointed  by  the  Governor 
Admission.  White  children  of  sound  mind  under  fourteen  years  of  age. 
Capacity.  40  to  60  beds.  Education.  Will  provide  instruction  for 
children  while  convalescing.  Description.  The  hospital  consists  of  one 
two  storied  central  building  with  two  wings  of  one  story  each  form¬ 
ing  the  wards.  The  buildings  are  of  the  latest  architectual  design  and 
fireproof.  The  gTounds  contain  28  1-2  acres. 

1506.  The  Scottish  Rite  Hospital  for  Crippled  Children,  Decatur, 
Ga.,  five  miles  from  Atlanta.  Auspices.  Scottish  Rite  Masons  of  At¬ 
lanta.  Purpose.  To  care  for  crippled  children.  Administration.  Board 
of  Governors  consisting  of  seven  members,  three  of  whom  are  ap¬ 
pointed  in  perpetuity  from  the  .Scottish  Rite  Body,  one  from  the  Statp 
at  large.  Thomas  K.  Glenn,  president;  Forest  Adair,  Vice  President; 
Mrs.  W.  C.  Wardlaw,  Secretary;  all  of  Atlanta,  Ga.  All  matters  of 
policy  and  business  management  are  in  the  hands  of  the  board.  Super¬ 
intendent,  Miss  Lillian  Carter.  Orthopedic  Surgeon,  Dr.  Michael  Hoke. 
Capacity,,  fifty^two.  Population,  fifty-tWo.  Institution  always  filled 


PHYSICALLY  HANDICAPPED 


Par.  1506 


to  its  capacity.  Admission.  Any  crippled  child  under  fourteen  from 
any  locality  whose  parents  are  not  able  to  bear  the  expense  of  treat¬ 
ment  and  whose  trouble  can  be  corrected.  The  usual  method  of  aa- 
mission:  Parent  or  guardian  brings  the  child  to  the  clinic  where  he 
is  given  a  medical  and  orthopedic  examination.  If  his  home  Is  not  too 
far  away  the  child  is  sent  back  with  an  application  blank  and  the 
history  sheet,  both  of  which  must  be  filled  out  and  returned  to  the 
superintendent  of  the  hospital.  The  application  blank  must  be  signed 
by  a  Mason,  preferably  by  a  member  of  the  Scottish  Rite  Order.  The 
history  sheet  must  be  filled  out  by  a  physician.  V/hen  a  vacancy 
occurs  in  the  hospital  the  parent  or  guardian  is  notified.  Emergencies 
are  taken  care  of  at  once.  The  feeble-minded  and  epileptic  are  ex¬ 
cluded.  Maintenance.  Endowment,  donations,  contributions,  and  ap¬ 
propriations  from  the  Scottish  Rite  Body.  Expenses.  Medical,  surgi^ 
cal,  and  hospital  care  free.  The  parents  or  guardians  are  supposed 
lo  defray  all  expenses  of  clothing,  transportation  and  braces.  Clinic. 
Every  Thursday  from  two  to  five. 

Education.  A  trained  kindergartener  and  an  assistant  spend 
four  mornings  a  week  with  the  younger  children — volunteer  service. 
A  regular  teacher  is  engaged  for  the  older  children.  Instruction 
largely  individual.  Text  books  which  the  child  would  have  if  in  school 
at  home  are  used.  Description.  The  site  comprises  six  acres  and  foui 
buildings,  the  administration  building,  two  hospital  units  and  a  home 
for  the  nurses. 


t<^fttl  Ijliii^  u*>i«fq.ru  t^A  ’. 

•v'r.f'J  V  *H.‘^  .iil  tiiud  oS  iw:nKii  eJti'-rTt.Ci  ftworjv/  i(7ff,.^f  yrifi 

-i»c  1/  9*i  irr/i  ftIdtji'AJ  ‘>«t»rf’:/'' iiiiii  yft'iw 

arf.  '  3flt  tif  fmh'i  ii:oiht^ 

^ivi  ii  .  'jjb.Ajfo/iitfo'fcnR 

smU  U(\ti  ii«  pm  'A^tji  ^avci' ^'i  hljaio. 

i>*fi  Tt  tUy)  ^  nyirr  iuidvf  in  iUaS  .y  vii'njWd 

':  }i-i1(H,pd  J>,^fi^  4%^h^^giU‘  .Jx;  ^r?  *  ro  /rt 

•juii*  ,  .iflli  sO.  >>1  iH  f(oi;>)3ci!  a  <  J  / - 'f-'" '4-3^* ,,'ift^,*i^  a-  x^ 

X  'fiiipii/  /?  a^'ff  <>  \d  .t»o  •bf»ifiT?e<i*  ^'sVsi:  \7foj!>;riJ[ 

.b'jflUoa  21  lo  invViii'^rfl  n't  ajijy>o 

•X4  Ota  bilii  b:iorJm  s!f^■:^p  }dT 

-q/t^b-  n’  .f;^^fb.^hi(tc'^  ,iS5boh 

,h'tlhsU  •'  .?r»Wrt^v<3  jjUI  n'Kii^i>o^/yiiri  V,ro'it  »;rtoijfiaq(riq 

<>'rs  p  '  ^«  .  jiHT.  ^,...hf*’jJ  jT^r^ 

*^ui}.D  bn;:  «u''i .1^3^  t  ^yi^,lr:y,  b^dn^ic-y  Jl^ 

...  .  .^vii  <4  ov^l 

i  ■  »  -  ■-  .  ;■*  ..  .  -'-  ■  f 


•  «  ’ 


fii  K  ovjijl  bf'Ob'i^  bfj/f  d-yid'/r  wifvKjd  ixeT  .liijjbrvjhfv:  vb^i/^f 
:tfoJ  bp . a, mn  Ur:  9ilA  f  dT '  j 

soTon,^  biTr.  ftiwi  f;^tiq«q^  ,.it,n;lAhj-4 

;,  t-  ;  -  .'  .  ■  w;:  ^>riq^lU> 


>*♦*-•  * 
-  .'iiyir.iinct 


>  ;  .  ^t':  ■  Cc 


5fli  >' 
'ion 


\r 
f  I 


m-’ 

"  :i>  •  : 


. «  ' ' 


R*':v.-''i  •  «v  - 


'1  r 


A..1 


{)• 


*.» . 


.  C  .■ 


-f  . 

,  >  .  ;  /  . 


..-.'ffT. 


•r'l  ’'-.iV  *  •*■ 

;  ti  l".;' 
i-n'Mri 


oa«  iv  ' 

btr  xiiiVr 

'I'-ivi.  Pnrp  ^ 


Scv■■^*T^-. 


c.  »•• 


r  ' -^T'  ^'•?  .  i.-^lay^ 


V  • 


»  ^  j 

.-1'  T' 


•V ' 


i  7  •  ' 

V  ••  S'  >.  •' 


?1 


♦.  V _ 


.  V  '  .  • 


Hvb  V  •m-"  ‘irSS  i^U?  »  ‘J'i  -.A  '  '1  '1  -V  !-fA’,..*  ..‘  ^j;: 


,  .'  4  '  j*--  ♦  V  ; 


'  •». 


V  !-fA’,.. 


■•^.  I 


rv.l,<«^*r  ;;r^‘ 


•  .  ''-»»'*«■“  •  •  ^  r* 


<‘i*Atis. 


•  tr-..t, 


"7S  Sf»*  ' 


■'1 


K  . 


-w 


.« 


MEMORANDUM 


,  1- 


,  Y  \ 


■I  t 


X!* 


'  y, 

I 


lii-'i 


5t’ 


u.  .•' 


■  '  *  ' 

.t  1  .  li  '  ■  ,  J 

-'f  \ 


H.  f-r  ‘ 

'ly .  ■ 


<  o  ;  -v 


•  .  fe  '  : 
*.  •*. 


*  >5  ♦■■■,'* 


;  M 


kf^ir  ■  ••*.  j- 

- :  (  “i/. 

i..  ; 


•  i 

f*  ,• 


.  .  '-.  .  ,  I  , 


A*. 


T*-  <.  »  •  *  '  *, 


v-*^r  ' 


4  '•» 


5i«:  . . :  ■  ' 


.'■r,  I’i-  tr. 


.■T-aw*-’f 


♦1 


‘tt  t  ‘  .  > 


r.  PV. 


■,n- 


:  f 


.  :■•* 


O  •-  . 
t »  >■> 

I  >.  ■■ .  > 


‘■rr  ■: 


.  |Atj|r»ll:  i. 


T-.'. 

■ 


}  ^  ■1.  -  .'  V  <  '  .  V 

■'>-'. -.y  ' 


■  N.  .  ■> 

-  ^ 


■ ',» ,  H •>'.»  <  ’i.. 


“  i  * 


'  >  I 


M /•<  r^,  .  .•  •  ;  j-  ,  j 

*  ►  ■’  ‘-  •  t  -•- 

>!}i  . 


.-  Vi": i*  '.. 

fUf*:  •  -•  :  V  ^ 

H  .’Jtj  »  O'  ;  . 

Y  i  .  ■-  • 


i: 

.  > 


4i‘  y  • 


,CT* 


I  •  ly-  .• 


MEMORANDUM 


■i 


•  ■\ 


I 


i 


i»  •  -- 


t*  • 

:-■-*  r  -■. 

V.' 


^  ’v-  - 


.  •  -n 


'  J  .  A- 

•  *  i 


«* 


r 


•  '.V: 


1 


</#• 


’\ 


"■*r 


'  *4 


y 


‘i 


'.J 


I 


.•3 


Par.  1606 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

Miscellaneous. 

I.  Taxation. 

1601.  Objects  to  Which  Applied.  Taxes  are  assessed  and  col¬ 
lected  under  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  law  and  applied  to 
the  payment  of  the  expenses  of  the  State  Government,  appropriations 
to  charitable  and  penal  institutions,  other  specific  appropriations  made 
by  law,  and  the  interest  on  the  four  per  centum  State  debt. 

1602.  Property  Exempt.  Property  belonging  to  the  United 
States  and  to  municipal  corporations,  and  property  held  for  the  bene¬ 
fit  of  churches,  religious  institutions,  charitable,  educational,  literary, 
or  benevolent  institutions  or  orders,  and  cemeteries  is  exempt;  Pro¬ 
vided,  that  no  property  whatever  held  or  used  for  investment,  specu¬ 
lating,  or  rent  shall  be  exempt  unless  the  rent  or  the  interest  on  or 
income  from  such  investment  is  used  exclusively  for  religious,  chari¬ 
table  or  benevolent  purposes,  or  the  interest  upon  the  bonded  indebt¬ 
edness  of  such  institutions. 

1603.  Fines  Applied  to  Educational  Fund.  All  fines,  penalties 
and  forfeitures  in  behalf  of  the  State  are  required  by  law  to  be  paid 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  county  boards  of  education  for  the  benefit  of 
the  free  public  schools,  (cf.  Chap.  IX,  Par.  907  C.) 

1604.  Misappropriation  of  Funds.  Officers,  including  justices  of 
the  peace,  misappropriating  funds  are  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and 
upon  conviction  are  punishable  by  fines  or  imprisonment,  in  the  dis¬ 
cretion  of  the  Court. 

1605.  Poll  Taxes.  The  Constitution  (See  Chap.  I,  Par.  105)  pro¬ 
vides  that  the  General  Assembly  levy  a  capitation  tax  on  every  male 
inhabitant  in  the  State  over  twenty-one  years  of  age  and  under  fifty 
years  of  age,  which  shall  be  equal  on  each  to  a  tax  on  property  valued 
at  $300.00  in  cash.  County  Commissioners  may  exempt  from  capita¬ 
tion  tax  certain  cases  on  account  of  poverty  and  infirmity,  and  State 
and  county  capitation  taxes  combined  must  never  exceed  $2.00  on 
the  head.  The  proceeds  of  the  State  and  county  capitation  taxes  must 
be  applied  to  the  purposes  of  education  and  the  support  of  the  poor, 
but  in  no  one  year  can  more  than  twenty-five  per  cent  thereof  be 
appropriated  to  the  latter  cause. 

1606.  Property  Taxes.  The  State  Constitution  provides  that  laws 
be  passed  taxing  by  uniform  rule  all  property  according  to  its  true 
value  in  money.  It  also  provides  that  no  income  shall  be  taxed  when 
the  property  from  which  the  income  is  derived  is  taxed. 


Par.  1607 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


1607.  Inheritance  Tax. 

(a)  The  State  levies  and  collects  an  inheritance  tax  on  a 
graduated  scale  to  lineal  issue  or  lineal  ancestors,  adopted  children, 
or  husband  or  wife,  of  1  per  cent  on  the  first  $25,000  above  specific 
exemption;  on  excess  over  $25,000  and  up  to  $100,000  2  per  cent; 
excess  over  $100,000  and  up  to  $250,000  3  per  cent;  excess  over 
$250,000  and  up  to  $500,000  4  per  cent;  excess  over  $500,000  5  per 
cent.  Widows  have  a  specific  exemption  of  $10,000  and  lineal  issue 
of  the  first  degree  $5,000  under  twenty-one  years  of  age  and  $2,000 
over  twenty-one  years  of  age.  All  other  beneficiaries  mentioned  in 
this  sub-section  $2,000  each;  provided,  grand  children  shall  receive 
the  single  exemption  of  the  child  they  represent. 

(b)  Inheritance  Tax  is  levied  on  beneficial  interests  of  brothers 
and  sisters  at  a  rate  of  from  three  to  seven  per  cent  on  the  same  grad¬ 
uated  scale  as  above. 

(c)  Inheritance  Tax  is  levied  on  the  beneficial  interests  of 
strangers  to  the  blood  or  body  politic,  or  corporations,  at  a  rate  of 
from  five  to  nine  per  cent  on  the  same  graduated  scale  mentioned 
above. 

(d)  Property  belonging  to  non-residents  situated  in  the  State  is 
taxable  at  the  same  rate  as  that  of  residents. 

(e)  A  transfer  inheritance  tax  is  required  to  be  paid  upon  stock 
held  by  non-residents  in  resident  corporations  before  a  transfer  is 
made.  Corporations  making  such  transfers  without  the  authority  of 
the  Commission  become  liable  for  the  tax. 

1608.  Income  Tax.  The  State  collects  an  income  tax  from 
salaries,  fees,  trades,  professions,  and  property  not  otherwise  taxed, 
and  which,  in  the  case  of  single  persons,  exceed  $1,000  and  in  that  of 
married  persons  $1,500;  provided  a  husband  and  wife  are  allowed 
one  exemption  of  $1,500. 

An  income  tax  amendment  is  this  year  being  submitted  to  the 
people  which  if  adopted  will  yield  a  heavy  revenue  to  the  .State  and 
fully  replace  the  present  property  tax. 

1609.  Privilege  Taxes.  The  State  levies  and  collects  privilege 
taxes  upon  theatres,  traveling  theatrical  companies,  moving  picture  or 
vaudeville  .shows,  circuses,  menageries,  ‘‘Wild  West,”  dog  and  pony 
shows;  physicians  and  dentists;  real  estate  and  rent  collecting  agents; 
real  estate  auction  sales;  coal  dealers;  collecting  agencies;  dealers 
in  coffins;  dealers  in  horses  and  mules;  phrenologists;  bicycle  deal¬ 
ers;  commission  merchants  and  persons  selling  stock  in  foreign  cor¬ 
porations;  ship  brokers;  pawn  brokers;  livery  stables;  sewing  ma¬ 
chines;  feather  renovators;  peddlers;  mercantile  agencies;  gypsies 
or  fortune  tellers;  lightening  rod  agents;  hotels;  restaurants;  cotton 
compresses;  billiard  and  pool  tables  and  bowling  alleys;  gift  enter¬ 
prises;  prize  photographs;  slot  machines;  bagatelle  tables,  etc.; 
stock  brokers;  bottling  works;  packing  houses;  newspaper  contests; 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1612-A 


persons,  firms  or  corporations  selling  certain  oils;  automobiles  for 
hire;  building  and  loan  associations;  tobacco  warehouses;  news  deal¬ 
ers  on  trains;  soda  fountains  and  venders  of  carbonated  drinks; 
dealers  in  patented  rights  and  formulas;  insurance  companies;  Mor¬ 
ris  Plan  banking  companies;  dealers  in  pistols,  cap  pistols,  and  fire 
arms;  cigarette  dealers  and  manufacturers  of  cigarettes;  steam 
laundries;  manufacturers  of  automobiles;  emigrant  agents;  plumb¬ 
ers;  steam  and  gas  pipe  fitters  and  trading  stamps. 

1610.  Franchise  Tax.  The  State  levies  a  franchise  tax  on  rail¬ 
roads  and  express  companies  per  mile  of  road  operated;  on  telegraph 
and  telephone  companies  on  a  graduated  scale  according  to  gross  re¬ 
ceipts;  and  on  corporations  domestic  and  foreign. 

1611.  City  and  Town  Taxation.  For  city  and  town  purposes 
there  is  no  constitutional  limitation  on  the  tax  rate;  except  for  nec¬ 
essary  purposes  for  municipal  government,  no  tax  can  be  levied  with¬ 
out  consent  of  the  majority  of  the  qualified  voters.  Under  Chapter 
178  Public  Laws  of  1919,  known  as  the  Municipal  Finance  Act,  full 
provision  is  made  for  the  organization  and  government  of  cities,  towns 
and  incorporated  villages.  Under  this  act  the  highest  rate  of  inter¬ 
est  bonds  issued  by  municipalities  may  bear  is  6  per  cent.  (See  below 
Par.  612  c.) 

1612.  The  Revaluation  Act.  As  stated  in  paragraph  1606  the  Cons¬ 
titution  requires  that  property  be  taxed  at  its  true  value.  It  was,  how¬ 
ever,  notorious  that  for  many  years  property  was  being  listed  for 
purposes  of  taxation  far  below  its  true  value,  and  a  considerable 
amount  of  property  not  listed  at  all.  In  1919  an  act  (Laws  of  1919, 
Chap.  84)  provided  the  machinery  for  making  a  complete  revaluation 
of  all  property  at  its  true  money  value,  which  is  defined  as  the  price 
it  would  sell  for  cash  if  voluntarily  offered  by  the  owner.  The  result 
was  astonishing.  The  value  of  the  taxable  property  of  the  State  was 
more  than  trebled. 

As  a  result  of  this  revaluation  a  special  session  of  the  legislature 
in  August  1920  passed  a  constitutional  amendment  to  be  submitted 
to  the  electorate  in  November  1920,  reducing  the  tax  rate  limitation 
on  the  one  hundred  dollars  of  property  value  for  State  and  county 
purposes  (but  excluding  school  support)  from  66  2-3  cents  to  15  cents; 
and  the  State  tax  on  schools  from  83  3-4  cents  to  31  cents,  these 
drastic  reductions  being  made  possible  by  the  increase  in  the  assess¬ 
ment. 

1612  A.  Statistics  Under  the  Revaluation.  In  1919  the  total  val¬ 
uation  of  all  property,  real,  personal,  and  corporate  was  $1,099,120,000; 
under  the  new  assessment  it  was  $3,129,705,000.  This  latter  figure  is 
made  up  as  follows:  real  property  $1,981,563,494;  personal  property, 
$803,552,925;  railways,  $250,587,158,  cotton  mills,  $205,581,304;  to- 


Par.  1612-B  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


bacco  manufactui-ing  companies,  $93,787,174;  power  companies, 
$56,484,094;  banks,  $36,347,693;  woodworkings  and  furniture  factor¬ 
ies,  $24,728,628;  knitting  mills,  $19,972,015;  cotton  oil  and  ferti¬ 
lizer  plants,  $5,951,462;  grain  mills,  $1,745,105;  vehicle  manufactur¬ 
ers,  $1,240,750;  miscellaneous,  $9,302,788;  corporation  excess, 
$20,832,385. 

1612  B.  Revision  of  Taxation  in  Accordance  with  the  Revaluation 
Act.  “An  act  to  revise  and  limit  tax  rates  for  the  year  1920  in  com¬ 
pliance  with  provisions  of  the  Revaluation  Act;  to  provide  additional 
revenue  for  the  State  from  franchise  and  license  taxes,  and  for  other 
purposes,”  contains  the  following  provisions  :- 

The  valuation  of  1919  under  the  provisions  of  Chapter  84  is  adopt¬ 
ed  as  the  basis  for  the  levy  of  tax  rates  by  the  State  and  all  sub¬ 
divisions  of  the  State  for  1920,  ’21,  ,22  and  ’23  except  as  hereinafter 
changed  by  law. 

A  property  tax  of  thirteen  cents  on  the  hundred  dollars  and  a 
poll  tax  of  thirty-nine  cents  on  the  poll  shall  be  collected  in  1920  for 
the  benefit  of  the  .State  Public  School  Fund;  but  no  property  or  poll 
tax  for  the  use  of  the  State  or  State  Pension  Fund. 

The  total  amount  of  revenue  levied  from  each  county,  munici¬ 
pality,  or  special  tax  district  for  1920  may  not  exceed  the  total  amount 
raised  in  1919  by  more  than  ten  per  cent. 

To  provide  additional  revenue  for  the  State  in  lieu  of  the  prop¬ 
erty  tax  previously  levied,  revision  is  made  of  certain  franchise  and 
privilege  taxes  including  those  levied  upon  railways  and  express  com¬ 
panies,  telegraph  and  telephone  companies,  chair  and  sleeping  cars, 
insurance,  bond  and  investment  companies.  (Chap.  I,  Laws  1920, 
Extra  Session. > 

1612  C.  Revision  of  Municipal  and  County  Finances.  The  extra 
session  of  1920  passed  an  act  enabling  municipalities  to  hold  a  special 
election  in  .September,  1920  submitting  the  question  whether  taxes  for 
the  year  be  levied  at  a  higher  rate;  and  permitting  every  county  and 
municipality  to  issue  bonds  limited  in  amount  to  meet  the  deficit  of 
any  previous  year  or  the  estimated  deficit  for  1920.  In  the  case  of  mu¬ 
nicipalities  the  limitation  of  indebtedness  was  amended  to  read  seven 
per  cent  of  an  assessed  valuation  of  not  more  than  ten  million  dollars, 
or  five  per  cent  in  any  other  case.  In  the  case  of  counties,  the  limit 
of  bonded  indebtedness  was  fixed  at  five  per  cent  of  the  last  valuation. 
For  general  purposes  other  than  the  payment  of  principal  or  interest 
on  bonds,  municipalities  were  authorized  to  levy  a  tax  on  property 
not  exceeding  fifty  cents  on  the  $100  valuation;  provided  that  with 
the  approval  of  the  Municipal  Board  of  Control,  such  taxes  may  be 
levied  at  a  higher  rate,  but  not  in  excess  of  the  maximum  rate  fixed 
for  all  taxing  districts  by  general  law  of  1920. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1616 


II.  Election  Laws. 

1613.  Introductory.  The  laws  governing  elections  in  North  Caro¬ 
lina  are  to  be  found  in  chapter  97  of  the  consolidated  statutes,  and 
are  published  in  pamphlet  form  by  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of 
State.  The  references  below  are  to  the  articles  in  this  chapter. 

1614.  Time  of  Elections.  (Art.  2.) 

^  (a)  p’or  State  Officers.  The  Tuesday  next  after  the  first  Mon¬ 

day  in  November  1904  and  every  four  years  thereafter. 

(b)  For  County  Officers,  Solicitors  and  Congressmen.  For 
members  of  Congress,  members  of  the  general  assembly,  register  of 
deeds,  county  surveyor,  coroner,  sheriff,  county  commissioners,  and 
county  treasurer,  the  Tuesday  next  after  the  first  Monday  in  No¬ 
vember,  1906,  and  every  two  years  thereafter.  For  clerk  of  the 
superior  court  and  solicitor,  the  same  every  four  years  instead  of  two. 

(c)  For  Township  Officers.  For  constable,  justice  of  the  peace, 
and  all  other  officers  elected  by  a  vote  of  the  township,  the  first 
Tuesday  after  the  first  Monday  in  November,  1906,  and  every  two 
years  thereafter. 

(d)  Special  Election  for  Members  of  General  Assembly.  The 
Governor  when  notified  of  a  vacancy  in  the  Assembly  issues  a  writ 
of  election  to  the  chairman  or  chairmen  of  the  district  or  county  repre¬ 
sented  by  the  late  member,  and  designates  the  date  of  the  election. 

(e)  For  Vacancies  in  State  Offices.  These  are  filled  in  the 
regular  way  at  the  next  election  for  members  of  the  General  Assembly, 
provided  this  occurs  more  than  thirty  days  after  the  vacancy. 

1615.  State  Board  of  Elections.  (Art.  3.) 

This  consists  of  five  electors,  appointed  by  the  Governor  for  two 
year  terms.  Not  more  than  three  may  be  of  the  same  political  party. 

1616.  County  Board  of  Elections.  (Art.  4.) 

This  consists  of  three  electors  of  the  county  appointed  for  two 
year  terms  by  the  State  Board  of  Elections.  They  cannot  all  belong 
I  to  the  same  political  party.  After  giving  twenty  days  notice  they 
may  change  any  election  precinct  or  polling  place,  or  order  a  new 
registration  for  any  precinct.  They  requisition  the  stationary  neces¬ 
sary  for  an  election,  appoint  all  registrars  and  judges  of  election, 
and  fill  vacancies.  Within  five  days  following  an  election  the  chair¬ 
man  must  transit  to  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives  a 
separate  statement  of  the  votes  taken  in  his  county  for  each  of  the 
State  Officers,  and  within  ten  days  furnish  the  elected  member  or 
members  of  Assembly  a  certificate  of  election.  Where  the  Sena- 


Par.  1617 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


torial  districts  are  composed  of  more  than  one  county,  the  chairmen 
of  the  county  boards  of  elections  in  each  district  must  meet  on  the 
ninth  day  after  the  election  at  a  place  specified,  compare  polls,  and 
determine  ihe  result  of  the  election. 

1617.  Qualifications  of  Voters.  (Art.  5.) 

(a)  Persons  Excluded  from  Electoral  Franchise.  The  following 
classes  of  persons  are  not  allowed  to  register  or  vote;  First,  per¬ 
sons  under  twenty-one  years  of  age;  second,  idiots  and  lunatics; 
third,  persons  who  have  been  convicted  or  confessed  their  guilt  in 
open  court,  upon  indhitment,  of  any  crime,  the  punishment  of  which 
is  now,  or  may  hereaftei  be,  imprisonment  in  the  state’s  prison,  unless 
such  person  shall  have  been  restored  to  citizenship  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  law. 

(b)  Qualifications  of  Electors.  (See  Chap.  I,  Par.  106.) 

1618.  Registration  of  Voters.  (Art.  6.) 

(a)  Voter  must  be  able  to  Read  and  Write — Exceptions.  (See 
Chap.  I,  Par.  106  (d.) 

(b)  Application  for  Registration.  In  all  cases  the  applicant  for 
registration  must  be  sworn  before  being  registered,  and  state  as 
accurately  as  possible  his  name,  age,  place  of  birth,  place  of  resi¬ 
dence,  stating  ward  if  he  resides  in  an  incorporated  town  or  city; 
and  any  other  facts  which  may  be  material  upon  the  question 
of  identity  and  qualification.  The  registrar,  if  in  doubt  as  to  the 
right  of  the  applicant  to  register,  may  require  other  evidence  satis¬ 
factory  to  him.  The  registration  books  containing  this  record  shall 
be  evidence  again.st  the  applicant  in  any  court  of  law  in  a  proceeding 
for  false  or  fradulent  registration. 

(c)  Who  may  Vote  Without  Paying  Poll  Tax.  No  person  who 
has  become  of  age  since  the  first  day  in  June  of  the  previous  year, 
or  who  was  fifty  years  of  age  or  over  on  the  first  day  of  June  of 
the  previous  year  is  required  to  produce  any  poll  tax  receipt,  or  take 
the  oath  as  to  payment  of  poll  tax  in  order  to  vote.  No  person  who 
has  been  exempced  by  the  commissioners  of  the  county  wherein  he 
resides  on  account  of  poverty  or  infirmity  before  the  first  day  of 
May  of  the  same  year  is  required  to  produce  any  poll  tax  receipt 
in  order  to  vote.  To  these  exceptions  there  are  now  added  all  women 
voters. 

(d)  Duplicate  of  Poll  Tax  Receipt  may  be  had  from  Sheriff. 
Every  sheriff  or  tax  collector,  upon  payment  of  the  poll  tax,  shall 
issue  to  the  person  paying  the  same  a  certificate  showing  the  amount 
of  such  poll  tax  and  the  true  date  upon  which  it  was  paid. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1621 


(e)  When  Person  can  Register  on  Election  Day.  No  registration 
is  allowed  on  the  day  of  election,  but  if  any  person  gives  satisfactory 
evidence  to  the  registrar  and  judges  of  election  that  he  has  become 
qualified  to  register  and  vote  after  the  time  for  registration  has  ex¬ 
pired,  he  shall  be  allowed  to  register  on  that  date. 

1618  A.  Permanent  Registration.  (Art.  7.)  Under  the  Constitution 
(.See  Chap.  I,  Par.  106)  persons  who  were  entitled  to  register  upon  the 
Xiernianent  record  and  who  did  so  before  December  1,  1908  form  what 
is  known  as  the  “Permanent  Roll  of  Registered  Voters.’^ 

1619.  Absent  Electors.  (Art.  8.) 

(a)  Registration  of  Voters  Expecting  to  be  Absent  During  Reg¬ 
istration  Period.  The  chairmen  of  county  boards  of  elections  are  in- 
stmcted  to  keep  books  in  which  to  record  names  of  electors  who  notify 
them  of  their  inability  to  register  at  the  proper  time  on  account  of 
intended  absence,  and  the  registrar  must  afterward  enter  these  names 
on  the  regular  registration  book. 

(b)  Blank  Certificates  and  Envelopes  for  Absent  Electors.  These 
must  be  furnished  by  the  State  Board  of  Elections  to  the  county 
boards  for  the  use  of  electors  who  are  absent  from  the  county  or 
physically  unable  to  attend.  For  the  purpose  of  identification  the 
absent  voter  may  sign  his  name  on  the  ballot. 

1620.  Judges  of  Election.  (Art.  9.) 

(a)  Appointment.  There  are  two  judges  of  election  at  each 
election  precinct.  They  are  appointed  biennially  by  the  county  board 
of  electors.  The  chairman  of  each  political  party  submits  three  names, 
and  from  each  of  these  lists,  one  name  is  selected.  No  office  holder 
under  the  government  is  eligible  with  the  exception  of  justices  of 
the  peace. 

(b)  Duties.  Being  duly  sworn  to  conduct  the  election  fairly 
and  impartially,  the  judges  go  with  the  registrars  to  the  polling  place, 
open  the  polls  and  superintend  them  until  the  close  of  the  election. 
They  enter  the  name  of  every  voter  in  the  books  and  with  the  registrar 
certify  the  same  over  their  signatures,  depositing  one  copy  with  the 
registrar  of  deeds  and  another  with  the  county  board  of  elections. 

1621.  Challenges.  (Art.  10.) 

(a)  Registrar's  Books  Open  for  Challenge.  On  the  Saturday 
preceding  the  election  the  registrar  must  attend  the  polling  place  from 
9  a.  m.  to  3  p.  m.  and  open  his  books  for  the  inspection  of  electors. 
When  objection  is  made  to  a  name,  he  must  mark  opposite  that  name 
the  word  “challenged,”  and  duly  notify  the  voter,  appointing  time  and 
place  to  allow  him  to  clear  the  objection  if  he  can. 


Par.  1622 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


(b)  How  Challenges  are  Heard.  The  registrar  and  judges  ex¬ 
amine  a  voter  thus  challenged  as  to  his  qualifications,  and  tender  to 
him  a  form  of  oath.  If  he  takes  this  oath  and  otherwise  satisfies  the 
judges,  they  write  on  the  poll  books  opposite  his  name  “sworn.’’  If 
he  fails  to  meet  the  test,  they  erase  his  name  from  the  register. 

1622.  Conduct  of  Elections  (Art.  11.) 

(a)  Special  Elections.  Every  election  held  in  pursuance  of  a 
writ  from  the  Governor  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  and  penalties  as 
the  regular  biennial  elections. 

(b)  Opening  and  Holding  of  Polls.  Polls  are  open  from  sunrise 
to  sunset  and  no  longer.  A  space  of  not  more  than  fifty  feet  in 
every  direction  from  the  polling  booth  may  be  kept  open  and  clear 
of  all  persons  except  the  officers  in  charge  of  the  election.  Only  one 
elector  may  enter  at  a  time,  and  during  the  recording  of  his  vote  no 
one  except  the  registrar  or  judges  may  communicate  with  him  by 
word  or  sign,  or  be  communicated  with  by  him.  o 

(c)  Power  of  Election  Officers  to  Maintain  Order.  For  the 
purpose  of  maintaining  order,  election  officers  are  constituted  an  in¬ 
ferior  court  with  power  to  commit  to  jail  for  a  period  not  exceeding 
thirty  days.  They  may  appoint  one  or  more  bailiffs  for  each  precinct 
to  keep  peace  and  protect  the  voting  place. 

1623.  County  Board  of  Canvassers.  (Art.  12.) 

(a)  Appointment  of  Members.  The  registrar  and  judges  of  elec¬ 
tion  of  each  township,  ward  or  precinct  appoint  one  of  their  number 
as  member  of  the  board  of  county  canvassers  delivering  to  him  the 
original  return  of  the  election  in  their  district.  The  board  of  canvas¬ 
sers  is  made  up  of  these  members  appointed  by  the  various  townships, 
wards  or  precincts. 

(b)  Procedure.  The  board  meets  on  the  second  day  following 
the  election  at  11  a.  m.  at  the  courthouse  of  the  county,  and  immed¬ 
iately  chooses  one  of  its  members  chairman  and  another  clerk.  The 
chairman  then  administers  an  oath  to  each  of  the  members,  and  one 
member  does  the  same  to  the  chairman.  Thereafter  the  board  in  the 
presence  of  such  electors  as  choose  to  attend  must  “open  and  canvass 
and  judicially  determine  the  returns,  stating  the  number  of  legal 
ballots  cast  in  each  precinct  for  each  officer,  the  name  of  each  person 
voted  for,  and  the  number  of  votes  given  to  each  person  for  each  dif¬ 
ferent  office,  and  sign  the  same.”  The  board  has  authority  to  pass 
on  all  facts  relative  to  the  election,  and,  if  necessary,  to  send  for  and 
examine  papers  and  persons. 

The  board  must  make  two  abstracts  of  all  votes  cast  for  the  higher 
offices,  one  for  the  chairman  of  the  county  board  of  elections  and  one 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1625 


for  the  register  of  deeds.  The  original  returns  they  must  deliver  to 
the  clerk  of  the  superior  court  to  be  filed  in  his  office. 

(c)  County  Board  of  Elections  Decides  in  Case  of  Equal  Votes. 
If  two  or  more  county  candidates  having  the  greatest  number  of  votes, 
have  an  equal  number,  the  county  board  of  elections  determines  which 
is  elected. 

(d)  Proclamation  of  Result  of  Election.  When  it  has  completed 
all  the  returns,  the  county  board  of  canvassers  proclaims  the  results 
at  the  courthouse  door. 

1624.  State  Board  of  Canvassers. 

(a)  Composition.  The  Governor  and  four  members  of  the  State 
Board  of  Elections  selected  by  that  body  constitute  the  State  Board 
of  Canvassers.  No  member  can  canvass  votes  for  any  office  for  which 
he  himself  is  a  candidate. 

(b)  Duties.  On  the  Thursday  following  the  third  Monday  after 
each  election,  (if  the  returns  from  the  counties  are  all  in),  the  Board 
opens  the  abstracts  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  State  and  proceeds 
with  the  canvass  publicly  in  the  hall  of  the  House  of  Representatives. 
It  must  make  an  abstract,  stating  the  number  of  legal  ballots  cast 
for  each  candidate,  the  names  of  all  persons  voted  for,  for  what  office 
they  respectively  received  the  votes,  and  the  number  of  votes  each 
received,  and  stating  whom  it  ascertains  and  judicially  determines  by 
the  count  to  be  elected  to  the  office.  Each  abstract  must  then  be 
signed  by  the  Board  and  sealed  with  the  Seal  of  the  State.  In  the 
case  of  special  elections  for  Congress,  the  Board  meets  as  soon  as 
notified  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

1625.  Election  of  State  Officers,  Senators,  and  Congressmen. 
(Art.  14) 

(a)  How  Returns  are  Published.  The  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Representatives,  in  the  presence  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of 
both  houses,  opens  and  publishes  the  returns  for  Governor,  Lieutenant- 
Governor,  Secretary  of  State, Auditor,  Treasurer,  Superintendent  of 
Pbiblic  Instruction  and  Attorney-General,  or  other  State  Officers,  and 
United  States  Senators,  at  twelve  noon,  on  the  first  Tuesday  after 
the  organization  of  both  houses.  In  case  “two  or  more  are  equal 
and  highest  in  votes  for  the  .same  office,”  one  of  them  shall  be  chosen 
by  joint  ballot  of  both  houses. 

(b)  Election  of  U.  S.  Senators  and  Congressmen.  U.  S.  Sena¬ 
tors  are  elected  at  the  last  general  election  preceding  the  expiration 
of  regular  terms.  In  case  of  a  vacancy  caused  otherwise  than  by 
expiration  of  a  term,  the  Governor  appoints  to  fill  the  vacancy  until 
there  is  an  election.  The  election  for  U.  S.  Senators  whose  terms  ex- 


Par.  1626 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


pire  before  the  next  general  election,  and  for  members  of  Congress, 
is  appointed  to  be  held  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first  Monday  in 
November  1906  and  biennially  thereafter. 

1626.  Election  of  Presidential  Electors.  (Art.  15.) 

ta)  Procedure.  The  electicn  is  patterned  as  far  as  possible  on 
t’n  >c  for  State  Officers.  Eaeli  ballot  must  contain  the  nan.e  n  at 
least  one  inhabitant  of  each  of  the  ten  congressional  districts  into 
which  the  State  is  divided.  The  votes  are  counted  by  the  county  boards 
of  canvassers  in  the  courthouses  of  their  respective  counties,  and 
a  certified  copy  made  to  the  chairman  of  the  county  board  of  elec¬ 
tions  who  shall  publish  the  result.  Later,  the  State  Board  of  Canvas¬ 
sers  must  review  the  returns  in  the  usual  way.  (*See  above  Par.  624.). 
The  Governor  then  publishes  the  result  of  the  election,  and  warns  each 
of  the  persons  elected  to  attend  at  the  Capitol  at  noon  on  the  second 
Monday  of  January  following  the  election.  In  case  of  the  absence  or 
ineligibility  of  any  elector  chosen,  or  a  deficiency  in  the  required 
number,  those  persons  present  must  elect  citizens  of  the  State  to  make 
up  the  deficiency. 

1627.  Primary  Elections.  (Art.  17.) 

(a)  Selection  of  Candidates  for  Higher  Offices.  Primaries  are 
held  in  the  several  electoral  precincts  on  the  first  Saturday  in  June 
preceding  each  general  election  (held  in  November)  for  State  Officers, 
representatives  in  Congress,  district  officers  in  districts  composed  of 
more  than  one  county,  and  members  of  the  State  General  Assembly 
or  any  such  officers.  The  purpose  of  these  primaries  is  to  nominate, 
for  the  various  offices  to  be  filled,  candidates  representing  each  politi¬ 
cal  party  in  the  State.  At  the  primary  which  precedes  the  election  for 
a  U.  S.  Senator,  candidates  for  senator  shall  be  nominated. 

(b)  Selection  of  Candidates  for  President  and  Vice-President. 
In  the  year  of  the  presidential  election,  primaries  are  held  on  the 
first  Saturday  of  June.  Every  person  entitled  to  vote  in  the  election 
may  in  this  primary  express  his  choice  for  the  nominees  of  his  party 
for  president  and  vice-president.  All  delegates  at  large  from  the 
State  of  North  Carolina  to  the  national  convention  of  such  political 
party,  and  the  delegates  from  each  congressional  district,  shall  be 
bound  by  the  majority  of  the  votes  which  may  be  cast  for  any  such 
persons  for  the  respective  nominations,  and,  in  the  event  that  there 
is  no  majority  vote,  the  plurality  of  such  votes  shall  govern  in  each 
of  the  congressional  districts  and  in  the  State  at  large,  respectively: 
Provided,  that  the  State  Board  of  Elections  may  make  such  other 
and  necessary  rules  and  regulations  for  carrying  out  the  provisions 
of  this  article  as  may  be  proper,  such  rules  and  regulations  not  to 
be  in  conflict  with  the  letter  and  spirit  of  this  article. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1627 


(c>  Primaries  Governed  by  General  Election  Laws.  Primary 
elections  are  conducted  as  far  as  possible  in  every  detail  in  the  same 
manner  as  other  elections. 

(d)  Notices  and  Pledges  to  be  Filed  by  Candidates.  Every  pros¬ 
pective  candidate  seeking  primary  election  must  file  with  the  State 
Board  of  Elections,  at  least  six  weeks  before  the  primary  is  held,  a 
notice  stating  his  party  affiliation,  the  office  for  which  he  is  a  candi- 

1^  date,  and  a  pledge  to  abide  by  and  support  the  party  candidate  nomi¬ 

nated  by  his  political  party.  In  the  case  of  candidates  for  the  State 
Senate  in  districts  composed  of  only  one  county,  candidates  for  the 
house  of  representatives,  and  certain  county  officers,  such  notice 
must  be  given  to  the  county  board  cii  elections,  and  need  not  antedate 
the  primary  l)y  more  than  two  weeks, 

(e)  Fees  of  Candidates.  The  following  sums  must  be  paid  to 
the  State  Board  of  Elections  to  be  paid  into  the  State  Treasury;  by 
Candidates  for  any  Congressional  office,  fifty  dollars;  by  candidates 
for  judge  of  the  superior  court,  solicitor  of  any  judicial  district  or 
any  State  Officer,  twenty  dollars;  and  for  State  Senator,  five  dollars. 
Candidates  for  county  offices  pay  five  dollars  or  less  according  to 
the  office.  In  the  event  cf  a  candidate  withdrawing  from  an  election, 
he  may  recover  his  fee. 

(f)  Statements  of  Expenditures  to  be  Filed  by  Candidates. 
Every  candidate  for  primary  election  must  file  under  oath  v/ithin  ten 
days  before  the  election  an  itemized  statement  of  all  money  or  other 
things  of  value  that  he  has  spent  or  knows  to  have  been  spent  in  his 
behalf,  and  also  within  twenty  days  after  the  election,  a  like  itemized 
statement  giving  in  addition  all  money  contributed  to  him  directly 
or  indirectly  by  any  person  or  corporation,  and  the  names  of  contribu¬ 
tors;  and  stating  that  he  has  neither  directly  nor  indirectly  promised 
to  give  anything  of  value  to  any  person  for  his  support,  nor  promised 
to  support  another  in  return  for  support  rendered. 

(g)  Registration  for  Primaries.  The  regular  registration  books 
are  kept  open  before  the  primary  elections  in  the  same  manner  and 
for  the  same  time  as  is  prescribed  by  law  for  general  elections,  and 
electors  may  be  registered  for  both. 

(h)  Procedure  at  Primary  Elections.  Three  ballot  boxes  must 
be  provided  for  each  party  labeled  “National  Primary  Box,”  State 
Primary  Box”  and  “Legislative  Primary  Box.”  In  the  first  shall  be 
deposited  ballots  for  president,  vice-president  and  members  of  Con¬ 
gress;  in  the  second,  ballots  for  State  and  district  officers,  other 
than  Senatorial  districts;  and  in  the  third,  ballots  for  members  of 
the  General  Assembly. 

A  voter  must  first  declare  the  political  party  with  which  he  is  af¬ 
filiated  and  in  whose  primary  he  desires  to  vote;  the  registrar  will 


Par,  1627 


SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


then  furnish  him  with  ballots  of  that  party.  Any  one  may  challenge 
an  elector’s  right  to  vote  in  the  primary  he  has  named  upon  the  ground 
that  he  does  not  affiliate  with  that  party,  nor  intend  in  good  faith 
to  support  the  candidates  nominated  by  it.  It  then  becomes  the  duty 
of  the  registrar  and  judges  of  election  to  determine  his  right. 

The  name  of  the  voter,  with  the  party  to  which  he  belongs,  is 
recorded  in  a  primary  polling  book. 

If  only  one  candidate  offers  himself  for  an  office,  he  becomes 
the  party  nominee  for  that  office  without  election. 

(i)  Primaries  for  County  Offices^.  These  are  held  at  the  same 
time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  primaries  for  State  Offices. 
Candidates  must  file  notice  with  the  county  board  of  elections  and 
take  the  I'equisite  pledge.  Ballots  must  be  deposited  in  the  box 
labeled  “Legislative  Primary  Box”  which  shall  have  as  a  subtitle 
“County  Primary  Box.” 

(j)  Primaries  for  Township  and  Precinct  Offices.  The  county 
boards  of  elections  are  authorized  to  provide  for  primary  elections  for 
the  filling  of  township  and  precinct  offices. 

(k)  Second  Primaries — When  Necessary.  Nominations  for  pres¬ 
ident  and  vice-president  of  the  United  States  in  the  several  congres¬ 
sional  districts  are  determined  by  a  plurality  of  the  votes  cast  (i.  e. 
the  excess  of  votes  cast  for  any  one  candidate  over  the  candidate 
next  to  him).  In  the  case  of  all  other  offices,  nominations  are  deter¬ 
mined  by  a  majority  of  all  the  votes  cast,  and  where  a  candidate 
fails  to  receive  such  a  majority,  a  second  primary  must  be  held  be¬ 
tween  the  two  aspirants  who  received  highest  votes,  provided  the 
aspirant  in  second  place  requests  it  and  neither  is  willing  to  withdraw. 

A  second  primary  is  held  four  weeks  after  the  first. 

(l)  Non-Partisan  Candidates  may  be  Added  to  Official  Ballot  on 
Petition.  No  other  name  than  that  of  the  person  chosen  in  the  pri¬ 
mary  may  be  printed  on  the  ballot  as  a  candidate  of  any  political  party 
but  any  elector  may  if  he  is  qualified  to  fill  a  particular  office,  and  files 
a  petition  within  the  time  allowed  by  law,  have  his  name  placed  on  the 
official  ballot  as  a  non-partisan  candidate.  Such  a  petition  must  con¬ 
tain  a  statement  under  oath  that  the  petitioner  does  not  affiliate  with 
any  political  party.  It  must  also  be  supported  by  a  petition  to  the 
State  Board  of  Elections  signed  by  ten  per  cent  of  the  electors. 

(m)  Political  Party  Defined.  The  term  political  party  as  em¬ 
ployed  in  this  article  shall  include  “all  political  parties  having  candi¬ 
dates  who  were  voted  for  for  state  offices  at  the  general  election  in 
nineteen  hundred  and  fourteen,  and,  in  addition,  any  political  party 
which  may  be  declared  to  be  such  by  a  declaration  signed  by  ten  thous¬ 
and  legal  voters  and  filed  with  the  State  Board  of  Elections  thirty  days 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Par.  1629 


before  the  time  fixed  for  candidates  for  state  offices  to  file  notices.” 

(n)  Counties  Excepted  from  Primary  Laws.  Article  17  does  not 
apply  to  nominations  for  candidates  for  county  offices  and  members 
of  the  House  of  Representatives  in  the  following  counties:  Alamance, 
Alexander,  Alleghany,  Ashe,  Brunswick,  Burke,  Cabarrus,  Caldwell, 
Catawba,  Cherokee,  Clay,  Dare,  Davidson,  Davis,  Duplin,  Edgecombe, 
Gaston,  Graham,  Halifax,  Hyde,  Johnston,  Lee,  Macon,  Martin,  Mc¬ 
Dowell,  Mitchell,  Montgomery,  New  Hanover,  Northampton,  Pender, 
Polk,  Sampson,  tStanly,  Surry,  Transylvania,  Tyrell,  Union,  Watauga, 
Wilkes.  But  in  any  county  whose  county  offices  are  hereby  exempted, 
if  voters  in  number  as  gi’eat  as  one-fifth  of  the  total  vote  cast  for 
governor  at  the  preceding  gubernatorial  election  petition  the  board  of 
county  commissioners  for  an  election  on  the  question  of  “county  pri¬ 
maries’’  versus  “no  county  primaries,”  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
board  to  order  an  election  at  the  next  succeeding  general  election  upon 
this  question. 

1628.  Offenses  Against  the  Elective  Franchise.  (Art.  5.  Corrupt 
Practice  at  Eelections)  It  is  a  misdemeanor  to  bet  on  elections;  to 
intimidate  or  oppose  voters;  to  make  contributions  toward  campaigns 
without  properly  reporting  the  same;  to  fail  to  report  campaign  re¬ 
ceipts  and  disbusements;  to  publish  unsigned  derogatory  charges  con¬ 
cerning  candidates  or  circulate  the  same;  to  promise  political  appoint¬ 
ments  in  return  for  political  support;  to  dispose  of  liquor  at  or  near 
polling  places. 

It  is  a  felony  to  register  in  more  than  one  precinct  or  impersonate 
other  voters:  to  buy  and  sell  votes;  to  make  fraudulent  entries  and 
returns;  to  swear  falsely  in  connection  with  elections;  to  qualify  any 
one  fraudulently  as  an  elector. 

1629.  Women  Voters.  The  woman  voter  is  subject  to  the  same 
conditions  and  qualifications  as  apply  to  the  male  voter,  except  that 
she  is  not  required  to  pay  a  poll  tax  or  exhibit  a  poll  tax  receipt  in  order 
to  register  and  vote.  Before  registering  each  woman  voter  must  take 
the  following  oath:  “That  she  will  support  the  constitution  of  the 
United  States  and  the  constitution  of  the  state  of  North  Carolina,  not 
inconsistent  therewith;  that  she  has  been  a  resident  of  the  State  of 
North  Carolina  for  two  years,  of  the  county  for  six  months  and  of  the 
precinct  in  which  she  proposes  to  vote  four  months;  that  she  is  twenty- 
one  years  of  age  and  has  not  registered  for  this  election  in  any  other 
precinct.” 

The  Attorney  General  has  ruled  that  the  woman  voter  need  not 
give  her  exact  age,  but  she  must  state  that  she  is  21  years  of  age  or 
over.  An  act  of  the  extra  session  of  the  General  Assembly  of  1920 
defines  the  residence  of  a  married  woman  living  with  her  husband  to 
be  where  her  husband  resides,  and  that  of  a  woman  living  separate  and 
apart  from  her  husband  to  be  where  she  actually  resides. 


B  J  O  i  .1  4  :i  O  2  I 


■I 


*4  -.  Oi'l^o  jiiti.;  T.<1  t‘> *'ii  ^>-W 

'  •  .  '  ■' 

it}'.i  h^Ij  7t  -ihihA  ^ss-fij  y,xSmh*I  moTl  hjUuu'*  ^ 

u  yJfiux>o  .ioiv«tWi^>ihr ^o'l*^aorjiil^r^  lur.  aJ 

»:n;r<:/a»{;A  :-:  >!. rrot»o  Mu’rv  erfi  lo 

J1')wM20  ?  r; a  ,tp t'aexalA 

,‘»«;(iTi[<>’r>’:^rKf  .a:::^fcr//:^l  .tilCI  ^irrirw  ,  !  r^iiisJ 

oK  ,ytj|^#ii^  ,f5  '*0KK  a’H  ,/a»''{i;ivJ_ 

,xof)r!->^  .iToAiufft.firoVI  .,xoioQnl{  WisK  ,ln?'>r<>(I 

.(iclfi  .([‘/Ty'l’  ,«;niivl7  it:n  s  i 

.b'jtctnfvx  j  ->>»  jMid  X/fin  j  ^ar*  .  ' 

TO*'  idr.j  .  (r^7o)i  oHi  jn6  ‘t 

lo  bx«od  fjdi  iTi  :]il«  .  notv’i  >' •  I;.- .  '-t/vfvrMUw  -‘jv  Ift  -n  iv^''’'*H 

-iiij  7>rt{joy*  i'l  ■>:!>  ;•  <  a'oi.^’^r.  .{4i  "  'i-  :‘:fHf»<  i%^‘i£i,'r.  •  ■  yb:fKK>' 

•rU  lo  yaoh  c  -lj  od  liR/t  -.  'i  '‘'.^:>hj^:<iitq  y'iirii'ij-  ca ' 

-nrtqir  rmijo^h  ?«T)n‘j'S  ddl  no'U)*.:*  rrn  X‘dno  o'  ^j«od 

>  r.  r  .rio;t^'^'i;u  jr'li 

"• 

IqifllO^)  .^-  .i'/Af  '  .^fr.it{>(Tr.‘*^l  o  dJCi'^lCE  '5,'M  ^•*^/:i<rsA  , 

ot  yiffOii  ’‘*h  riff  ^itrf  cl  xviiix‘JffVjhdin{  ti  il  it'  ■’•>iJ>EVl 

afi:g«cti.rno  bxiiwui  ^lu.oiiodhifft/^  oj  '*«,'>io/  'jo-v.j.qo  lo />;•,.*>  *n(‘oi 

’  i?^ '.<;qiai»  /  '••«»qi>  t  *  •  ffjti.oi  ;‘.»fifi,^  ^rit  J '  i  Vit  qoif/. 

-nto**  :  h'/(r:dv»ii  rfrikloq  ot  dh  ••> 

b'*/iidoq  <>t  :  torffio  p-'  jt*t*’> 

iBOfr  TO  -1  ifjfiil  lu  *>;v.  (yfi  ly)  ;Jxo<lo;v'<i  fr.oitiloo  «<  1  fli  * 


‘'/t-.'.K'ii^^jflfii  *i‘‘  nifdi  o'^oui  ••  ‘  yn*^  .  >t  c  a 

iSnn  ivoMo  Jrt.;-fobqr*il  oj  :fc:?,iov  Ih-  hna  J  '  :rr->toY '^orfto  . 
V  A  vlrfrtop  oi  ,fc/«ri4‘>o{*^  xttiv/  fiO'^t'^unoo  <ii  *!/»*}  '";  .* 


V  V 


;<>•! 


V>, 


.xoi  >^n>  H/'i  ylmoioboAi* 


..  ■■■ ;  '  ,  '.  .- 

oiffA^  ?rfi  <4  toovda.i  at  ivtoo  (tiifrto’/r  odT  rijrac^*''  .^Sdf  ' ■  ,  :  *- 

iedi  'jfiJttT  ,^Iqq«  j';i5  ?r<ok.  >ii’ -uy  l>i  ?;  .9f  qilpSno^  ^ 


of/io  ni  xiti  Hoq  u  fid;rrX*>  iv  xx;J  fX^oi* c  yj-;  d  b'^traif^  fotr.  iti  od*:-' 


'^iaJ  i'  v/tn  xij^’oV  iii.^noir  otSi/vi.*-  ;  -oit 


-rij  ‘to  noitt^UiUN^j  !>dt' Jioqq.  ' Jf- ^  :i<H»<>  ^iicyo:i»^>  i-mXI. 

,  }  )n  ,1  frikn^D  t^iio'/l  lo  sJ-olo  on;  lo  m>il££iL*-;<i  i‘«  «v'  U.rxi 

OiS?  1.  bGA  »irtajo^  XJB  xolt  ykoJioi  ofit  lo  .  i*  C  ov/.i'-T<>l  n*i»IoiJip  ftJ  io4 
-'flixoorj  xr  9ft'*  .'jsdi  ;i’f{Jrforfr  Tirol  »;V,..’  d  »'j-:oqn  oj  >t‘.  4  rtoiii  'V  •.»(  .ii>irr»9iq 

'  «{itt  lol  bjiiiris’ •.  OT  6/*>i  I  ‘Ti.fi  1  iW'Xc- 

’’.:?':r:I.i  ^  :q 

;  9/ft  jsdi  bMi/t  a/j.HT  finv>nuO  'y^Jf^o^tA 

.  _  ^  -v~-r<  -tC  tl  'Jfjx  {jtiii?  t??i/rfr  ads  tiid 

b:*  oA  i«r..:'  ^)  odi  la  ncii^op,  e  •  ro  nd?  lo  iy^trA  yt-^vo 

'‘^  hrr.iici^^  lid  ''•f.v  'N'.rvrf  rtr.inov/  bHi-i*'  :7{i  r.  tO  av^t  :; 


■•*21 

1! 


1: 


.T  i 


4  ^ 

►  -  •* 


■  4  i  ♦••  I* 


^  T.. 


tgiU  b.TV?  .•>  ■  •  .  or  blind  '.'.I  V^;i  od’ 


l-.OT  Vilt'ujjOB  add  9T  >if‘A'  v-  Oi.bKfidcOil  J'^C* 


MEMORANDUM 


.ihh- 


9  • 


“  ,v 

I  .  ’ 


A  • 

Pfc*! 

.  (  . 


.<jr 

ts<V 


"Wv‘  »-■•-' 


yt.  :l}’. 


srr/*^  t't  ” 
^  -  .'•••■ 


'•‘■t  V 


.  ■  ■ »  > 

X 


• »t,  '  « ,T 


>r: 


■  -»  »v  ' 


I  '  . 


J.‘  V 

f  r  . 

‘  .  i*t  '  ■ ;  /. 


t:.'t  f*  ^ 


k  > 

/■  .-■•’i-' 

;'t^‘  ?  To  > 


•  i 


‘.r>- 

r 

i'  £ 

'  W 1  • 


n  I  '  ‘ 


•  ■\  « 


m^' ,  ■  ■  >■  ,.i,  „  '.^r  f  -  .:.:»>  ■;  -  :■  ■ 

;  .v-  >'■•",■,•,/  .  •■'<%■  •,i!i>M% •■■■’’  ^  ;  ■  “ii 


‘LT3 


t 


‘  W 


:r]  ■ 


j  ■• 


•  * 

•  _  :.  JP  .  '  ' 


.  0/i>'  ■-  ,  'y  ■  '’ 


K  :■.  ■■■' 


* .  K* 

’*  ^  u  •'J 


.y  Y, 

•  .  ^2®  ■  •  . 


"'’j  ‘  V  <)' '  V'’^'  '  ‘  J  ■'  ‘■‘i 


‘  ’  i  >  *  . 


^  . 


CHAPTER  XVII 


Red  Cross  Division  Organization  and 

Activities 

1701.  Organization:  In  order  to  administer  efficiently  the  work 
of  the  American  Ked  Cross  the  United  States  has  been  divided  into 
thirteen  divisions,  each  division  having  its  own  office.  The  territory 
included  in  the  Southern  Division  consists  of  five  states:  Florida, 
Georgia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina  and  Tennessee,  with  head¬ 
quarters  office  at  249  Ivy  street,  Atlanta,  Georgia. 

The  function  of  each  division  office  is  to  be  a  medium  of  con¬ 
nection  between  National  Headquarters  and  the  various  chapters  in 
each  of  the  divisions,  and  to  aid  in  adapting  the  policies  and  progress 
of  the  American  Red  Cross  to  local  needs.  The  division  also  works 
in  co-operation  with  the  State  Departments  in  order  that  all  the  activi¬ 
ties  of  each  chapter  may  be  in  harmony  with  and  strengthen  the 
program  which  these  departments  are  attempting  to  develop. 

1702.  Policy:  The  following  is  the  policy  of  the  Southern  Di¬ 
vision.  It  corresponds  to  the  policy  of  National  Headquarters. 

1.  To  discharge  efficiently  and  fully  the  responsibility  which  the 
American  Red  Cross  has  assumed  for  the  families  of  soldiers  and 
sailors. 

2.  To  undertake  no  work  which  will  compete  with  or  absorb  the 
v/ork  of  any  other  social  agency  organized  to  cover  the  same  field, 
or  which  does  not  clearly  address  itself  to  a  social  need  as  yet  un¬ 
satisfied. 

3.  The  various  chapters  will  in  the  future  assume  full  responsi 
bility  for  providing  personnel,  funds  and  facilities  to  carry  on  Red 
Cross  service  activities.  The  division  will  co-operate  in  every  possi¬ 
ble  way  in  providing  an  opportunity  for  training  of  personnel  and  by 
means  of  frequent  visits,  suggestions,  and  other  help. 

4.  So  long  as  the  work  is  done  in  the  name  of  the  Red  Cross, 

or  Red  Cross  funds  are  being  used,  it  must  accord  with  the  standards 

upheld  by  the  Red  Cross. 

1703.  Activities:  Since  close  study  of  local  needs  and  adapta¬ 
tion  to  local  conditions  is  the  great  principle  of  effective  service,  any 

program  which  the  Division  puts  forth  should  not  be  taken  as  neces¬ 
sarily  applicable  in  its  entirety  to  all  chapters.  Its  purpose  is  rather 
to  suggest  the  general  lines  of  social  development  along  which  chap¬ 
ters  may  proceed  and  those  types  of  services  for  which  chapters  may 
expect  to  call  upon  the  Division  for  help  and  co-operation.  Of  the  fol¬ 
lowing  program  of  the  Southern  Division,  (outside  of  war-time  activi¬ 
ties),  only  a  few  chapters  so  far  have  been  able  to  adopt  the  whole 
or  greater  part;  the  majority  having  to  content  themselves  with  mak- 


Par.  1703-A  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


ing  a  beginning  with  that  feature,  or  features,  which  seems  to  be 
most  pressing  in  view  of  the  local  needs:  (a)  Home  Service  and 
Family  Welfare  Work;  (b)  Health  Activities;  (c)  Child  Welfare  Ac¬ 
tivities;  (d)  Social  Information  Service;  (e)  Training  for  Social  Work; 
(f)  Community  Studies;  (g)  Motion  Picture  Service;  (h)  Military 
Relief;  (i)  Hospital  Social  Service;  (j)  Disaster  Relief. 

1703  A.  Home  Service  and  Family  Welfare  Work: 

(a)  Bureau  of  After  Care:  When  America  entered  the  war  the 
Government  asked  the  Red  Cross  to  assume  responsibility  for  main¬ 
taining  the  esesntial  standards  of  American  home  life  in  the  families 
of  service  men  while  they  were  in  camp  or  overseas.  Both  the  men 
themselves  and  their  families  needed  friendly  and  intelligent  aid  during 
the  difficult  period  of  adjustment  incident  to  mobilization. 

In  order  to  discharge  the  responsibility  that  was  assumed  in  this 
work,  3,700  chapter  headquarters  were  organized  having  Home  Service 
Sections,  and  in  addition  to  this  branches  were  opened.  The  actual 
number  of  centers  in  which  Home  Service  work  was  carried  on 
totalled  15,000.  It  is  significant  to  note  that  prior  to  the  war,  organ¬ 
ized  family  social  work  had  been  carried  on  in  only  about  300  of  these 
centers. 

The  Home  Service  work  during  the  war  included:  securing  allot¬ 
ment  and  allowance  for  the  families;  forming  a  line  of  communication 
between  the  families  and  the  soldiers  and  sailors  in  camp  or  overseas; 
obtaining  medical  assistance  and  whatever  else  was  due  the  service 
man  and  his  family  under  the  special  war  measures  that  were  passed, 
and  solving  problems  of  all  kinds  which  were  encountered  in  the 
families  of  service  men.  In  this  war  time  period  over  800,000  families 
were  touched  by  the  American  Red  Cross  through  its  Home  Service 
Sections,  whose  activities  were  to  a  very  large  extent  carried  on  by 
trained  workers.  A  total  of  1,800  students  received  special  training 
lor  Red  Cross  service  during  the  period  of  the  war.  In  addition  to 
this,  social  workers  were  recruited  from  ail  agencies  for  the  emergency 
service,  and  a  total  of  28,000  volunteers  were  employed.  A  significant 
result  was  that  the  standards  of  professional  social  work  were  for  the 
first  time  in  American  history  carried  on  a  large  scale  into  smaller 
cities  and  rural  communities.  It  was  found  that  many  of  the  families 
of  service  men  which  were  being  aided  required  the  counsel  and 
friendship  of  one  trained  in  family  social  case  work.  Another  result 
was  that  special  welfare  problems  in  these  smaller  cities  and  rural 
communities  which  should  receive  attention  were  brought  to  light. 

At  present  the  American  Red  Cross  is  still  responsible  for  com¬ 
pleting  its  war  time  obligation  to  the  faimilies  of  soldiers  and  sailors. 
This  obligation  includes  aiding  the  disabled  in  obtaining  proper  medi 
cal  attention,  compensation,  or  vocational  education,  or  in  giving  in¬ 
formation  in  regard  to  War  Risk  Insurance,  reinstatement  or  con- 


RED  CROSS  DIVISION  ORGANIZATION  AND  ACTIVITIES  Par.  1703-C 


version  of  insurance  policies,  as  well  as  rendering  helpful  service  to 
the  families  of  the  men  who  gave  their  lives  or  who  are  disabled  and 
are  receiving  hospital  treatment  or  vocational  training.  All  inquiries 
relating  to  this  work  in  the  Southern  Division  should  be  directed  to  the 
Bureau  of  Home  Service  and  After  Care  of  the  Southern  Division. 

(b)  The  Bureau  of  Field  Service.  The  preservation  and  develop¬ 
ment  of  standards  of  American  home  life  through  Home  Service  Sec¬ 
tions  during  the  war  period  will  be  a  permanent  contribution  to  civili¬ 
zation,  but  the  significant  thing  which  has  grown  out  of  it  may  prove 
to  be  even  more  important  and  inspiring,  that  is,  standardized  family 
welfare  work  throughout  the  smaller  cities  and  rural  communities. 
The  continuation  and  extension  of  Home  Service  activities  is  inevitable; 
for  the  family  rehabilitation  work  which  was  started  in  hundreds  of 
homes  of  service  men  must  be  carried  to  a  successful  completion,  and 
the  urgent  needs  in  matters  of  health  and  public  welfare  to  which 
the  war  work  opened  the  eyes  of  the  American  people  cannot  fail  to 
be  met.  Loyalty  to  American  standards  of  home  life  leaves  no  choice 
in  the  matter.  The  American  Red  Cross  in  its  permanent  program  is 
therefore  interested  in  extending  its  Home  Service  work  to  civilian 
families  wherever  there  is  urgent  need  for  .such  welfare  work.  Ninety 
per  cent  of  the  field  in  which  Home  Service  Sections  originated  during 
the  war  is  rural  and  almost  untouched  by  agencies  doing  family  social 
work.  It  is  the  object  of  the  American  Red  Cross  to  develop  the 
highest  type  of  service  in  this  field  through  well  trained  social  workers. 
Any  requests  for  such  workers  or  inquiries  regarding  welfare  work 
should  be  directed  to  the  Bureau  of  Field  Service,  iSouthem  Division. 

1703  B.  Health: 

Department  of  Nursing:  Health  is  one  of  the  chief  concerns  in 
the  future  service  of  the  Red  Cross.  The  aim  is  to  promote  public 
health  activities  in  co-operation  with  the  public  health  departments  of 
the  states  and  cities. 

It  is  the  object  of  the  Department  of  Nursing  to  promote  the 
establishment  of  health  centers,  to  recruit  and  train  nurses  for  pub¬ 
lic  health  work,  to  supply  chapters  with  the  nurses  and  to  supervise 
nursing  activities.  A  center  for  training  nurses  for  Public  Health 
Work  has  been  developed  at  Peabody  College,  through  the  co-oper¬ 
ation  of  the  Southern  Division  with  the  College,  the  Red  Cro.ss  Chap¬ 
ter  and  the  Health  Board  of  Nashville,  Tenn. 

The  Department  of  Nursing  is  also  promoting,  through  special 
representatives,  educational  work  in:  (a)  Home  Hygiene  and  Care 
of  the  >Sick;  (b)  Maternity  and  Infant  Welfare  Work;  (c)  Dietetics; 
(d)  First  Aid.  Any  requests  for  services  of  this  type  should  be  re¬ 
ferred  to  the  Department  of  Nursing  of  the  Southern  Division. 

1703  C.  Child  Welfare: 

Department  of  Junior  Red  Cross:  One  of  the  major  welfare 
activities  of  the  Red  Cross  is  preventive  work  among  children  includ- 


Par.  1703-D  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


ing  promotion  of  the  following:  (a)  Clinical  service  for  children;  (b) 
‘‘Better  Baby''  campaigns,  (c)  Parent  teacher  associations  as  special 
child  welfare  agencies  in  cities  using  the  program  outlined  by  the 
Federal  Children’s  Bureau;  (d)  Work  of  rehabilitation  in  homes  in 
which  children  of  .school  age  are  not  attending  school;  (e)  Work  in 
homes  of  children  who  come  before  the  Juvenile  Court;  (f)  Providing 
books  and  clothing  for  needy  children  unable  otherwise  to  attend 
school;  (g)  Wholesome  recreation  for  children,  emphasizing  Boy 
Scout  and  Girl  Scout  activities. 

Part  of  this  Red  Cross  Service  is  rendered  by  its  Junior  Mem¬ 
bership.  The  purpose  of  the  Junior  Activities  in  the  schools  is 
to  develop  interest  in  community  problems  among  children;  to  fur¬ 
nish  relief  to  suffering  children  whenever  possible;  to  promote  nealth 
'  crusades  and  build  up  ideals  and  habits  of  service. 

The  educational  program  which  is  promoted  among  the  Junior  Red 
Cross  members  consists  of:  (a)  Study  of  the  citizenship  topics  by 
each  school  auxiliary,  once  a  week;  (b)  Meeting  of  the  Junior  Red 
Cross  Council  once  a  month.  The  membership  is  composed  of  student 
representatives  from  each  school  in  the  chapter  and  the  officers  are 
elected  from  and  by  these  representatives.  The  program  of  the  Coun¬ 
cil  consists  of  reports  of  work  by  the  Juniors  and  announcement  of 
future  plans  by  the  Junior  Red  Cross  Council;  (c)  Red  Cross  moving 
pictures,  pageants,  etc.;  (d)  Classes  in  first  aid,  home  hygiene  and 
care  of  the  sick,  home  dietetics  and  life  saving. 

Inquiries  regarding  this  work  should  be  directed  to  the  Depart¬ 
ment  of  Junior  Red  Cross  of  the  Southern  Division, 


1703  D.  Social  Information  Service: 

The  Bureau  of  Education  and  Research:  One  of  the  unique  and 
broadly  useful  activities  which  the  Red  Cross  developed  during  the 
war  was  ififormation  service.  At  first  this  consisted  primarily  of  in¬ 
formation  to  service  men  and  their  families  in  regard  to  government 
insurance,  allotments  and  allowances,  compensation  and  other  special 
v/ar  measures.  In  interpreting  the  highly  complicated  legislative 
enactments  which  dealt  with  these  various  measures,  and  giving  ad¬ 
vice  on  how  to  proceed  in  the  thousand  and  one  situations  to  which 
they  applied,  the  Red  Cross  war-time  Handbook  of  Information  for 
Home  Service  Sections  proved  invaluable,  not  merely  to  Red  Cross 
Workers  but  to  many  persons  besides,  including  Government  officials. 
The  aftermath  of  war  service  and  the  first  steps  in  the  peace-time 
pi’ogram  have  shown  the  need  for  easily  accessible  information  on  a 
wdde  variety  of  social  laws  and  institutions  both  local  and  national. 
This  development  led  to  the  idea  of  compiling  a  Handbook  of  the 
social  resources  of  each  state  with  a  supplementary  volume  on 
National  Social  Laws  and  Agencies  to  be  prepared  at  National  Head¬ 
quarters  *  of'  the  Red  Cross.  ’Phe  prese^  volume  is  a  first  fruit 
of  this  purpose.  SKould  experiehcb  bbhfiM  dts‘u§efhlness, -the.  South- 


RED  CROSS  DIVISION  ORGANIZATION  AND  ACTIVITIES  Par.  1703-G 


ern  Division  will  endeavor  to  render  a  similar  service  for  the  other 
states  within  its  bounds.  All  inquiries  regarding  social  legislation 
and  agencies,  or  suggestions  as  to  changes  that  should  be  made  in 
this  Handbook,  should  be  directed  to  the  Bureau  of  Education  and  Re¬ 
search,  Southern  Division. 

1703  E.  Training  for  Social  Work: 

Bureau  of  Education  and  Research:  During  the  war  special 
institutes  were  offered  for  training  workers  particularly  for  Home 
Service  w'ork.  Some  of  these  Institutes  were  carried  on  in  co-oper¬ 
ation  with  universities,  others  by  the  Red  Cross  itself.  The  work  was 
for  the  greater  part  intended  to  meet  emergency  needs,  but  the 
war  has  uncovered  needs  of  every  character  in  all  parts  of  the  country. 
There  has  developed  a  demand  in  many  localities  for  trained  com¬ 
munity  leadership.  In  order  to  meet  this  demand  the  Southern  Divis¬ 
ion  of  the  American  Red  Cross  in  co-operation  with  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  has  opened  a  permanent  School  of  Public  Welfare  with 
courses  organized  on  the  quarter  year  basis.  A  similar  school  for 
social  work  was  operated  during  the  summer  in  co-operation  with 
Converse  College  at  Spartanburg,  S.  C.,  and  arrangements  with  the 
University  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina  are  under  consideration. 
Comprehensive  courses  will  be  given  with  the  hope  of  training  workers 
for  all  types  of  welfare  and  community  service.  Inquiries  regarding 
courses  should  be  addressed  to  the  Bureau  of  Education,  Southern 
Division  or  to  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Public  Welfare,  North 
Carolina  University,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.,  or  to  the  Director  of  the 
School  of  Social  Work  at  Converse  College,  Spartanburg,  S.  C. 

1703  F.  Community  Studies: 

Bureau  of  Service  Organizatilon :  Community  studies  are  being 
used  by  the  Red  Cross  in  the  extension  of  its  service.  It  is  the  de¬ 
sire  of  the  organization  to  develop  in  communities  only  those  activi¬ 
ties  which  are  urgently  needed.  In  undertaking  a  permanent  program 
in  a  chapter  a  survey  is  made  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the 
needs,  and  on  the  basis  of  the  findings  of  the  survey  a  program  is  out¬ 
lined.  It  is  the  desire  of  the  Red  Cross  to  co-operate  with  all  other 
agencies  in  the  field.  In  most  instances  surveys  are  conducted  under 
the  auspices  of  a  central  committee  representing  the  social  agencies 
in  the  community.  All  correspondence  relating  to  surveys  should  be 
referred  to  the  Director  of  Service  Organization,  Southern  Division. 

1703  G.  Motion  Pictures: 

Bureau  of  Motion  Picture  Service:  Motion  picture  service  is 
carried  on  by  the  Red  Cross  to  the  extent  that  educational,  scenic  and 
exceptional  industrial  and  public  health  films  are  made  available  for 
general  distribution.  They  are  intended  to  be  of  special  value  to  non¬ 
theatre  exhibitors  or  churches,  schools,  clubs,  social  centers  and  in¬ 
dustrial  establishments,  A  fee  of  three  dollars  is  charged  for  recent 


Par.  1703-H  SOCIAL  LAWS  AND  AGENCIES  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA 


releases.  Other  films  may  be  obtained  free  of  charge. 

Inquiries  regarding  pictures  should  be  directed  to  the  Bureau  of 
Motion  Picture  Service  of  the  Southern  Division. 

1703  H.  Military  Relief: 

Department  of  Military  Relief :  During  the  war  the  Red  Cross 
maintained  its  immediate  contact  with  service  men  through  its  De¬ 
partment  of  Military  Relief  which  was  organized  in  every  army  camp 
and  navy  station  at  home  and  abroad.  This  department  stood  directly 
between  the  military  and  naval  authorities  and  the  folks  at  home.  It 
served  as  a  meeting  ground  for  both  in  considering  the  interests  of 
all,  but  particularly  the  interests  of  the  service  men.  The  department 
is  still  concerned  with  recreational  work  in  camp  hospitals  and  still 
serves  as  a  line  of  communication  between  the  military  authorities  and 
the  civilian  population. 

Correspondence  relating  to  this  feature  of  the  work  should  be 
directed  to  the  Department  of  Military  Relief,  Southern  Division. 

1703  I.  Hospital  Social  Service: 

Bureau  of  Hospital  Service:  Another  phase  of  Red  Cross  ser¬ 
vice  which  deserves  special  mention  is  the  Hospital  Service  which  is 
carried  on  in  connection  with  the  United  States  Public  Health  Hos¬ 
pitals  in  which  ex-service  men  are  still  receiving  treatment.  There 
are  six  Public  Health  Hospitals  in  the  Southern  Division,  and  three 
hospitals  which  are  under  contract  to  receive  Government  patients. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  American  Red  Cross,  in  compliance  with 
a  request  of  the  Surgeon  General,  to  give  every  possible  assistance  in 
the  care  and  the  rehabilitation  of  the  disabled  ex-service  men.  Rough¬ 
ly,  the  v/ork  includes:  the  collecting  of  the  social  evidence,  i.  e.,  per¬ 
sonal  and  family  history  of  each  case,  in  order  to  make  the  hospital 
service  as  helpful  as  possible;  making  the  atmosphere  of  the  hospitals 
homelike  through  hostess  activities;  providing  wholesome  recreation; 
the  rendering  of  personal  service  to  each  man;  and  follow-up  work 
after  the  patient  is  dismissed  from  the  Hospital. 

Correspondence  relative  to  this  work  should  be  directed  to  the 
Bureau  of  Hospital  Service  of  the  Southern  Division. 

1704.  The  Red  Cross  in  North  Carolina:  There  are  at  present 
(July,  1920)  in  North  Carolina  132  chapters  with  a  total  membership 
of  about  95,000,  employing  134  full  time  secretaries  and  workers  of 
whom  eight  are  trained  paid  workers,  33  untrained  paid  workers,  and 
the  rest  volunteers. 

(a)  Work  Among  the  Soldiers:  The  first  obligation  of  the  Chap¬ 
ters  has  been  to  accept  the  legacy  of  responsibilty  left  by  the  war  and 
carry  on  the  work  so  well  begun  on  behalf  of  our  soldiers  and  sailors 
and  their  families.  During  1919  and  the  first  five  months  of  1920 
the  number  of  these  assisted  in  North  Carolina  has  averaged  1840 
a  month.  A  total  of  31,280  soldier  Qases  have  been  reported  by 


RED  CROSS  DIVISION  ORGANIZATION  AND  ACTIVITIES  Par.  1704 


North  Carolina  Chapters  during  this  period.  In  steering  the  men, 
many  of  them  totally  ignorant  or  illiterate,  through  the  intricacies  of 
the  War  Risk  Insurance  legislation  and  administration,  in  helping 
them  to  secure  the  compensation,  insurance,  hospital  treatment,  re¬ 
education,  and  other  help,  which  is  their  due,  the  Red  Cross  has 
continued  to  render  a  great  and  necessary  service  both  to  our  soldiers 
and  the  Government.  Included  in  this  work,  but  subsidiary  to  it, 
has  been  the  granting  of  $32,735.96  in  direct  financial  assistance.  The 
Red  Cross  still  maintains  a  large  personnel  at  the  tuberculosis  hospital 
at  Oteen.  In  the  month  of  May  alone  the  Red  Cross  furnished  in¬ 
formation  in  1258  cases  at  Oteen,  and  in  many  times  that  number 
rendered  personal  service  such  as  communicating  with  families  and 
looking  up  allotments,  insurance  and  Liberty  Bonds. 

(b)  Peace-Time  Program  in  North  Carolina:  In  addition  to  this 
work  for  soldiers  and  sailors  most  of  the  Chapters  have  entered  with 
energy  into  the  peace-time  program.  CASEWORK  with  civilian 
families  already  numbers  759  cases.  A  co-operative  arrangement  has 
been  made  with  the  University  of  North  Carolina  for  the  thorough 
training,  theoretical  and  practical,  of  social  workers.  At  the  SUM¬ 
MER  INSTITUTE  which  inaugurated  this  work,  twenty- three  students 
were  enrolled,  ten  of  whom  were  from  North  Carolina.  A  six  weeks’ 
course  was  also  given  for  the  training  of  the  county  superintendents 
of  Public  Welfare,  twenty-five  county  superintendents  being  present. 
Beginning  in  November,  1919,  a  combined  plan  of  work  in  the  field 
of  PUBLIC  HEALTH  NURSING  was  agreed  to  by  the  North  Caro¬ 
lina  State  Board  of  Health  and  the  Bureau  of  Public  Health  Nursing, 
composed  of  a  director.  Miss  Rose  Ehronfield,  and  two  assistants.  The 
Bureau  maintains  the  nursing  standards  set  by  the  Red  Cross  and 
promotes,  develops  and  supervises  nursing  throughout  the  State. 
Twenty-two  public  health  nurses  have  been  placed  in  North  Carolina 
since  the  war,  each  of  them  supported  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  Red 
Cross.  Three  of  these  nurses  have  paved  the  way  for  health  centers 
in  their  communities,  and  through  their  efforts  and  those  of  the 
Chapters,  175  classes  in  home  hygiene  and  care  of  the  sick  have  been 
conducted  in  North  Carolina,  and  2171  students — women  and  girls — 
have  been  taught  in  these  classes.  The  Red  Cross  has  also  conducted 
classes  in  dietetics  which  59  students  have  completed.  In  the  de¬ 
partment  of  JUNIOR  RED  CROSS  35,783  school  children  have  been 
enrolled  in  the  campaign  for  better  health  and  citizenship  in  North 
Carolina.  Six  chapters  have  already  given  courses  in  FIRST  AID 
to  between  three  and  four  hundred  persons;  and  in  the  study  of 
HOME  HYGIENE  AND  CARE  OF  THE  SICK  North  Carolina  led 
the  other  States  of  the  Division  in  the  number  of  enlisted  students, 
1736  taking  the  complete  course  and  581  the  modified  course.  This 
year  has  also  seen  a  SOCIAL  SURVEY  made  by  the  city  of  Raleigh 
and  Wake  County.  These  are  beginnings.  They  are  given  here  as 
an  indication  of  how  peace-time  work  in  the  State  is  being  developed. 


f'T,  (1  , 

-  » 

f  i  - 

'  f .  '*•- 

.  ,  J  i  \  \  S 

«•« 

;  .'i 

4  ••  y  <f 

!  ■  -1 

.  .  t  >  i  *  1 

'»  'U'.'i’!.. 

.1 . 

.'V, 

■II.,’ 

A 

'.  *  X  iJ  : 

•.’VXx.y  kij  x'l  /i» 

ri.;:;;'  , 

; 

‘  1  <  ■ 

aii 

■  ,•  .•I'.uya  ■ 

y  • 

•  i  ' 

t  ‘ 

.  N  •  .  kv  A 

-aJ  ■■I'.usia 

■- ■'■'x' 

J  '\.- 

j  !,/s  ‘  J  J  ' 

v  .1' 

i  • 

5  J  a  u' 

1  V  /*.  !.X 

4  1.  4  .  ,  (  .14 

:  ,<A 

.  3 

<-  -''X 

Ij 

f, 

■ 

ifij'  ■< 

•:  I'l  ia.jbj 

•  1  '  ; 

'b' 

( 

■m 

•nu-dJ  :'X 

iLaiy/  ,:-b 

"j  Vi' 

')0  .'a 

*  .  J 

a  ■  1 

•  1  . 

•  / ' 
i  .  ' 

^  r  bAd  y  f 

*  ''.i 

■  p  ** 

i.  ■■  ■/ ' 

V. 

f  : 

X;v. 

i 

‘  1 

■\’i  > 

J  m 

'■.14.  ,  ".  , 

:  'Mil  ; 

:i'\'  / 

f  1  *  i  J 

' 1 

f  J  .i  I 

.. '  '  'J  a,  ’.J b , ■  - •.> . V 

r,  iu.'i 

V  . 

•l* 

iJ'  dtf 

,r  yiY 

1 

1.:  1  ’'i'. 

t . - 

.;«A  >  e  -  ^ 

.  , 

J  i~  .t  •  .  .>*  -r 

i.  -•  1  !. 

,  y.' 

‘  t 
•  k 

•  <*  ■ » 

1  ^  « 

•  ■  .  t 

1 

'  v/iauf 

X  Lfr', 

4  i,  '  ^  .  bf  -J  41* 

:■■' 

'■.d  ■  / 

b  ::  i 

J  .  4  iV  >  ,4 i.f , 

■i-u.;  1 

‘  ■ 

:1a 

i.  >i 

■jT,:!:;-’:; 

**4^  4  \  I-  ■ 

•  a  ’.  * 

4t;.t>a' 

1 

J  ' 

V’j 

■:  d<  l  b'i. 

^4 

\  .  i* 

:  :. ...  ^xiryiu'.a 

-  ;?;b'.,, 

"  -- 

;  ry ’iJi 

•  't 

1  JU  xv  .  yy 

1 

'  J 

■  V  1 

a. '  i. 

v:  >‘i  (d) 

'‘.-.ir  b 

‘j 

a 

'  ^  -.d.  xa 

■i.yyx 

-  U 1  • 

/f: 

[  J  .  i  .L  '*V 

y.nq  ■  ,x;iX 

•') 

t  ..t’ 

^  >; ..  s  y 

.  f  /  *  ;  • 

'  V 

f  •,  • 

/.. 

•.■m> 

J  ’ 

»  ’  / 

1.1  %  .  I  - 

.;  ■  :  ..a 

M.\ 

.  v.L. 

f  ' 

1  .  « 

■  'A K  . 

,■»,  r,  .  .  ..  1,  Xj 

f 

<  odl  iiy.  .'j 

■  b'.',;  y.-vri 

' '  1 

•1;  )•- 

*  s  S 

■J  .'i  ’ 

,  ba>>'  .  ; 

,  J 

4.  {l 

>.->J  J  a  J'j' 

a  •  44.4a  !i 

L'M, 

J  J  •  • . 

a  '  ..x:  '  J. 

* /I 'JJ  J*  >  V  j.  <•  k 

avr; 

iAX'jl 

IT  a  d  a':VL 

V'  k. 

! 

f  .ji 

bicyd  : J  .  ^ 

'r  :ya:v  ;■ 

■ )  ■ 

IV-'i  .A 

dlo-yr--  V4'i.jv>i' 

,  1 

■  :  i> 

' 

■  '''■-  'xna 

4  ;  V.  ^  yj  ..y 

:  \  4’.v 

il  .  '  ' 

■i 

■'•i-  ^  'i-'" 

■  •v.j’V/.  J 

.•'V 

.uiviT  V? 

iilj.b  •'! 

i-.j 

?  a  -'i’; 

‘  i  V 

a w>x;, 

.f. . , 

.  ;■  xlr.ab'  v>li 

-o-iui:  J, 

ri 

'/lc'-':  :) 

if 

f  • 

'  .1.  vv; 

bK'ily  . 

*  .  ].  L 

\.Jv>  '  1 

.  y;i^vi  i 'itQ 

/ 

1 ,  >  J 

»  •  ' 

■  X.V  /I 

‘L 

. ' :  (  rX!^  ■  i  ■ 

all  bay 

■  \  "f 

V  1  (,  .1 

■;.:4  ').^X4jV.  lai'f 

■ 

4  ^0 

•  *  ■  • 

i  *  .»  ■  !i  1 

i;  1'  J 

r,‘Kjir\ 

j  * 

.)  •  ,b  4> 

4 

b.'j'i;.  <• .. 

'  f' 

-'6  *■  / 

\  /  t. 

}  ,j  ■ 

V  :'l.  'abaj 

.4 :i  yjy,  . 

- 

' »  ‘ 

■  i'jV.y.Jl, 

U;t.  ils'm'Uf-.'. 

i  '  -  •  '  ,  ♦ 

*  1 

‘■'i.  :  ■  ” 

.  t..i4 

M-- 

.•i*  ■.:ii  <-i- 

.i.Y'y»  ^  1 

J 

V 

V 

:• 

>)> 

*  .1  >,'■ 

**  1 

' !  r.'.t. 

A  .'j  i  ■'.  .. 

■’■.  '-J 

.:.  ■  i 

vb'b  t. 

a  -^i^a'Tv/T 

f  •  • 

.  '  t/).  '  / 

,  < 

J  . .. 

f  .  ■  - 1 

i;'.',!/.'  i.- 

* 

\n  ;' 

,.  .  ■  ,  it 

V*  x-'xi  i  yXxiri  'x 

1 

,f, 

) 

f 

'  aai  i;;r- ;  v  : 

V 

■.■  f  1  u'i  ■  > 

.  .i: 

H*  iO 

. 

;  •  ^ 

.  ■  ■  i  \  * 

a /xd)  ha.-: 

> 

diafrrxx 

It  .;d.l  ill 

i  *.t(i 

'  r 

.  ■‘i.*  •  . 

■  '  :.i  ' 

io  : 

,ii  ■>< 

n 

J  1 

V'Sih  A 

,<  X  ■j-qtirib' 

■:y-r 

lAh. 

'.*i  '’.V, 

«  » 

r 

anxi  ,x'.  • 

- 

'  .  4. 

i  J  If,' 

ii! '  i)  a.'bna  > 

livJl'JWb 

ii' 

J  »  ' 

■  . 

.  •'.■.r.t 

i 

..  ^:.>'i^fU. .  ' 

;■*- 

A  ,  xx 

f  .aj  ;.l 

'  .* 

.:.j  :!0!)d  y.ViXixi 

-■jli  'i'i 

J- 

al  a 

•  ^  i 

>  3” 

\  mi  y  ,..  ‘.>5 

(■  ■; 

1 

/  . 

.'.•doi 

1“  ai  i;,)SV.;;>v» 

f  . 

'-.a*!. 

i)'ln  J 

■b>iVa-v..  b: 

c'bjii:'; 

o. 

:iu 

;  :•- ;  i  1, 

'f  j  a x>;M '•<;;  ; 

rIJ'i 

'  y  ■  -  ; 

^  t 

!'  1 

.'y;d  ’lyl  a 

i 

li  '  • 

, . .  .  •  1 

!  Ti;  !  J  .'ab 

-•  1  <  1*. 

.j^ 

■  -  !  *  ,  ,s 

k 

:'3yis 

;  ;yi  avr-d 

r 

:-.yA 

.a-illo’ia.) 

1  j  ' 

V  ‘ ' 

> 

;x.y  a:  '  ■ 

a-./id : 

Xy>.',>V/  b.  d 

.  ■ 

,  1 

1  M  .  ,  4 

'  .  / 

■  /X. 

l.'.i-'T 

r  •  •  i  ‘v  ^ 

1  r  ‘  /A  ;  I 

•YKT'i  mOR 

■ 

i  ■  • 

i 

'i  > '  'V 

■  ,  -  ■  ; 

(\  A 

.A 

e'l'J;;, 

j  V  4  aljo  c#ffi 

i 

,*  1  ■  .  ' 

^  f 

\  -  •  ‘ 

s.iT  '^0'  5;' 

• 

r  , 

V 

08?X 

iJ.lJ'.b:' 

'**■ 

ri 

iO  vj' 

')  H.Tl 

-  .  J 

1 

*  )Ai. 

JAf 

i  ci  k  r.  /  i'.' ' 

J’ 

av''a‘,  o 

x-xlii  .  aa  1U;/Y, 

4’ 

•■’1“!  1 

t  <  ^ 

.-rya.- 

')d  .  ‘ 

.|i 

*  !  ' 

l  ■- 

.  /tnr  t 

•  di;7; 

U::.' 


^‘i£.  A  ■.flF>.-v.if  ary  • 


■4-  iS3tt'^ty«»‘^ii)ti.~<rfii  ','4 


%  *■ 
I . 

». 


V:-T%.-  'Y 

f  '■'i  S  f0  .  I  _ 

ffi!  ^  7  r  r 


■  S'  •.  ■  ■'S 


k 


•  SI 


Kr-c  i''  _.- 

■  4»”'  I  •’ 

«■  '  *  ti-W"*',  V  •-»%»(•..*  ,’ 


skl  jjT ■  ■■■  ■•  -tV''' 

;.;l.  \A,'C.  ' 

,^1.0.  .  .  ,,  V  .  .. 

J.  V  V’lliH  '  .>if-  *'  'r*r^‘ 


h  i’ 

t.'-  '  1 .  '.  •  ,'• 

*.  V  ■  ^  4i^  -A  %  f  '  I  t  ',  ' 

-X'' 

C»1  A#'.  ^  .  *^s,  •  ^  ■ 

4  -■>  -  25- --yv. 

»!._  • 

-■  ■  .... 

fir>.  ...J  •».»  ,  , 

tstmw  .  •••V4  /vv  '.■>  '•■>,' L' 

lilan  c'-v  •.  "  •■  ^ 

>S  ‘  .  (,'  Tv  *'  '  •.■  ■ 


A 


'  ■'  rw*  1-S  yrf  -I 

-  .j'’  V^ 


'  J  1 
( 


T,.  r,\ 

y't:  ^-.Aaf'-. 

^  ■•'  I  -'  »4.  ••■ 


r> 

VJI 


^T. ' 


..  ni?  itjtj 

n.y  .  -,*;■. .‘...y 

■•  *  ;/«^t  j 


!>*.*>* 


5.‘: 


k.-’-x 


■>  'klM' 

kU^s- 


4.  W  ,. 

‘  •  >  ‘  ►'V  >>•;  . , 

y  *  -  ^  j ,  ^  j.  t , 

.  *f  .*  /‘1i  -  •  *  .’  f 


'■  <.j 


1/ 


'V  • 


gR 


'r 

»'■  >»«''  "1;.,  ■  -•:■>; 

_  ■  ^  ^ 

*■'  iv  *  ■  •  V -‘.  '  ^  ^  ’. 

-.,.f  *.■!>•.  t-, 


'4>.'  '  '  ff'~f  V^f 
f*"'  ■■  •  ..w  -^v/,,, -.  ;.,«v.. 

Wr  -.  %  .V’*'  ’'■■•  ■  ^5' 


■D 


■  .  ’-Mi  «-■_»  ■  ^  ^,<*Jr'i  ',* 

.fk,:..  *k^t  liiij  '-  ■  ,yf  •‘..'I*  M  -i  ^ 

I  i  ' '  ' 

■  '  L-3 


^  A. 


-  N,  ■ 

.■MfV  ;4.»^'  ..*-%»4. 

>v,<  ■ .  ,  ',  .  .  ^_, 


r  •  <  •  ,-4  »•  * 


•f 


y  f  Ite  *  ^  ^  - 

^%V-..  •  ,0  . 


in  vS.--  ,  - 


A  .  1*9  *  •  ^  .>44  *...'• 


fc  ■■  'j.  c 


'■  BW*'"'  *./*•-  ,,■  -S  --  ■,  ^  ..n.T' ■ '‘^  ....,  ■■  ^■’;  .i  ..r-s..  ■  I 


IVJliA 


k 


CWr>T--\-.rkt 


^  Kv 


■  dKi.*. 


k  .  ..... 


^  >t  •  I  -•■  '  *  '  V'* 

‘  .  -L'  ‘  *  ,  ,  -I  ; 


mi: 


V 


„T|t 


> 

'T  , 

I"  >  ‘ 


t  *,l.i 

a  i  '  -  s  >- 


',1-V  '  * 

K’  \  ,  '-v 

I.h.  T*-  V  t'*'  •  X. 


MEMORANDUM 


* 


V  *  •  V 

i  V 


Ih 


.‘vi- 


.  * .' 


v 


N 


V 

-■< '  < 
'  -j- 

.•:f 

■  *'- 


*» 

> 

n 


•  -•■.  '*»  *' 


INDEX 


A.  &  T.  College  .  956A 

Accredited  Schools,  Com'n  on..  960 
Administrator  ’ 

Appointment  . 1008A 

Bond  given  by  . 1009A 

Adoption  of  Children 

Inheritance  after  adoption  . .  404  (a) 

Procedure  for  .  404 

Relationship  after  .  404  (b) 

After-Care,  Bureau  of  . 1703 A 

Age  of  Consent  .  401  (a) 

Agriculture,  State  Dept,  of 

Activities  .  254 

Divisions  .  264 

Finance  .  252 

Joint  Com.  with  A.  &  E.  Col.  256 

Publications  .  206,  206  2540 

Statistics  .  254M 

Test  Farms  . 254 J  257 

Work  Done  .  253-4 

Agronomy,  Division  of  .  254H 

Alexander  Home  .  454  (1) 

Alimony  .  805 

Americanization 

Local  Conditions  and  Prob¬ 
lems  .  301,  302 

Appalachian  Hall  . 1457  (1) 

Appeals . 604,  605 

In  Actions  for  Debt  . 1002 

Arbor  Day  .  918 

Associated  Charities 

Legal  Aid  from  .  1058 

Where  found . 1052 

Athletics 

Inter-High  School  .  525.1 

Attendance  of  Officers 

See  also  School  Attendance 
Attorney  General 

Duties  of  .  103A,  103D 

Election  of .  103,  103D 

Auditor 

Duties  of  .  103D 

Election  of .  103,  103D 

Member  Council  of  State  ....  103A 

Baptist  Orphanage  .  454  (2) 

Baptist  Orphan  Home  for  Col¬ 
ored  .  454  (3) 

Blacklisting 

Forbidden  . 1302E 

Blind 


Compulsory  School  Attend¬ 


ance  .  402  (k) 

Indigent  . 1501 

New  School  for  . 1502 

State  School  for  . 1501 

Blue  Ridge  Asso’n  .  304,  501 

Board  of  Charities  and  Public 
Welfare 

State  Board  .  714 

Duties  and  Powers . 71 6 A 

Supervision  of  Private 

Hospitals  . 1458 

County  Board  .  715 

Boy  Scouts,  The  . . 527 

Bribes,  etc . 1308B 

Broad  Oaks  Sanitarium  . 1457  (2) 

Building  and  Loan  Associa¬ 
tions  .  203  (c),  521 

Camp  Fire  Girls  .  530 

Chain  Gang  .  668,  674 

Charities 

Associated  . 1052 

Hebrew  . 1053 

Chattel  Mortgage  .  1005 

Child  Labor 

See  also  “Children” 

Age  certificates  .  401 A 

Age  limit  .  410 

Enforcement  of  law  .  4 IOC 

Exceptions  to  law..  410B  (e)  1303B 

Law  .  401  (d)  410 

Night  work  .  41  OB 

Occupations  allowed  .  410B(e) 

Occupations  prohibited  . 410 

Violation  of  law  .  410D 

Child-Placing  .  452 

Child  Welfare 

See  also  “Children” 

and  “Child  Labor” 

Commission  . 1303 

Junior  Red  Cross  .  1703C 

Standards  .  411 

Children 

Adopted — see  “Adoption  of 
Children” 

Age  of  Consent  .  401  (a) 


Blind  402  (k)  ;  451  (a),5,6  ;. .  1502 
Child-Caring  Institutions  ....  451 
Child  Labor— see  above 
Committment  of — 


see  “Juvenile  Courts” 


INDEX 


ii 


Contracta  with  ....  401  (b),  1303D 


Crimes  of  .  401  (c) 

Crippled  .  1604-1506 

Cruelty  to  .  461 

Deaf.. 402  (k),  451  (a),  466,  1503 

Defective  .  403P 

Definitions  Regarding  . 401 

Guardians  for  .  403Q,  405 

Heirs. .  1008C,  1010,  1607 

Indigent .  409D,  940A 

Institutions  for  Indigent  ....  406 

Offenses  against  .  403R 

School  Attendance  .  409 

Support  of  .  407 

Children’s  Home  Society  ofN.C.  452 

Chiropractic  . 1123 

Christian  Orphanage  .  454  (4) 

Clerk  of  Superior  Court . 104D(j) 

Appoints  Coroner  .  104G 


Duties  in  Regard  to  Insane,  1401 
1402,  1405,  1416,  1417,  1418,  1419 

College  of  Agriculture  and 


Engineering  .  255-  952 

Courses  .  255A,  952 

Description  .  952 

Equipment  .  255B 

Experiment  Station  .  257 

Joint  Committee  with  Board 

of  Agriculture  . 256 

Student  Aid  .  9 52 A 

College  Women,  Southern 

Association  of  .  959 

Colored  Race,  Special  Provi¬ 
sions  for 

Educational  955,  957  (c),  958,  962 

Epileptic  . 1455 

Health  Work  among  . 1155 

Insane  . 1455 

Orphans  .  454  (3)  (14) 

Commencement 

County  School  .  . .  525.2 

Commercial  Schools  .  922 

Common  Law 

Against  Boycotting  .  202A 

Legal  Basis  of  Domestic 

Relations  .  801 

Community  Service 

At  Univ.  of  N.  C .  512-  518 

Bureau  of  Community  Organ- 

zation  .  524 

Community  Drama  .  534 

Community  Music  Service  . .  535 

Red  Cross  .  1703-  1704 

State  Bureau  .  623 


Community  Service,  Inc . 506 

Commutation  of  Sentence  . .  C54C 


How  Forfeited  .  664F 

Confederate  Veterans 

Burial  of  .  708 

Home  for  .  764 

May  Peddle  with  License  . . .  .1220 

Pensions . 707,  1208-  1218 

Confederate  Women 

Burial  of  . .  708 

Home  for  .  754 

Pensions  . 1212,  1216 

Constable  .  104G 

Constitution 

Alteration  of  .  113 

Full  text  may  be  obtained...  101 
Contracts 

With  minors  .  401  (b) 

Convention,  State,  How  Called..  113 
Cooperative  Associa¬ 
tions  .  202,  264,  267 

Coronor  .  104G 

Corporations 

County  .  107 

Liability  of  .  108 A 

Municipal  .  107 

Other  than  Municipal  .  108 

Powers  and  Limitations  ....  107 

Town  .  107A 

Corruption,  Official  . 1108 

Cotton  Manufacturers’  Asso- 

ciaton  .  519 

Country  Home  Comforts  ....  265A 
County  Board  of  Education....  903 

Submits  Budget  . 907 A&E 

County  Clubs  at  Univ.  of  N.C.  513 
County  Commissioners 

Aid  Burial  of  Confederate 

Veterans  .  708 

Appoint  Superintendent  of 

Public  Welfare  .  715A 

Disagreement  with  County 

Board  of  Education  .  907D 

Election  and  Powers .  107 

I^evy  School  Tax  .  907B 

Powers  regarding  Poor  Law 
Administration  .  .  701,  703,  704 

County  Courts  . 104F  (c) 

County  Health  Work 

Bureau  of  . 1111 

Plan  for  . 1152 

County  Home  for  Aged  and 

Infirm  .  704,  751 

Admission  to  .  701C 

How  supported  .  7 04 A 

County  Jails  ....  660,  661,  662,  669 

County  Superintendent  of . 

Public  Welfare  .  715A 

Duties  .  701B,  715B 


INDEX 


iii 


Court  of  Impeachment  .  104B 

Courts 

See  also : 

/  County  .  104F(c),  604 

Debtor’s  . 1002 

Justices  of  Peace  104E,  604,  1002 

Juvenile  .  403 

Mayor’s  .  104F(a) 

Recorder’s  .  104F,  604 

Superior  .  104D,  604,  1002 

Supreme  .  104C,  1002 

Credit  Organization  .  203 

Advances  on  Crops  . 1304D 

Buiiding  and  Loan  Ass’ns.  . .  521 
Morris  Plan  Banks  .........  1006 

State  Market  and  Cooperative 

Credit  Bureau  .  264 

Crimes 

Classes  of  .  603 

Of  Children  .  401  (c) 

Punishment  for  .  Ill 

Crittendon  Home,  The  .  456(2) 


Dentistry 

Practice  of  . 1119 

Dangerous  Insane, Hospital  for  1453 
Deaf 

School  for  . 1503 

Indigent  . 1503 

Debating  Union  . 951B  (a) 

Debt 

Action  for  . 1002 

Agricultural  .  1004A,  1304D 

Attachment  of  Wages . 1304H 

Chattel  Mortgage  . 1005 

Exemption  Laws  . 1003 

Imprisonment  for  . 1007 

Laborer’s  Lien,  etc . 1304 

Loan  and  Usury  Laws . 1006 

Of  Minors  . 1303D 

Of  Decedent  .  1008B 

Of  Tenant  . 1004 


Decedent 

See : 

Debt 

Intestacy  Laws 
Inheritance  Taxes 
Real  Property 
Wills 

Deer  Laws  .  212 

DegreeSo  College  Commission 

Regulating  .  902D 

Standards  for  .  959 

Delinquent  Child 

Defined  .  401  (f) 

Under  Jurisdiction  Juvenile 

Court  . . .  401  (h),  403A 


Denominational  Colleges  .  957 

Dependent  Child 

Defined  .  401  (e) 

Under  Jurisdiction  of 

Juvenile  Court . 401  (h),  403A 

Desertion  .  803 

See  also  “Divorce” 

Detention  Homes  .  671 

Divorce 

Absolute  .  804  (a) 

Causes  .  803,  804 

Qualified  .  804  (b) 

Dog  Tax  .  213 

Drainage 

Laws  .  214 

The  N.  C.  Drainage  Ass’n....  265B 
Drama 

The  Carolina  Playmakers.  . .  .  534 

Duel 

Penalty  for  Fighting  .  114 


Economics  and  Finance 


Department  of  .  517 

Education  Chap.  IX 

See  also 


County  Board  of 
Schools,  Public 
State  Board  of 
University  of  N.  C. 


Among  Negroes  .  962,  1155 

Health  Education  . 1151 

School  of  Education  Service..  951B(f) 
Elections 
Canvassers 

County  Board  of  . 1623 

State  Board  of  . 1624 

Challenges  . 1621 

Conduct  of  . 1622 

Corrupt  Practices  . 1628 

County  Board  . 1616 

Judges  of  . 1620 

Of  State  and  U.  S.  Officers.  .  1625 
Of  Presidential  Electors  ....1626 

Primary  Elections  . 1627 

State  Board  . 1615 

Time  . 1614 

Type  .  106A 

Electors 

See  ‘‘Voters” 

Eliada  Orphanage  .  454  (5) 

Emigrant  Agents  . 1308D 

Employees  in  State  Prisons,  etc. 

Not  to  use  intoxicants  .  656 


Engineering  and  Inspection, 

Bureau  of 

Protection  of  Water  Supply.  .  1105A 
Epidemiology,  Bureau  of 

Blindness,  Prevention  of . 1107(b) 


INDEX 


iv 


Epidemic  Diseases,  Control  of..ll07(a} 
Examiners  and  Institute  Conductors 

State  Board  .  925 

Executive  Department 
See  also 
Governor 

Lieutenant  Governor 
Council  of  State 


Composition  of  .  103 

Duties  of  Executive  Officers  103D 

Election  of  .  103 

Vacancies  in  Office  .  103D 

Executor  of  Will  . 1009A 

Exemptions 
For  Debt: 

Homestead  .  1003(b) 

Insurance  . 1003(b) 

Personal  . 1003(a) 

From  Inheritance  Tax  . 1607 

From  Property  Tax.. 105(b)  1602 
Of  Married  Woman’s  Prop¬ 
erty  . 1003(c) 

Ex-Service  Men 


Knights  of  Columbus  School  96 3B 
Red  Cross  Work  for 

1703A,  17031,  1704(a) 


Training  of  .  963 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  Scholarships  for  963A 
Extension  Service  (Agriculture)  258 
See  also  “Univ.  Extension” 

Agents  . .  258 A 

Bureaus  .  258B 

Convention  (Farmer’s)  .....  258E 

Fairs  .  258F 

Farmers’  Institutes  .  258C 

Home  Demonstration  Work  .  .  258D 

Falcon  Orphanage  .  454  (6) 

Farm  Life  Schools  .  915 

Farms,  State  and  County 

651,  654A,  654F,  666 

Farms,  Test  .  254J,  257 

Farmers’  Educational  Union...  267  (a) 
Feeble  Minded 

Local  Institutions  may  be 

established  . 1459 

School  at  Kinston  . 1456 

Feed 

Analyses  .  254C 

Inspection  .  254E 

Laws  .  209 

Felony 

Defined  .  601 

Capital  felonies .  602 

Fertilizers 

Analyses  .  254C 


Laws  .  210 

Fire  Prevention  . 1202 

Forest  Fire  Protection .  262  (b) 

Incendiarism  . 1206  ^ 

Protection  of  Children  .  402  (i) 

Flogging  of  Prisoners  .  654F 

Food  Laws  .  205 

Bulletin  on  .  205 

Pure  Food  Division  .  254D 

Forestry  .  260-  263 

Farm  Forestry  .  263 

Fire  Prevention  .  262B 

Geological  Survey  .  262,  516 

Publications  .  262D 

Range  Laws  .  261 

Reforestation  .  218 

State  Forests  .  262C 

Franchise  Tax  . 1610 

Garnishee  Process  . 1304H 

Gasoline  Law  . ■ .  227 

General  Assembly 

Bills,  how  made  law  .  102D 

Date  of  elections  .  102H 

Date  of  meeting  .  1021 

Limitations  of  .  102C 

Money  and  Taxes,  how  raised  102E 

Payment  of  members  .  102G 

Powers  of  .  102C 

Vacancies  in  .  102F 

General  Education  Board .  962E 

Geological  and  Economic 

Survey  .  262,  516 

Girl  Scouts,  Inc .  528 

Girls’  Friendly  Society .  510 

Glenwood  Park  Sanatorium. .  .1457  (3) 

Goldsboro  State  Hospital  . 1455 

Government,  Seat  of  .  114D 

Governor 

Duties  of  .  103B 

Election  of  .  103 

^  Powers  of .  103B,  112B,  114C 

President  State  Board  of 

Education  .  109E 

Vacancy  in  office  .  103C 

Greensboro  Rest  Cottage  .  456  (3) 

Guardians 

For  insane  in  hospital  . 1415 

For  children  .  403Q,  405 

Health,  County  Board  of 

Duties  of  County  Officer . 11 12 A 

Duties  of  County  Physician ..  1112B 

Organization  . 1112(a) 

Powers  . ,  ^ .  ,1112(b) 


V 


INDEX 


Health,  State  Board  of 

Description  . 1102 

Duties  . . 11 02  A 

Education  Work  of  . 1151 

Examination  of  School 

Children  .  938 

Organization  .  .  . . 1102B 

Supervision  of  Prisons  and 

Prisoners  .  655 

Hebrew  Charities  . 1053 

Highland  Hospital  . 1457  (4) 

Highways 

Construction  . , .  204  (c) 

Good  Roads  Association  .  265C 

Good  Roads  Institute  . 951B(g) 

Laws  .  204 

Maintenance  .  204  (b) 

State  Commission  .  .  204  (a),  259 

Hillcrest  Manor  . 14  57  (5) 

Holidays,  Public  . 1305B 

Home  Demonstration  Work....  258D 

Home  Economics  .  96 IF 

Homestead 

How  exempt  . 1003  (b) 

Honor  Men  . . .  654 B 

Hookworm  Disease 

Prevention  of  . 1109,  1152 

Hospitals 

List  of  Hospitals  in  N.  C....1157 

Orthopaedic  . 1504-6 

Private  (Nerve  and  Mental) .  1457-8 
Public 

Board  of  Trustees  . 11 25 A 

Conditions  Governing  . 1 125B 

Rules  for  Establishment.  ...  1 125 

State  (Mental)  .  1451-  1456 

Public  Health  Service  . 1156 

Tuberculosis  . 1154 

Hours  of  Labor  . 1305 

Of  Minors  .  41  OB 

House  of  Correction .  IIIB,  663 

House  of  Refuge  . IIIC 

House  of  Representatives 
See  also  “General  Assembly’’ 

Apportionment  . 102B(b) 

Committees  .  102K 

Composition  .  102B(a) 

Election  .  102H.  10*2B(a) 

Qualification  for  . 102B(c) 

Speaker  of  . 102B(d) 

Humane  Societies  . .  461 


Hygiene,  State  Laboratory  of.. 1103 

Idiots 

Caswell  Training  School  ....  1456 
Local  Institutions . 1459 


Not  admitted  to  State 
Hospital  . 1411 

Illegitimate  Children 
How  Legitimated  .  807 

Laws  regarding  Inheritance 

807,  10tC(9)(10) 

Legal  Settlement  of  .  702  (4) 

Illiterates 

Instruction  of  .  920 

Immigration 

Department  of  .  254  L,  301 

Income  Tax  .  1608 

Indians 

Schools .  303c,  911,  956 

Tribes,  location,  etc .  303c 

Inferior  Courts  .  104F 

Inheritance  Taxes  . 1607 

Exemption  . 1607  (a) 

Insane 

Admission  to  hospital 

Of  Doubtful  Cases  . 1406 

Of  Cases  exposed  to 

Disease  . 1407 

On  Patient’s  Own  Applica¬ 
tion  . 1409 

Of  Idiots  . 1411 

Preparation  tor  . 1408 

Commitment  to  hospital 

By  Clerk  Superior  Court.  ..  1 401 -2 
By  Justice  of  the  Peace.  ..  1403-4 

Of  Children  .  403P 

Of  Epileptics  . 1423 

Of  Non-residents  and 

Aliens  . 1416-19 

Commitment  to  Jail  . 1410 

Conveyance  to  Hospital  1413-  1414 

Care  of  Insane  . 714A(8) 

Discharge  of  Patients.  .  1421,  1409 

Guardians  for  Insane  . 1415 

Indigent  . 1412 

Paying  Patients  . 1412 

Release  on  Bond  1 101  (d), 1406, 1420 
Insanity 

Conditions  causing  .  714A  (9) 

Insurance 

Commissioner  of  . 1202 

Department  of  . 1201,3,4 

Increase  of  in  N.  C . 1205 

Laws  governing  . 1207 

Life  . 1003  (b) 

Inter-High  School  Athletics...  525.1 
Intermarriage 

Prohibited  between  white 

and  negro  .  114F,  802 

International  Health  Board. ...  1152 
Intestacy 

Appointment  of  Adminis¬ 
trator  . . . .  1008A 


Debts — order  of  payment . 1008B 

Order  of  Inheritance  . 1008C 

Laws  . 1008 

Irrigation  Laws  .  215 


Jeanes  Foundation,  The  Anna  T.  962B 


Judges 

Removal  of .  104H 

Rotation  of . 104D(e) 

Superior  Court  . 104D(c) 

Supreme  Court  .  104C 

Judicial  Department 

Composition  of  .  104  A 


Forms  of  Judicial  Action  ...  104 

Junior  Red  Cross . 965,  1703C 

Jury  Duty 

Exemptions  . 1308E 

Justices  of  the  Peace 

Appointment  . 104E(a) 

Election  .  104E 

Jurisdiction.  ..  104E(b),  604,  1002  (a) 

Vacancies  . 104K(c) 

Juvenile  Court 


Act  establishing  . 

.  .  403 

Detention  of  Children.  .'.... 

.  .  4031 

Jurisdiction  . 

40.3A,B,H 

Medical  Examination  of 

Children  . 

.  .  403P 

Must  Consider  Parents’  Re- 

ligious  Belief  . 

. .  403N 

Probation 

Officers  . 

.  .  403J,K 

Procedure  on  Probation.  . 

.  .  .403L 

Procedure  .  403D,E,F,G 

Remedial  Nature  of  .  403C 

Return  of  Child  to  Parents  .  .  4030 

Support  of  Children 
Committed  .  403M 


Kindergarten  .  917 

King’s  Daughters  and  Sons....  604 
Knights  of  Columbus  War 
Activities  Schools  .  963B 


Labor 

Agricultural  .  201 

Assistant  Commissioner  of,.  1301 

Commissioner  of . 1301A 

Department  of  . 1301 

Laws 

For  Protection  of 

Children  .  402,  410,  1303 

Employers  . 1808 


Public  . 1308 

Wages  . 1304 

Worker  . 1302 

Regulating 

Hours  of  Labor  ..201A,  1305 
Liability  of 

Railroads,  etc . 1306 

Mining  Operations . 1307 

Landlord  and  Tenant 

Agricultural  . 1004 A 

Laws  . 1004 

Notice  . 1004 

Landowners’  Association  .  520 

Law  Schools  .  958  (a) 

Lectures 

Univ.  of  N.  C.  Lecture 

Service  .  951B(c) 

Legal  Aid  for  Poor  . 1068 

Legislative  Department 

How  Composed  .  102 

See  also : 

General  Assembly 


House  of  Representatives 


Senate 

Libraries  .  966 

Legislative  Reference  .  511 

Library  Commission  .  966A 

Library  of  Univ.  of  N.  C .  966C 

Municipal  Research  .  518 

Rural  School  .  923 

Service  for  Public  Health 

Nurses  .  966D 

Liens 

Agricultural  . 1304D 

On  Crops  . 1304D 

(a)  (e)  (f)  (g) 

How  negotiated  . 1304D 

(b)  (c)  (d) 

Contractors’  . 1304B 

(e)  (f)  (g)  (h)  (i)  (j) 
Mechanics’,  Laborers’  and 

Material  Men’s  . 1304B 

On  Lumber,  etc . 1304B(d) 

On  Married  Woman’s 

Property  . 1304B(b) 

On  Personal  Property ..  1304B(c) 

.  On  Real  Property . 1304B(e) 

Of  Dock  Laborers  . 1304C 

On  Assets  of  Corporations.  ..  1304E 

Payment  by  Trustees . 1304F 

Lieutenant-Governor 

Duties  of  .  103C 

Election  of  .  103 

President  of  Senate  .  102A(c) 

Succession  as  Governor  .  103C 

Life  Prisoners’  Wages  .  654D 

Lindley  Homs,  The  .  456  (1) 


vu 


INDEX 


Linseed  Oil  Law  .  228 

Livestock 

Animal  Industry  Division....  254B 

Injury  to  .  217 

Range  Laws  .  222,  261 

Sanitary  Laws  .  206 

Slaughter  Laws  .  223 

Tax  on  .  221 

Veterinary  Division  .  264A 

Lockups  .  670 

Logging  Roads  .  1306C 

Marketing  Associations .  267  (c) 

Marriage 

Contract  by  minor  .  401  (b) 

Laws  .  402  (a),  802 

Married  Women 

Liens  on  Property  of . 1304B(b) 

Property  Rights  of .  806,  1003(c) 

Settlement  of  .  702  (2) 

Masonic  Order 

Board  of  Relief . 1057 

Home  for  Aged  .  753 

Orphanage  .  454(13) 

Mayor's  Court  .  104F(a) 

Mechanic’s  Lien .  114B,  1304B 

Medical  Chests  . 1302B 

Medical  Inspection  of  Schools 

Bureau  of  .  1110,  1151 

Procedure  of  . lllOA 

Public  Health . 1109P,  T,  1109B,  II 

Medicine 

Practice  of  . 1118 

Schools  of  .  958  (b) 

Mental  Hygiene 

National  Committee  . 1461 

Society  for  . 1460 

Methodist  Children’s  Home  .  454  (7) 

Methodist  Orphanage  .  454  (8) 

Methodist  Protestant  Children’s 
Home  454  (9) 

Militia 

Commander-in-Chief  .  112B 

Exemptions  .  112C 

Liability  to  Duty  .  112 

Mining 

Inspector  _ 1301  A,  1307H,  1307K 

Law’s  . 1307 

Minors 

Contracts  with  .  401(b) 

Enticing  Outside  State  . 1303C 

Failure  to  Pay  . 13.03D 

Misdemeanor 

Defined  .  601 


Morganton  State  Hospital  ....1454 


Morris  Plan  Banks  1006 

Mothers 

Not  to  be  separated  from 

young  children  .  402  (1) 

Pension  .  408 


Prenatal  and  Postnatal  Care — 

1109A(c),  1109B  11 


Mountain  Districts 

Education  in  .  964 

Information  on  .  514  (d) 

Mountain  Orphanage  .  454(10) 

Moving  Pictures — 

636,  924,  1165,  1703G 

Municipal  Health  Officer . 1113 

Municipal  Research,  Bureau  of  518 

Museum  .  254N 

Music 


Community  Music  Service  .  . .  635 

Narcotics 

Sale  Regulated  . 1120B 

Natural  Resources  Development  219 

Nazareth  Orphanage .  454(11) 

Neglected  Child 

Defined  .  401  (g) 

Under  Jurisdiction  Juvenile 

Court  .  401  (h),  403A 

Negro  Community  League....  1155 
Negroes 

See  Urban  League 
Colored  Race 

Negro  Agricultural  and  Technical 

College  .  955A 

Normal  Schools  .  954,  955,  956 

North  Carolina  Club  .  512 

North  Carolina  College  for 

Women  . 953 

N.  C.  Conference  for  Social 

Service  . •. .  502 

Nuisances 

Abatement  of  .  . . .  1 108B(a),  1115 


Nurses,  Trained 

Board  of  Examiners  . 1124 

Colored  Nurses  . 1124B 

Training  School  for  . 1124 A 

Odd  Fellows.  Int.  Order  of 

Home  for  Aged  .  752. 

Orphanage  .  454(12) 

Relief  Committee  Work  ....1056 

Odd  Fellows’  Orphanage  .  454(12) 

Oils 

Illuminating  Oils  .  229 

Inspection  and  Standardiza¬ 
tion  .  254D 


INDEX 


viii 


Linseed  Oil  Law  .  228 

Office 

Qualifications  for  . 106B 

Restrictions  on  holding  .  114E 

Optometry 

Practice  of  . 1121 

Orphan  Association,  The  N.  C.  465 
Orphan  Homes  .  454 

Children  may  attend  public 

schools  .  919 

Orthopaedic  Hospital  . 1504 

Osteopathy 

Practice  of  . 1122 

Oxford  Orphanage  .  454(13) 

Oxford  Orphanage  for  Colored 

Children  .  454(14) 


Pardons  .  103B,  609 

Parks 

Amusement  .  632  (c) 

City  .  532  (b) 

Parole 

Board  of  .  609 

Conduct  of  Paroled  Men .  611 

Discharge  on  .  610 

How  Granted  .  609 

Of  Prostitutes  . 1108B 

Reimprisonment  of  Paroled 

Men  .  612 

Standards  for  .  674 

Patent  Medicines 

Analyzed  . 1120D 

Those  forbidden  . 1120C 

Penitentiary 

See  State  Prison 
Pensions 

Amount  of  Pensions  . 1212 

County  Board  . 1210 

How  Granted . 1214 

How  Payable  . . 1215 

How  Raised  . 1217 

Persons  Entitled  to  Pensions.  1211 
Persons  not  Entitled  to 

Pensions  . 1213 

State  Board  . 1209 

Widows’  Pensions  . 1216 

Pharmacy 

Laws  governing  . 1120A,B,C 

Practice  of  . 1120 

Schools  of  . .  .  958  (c) 

Plant  Disease 

Delta  U.  S.  Laboratory .  266 

Laws  .  207 

Prevention  of  .  254F&G 

Playgrounds  .  532  (a) 

Poisons 

Sale  of  . 1120A 


Poll  Tax — 

105,  906,  907,  909,  1606,  1618 


Poor  Relief 

Burial  .  708,  709 

County  Homes,...  701C,  704,  761 

Districts  .  701 

Militia  Men,  Families  of . -  706 

Outdoor  Relief  .  705,  751 

Taxation  for  .  701D 

Presbyterian  Orphan  Home....  454(15) 

Primary  Elections  . 1627 

Printing 

Department  of  . 1301,  1301A 

Prisoners 

Classification  of  .  654B 

Dress  of  .  654B,  667 

Education  of  .  654G 

Female  .  664E 

Hiring  out  of  .  6  54 A 

Medical  Inspection  of  ...665,  661 


On  Parole  or  Probation — 

610,  611,  612,  715B(4) 
Privileges  and  Rights,  .654A,  654B 


Punishment  of .  654F 

Wages  .  654D 

Welfare  of  .  673 

Prison  Labor  .  672 

Private  Hospitals  for  Nerve 

and  Mental  Cases . 1457 

Location,  character,cost,  etc..  1457 

How  governed . 1458 

Private  Institutions 

How  supervised  .  714A(11) 

Privilege  Taxes  . 1609 

Productive  Associations  .  267  (e) 

Public  Health  Nursing  and 
Infant  Hygiene 

Agreement  with  Red  Cross. ..  1109A 

Bureau  of  . 1109 

County  Machinery  . 1109BII 

Having  Health  De¬ 
partment  . 1109  B,II 

Having  no  Health 

Department  . 1109B,II 

Duties  . 1109 

For  Tuberculosis . 1153 

Operation  under  agreement.  ,1109D 

State  Machinery  . 1109B,I 

Statistics  . 1151 A 

Public  Health  Service 

Contract  Hospitals  . 1156A 

Hospitals  . 1156 

Public  Welfare 

Commissioner  of . 716A(1) 

County  Board  of  .  715 


County  Superintendent  of — 

701B,  715A,B 


IX 


INDEX 


State  Board  of  .  714 

Powers  and  Duties  .  7 14 A 

Punishments 

Capital .  Ill  A 

Of  Prisoners .  654F 

Provided  .  Ill 

Pythian  Home  .  464(16) 

Quarantine 

County  Officer  . 1114 

Unit  . 11()9B,II 

Races  in  N.  C. 

Defined  .  303 

Relationship  .  304A 

Railroads 

Debts  .  13041,  1304B(i) 

Hours  of  Labor . 1305C 

Intoxicated  Employees  . 1308C 

Liability  . 1306 

Shelters  . 1302C 

Sunday  Laws  . 1305A(b) 

Raleigh  State  Hospital  .  1452-3 

Real  Property 

Descent  of  . 1010 

Reconstruction 

State  Commission  .  515 

Recorder’s  Court  .  104F(b) 

Recreation 

Committee  of  Women’s  Clubs  526 

OfPrisoners  .  654G 

Univ.  of  N.  C.  Service .  961B(k) 

Red  Cross 

Activities  . 1703 

Organization  . 1701 

Policy  . 1702 

Work  in  North  Carolina  ....1704 
See  Southern  Division 

Reforestation  .  218 

Reformatories  .  451(b),  665 

Reform  Schools 

Samarcand  Manor  .  664  (b) 

Stonewall  Jackson  Training 

School  .  664  (a) 

Rescue  Home  for  Girls .  456 

Revenue 

See  Taxation 

Use  of  .  114 A 

Revaluation  Act  . 1612 

Richard  Caswell  Training 

School  . 1456 

Rights 

Civil  .  101  (b) 

Declaration  of  .  101 

Legal  .  101  (c) 


Political  .  101  (d) 

Religious  .  101(a) 

Roads 

See  Highways 

Roman  Catholic  Orphanage  for 

Boys  .  464(17) 

Rosenwald  Fund  .  962C 

Rural  Health  Work 

Among  Negroes  . 1166 

Plans  for  . 1152 

State  Funds  for  . 1116 

V 

Rural  Social  Science  Depart¬ 
ment  at  Univ.  of  N.  C .  614 

Salvation  Army  . 1054 

Samarcand  Manor  .  664  (b) 

Sanitation 

Of  Prisons,  etc .  656,  661 

Of  Schools  .  939 

Sanatoria 

For  Nerve  &  Mental  Cases., 1467 

For  Tuberculosis  . 1154 

Sanitary  Districts 

Special  Tax  . 1117 

School  Attendance  Law.... 409,  940 
Blind  and  Deaf  children — 

402(k),  940B,C 

Census  . 937 

How  enforced  . 409B,C,D 

Indigent  Children  .  940A 

Non-attendance,  schools 

closed  for  .  913 

Penalties  for  non-attendance.  409 A 

School  Buildings  .  930-33 

School  Committee  . 904 

Employment  of  Teachers....  927 

May  Contract  with  Private 

Schools  .  921 

Payment  of  Teachers  .  929 

Special  School  Districts  ....  909F 

Takes  School  Census  .  937 

Women  Eligible  for  .  912 

School  Districts  .  905 

Special  School  Districts .  909F 

School  Funds 

County  Public  School  Fund..  907 

Building  Fund  .  907E  (c) 

Incidental  Expense  Fund  907E  (b) 
Teachers’  Salary  Fund.  .  .  907E  (a) 
Incidental  Expense  and 

Building  Funds  .  907C 

Statement  of  Fines  . •907F 

Special  School  Taxes  .  909 

State  Public  School  Fund  .  , .  906 

Vocational  School  Fund  .  908 

Schools,  Public 


INDEX 


X 


Agricultural,  Teaching  of...,  916 

Census  . 937 

Center  of  Community  Service  523 
Domestic  Science  Taught.  . .  .  916 

Farm-Life  Schools  .  915 

Fiscal  Year  .  907G 

Health  of  Pupils  .  938 

Medical  Inspection  . 1109B,II 

Bureau  of  . 1110 

Orphanage  Children  may  at¬ 
tend  .  919 

Privies  .  939 

Provided  for  .  109,  910 

School  Attendance  .  109G 

School  Districts  .  109A,905 

School  Funds  109B,  109C,  906,  907 
Small  Schools  Eliminated...,  906A 

Subjects  Taught  . 914 

Text  Books  used  .  934-36 

Scottish  Rite  Hospital . 1506 

Seamen 

Deserting  .  1 308  (b)  (c) 

Secretary  of  State 

Duties  of  .  103D 

Election  of  .  103 

Member  Council  of  State....  103A 
Securities  Against  Debts 

Agricultural  .  lOO'l,  1304D 

Attachment  of  Wages  . 1304H 

Chattel  Mortgages  . 1005 

Debts  of  Minors  . 1303D 

Laborers’,  Mechanics'  and 

Material  Men’s  Lien . 1304 

Landlord  . 1004 

Seduction  .  808 

Seeds 

Botany  Division  .  2541 

Laws  .  208 

Senate 

Composition  . 102A(a) 

Committees  .  102J 

President  of  . 102A(c) 

Qualifications  for  . 102A(b) 

Senatorial  Districts  . 102A(a) 

See  also  Gen’l  Assembly 
Sentence 

Indeterminate  .  608 

Suspended  .  606 

Settlement,  Legal 

Defined  .  702 

Relation  to  Care  of  Indigent  703 
Relation  to  Care  of  Insane,.  1416 

Sheriff  .  104G 

Slater  Fund  .  962D 

Solicitor 

State. . 104D(h) 

Vacancy  . 104D(i  ) 


Social  Service 
North  Carolina  Conference 

for  .  502 

Soil  Pollution  Unit  . 1109B,II 

Southern  Division,  American 
Red  Cross 

Bureau  of  After-Care . 1703A 

Bureau  of  Education  and 

Research  . 1703E,  1703D 

Bureau  of  Field  Service  ,.1703A(b) 

Bureau  of  First  Aid  . 1703B 

Bureau  of  Hospital  Service,  ,  1703  I 
Bureau  of  Service  Organiza¬ 
tion  . 1703F 

Composition  . 1701 

Department  of  Military 

Relief  . 1703H 

Department  of  Nursing  .  1703B 

Program  . 1703 

S.  P.  C.  C .  461 

Special  Courts  .  104F 

St.  Ann’s  Orphanage  .  454(18) 


St.  Vincent  de  Paul  Society.  ...  1055 
State  Board  of  Charities  and 
Public  Welfare 

Appointment  of  .  11  IE 

Defined  and  described  .  714.. 

Duties  .  714A 

Sui‘»ervision  of  Private 

Hospitals  .  1458,  714A(11) 

State  Board  of  Education 

Formation  .  9  02 A 

State  Hospitals  for  Mental 
Defectives 

Board  of  Managers  . 1451 

Capacity,  type  of  patient 

received,  etc . 1452 

Location  . 1452 

Reference  in  Constitution  ...  IIIG 
State  Prison 

Classification  of 

State  Prisoners  .  654B 

Location .  652 

Persons  to  be  sent  there  ....  653 
Stonewall  Jackson  Training 

School  .  664  (a) 

Suffrage 

Qualifications  .  106 

Summer  Camps  .  525 

Camp  Fire  Girls  .  530  (d) 

U.  S.  Training  Corps .  531  (b) 

Sunday  Labor  .  201  A,  1305 A 

Superior  Courts 

Clerk  of  .  104D(j),  1041 

Enforce  Actions  for  Debt....  1002 

Exchanges  of  Courts  .  104D(  f) 

Judges  .  104D  (c) 


xi 


INDEX 


Judicial  Districts  ....104D,  104D  (b) 


Judicial  Division  .  104D  (d) 

Jurisdiction  .  104D  (a) 

Terms  .  104D 

Terms  —  Special .  104D  (g) 

State  Solicitors  .  104D  (h) 

Vacancies  .  104D  (  i) 


Supreme  Court 

Composition  .  104C 

Jurisdiction  .  104C(a),  1002C 

Sessions  .  104C 


Supt.  of  Public  Instruction, 

County 

Duties  .  903A 

Election  .  903A 

Supt.  of  Public  Instruction, 

State 


Duties  of  .  103D,  9()2B 

Election  of  .  103,  103D 

Member  Board  of  Education..  109E 


Member  Council  of  State  ....  103A 


Survey# 

Social  and  Economic  .  951  B(d) 

Swimming  Pools  .  533 


Tare 


224 


Taxation 

Agricultural  .  221 

Capital  Tax .  105,  1605 

How  used  .  105A 

Other  Taxes  .  105B,  1606 


City  and  Town  Taxation ....  1611 


County  Taxes  .  105D 

Emigrant  Agents’  Tax  . 1308E 

Exemptions  .  105B,  1602 

Fines,  forfeitures,  etc . 1603 

Franchise  . 1610 

Income  . 1608 

% 

Inheritance  . 1607 

Limitation  of  Public  Debt.  . .  .  105C 

Poll  Taxes .  105,  1605,  9069 

Privilege  . 1609 

Revaluation  Act  . 1612 

Revision  of  Taxe#  . 1612B,C 

Special  School  .  909 

Voting  of  Taxes . 102E,  105E 

Teachers 


Certificates  . 

Colored  Teachers  .  955, 

Duties  of  . 

Health  Certificates  . 

How  Employed  . 

Indian  . 

Number  of  . 

Salary  of  . 907E(a), 

Training  of  .  953,  954, 


925 
962 

928 

926 

927 
956 
906B 

929 
960 


Temperance 

Instruction  in  Public  Schools  9 14 A 


Tenant 

Agricultural  . 1001 A 

Laws  regarding  . 1004 

Text  Books  .  934-36 

Thompson  Orphanage  .  454(19) 

Toilets 

Business  . 1302D 

School  .  939 

Tramps 

Definition  .  711 

Laws  affecting  .  711 

Tramroads  . 1306C 

Tranquil  Park  Sanatorium ....  1457  (6) 

Transportation  .  225 

Travelers’  Aid  Society  .  509 

Treasurer,  State 

Duties  of  .  103D 

Election  of .  103,  103D 

Member  Council  of  State....  103A 

Trespass  Law  .  211,  712 

Tuberculosis 

Among  Prisoners  . 1104A 

Bureau  of  . 1104 

County  Tuberculosis  Hos¬ 
pitals  . 1126 

Deaths  from  . 1151 A 

Hospitals  for  . 1154 

N.  C.  Tuberculosis  Asso¬ 
ciation  . 1153 

Of  Teachers  .  926 

Public  Health  Unit  . 1109B,II 

Work  among  Negroes  . 1155A 


United  States  Training  Corps..  531 
University  Extension — 

265,  512,  513,  514,  517,  518,  951B 
See  also : 

Extension  Service,  Agriculture 
University  of  North  Carolina 

Described  .  951 

Provided  for  in  Constitution.  109D 

Urban  League  .  304B 

Usury  Law  . 1006 


Vagrants  .  710 

Venereal  Diseases,  Bureau  of 
Buildings,  Used  for  Immoral 

Purposes  . 1108 

Duties . 1108 

Indigent  Cases  . 1108 

Prostitution,  Repression  of...ll08B 
Remedies,  Sale  of  . 1108A 


Rules  for  Health  Officers. ,.  ,1108 


INDEX 


XU 


Rules  for  Patients  . 1108 

Rules  for  Physicians  . 1108 

Rules  of  Procedure  . 1108 

Vital  Statistics,  Bureau  of . 1106 

Birth  Registration  . 1106A 

Showing  Need  for  Health 

Education  . 1151A 

State  Registrar  . 1106C 

Vocational  Education 

Ex-Service  Men  .  963 

Farm  Life  Schools  .  915 

Federal  Board  of  .  902C 

Fund  .  908 

Smith-Hughes  Act  .  961 

State  Board  of  .  902C 

Voters 

Absent  Electors  . 1619 

At  Primaries  . 1627 (g)(h) 

Challenge  . 1621 

Qualifications  .  106,  1617 

Registration  . 1618 

Women  . ..,1629 


W  ages 

After  Death  of  Employer ....  1008B 

Of  Minors  . 1303D 

Agricultural  Laborers’  .  201 

Dock  Laborers’  . 1304C 

Due  from  Corporations  . ISO-lE 

Interstate  Employees  . 1304H 

Liens  for  . 1304B 

Non-transfer  able  Scrip  for¬ 
bidden  . 1304G 

Payable  by  Trustees . 1304F 

Railway  Employees  . 13041 

Warehouse  —  State  System 

..Described  .  226,  264 

Warrants 


Search  . .  607,  1308A  (c) 

Wife 

Exemption  from  Debt . 1003  (c) 

Inheritance  Laws 

Personal  Property  . 1008C 

Real  Property  . 1008,  1010 

Taxes  and  Exemptions  . . 1607 

Validity  of  Lien  or  Mortgage 

on  Property  . 1005 

Wills 

Kinds  . 1009 

Probate  . 1009A 

Women  See: 

Married  Women 


N.  G.  .College  for  Women 
Women’s  Clubs 
Y.  W.  C.  A. 


Employees,  Seats  for . 1302 A 

Voters  . 1629 

Women’s  Christian  Temperance 

Union  . 505 

Women’s  Clubs 

Programs  for  .  951  B(h) 

Recreation  Committee  .  526 

State  Federation  .  503 

Women,  College  for 

See  N.  C.  College  for  Women 
Woodcraft  League  of  America, 

Inc . 529 

Workhouses  . 667 


Young  Men’s  Christian  Asso¬ 
ciation  .  507 

Young  Women’s  Christian  Asso¬ 
ciation  . . .  • .  508 


